Part I: Signatures Attesting to Integrity (Applicable to All Institutions)

Home , Gatorade, Joseph Glover, UF Training Reactor, WAVP

University of Florida Fifth-Year Interim Report

Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges

March 2010

University of Florida

Fifth-Year Interim Report

Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges

March 2010

The Commission on Colleges Southern Association of Colleges and Schools

THE FIFTH-YEAR INTERIM REPORT (Revised February 2009—Formerly incorrectly stated as 2008)

Name of Institution: University of Florida

Address of the Institution: Office of the Provost PO Box 113175, 235 Tigert Hall Gainesville, FL 32611-1375

Name, title, contact numbers of person(s) preparing the report: Dr. Joseph Glover, Provost and Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs Phone: (352) 392-2404

The Fifth-Year Interim Report is divided into five parts:

 Part I: Signatures Attesting to Integrity (applicable to all institutions). Requests that the chief executive officer and accreditation liaison attest to the accuracy of institutional assessment and documentation supporting that assessment.

 Part II: Abbreviated Institutional Summary Form Prepared for Commission Reviews (applicable to all institutions). Requests that the institution complete the abbreviated “Institutional Summary Form Prepared for Commission Reviews.”

 Part III: Abbreviated Compliance Certification (applicable to all institutions). Monitors continued compliance with identified Core Requirements and Comprehensive Standards at the decennial interval.

 Part IV: Additional Report (applicable to select institutions). Addresses issues identified in an action letter following a recent review of the institution. If applicable, issues are identified in an attached letter.

 Part V: Impact Report of the Quality Enhancement Plan (applicable to all institutions reaffirmed since 2004 using the Principles of Accreditation).

An institution may also be requested to host an off-site committee charged to review new, but unvisited, off-campus sites initiated since the institution’s previous reaffirmation. An institution will be notified of this at the time it receives its letter from the Commission President regarding the Fifth-Year Interim Report.

Report Contents

Part I: Signatures Attesting to Integrity Signature Page ...... 3

Part II: Abbreviated Institutional Summary Form Prepared for Commission Reviews Abbreviated Institutional Summary ...... 6 Appendices ...... 8

Part III: Abbreviated Compliance Certification Part III.1: The number of full-time faculty members is adequate to support the mission of the institution and to ensure the quality and integrity of its academic programs. (Core Requirement 2.8) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.2: The institution provides student support programs, services, and activities consistent with its mission. (Core Requirement 2.10) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.3: The institution has qualified administrative and academic officers with the experience, competence, and capacity to lead the institution. (Comprehensive Standard 3.2.8) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.4: The institution identifies expected outcomes, assesses the extent to which it achieves these outcomes, and provides evidence of improvement based on analysis of the results in the following area: (Comprehensive Standard 3.3.1)...... Appendices ......

Part III.5: The institution publishes admissions policies that are consistent with its mission. (Comprehensive Standard 3.4.3) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.6: For each major in a degree program, the institution assigns responsibility for program coordination, as well as for curriculum development and review, to persons academically qualified in the field. In those degree programs for which the institution does not identify a major, this requirement applies to a curricular area or concentration. (Comprehensive Standard 3.4.11) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.7: The institution operates and maintains physical facilities, both on and off campus, that appropriately serve the needs of the institution’s educational programs, support services, and other mission- related activities. (Comprehensive Standard 3.11.3) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.8: The institution evaluates success with respect to student achievement including, as appropriate, consideration of course completion, State licensing examination, and job placement rates. (Federal Requirement 4.1) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.9: The institution’s curriculum is directly related and appropriate to the purpose and goals of the institution and the diplomas, certificates, or degrees awarded. (Federal Requirement 4.2) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.10: The institution makes available to students and the public current academic calendars, grading policies, and refund policies. (Federal Requirement 4.3) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.11: Program length is appropriate for each of the institution’s educational programs. (Federal Requirement 4.4) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.12: The institution has adequate procedures for addressing written student complaints and is responsible for demonstrating that it follows those procedures when resolving student complaints. (Federal Requirement 4.5) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.13: Recruitment materials and presentations accurately represent the institution’s practices and policies. (Federal Requirement 4.6) ...... Appendices ......

Part III.14: The institution is in compliance with its program responsibilities under Title IV of the 1998 Higher Education Amendments. (Federal Requirement 4.7) The institution audits financial aid programs as required by federal and state regulations. (Comprehensive Standard 3.10.3) ...... Appendices ......

Part V: Impact Report of the Quality Enhancement Plan Global UF Interim Internal Report: Internationalizing the University of Florida ......

Part I

Part I: Signatures Attesting to Integrity General Directions for the Fifth-Year Interim Report

In addition to the general directions below that are applicable to all Parts of the Fifth-Year Interim Report, please also follow the directions specific for each part and submit six cooies to your assigned Commission staff member.

• Materials may be submitted in print form/on DVDjCD, or both. Ifan audit has been requestert it must be submitted in print form only. • Ifprintdocuments are submitted, copy all documents front and bacly double space the cop~ and use 170 less than a 10 point font Staple or soft bind the document Do not submit in a three ring binder. • Ifelectronic documents are submitted, documents must be included 017 the DVDjCD,' web page references should be transferred to the D VDjCD. Be sure to check the electronic device before mailing it to the Commission office to ensure that all intended documents are included. • Reread the report before submission and eliminate all narrative that is not relevant to the focus ofthe report. • EXCEPT FOR PARTS I AND III WHICH CAN BE COMBINED INTO ONE DOCUMENT OR DVD OR CD, PLEASE PROVIDE A SEPARA TE PRINT DOCUMENT OR DVD OR CD FOR PARTS I~ IV:: AND V. SIX COPIES OF EACH PART SHOULD BE SUBMITTED.

Part I: Signatures Attesting to Integrity (Applicable to all institutions)

By signing below, we attest to the following:

That the University of Florida (name ofinstitution) has conducted an honest assessment of compliance and has provided complete and accurate disclosure of timely information regarding compliance with the identified Core Requirements, Comprehensive Standards, and Federal Requirements of the Commission on Colleges. Date of Submission: March 12, 2010

Name of Accreditation Liaison: Dr. Ma rie Zeglen

Signature

Name of Chief Executive Officer: Dr. J. Bernard Machen

Signature Part II

Part II: Abbreviated Institutional Summary Form Prepared for Commission Reviews

Part II: Abbreviated Institutional Summary

The University of Florida is a major, public, land grant research university, one of the most comprehensive in the United States. Of Florida’s 11 state universities, the University of Florida is the oldest established in 1853. The UF Board of Trustees is the public body corporate of the university with six citizen members appointed by the Governor and five citizen members appointed by the Board of Governors of the State University System. The Chair of the Faculty Senate and the President of Student Body are also voting members.

UF has a long history of established programs in international education, research and service. It is one of only 17 public, land-grant universities that belong to the Association of American Universities. Established in 1853 as the East Florida Seminary, the seminary consolidated with the state’s land-grant Florida Agricultural College. In 1905 by legislative action, the college became a university and was relocated to Gainesville. The first classes were held on the current site on September 26, 1906. UF officially admitted women in 1947. With about 50,000 students (6,348 first in their family to attend college), UF is one of the five largest universities in the nation and is home to 16 colleges and more than 150 research centers. About 31% of the student population is in graduate/professional schools.

The bulk of UF’s degree programs are offered on the Gainesville campus although the increased opportunities provided through technology has created innovative ways to deliver courses and degree programs. These technological advances have created a service area well beyond the primary campus. UF offers a number of courses and degree programs across the state of Florida, the United States and the world via distance delivery formats. (Appendix Part II.1 UF Distance Learning Programs). In 2009, UF ranked 15th in the US News and World Report “Top Public Universities” and 2nd among all universities in Kiplinger’s magazine Top 10 Best Values in Public Colleges.” The entering freshman class in 2008 had an average GPA of 4.06 and a 1963 (out of 2400) SAT score. The university enrolls approximately 6,000 freshmen each fall from a pool of over 25,000 applicants making the admissions process highly selective.

Additionally, Milken Institute named UF one of the top-five US institutions in the transfer of biotechnology research (2006) with some 50 biotechnology companies resulting from faculty research programs. UF consistently ranks among the top 10-universities in licensing. Royalty and licensing income includes sources such as Gatorade sports drink; Trusopt glaucoma drug and Sentricon termite elimination system.

The University of Florida is committed to the environment and in 2005 became one of the first universities in the country to combine efforts toward sustainable practices with an interdisciplinary academic program in sustainability. In 2004 Rinker Hall was recognized with the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) gold level. This success resulted in UF adopting a policy that all future buildings will be designed and built according to LEED standards. UF has added 3,187,573 square feet of space since 2003 while reducing energy use by nearly 1 percent.

A number of other UF buildings have been recognized with LEED Gold status including Library West renovations and a 313,000 square foot parking garage complete with electrical outlets for re-charging electric cars. In 2009, the Heavener Football Complex received platinum certification from LEED. The Heavener Complex is the only building in Florida and the only athletic facility in the country to be so recognized.

The University of Florida archives indicate the university has maintained continuous accreditation by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools-Commission on Colleges since 1913(Appendix Part II.2 OUR Accred.; Appendix Part II.3 Grad School Accred.). The university is committed to pursuing the highest standards of achievement in instruction, student performance, research, scholarly accomplishment, and public service.

Part II: Appendices

 Appendix Part II.1 UF Distance Learning Programs

 Appendix Part II.2 OUR Accred.

 Appendix Part II.3 UF Graduate School Accred.

 Appendix Part II.4 Composition of the Student Population

 Appendix Part II.5 List of Degrees

 Appendix Part II.6 List of Sites for Traditional Instruction

 Appendix Part II.7 Greening the Campus

 Appendix Part II.8 UF News—UF’s football complex receives highest green building certificate

 Appendix Part II.9 UF News—UF’s Library West receives green building certification

Part II

Appendix 1 UF Distance Learning Programs (50% or more of the instruction offered online)

CIP Graduate Program Name CIP Undergraduate Program Name Certificate Name 1.1201 MS Soil & Water Science 31.0504 Sport Management Construction Project Management 13.0301 M.Ed/MA. Curriculum & Instruction -Inst. Tech. 43.0203 Fire and Emergency Services Curriculum & Instruction - Ed. Technology 13.0301 M.Ed. Teacher Leadership 52.0201 Business Administration Ed. Technology Production 13.0301 Ed.D. C&I in Educational Technology Emergency Services/Disaster Management 13.0301 Ed.S. C&I in Educational Technology Emerging Infectious Disease Research 13.0301 Ed.S. C&I in Teacher Leadership Environmental Forensics 13.0401 Ed.S. Educational Leadership Environmental Policy Management 13.0401 Ed.D. Educational Leadership Executive EMS Officer 13.1001 M.Ed. Special Education Executive Fire Officer 13.1301 MS Agric. Educ. & Communications Forensic Death Investigation 13.1302 MA Art Education (in approval process) Forensic DNA & Serology 14.0201 ME Aerospace Engineering Forensic Drug Chemistry 14.0201 MS Aerospace Engineering Forensic Toxicology 14.0801 MS Civil Engineering Geomatics (Forest Resources & Management) 14.0901 MS Computer Engineering Geriatric Care Management 14.1001 ME Electrical Engineering Health Care Risk Management 14.1001 MS Electrical Engineering International Construction Management 14.1401 ME Environmental Engineerting K-12 Technology Integration 14.1401 MS Environmental Engineering Landscape Pest Management (Entomology) 14.1801 ME Materials Science & Engineering Nonprofit Management 14.1801 MS Materials Science & Engineering Online Teaching and Learning 14.1901 MS Mechanical Engineering Pest Control Technology 14.2701 ME Industrial & Systems Engineering Pharmaceutical Chemistry 14.2701 MS Industrial & Systems Engineering Public Health 15.1005 MS International Construction Management School Mental Health 16.1200 Ph.D. Classical Studies - Class. Civiliz. Soil Ecosystem Services (Soil & Water Science) 16.1200 Ph.D. Classical Studies - Latin & Roman Sustainable Construction 16.1203 MA Latin Sustainable Land Resource/Nutrient Mngement. 26.0702 MS Entomology Teaching and Learning with Technology 26.0702 MS Entomology - Pest Management Urban Pest Management (Entomology) 43.0203 MS Fire Science Wetland and Water Resource Management 51.0202 Aud.D. Audiology Wildland Fire Science and Management 51.1601 MSN Nursing 51.1601 DNP, Doctor of Nursing Practice 51.2001 Pharm.D., Doctor of Pharmacy 51.2099 MS Pharm. Sci. - Forensic Sciences 51.2099 MS Pharm. Sci. - Pharm. Chemistry 51.2099 MS Pharm. Sci. - Pharmacy 51.2201 MPH Public Health Practice 51.2306 MHS Occupational Therapy 51.2501 MS Veterinary - Forensic Toxicology 52.0201 MS in Bus Admin -Geriatric Care Risk Mgmt. 52.0201 MS in Bus Admin -Health Care Risk Mgmt. 52.0201 MBA Business Management 52.0201 MS in Bus Admin -Entrepreneurship 52.0201 MS in Bus Admin -Info.Sys.&Ops/Supply Chain Mgmt. 52.1201 MIS Management Information Systems 52.1701 MS Risk Management/Insurance

Part II

Appendix 2 Search UF Undergrad Catalog For

Academic Advising 2009-10 Undergraduate Catalog Academic Dates & Deadlines Purpose and Mission of the University of Florida Academic Learning Compacts The University of Florida is a public land-grant, sea-grant and space-grant research Academic Regulations university, one of the most comprehensive in the United States. The university encompasses virtually all academic and professional disciplines. It is the largest and oldest of Florida’s eleven universities and is a member of the Association of American Academic Programs Universities. Its faculty and staff are dedicated to the common pursuit of the university’s threefold mission: teaching, research and service. Administration, Faculty & Commitment to Diversity Staff History of the University Admission to the University Government of the University Faculty and Student Body Application Deadlines Programs, Accreditation and Equal Opportunity The University of Florida belongs to a tradition of great universities. Together with our Course Descriptions undergraduate and graduate students, UF faculty participate in an educational process that links the history of Western Europe with the traditions and cultures of all societies, explores the physical and biological universes, and nurtures generations of young people Student Honor Code from diverse backgrounds to address the needs of our societies. The university welcomes the full exploration of its intellectual boundaries and supports its faculty and students in Student Support Services the creation of new knowledge and the pursuit of new ideas. Teaching is a fundamental purpose of this university at both the undergraduate and University Office Directory graduate levels. Research and scholarship are integral to the education process and to the expansion of our understanding of the natural world, the intellect and the senses. University Ombudsman Service reflects the university’s obligation to share the benefits of its research and knowledge for the public good.

University Terminology These three interlocking elements span all of the university’s academic disciplines and represent the university’s commitment to lead and serve the state of Florida, the nation and the world by pursuing and disseminating new knowledge while building upon the Catalog Home experiences of the past. The University of Florida aspires to advance by strengthening the human condition and improving the quality of life. Previous Catalogs Commitment to Diversity

Registrar Services Home The University of Florida is committed to creating a community that reflects the rich racial, cultural and ethnic diversity of the state and nation. No challenge that exists in higher education has greater importance than the challenge of enrolling students and hiring faculty and staff who are members of diverse racial, cultural or ethnic minority groups. This pluralism enriches the university community, offers opportunity for robust academic dialogue and contributes to better teaching and research. The university and its components benefit from the richness of a multicultural student body, faculty and staff who can learn from one another. Such diversity will empower and inspire respect and understanding among us. The university does not tolerate the actions of anyone who violates the rights of another person. Through policy and practice, the university strives to embody a diverse community. Our collective efforts will lead to a university that is truly diverse and reflects the state and nation.

Back to Top History of the University The University of Florida traces its beginnings to 1853 when the state-funded East Florida Seminary acquired the private Kingsbury Academy in Ocala. After the Civil War, the seminary was moved to Gainesville. It was consolidated with the state’s land-grant Florida Agricultural College, then in Lake City, to become the University of Florida in 1906. Until 1947, UF enrolled men only and was one of only three state universities. The others were Florida State College for Women (now FSU) and Florida A&M. In 1947, the student body numbered 8,177 men and 601 women. Today, UF is the fifth largest university in the nation.

Government of the University A 13-member Board of Trustees governs the University of Florida. The governor appoints six of the trustees, and five are appointed by the 17-member Florida Board of Governors, which governs the State University System as a whole. The university’s student body president and faculty senate chair also serve on the Board of Trustees as ex officio members. Trustees are appointed for staggered five-year terms. The University of Florida Board of Trustees is a public body corporate with all the powers and duties set forth by law and by the Board of Governors. The University of Florida president serves as the executive officer and corporate secretary of the Board of Trustees and is responsible to the board for all operations of the university. University affairs are administered by the president through the university administration, with the advice and assistance of the Faculty Senate, various committees appointed by the president, and other groups or individuals as requested by the president.

Back to Top Faculty The university has approximately 4,400 distinguished faculty members with outstanding reputations for teaching, research and service. The faculty attracted close to $600 million in research and training grants last year. UF currently has 64 eminent scholar chairs, positions funded at more than $1 million each to attract nationally and internationally recognized scholars. A variety of other endowed professorships help attract prominent faculty. More than two dozen faculty are members of the National Academies of Science and/or Engineering, the Institute of Medicine or a counterpart in another nation. Also, in a national ranking of total Fulbright Awards, UF ranks 15th among AAU public universities, with six visiting scholars and three American scholars. A very small sampling of honored faculty and alumni includes a Nobel Laureate, Pulitzer Prize winners in editorial writing and poetry, inventors of Gatorade and Bioglass (a man- made material that bonds with human tissue), one of the four charter members of the Solar Hall of Fame, and an art faculty with 80 percent of its members in Who's Who in American Art.

Student Body University of Florida students, numbering almost 51,000 in Fall 2008, come from more than 100 countries, all 50 states, and each of the 67 counties in Florida. The ratio of men to women is 47/53. Sixty-seven percent of UF students are undergraduates, 25 percent are graduate students and eight percent are in the professional programs of dentistry, law, medicine, pharmacy and veterinary medicine. Approximately 4,300 African-American students, more than 6,000 Hispanic students and almost 4,000 Asian-American students attend UF. More than 90 percent of entering freshmen rank above the national mean of scores on standard entrance exams taken by college-bound students. UF consistently ranks among the top five public universities in the nation in the number of enrolled National Merit Scholars, Achievement Scholars, International Baccalaureate graduates and Advance Placement score recipients.

Back to Top Programs The University of Florida is among the nation’s 96 leading research universities as categorized by the Carnegie Commission on Higher Education. UF is one of 62 members of the Association of American Universities, the nation’s most prestigious higher education organization.

Accreditation The University of Florida is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award bachelor, master, specialist and engineer, as well as doctoral and professional degrees. It has 16 colleges and 181 interdisciplinary research and education centers, bureaus and institutes. One hundred one undergraduate degree programs are offered and the Graduate School coordinates almost 250 graduate programs throughout the university’s colleges and schools. Professional postbaccalaureate degrees are offered in dentistry, law, medicine, pharmacy and veterinary medicine. (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097; 404-679-4501)

Equal Opportunity The university encourages applications from qualified applicants of both sexes from all cultural, racial, religious and ethnic groups. UF is committed to nondiscrimination with respect to race, creed, religion, age, disability, color, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, national origin, political opinions or affiliations, or veteran status in the administration of educational policies, financial aid, employment, or in any program or activity. Refer to the Office of Equal Opportunity Programs within UF's Human Resources Services for additional information; 352-392-1075.

Registrar Home -- ISIS -- My.UFL -- UF Office Directory -- Contact the OUR -- Site Map Office of the University Registrar - 222 Criser - PO Box 114000 - Gainesville, FL 32611-4000 - 352-392-1374

Part II

Appendix 3

Graduate Catalog

Catalog Home

Commitment To Diversity

Academic Calendar

Graduate School

Graduate Degrees and Programs

Admission To Graduate School

General Regulations

Financial Information and Requirements Next Page

Financial Assistance

Research and Teaching Services

Interdisciplinary Research Centers

Student Services

Governance

Fields of Instruction

Graduate Faculty 2009-2010

Accreditation

The University of Florida is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award the degrees of bachelor, master, specialist, and engineer, as well as doctoral and professional degrees. It has 16 colleges and more than 150 interdisciplinary research and education centers, bureaus, and institutes. One hundred undergraduate degree programs are offered and the Graduate School coordinates more than 200 graduate programs throughout the University’s colleges and schools. Professional postbaccalaureate degrees are offered in dentistry, law, medicine, pharmacy, public health, and veterinary medicine.

(1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097; telephone (404) 679-4501)

Equal Opportunity

The University encourages applications from qualified applicants of both sexes from all cultural, racial, religious, and ethnic groups. UF is committed to nondiscrimination with respect to race, creed, religion, age, disability, color, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, national origin, political opinions or affiliations, or veteran status in the administration of educational policies, financial aid, employment, or in any program or activity. Refer to the Office of Equal Opportunity Programs within UF's Human Resources Services for additional information; 352-392-1075.

The University of Florida is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097; telephone number 404 679 4501) to award associate, bachelor's, master's, doctoral, specialist, engineer and professional degrees.

Part II

Appendix 4 Fall 2008 enrollment

Gender N % COLLEGE NAME COLLEGE CODE TOTAL Major N Men 24,352 46.7% Total 52,173 Accounting 897 Women 27,756 53.3% Accounting AC 897 Agricultural and Life Sciences 4,557 Total* 52,112 100.0% Advanced High School Program HS 33 Building Construction 616 * include not reported. Agricultural and Life Sciences AG 4,559 Business Administration 5,539 Building Construction BC 616 Dentistry 389 Ethnicity N% Business Administration BA 5,539 Design, Construction, and Planning 921 African American 4327 8.3% Continuing Education CE 19 Division of Continuing Education* 275 Hispanic 6306 12.1% Correspondence Study CS 256 Education 1,940 Native American 233 0.4% Dentistry DN 389 Engineering 7,696 White 31802 61.0% Design, Construction and Planning AR 921 Fine Arts 1,254 Asian 4018 7.7% Education ED 1,940 Forest Resources and Conservation 215 Non‐resident Alien 3837 7.4% Engineering EG 7,695 Health and Human Performance 1,970 Not Reported 1589 3.0% Fine Arts FA 1,254 High School 33 Total 52112 100.0% Forest Resources and Conservation FY 215 Interdisciplinary Ecology 131 Health and Human Performance HH 1,970 Journalism and Communications 2,957 Residency N% Interdisciplinary Studies ID 131 Law 1,340 In‐State 44126 84.7% Journalism and Communications JM 2,958 Liberal Arts and Sciences (Class LS)** 14,316 Out‐of‐State 7986 15.3% Levin College of Law LW 1,338 Medicine 867 Total 52112 100.0% Liberal Arts and Sciences LS 14,318 Natural Resources and Environment 142 Medicine MD 987 Nursing 1,074 New Students N% Natural Resources and Environment NE 140 Nusing Doctorate Program**** 86 New 14525 27.9% Nursing NR 1,160 Pharmacy 689 Continuing 37587 72.1% Pharmacy PH 2,530 Pharmacy Doctor 1,841 Total 52112 100.0% Public Health & Health Professions HP 1,802 Physician Assistant Program 119 Veterinary Medicine VM 507 Physical Therapy**** 154 New Students N SUB‐TOTAL 52,173 Public Health & Health Professions 1,649 Beginner ‐ FTIC 6452 Joint Degrees 61 Veterinary Medicine 507 FL CC transfer & other 1880 TOTAL 52,112 SUB‐TOTAL 52,173 Graduate 3799 Minus Concurrent Degree*** 61 Dentistry 83 TOTAL 52,112 Medicine 135 Veterinary Med 89 Law 427 Pharmacy 431 Nursing 35 Physical Therapy 55 Grand Total* 14525 * includes postbac and unclassified

Part II

Appendix 5 List of Academic Programs by College: Certificates

Level of Certificate Name Certificate

College of Agriculture and Life Sciences

Certificate in Landscape Pest Management Post-Bac Certificate in Pest Control Technology Post-Bac Certificate in Urban Pest Management Post-Bac Certificate in Non-Profit Management Post-Bac Certificate in Geomatics Pre-Bac Certificate in Sustainable Land Resource and Nutrient Management Post-Bac Certificate in Soil Ecosystem Services Post-Bac Certificate in Wetland and Water Resource Management Post-Bac Pre-bac or Certificate in Wildland Fire Science and Management post-bac

College of Business Administration

Retailing Leadership Pre-Bac Auditing and Information Technology Post-Bac Global Management Pre-Bac Hospitality Management Pre-Bac New Venture Creation Pre-Bac Supply Chain Management Pre-Bac Entrepreneurship and Technology Management Post-Bac Information Systems and Operations Management Post-Bac

College of Dentistry (Specializations)

Advanced Education in General Dentistry (AEGD) Prof Dent Advanced Education in General Dentistry (AEGD) Prof Dent Advanced Education in General Dentistry (AEGD) Prof Dent Endodontics Prof Dent Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology Prof Dent Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (4 year) Prof Dent Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (6 year) Prof Dent Orthdontics Prof Dent Pediatric Dentistry Prof Dent Pediatric Dentistry Prof Dent Periodontics Prof Dent Prosthodontics Prof Dent Internationally Educated Dentist Program (IEDP) Prof Dent

College of Design, Construction and Planning

Executive EMS Officer Certificate Pre-Bac Executive Fire Officer Certificate Pre-Bac Certificate in Sustainable Construction Post-Bac Sustainable Architecture Post-Bac International Construction Management Post-Bac Interdisciplinary Concentration in Geographic Information Systems Post-Bac Planning Information and Analysis Systems Post-Bac Interdisciplinary Concentration and Certificate in Historic Preservation Post-Bac Construction Project Management Post-Bac Certificate in Emergency Services/Disaster Management Post-Bac Sustainable Design Post-Bac

College of Education

Certificate in Educational Technology Production Post-Bac Certificate in Instruction and Curriculum/Ed Tech Post-Bac Certificate in K-12 Technology Integration Post-Bac Certificate in Online Teaching and Learning Post-Bac

Certificate in Teaching & Learning with Technology Post-Bac School Mental Health Post-Masters

College of Engineering

Certificate in Environmental Policy Management Post-Bac Certificate in Materials Science and Engineering Post-Bac Systems Engineering Post-Bac Materials Characterization Post-Bac Certificate in Test and Evaluation Post-Bac Wetlands Science Certificate Post-Bac

College of Fine Arts

Ceramics Pre-Bac Dance in Healing Pre-Bac Music Performance Pre-Bac Arts in Healthcare Pre-Bac

College of Law Estates & Trusts Practice Certificate Post-JD Family Law Certificate Post-JD Intellectual Property Law Post-JD International & Comparative Law Certificate Post-JD

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences

Asian American Studies Pre-Bac East-Central European Studies Pre-Bac European Union Studies Program Pre-Bac International Relations Pre-Bac Jewish Studies Pre-Bac Latin American Studies Pre-Bac Political Campaigning Pre-Bac Public Affairs Pre-Bac Russian and East European Area Studies Pre-Bac Social Science Methodology Graduate Certificate Post-Bac Certificate in Public Leadership Pre-Bac Certificate in Climatology and Meteorology Pre-Bac

College of Nursing

Nursing Education Certificate Post-Masters Certificate in Adult Acute Care Post-Masters Certificate in Neonatal Nurse Practioner Post-Masters Clincial Nurse Leader Certificate Post-Masters

College of Pharmacy

Certificate in Environmental Forensics Post-Bac Certificate in Forensic Death Investigation Post-Bac Certificate in Forensic DNA and Serology Post-Bac Certificate in Forensic Drug Chemistry Post-Bac Certificate in Forensic Toxicology Post-Bac Certificate in Pharmaceutical Chemistry Post-Bac

College of Public Health and Health Professions

Level of Certificate Name Certificate Certificate in Public Health Post-Bac Geriatric Care Management- Graduate Post-Bac Certificate in Emerging Infectious Disease Research Post-Bac

College of Veterinary Medicine Certificate in Food Animal Veterinary Medicine Post-Bac Certificate in Aquatic Animal Health Post-Bac

Division of Continuing Education

Health Care Risk Management Post-Bac List of Academic Programs by College: Undergraduate

List Specific Major / Concentration Name CIP Code Degree(s) Offered Site of Program

College of Agriculture and Life Sciences

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND COMMUNICATION 131301 BS Gainesville AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND COMMUNICATION 131301 BS Plant City AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 140301 BS Gainesville ANIMAL SCIENCES 010901 BS Gainesville BIOLOGY 260101 BS Gainesville BOTANY 260301 BS Gainesville ENTOMOLOGY & NEMATOLOGY 260702 BS Gainesville ENTOMOLOGY & NEMATOLOGY 260702 BS Ft. Lauderdale FAMILY, YOUTH AND COMMUNITY SCIENCE 190707 BS Gainesville FOOD & RESOURCE ECONOMICS 010103 BS Gainesville FOOD & RESOURCE ECONOMICS 010103 BS Ft. Pierce FOOD SCIENCE & HUMAN NUTRITION 011001 BS Gainesville HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 011103 BS Gainesville INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES/AG 309999 BS Gainesville INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES/AG 309999 BS Ft. Pierce INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES/AG 309999 BS Ft. Lauderdale INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES/AG 309999 BS Milton LANDSCAPE & NURSERY HORTICULTURE 010603 BS Gainesville LANDSCAPE & NURSERY HORTICULTURE 010603 BS Apopka LANDSCAPE & NURSERY HORTICULTURE 010603 BS Ft. Lauderdale LANDSCAPE & NURSERY HORTICULTURE 010603 BS Milton LANDSCAPE & NURSERY HORTICULTURE 010603 BS Plant City MICROBIOLOGY & CELL SCIENCE 260503 BS Gainesville PACKAGING SCIENCE 010401 BS Gainesville PLANT SCIENCE 011101 BS Gainesville SOIL AND WATER SCIENCE 011201 BS Gainesville STATISTICS 270501 BS Gainesville WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION 030601 BS Gainesville NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION/FOREST RESOURCE CONSERVATION 030501 BSFRC Gainesville NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION 030501 BS Milton NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION 030501 BS Plant City GEOMATICS 151102 BSGEM Gainesville GEOMATICS 151102 BSGEM Ft. Lauderdale GEOMATICS 151102 BSGEM Plant City ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 030104 BA, BS Gainesville College of Business Administration

ACCOUNTING 520301 BS Gainesville BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 520201 BA,BS Gainesville BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-GENERAL STUDIES 520201 BA Gainesville Distance GENERAL BUSINESS 520201 BS Education MANAGEMENT 520201 BS Gainesville ECONOMICS 450601 BS Gainesville FINANCE 520801 BS Gainesville INFORMATION SYSTEMS 521301 BS Gainesville MARKETING 521401 BS Gainesville

College of Education

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 131202 BAE Gainesville MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION 131203 BAE Gainesville SPECIAL EDUCATION 131001 BA Gainesville

College of Design, Construction and Planning

ARCHITECTURE 040201 B Design Gainesville INTERIOR DESIGN 500408 B Design Gainesville

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 040601 BLA Gainesville SUSTAINABILITY & BUILT ENVIRONMNT 309995 BSSBE Gainesville BS in Building BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 151001 Construction Gainesville BS in Fire & Distance FIRE AND EMERGENCY SERVICES 430203 Emergency Services Education

College of Engineering

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 140201 B.S. Gainesville AGRIC & BIOLOGICAL ENG 140301 B.S. Gainesville CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 140701 B.S. Gainesville CIVIL ENGINEERING 140801 B.S. Gainesville COMPUTER ENG/ELECT ENG 140901 B.S. Gainesville COMPUTER ENG/ELECT ENG 140901 B.S. Gainesville COMPUTER ENGINEERING - CISE 140901 B.S. Gainesville COMPUTER SCIENCE 140901 B.S. Gainesville DIGITAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 500706 B.S. Gainesville ELECTRICAL/COMPUTER ENG 141001 B.S. Gainesville ENVIRONMENTAL ENG SCI 141401 B.S. Gainesville INDUSTRIAL/SYSTEMS ENG 142701 B.S. Gainesville MATERIALS SCI & ENG 141801 B.S. Gainesville MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 141901 B.S. Gainesville NUCLEAR ENG SCIENCES 142301 B.S. Gainesville NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 142301 B.S. Gainesville

College of Fine Arts

ART 500702 Gainesville BFA, Art (emph. ART 500702 Ceramics) Gainesville BFA, Art (emph. ART 500702 Digital Media) Gainesville BFA, Art (emph. ART 500702 Drawing) Gainesville BFA, Art (emph. ART 500702 Painting) Gainesville BFA, Art (emph. ART 500702 Printmaking) Gainesville BFA, Art (emph. ART 500702 Sculpture) Gainesville BFA, Creative CREATIVE PHOTOGRAPHY 500702 Photography Gainesville BFA, Drawing, Painting, Photography, Printmaking, Sculpture, & Electronic ART 500702 Intermedia Miami Dade CC BA, Visual Arts VISUAL ARTS STUDIES 500702 Studies Gainesville

ART EDUCATION 131302 BA, Art Education Gainesville ART HISTORY 500703 BA, Art History Gainesville

DANCE 500301 BFA, Dance Gainesville

DANCE 500301 BFA, Dance Miami Dade CC

BA, Digital Arts and DIGITAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 500706 Sciences Gainesville

GRAPHIC DESIGN 500409 BFA, Graphic Design Gainesville

GRAPHIC DESIGN 500409 BFA, Graphic Design Miami Dade CC

MUSIC 500901 BA,BM Gainesville BA, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Keyboard) Gainesville

BA, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Instrumental) Gainesville BA, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Vocal) Gainesville BA, Music (emph. Mus. Hist. & Lit/Ethnomusicology- MUSIC 500901 Keyboard) Gainesville BA, Music (emph. Mus. Hist. & Lit/Ethnomusicology- MUSIC 500901 Vocal) Gainesville BA, Music (emph. Mus. Hist. & Lit/Ethnomusicology- MUSIC 500901 Inst.) Gainesville BA, Music (emph. Mus. Hist. & Lit.- MUSIC 500901 Inst.) Gainesville BA, Music (emph. Mus. Hist. & Lit.- MUSIC 500901 Keyboard) Gainesville BA, Music (emph. Mus. Hist. & Lit.- MUSIC 500901 Vocal) Gainesville

BA, Music (emph. Theory & MUSIC 500901 Composition-Inst.) Gainesville BA, Music (emph. Theory & Composition- MUSIC 500901 Keyboard) Gainesville

BA, Music (emph. Theory & MUSIC 500901 Composition-Vocal) Gainesville

BM, Music w/outside MUSIC 500901 field - Inst. Gainesville BM, Music w/outside MUSIC 500901 field - Keyboard Gainesville

BM, Music w/outside MUSIC 500901 field - Vocal Gainesville

BM, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Composition - Inst.) Gainesville BM, Music (emph. Composition - MUSIC 500901 Keyboard) Gainesville BM, Music (emph. Performance - MUSIC 500901 Keyboard) Gainesville

BM, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Performance - Vocal) Gainesville

BM, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Performance - Inst.) Gainesville

BM, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Theory - Keyboard) Gainesville

BM, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Theory - Vocal) Gainesville

BM, Music (emph. MUSIC 500901 Theory - Inst.) Gainesville

BM, Piano, Instrumental, Vocal, MUSIC 500901 Composition Miami Dade CC

BM, Music Education MUSIC EDUCATION 131312 (emph. Instrumental) Gainesville BM, Music Education (emph. MUSIC EDUCATION 131312 Keyboard/Choral) Gainesville

BM, Music Education MUSIC EDUCATION 131312 (emph. Choral) Gainesville THEATRE 500501 BFA Gainesville BFA, Theatre THEATRE PERFORMANCE Performance Gainesville BFA, Acting & THEATRE PERFORMANCE 500501 Musical Theater Miami Dade CC BFA, Theatre Production (emph. THEATRE PRODUCTION 500501 Costume) Gainesville

BFA, Theatre Production (emph. THEATRE PRODUCTION 500501 Set Design) Gainesville

BFA, Theatre Production (emph. THEATRE PRODUCTION 500501 Light and Sound) Gainesville

THEATRE/BA 500501 BA, Theatre Gainesville

MUSICAL THEATRE 500501 BFA, Musical Theatre Gainesville

College of Health and Human Performance

APPLIED PHYSIOLOGY AND KINESIOLOGY 260908 BS Gainesville ATHLETIC TRAINING 510913 BS Gainesville HEALTH EDUCATION AND BEHAVIOR 512208 BS Gainesville RECREATION, PARKS AND TOURISM 310301 BS Gainesville SPORT MANAGEMENT 310504 BS Gainesville Distance SPORT MANAGEMENT 310504 BS Education

College of Journalism and Communication

ADVERTISING 090903 BA Advertising Gainesville JOURNALISM 090401 BA Journalism Gainesville

PUBLIC RELATIONS 090902 BA Public Relations Gainesville BA TELECOMMUNICATION 090701 Telecommunication Gainesville

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences

ANTHROPOLOGY 450201 B Gainesville ASIAN STUDIES 050103 B Gainesville ASTRONOMY 400201 B Gainesville BIOLOGY 260101 B Gainesville BOTANY 260301 B Gainesville CHEMISTRY 400501 B Gainesville CLASSICAL STUDIES 161200 B Gainesville COMPUTER SCIENCE 110101 B Gainesville CRIMINOLOGY 450401 B Gainesville EAST ASIAN LANG & LIT - CHINESE 160399 B Gainesville EAST ASIAN LANG & LIT - JAPANESE 160399 B Gainesville ECONOMICS 450601 B Gainesville ENGLISH 230101 B Gainesville FRENCH 160901 B Gainesville GEOGRAPHY 450701 B Gainesville GEOLOGY 400601 B Gainesville GERMAN 160501 B Gainesville HISTORY 540101 B Gainesville INTERDISCIP STUDIES-BASIC BIO & MED 309999 B Gainesville INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 309999 B Gainesville JEWISH STUDIES 380206 B Gainesville LINGUISTICS 160102 B Gainesville MATHEMATICS 270101 B Gainesville MICROBIOLOGY & CELL SCIENCE 260503 B Gainesville PHILOSOPHY 380101 B Gainesville PHYSICS 400801 B Gainesville POLITICAL SCIENCE 451001 B Gainesville PORTUGUESE 160904 B Gainesville PSYCHOLOGY 420101 B Gainesville RELIGION 380201 B Gainesville RUSSIAN 160402 B Gainesville SOCIOLOGY 451101 B Gainesville SPANISH 160905 B Gainesville STATISTICS 270501 B Gainesville WOMEN'S STUDIES 050207 B Gainesville ZOOLOGY 260701 B Gainesville

College of Nursing

NURSING 511601 BSN Gainesville

College of Pharmacy

PHARMACY/PRE DOCTOR OF PHARMACY 512001 BS Gainesville

College of Public Health and Health Professions

COMMUNICATION SCIENCES and DISORDERS 510204 BHS Gainesville HEALTH SCIENCE 510000 BHS Gainesville List of Academic Programs by College: Graduate

Site of List Specific Program/ Degree Delivery Major / Concentration Name CIP Code Offered Method

College of Agriculture and Life Sciences

AGRICULTURAL & BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 140301 MS Gainesville AGRICULTURAL & BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 140301 PhD Gainesville AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION & COMMUNICATION 131301 MS Gainesville AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION & Distance COMMUNICATION 131301 MS Education AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION& COMMUNICATION 131301 PhD Gainesville AGRONOMY 011102 MS Gainesville AGRONOMY 011102 PhD Gainesville ANIMAL MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY 260204 MS Gainesville ANIMAL MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY 260204 PhD Gainesville ANIMAL SCIENCES 010901 MS Gainesville ANIMAL SCIENCES 010901 PhD Gainesville BOTANY 260301 PhD Gainesville ENTOMOLOGY & NEMATOLOGY 260702 MS Gainesville Distance ENTOMOLOGY & NEMATOLOGY 260702 MS Education ENTOMOLOGY & NEMATOLOGY 260702 PhD Gainesville FAMILY, YOUTH AND COMMUNITY SCIENCES 190707 MS, MFYCS Gainesville FISHERIES AND AQUATIC SCIENCES 030301 MS, MFAS Gainesville FISHERIES AND AQUATIC SCIENCES 030301 PhD Gainesville FOOD & RESOURCE ECONOMICS 010103 MS Gainesville FOOD & RESOURCE ECONOMICS 010103 PhD Gainesville FOOD SCIENCE & HUMAN NUTRITION 011001 MS Gainesville FOOD SCIENCE & HUMAN NUTRITION 011001 PhD Gainesville

FOREST RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION 030501 MS, MFRC Gainesville

FOREST RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION 030501 PhD Gainesville GENETICS AND GENOMICS 260801 PhD Gainesville HORTICULTURAL SCIENCES 011103 MS Gainesville HORTICULTURAL SCIENCES 011103 PhD Gainesville INTERDISCIPLINARY ECOLOGY 261301 MS Gainesville INTERDISCIPLINARY ECOLOGY 261301 PhD Gainesville MICROBIOLOGY & CELL SCIENCE 260503 MS Gainesville MICROBIOLOGY & CELL SCIENCE 260503 PhD Gainesville NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES 301901 PhD Gainesville PLANT MEDICINE 011199 DPM Gainesville PLANT MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY 260308 MS Gainesville PLANT MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY 260308 PhD Gainesville PLANT PATHOLOGY 260305 MS Gainesville PLANT PATHOLOGY 260305 PhD Gainesville SOIL AND WATER SCIENCE 011201 MS Gainesville Distance SOIL AND WATER SCIENCE 011201 MS Education SOIL AND WATER SCIENCE 011201 PhD Gainesville WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION 030601 MS Gainesville WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION 030601 PhD Gainesville

College of Business Administration

Master of ACCOUNTING 520301 Accounting Gainesville BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 520201 MBA Gainesville Distance BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-GENERAL 520201 MBA Education Sunrise, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-GENERAL 520201 MBA Florida BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 520201 PhD Gainesville MARKETING 520201 PhD Gainesville MANAGEMENT 520201 PhD Gainesville INSURANCE 520201 PhD Gainesville INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 520201 PhD Gainesville REAL ESTATE AND URBAN ANALYSIS 520201 PhD Gainesville ACCOUNTING 520201 PhD Gainesville FINANCE 520201 PhD Gainesville ECONOMICS 450601 MA Gainesville ECONOMICS 450601 PhD Gainesville BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 520201 MS, MA Gainesville Distance BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 520201 MS Education FINANCE 520801 MS Gainesville MARKETING 521401 MS Gainesville REAL ESTATE 521501 MS Gainesville REAL ESTATE & URBAN ANALYSIS 521501 MS Gainesville College of Dentistry

DENTAL SCIENCES ENDODONTICS 510501 MS Gainesville ORTHODONTICS 510501 MS Gainesville PERIODONTICS 510501 MS Gainesville PROSTHODONTICS 510501 MS Gainesville DENTISTRY 510401 DMD Gainesville

College of Design, Construction and Planning

ARCHITECTURE 040201 M Arch Gainesville ARCHITECTURE 040201 MS Gainesville DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND PLANNING 040201 PhD Gainesville Distance FIRE SCIENCE 430203 MS Education HISTORIC PRESERVATION 301201 MHP Gainesville INTERIOR DESIGN 500408 MID Gainesville LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 040601 MLA Gainesville URBAN & REGIONAL PLANNING 040301 MAURP Gainesville BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 151001 MS Gainesville Distance INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION MGT 151005 MS Education

College of Education

MENTAL HEALTH COUNSELING 511508 Med/MAE Gainesville MENTAL HEALTH COUNSELING 511508 EdS Gainesville MENTAL HEALTH COUNSELING 511508 PhD Gainesville Gainesville; Distance CURRICULUM & INSTRUCTION (EDD ONLY) 130301 EdD Education Gainesville; Distance CURRICULUM & INSTRUCTION 130301 MEd, MAE Education Gainesville; Distance CURRICULUM & INSTRUCTION 130301 EdS Education CURRICULUM & INSTRUCTION 130301 PhD Gainesville ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 131202 MEd Gainesville EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 130401 Med/MAE Gainesville EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 130401 EdS Gainesville Distance EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 130401 EdS Education EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 130401 PhD Gainesville Distance EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP 130401 EdD Education ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS EDUCATION 131305 MEd/MAE Gainesville MARRIAGE AND FAMILY COUNSELING 511505 Med/MAE Gainesville MARRIAGE AND FAMILY COUNSELING 511505 EdS Gainesville MARRIAGE AND FAMILY COUNSELING 511505 PhD Gainesville SPECIAL EDUCATION 131001 MEd (UEP) Gainesville M Ed (Teach Distance SPECIAL EDUCATION 131001 Well) Education SPECIAL EDUCATION 131001 PhD and EdD Gainesville Distance SPECIAL EDUCATION 131001 EdS Education RESEARCH AND EVALUATION METHODOLOGY 130603 Med/MAE Gainesville RESEARCH AND EVALUATION METHODOLOGY 130603 EdS Gainesville RESEARCH AND EVALUATION METHODOLOGY 130603 PhD Gainesville HIGHER EDUCATION ADMIN 130406 EdS Gainesville HIGHER EDUCATION ADMIN 130406 EdD/PhD Gainesville MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 131311 MEd, MAE Gainesville EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 131210 MEd, MAE Gainesville READING EDUCATION 131315 MEd, MAE Gainesville SCIENCE EDUCATION 131316 MEd, MAE Gainesville SCHOOL COUNSELING & GUIDANCE 131101 Med/MAE Gainesville SCHOOL COUNSELING & GUIDANCE 131101 EdS Gainesville SCHOOL COUNSELING & GUIDANCE 131101 PhD Gainesville SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY 421701 MAE, MEd Gainesville SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY 421701 EdS Gainesville SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY 421701 PhD, EdD Gainesville STUDENT PERSONNEL IN HIGHER EDUCATION 131102 Med/MAE Gainesville STUDENT PERSONNEL IN HIGHER EDUCATION 131102 EdS Gainesville SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION 131317 MEd, MAE Gainesville

College of Engineering

AGRIC & BIOLOGICAL ENG 140301 PhD Gainesville AGRIC & BIOLOGICAL ENG 140301 MS/ME Gainesville AGRIC & BIOLOGICAL ENG 140301 Eng Gainesville Distance AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 140201 MS, ME Education AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 140201 PhD Gainesville AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 140201 MS, ME Gainesville AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 140201 Engr Gainesville BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 140501 PhD Gainesville BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 140501 M Eng Gainesville CIVIL ENGINEERING 140801 PhD Gainesville CIVIL ENGINEERING 140801 M Eng, MS Gainesville Distance CIVIL ENGINEERING 140801 MS Education COMPUTER ENGINEERING - CISE 140901 PhD Gainesville COMPUTER ENGINEERING - CISE 140901 MS, M Eng Gainesville COMPUTER ENGINEERING - CISE 140901 Engr Gainesville Distance COMPUTER ENGINEERING - CISE 140901 MS Education CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 140701 PHD Gainesville CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 140701 ME/MS Gainesville CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 140701 Eng Gainesville COASTAL & OCEANOGRAPHIC ENGINEERING 142401 PhD Gainesville COASTAL & OCEANOGRAPHIC ENGINEERING 142401 M.S./M.E. Gainesville DIGITAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 500706 MS Gainesville ELECTRICAL/COMPUTER ENG 141001 PhD Gainesville ELECTRICAL/COMPUTER ENG 141001 MS, ME Gainesville ELECTRICAL/COMPUTER ENG 141001 Engineer Gainesville Distance ELECTRICAL/COMPUTER ENG 141001 MS, ME Education ENVIRONMENTAL ENG SCI 141401 Ph.D Gainesville ENVIRONMENTAL ENG SCI 141401 MS/ME Gainesville ENVIRONMENTAL ENG SCI 141401 Engineer Gainesville Distance ENVIRONMENTAL ENG SCI 141401 MS/ME Education Distance MS, ME INDUSTRIAL/SYSTEMS ENG 142701 Education INDUSTRIAL/SYSTEMS ENG 142701 PhD Gainesville INDUSTRIAL/SYSTEMS ENG 142701 MS, ME Gainesville INDUSTRIAL/SYSTEMS ENG 142701 Engr Gainesville MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 141901 PhD Gainesville MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 141901 MS, ME Gainesville MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 141901 Engr Gainesville Distance MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 141901 MS Education

MS, ME Distance MATERIALS SCI & ENG 141801 Education MATERIALS SCI & ENG 141801 Ph.D Gainesville MATERIALS SCI & ENG 141801 MS, ME Gainesville MATERIALS SCI & ENG 141801 Engr Gainesville

NES - Nuclear NUCLEAR ENG SCIENCES 142301 Engineering Gainesville NES - Medical NUCLEAR ENG SCIENCES 142301 Physics Gainesville

NES - Nuclear NUCLEAR ENG SCIENCES 142301 Engineering Gainesville

College of Fine Arts

ART 500702 MFA, Studio Art (emph. 500702 Ceramics) Gainesville MFA, Studio Art (emph. Creative 500702 Photography) Gainesville MFA, Studio Art (emph. 500702 Painting) Gainesville MFA, Studio Art (emph. 500702 Drawing) Gainesville MFA, Studio Art (emph. Graphic 500702 Design) Gainesville MFA, Studio Art (emph. 500702 Digital Media) Gainesville MFA, Studio Art (emph. 500702 Scultpure) Gainesville MFA, Studio Art (emph. 500702 Printmaking) Gainesville MA, Art Education (online Distance ART EDUCATION 131302 program) Education MA, Art ART EDUCATION 131302 Education Gainesville MA, Art ART HISTORY 500703 History Gainesville PhD, Art ART HISTORY 500703 History Gainesville MA, Digital Arts and DIGITAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 500706 Sciences Gainesville MA, Museum MUSEOLOGY 301401 Studies Gainesville MUSIC 500901 MM, 500901 Performance Gainesville MM, 500901 Composition Gainesville MM, 500901 Composition Gainesville MM, History 500901 and Literature Gainesville MM, Sacred 500901 Music Gainesville PhD, MUSIC 500901 Composition Gainesville PhD, 500901 Composition Gainesville Phd, Music History and MUSIC 500901 Literature Gainesville MM, Music MUSIC EDUCATION 131312 Education Gainesville PhD, Music MUSIC EDUCATION 131312 Education Gainesville MFA, Theatre (emph. THEATRE 500501 Acting) Gainesville MFA, Theatre (emph. Design and THEATRE 500501 Technology) Gainesville College of Health and Human Performance

APPLIED PHYSIOLOGY AND KINESIOLOGY 260908 MS Gainesville HEALTH & HUMAN PERFORMANCE 260908 PhD Gainesville HEALTH EDUCATION AND BEHAVIOR 512208 MS Gainesville RECREATION, PARKS AND TOURISM 310301 MS Gainesville SPORT MANAGEMENT 310504 MS Gainesville

College of Journalism and Communication

ADVERTISING 90903 Master of ADV Gainesville MASS COMMUNICATION 90102 M.A. Gainesville MASS COMMUNICATION 90102 Ph.D. Gainesville

College of Law

LAW 220101 JD Gainesville ENVIR & LAND USE LAW 220207 LL.M. Gainesville INTERNATIONAL TAXATION 220210 LL.M. Gainesville COMPARATIVE LAW 220211 LL.M. Gainesville TAXATION Specialty 220211 LL.M. Gainesville TAXATION Specialty 220211 SJD Gainesville

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences

ANTHROPOLOGY 450201 M Gainesville ANTHROPOLOGY 450201 D Gainesville ASTRONOMY 400201 M Gainesville ASTRONOMY 400201 D Gainesville BOTANY 260301 M Gainesville BOTANY 260301 D Gainesville COMPUTER SCIENCE 110101 M Gainesville COMPUTER SCIENCE 110101 D Gainesville CRIMINOLOGY, LAW AND SOCIETY 450401 M Gainesville CRIMINOLOGY, LAW AND SOCIETY 450401 D Gainesville CREATIVE WRITING 230501 M Gainesville CLASSICAL STUDIES 161200 M Gainesville CLASSICAL STUDIES 161200 D Gainesville Distance CLASSICAL STUDIES 161200 D Education COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 420601 D Gainesville CHEMISTRY 400501 M Gainesville CHEMISTRY 400501 D Gainesville ENGLISH 230101 M Gainesville ENGLISH 230101 D Gainesville FRENCH 160901 M Gainesville GENETICS AND GENOMICS 260801 D Gainesville GERMAN 160501 M Gainesville GERMAN 160501 D Gainesville GEOGRAPHY 450701 M Gainesville GEOGRAPHY 450701 D Gainesville GEOLOGY 400601 M Gainesville GEOLOGY 400601 D Gainesville HISTORY 540101 M Gainesville HISTORY 540101 D Gainesville POL SCI-INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 450901 M Gainesville LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES 050107 M Gainesville LINGUISTICS 160102 M Gainesville LINGUISTICS 160102 D Gainesville LATIN 161203 M Gainesville Distance LATIN 161203 M Education MATHEMATICS 270101 M Gainesville MATHEMATICS 270101 D Gainesville POLITICAL SCIENCE 451001 M Gainesville POLITICAL SCIENCE 451001 D Gainesville PHILOSOPHY 380101 M Gainesville PHILOSOPHY 380101 D Gainesville PHYSICS 400801 M Gainesville PHYSICS 400801 D Gainesville PSYCHOLOGY 420101 M Gainesville PSYCHOLOGY 420101 D Gainesville ROMANCE LANGUAGES-FRENCH 160999 D Gainesville ROMANCE LANGUAGES-SPANISH 160999 D Gainesville RELIGION 380201 M Gainesville RELIGION 380201 D Gainesville STATISTICS 270501 M Gainesville STATISTICS 270501 D Gainesville SOCIOLOGY 451101 M Gainesville SOCIOLOGY 451101 D Gainesville SPANISH 160905 M Gainesville WOMEN'S STUDIES 050207 M Gainesville ZOOLOGY 260701 M Gainesville ZOOLOGY 260701 D Gainesville

College of Medicine

BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 260202 MS Gainesville BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 260202 PhD Gainesville GENETICS AND GENOMICS 260801 PhD Gainesville EPIDEMIOLOGY 261309 MS Gainesville EPIDEMIOLOGY 261309 PhD Gainesville MEDICAL SCIENCES 269999 Gainesville

MED SCI-BIOCHEM & MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville

MED SCI-BIOCHEM & MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 269999 PhD Gainesville

MED SCI-CELL & DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOG 269999 MS Gainesville

MED SCI-CELL & DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOG 269999 PhD Gainesville MED SCI-GENETICS 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-GENETICS 269999 PhD Gainesville

MED SCI-IMMUNOLOGY & MICROBIOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville

MED SCI-IMMUNOLOGY & MICROBIOLOGY 269999 PhD Gainesville MED SCI-MOL GEN & MICROBIOLOGY 269999 PhD Gainesville MED SCI-MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY 269999 PhD Gainesville MED SCI-NEUROSCIENCE 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-NEUROSCIENCE 269999 PhD Gainesville MED SCI-NEUROSCIENCE 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-NEUROSCIENCE 269999 PhD Gainesville MED SCI-ORAL BIOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-ORAL BIOLOGY 269999 PhD Gainesville MED SCI-PATHOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-PATHOLOGY 269999 PhD Gainesville MED SCI-PHARMACOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-PHARMACOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-PHYSIOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville MED SCI-PHYSIOLOGY 269999 PhD Gainesville

MED SCI-PHYSIOLOGY & PHARMACOLOGY 269999 MS Gainesville

MED SCI-PHYSIOLOGY & PHARMACOLOGY 269999 PhD Gainesville MEDICAL SCIENCES 269999 MS Gainesville MEDICAL SCIENCES 269999 PhD Gainesville PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 510912 MPAS Gainesville MEDICINE 511201 MD Gainesville

College of Nursing Gainesville & NURSING PRACTICE 511601 DNP Jacksonville

Online Post NURSING PRACTICE 511601 DNP Master's DNP Gainesville & NURSING 511601 MSN Jacksonville NURSING - Neonatal Nurse Practitioner Track 511601 MSN Online Gainesville & NURSING SCIENCES 511608 PhD Jacksonville

College of Pharmacy

PHARMACY/PD 512001 PharmD Gainesville PHARMACY/PD 512001 PharmD Orlando PHARMACY/PD 512001 PharmD St Petersburg PHARMACY/PD 512001 PharmD Jacksonville Distance PHARMACY/WPPD 512001 PharmD Education PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 512099 MS,PhD PHARMACEUTICAL - PHARM OUTCOMES & POLICY MS Gainesville PHARMACEUTICAL - PHARM OUTCOMES & POLICY PhD Gainesville

PHARMACEUTICAL SCI - Pharmacy (DIST Distance LEARN ONLY) MS Education PHARMACEUTICAL SCI - Forensic Sciences Distance (DIST LEARN ONLY) MS Education PHARMACEUTICAL SCI - Pharmaceutical Distance Chemistry (DIST LEARN ONLY) MS Education PHARMACEUTICAL SCI-MED CHEMISTRY MS Gainesville

PHARMACEUTICAL SCI-MED CHEMISTRY PhD Gainesville PHARMACODYNAMICS MS Gainesville PHARMACODYNAMICS PhD Gainesville PHARMACEUTICAL SCI-PHARMACY MS Gainesville PHARMACEUTICAL SCI-PHARMACY PhD Gainesville PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES MS Gainesville PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES PhD Gainesville

College of Public Health and Health Professions Distance AUDIOLOGY 510202 AuD Education AUDIOLOGY 510202 AuD Gainesville BIOSTATISTICS 261102 MS Gainesville BIOSTATISTICS 261102 PhD Gainesville HEALTH ADMINISTRATION 510701 MHA Gainesville HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH 510701 PhD Gainesville COMMUNICATION SCIENCES AND DISORDERS 510204 MA Gainesville COMMUNICATION SCIENCES AND DISORDERS 510204 PhD Gainesville EPIDEMIOLOGY 261309 PhD Gainesville OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 512306 MOT Gainesville Distance OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 512306 MHS-OT Education PSYCHOLOGY 420101 MS Gainesville PSYCHOLOGY 420101 PhD Gainesville PUBLIC HEALTH 512201 MPH Gainesville Distance PUBLIC HEALTH 512201 MPH Education REHABILITATION SCIENCE 512399 PhD Gainesville PHYSICAL THERAPY 512308 DPT Gainesville

College of Veterinary Medicine

VETERINARY MEDICINE 512401 DVM Gainesville VETERINARY MEDICAL SCIENCES 512501 MS, PhD Gainesville & Distance VETERINARY MEDICAL SCIENCES MS Education VETERINARY MEDICAL SCIENCES MS Gainesville VETERINARY MEDICAL SCIENCES PhD Gainesville

Part II

Appendix 6 List of University of Florida Instructional Sites (Where Traditional Instruction is Offered for 50% or more of a Degree)

Main Campus: Gainesville

Other Sites: Apopka Ft. Lauderdale Ft. Pierce Jacksonville Milton Orlando Plant City REEF - Eglin Remote Facility St Petersburg Sunrise

Collaborative Sites Miami Dade College Singapore (Future site)

Part II

Appendix 7

Part II

Appendix 8 University of Florida News University of Florida News

UF’s football complex receives highest green building certification Bookmark this story Filed under Announcements, InsideUF (Campus), Top Stories on Wednesday, May 20, 2009. Email to a friend GAINESVILLE, Fla. — The recent addition to the University of Florida’s Ben Hill Griffin Stadium has just been ranked as one of the most environmentally Related Images friendly buildings in the U.S.

The Heavener Football Complex has received platinum certification from the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System, the highest ranking available. It is the first building in Florida and the first athletic facility in the nation to achieve platinum status. There are only 130 platinum buildings in the US and 141 worldwide.

LEED certification is based on site/location planning, energy use, water management, materials used, indoor environmental quality and innovation in the design process. The Heavener Complex earned the required 52 out of 69 possible points to receive a platinum rating.

The $28 million complex includes offices, conference rooms, an atrium with trophies from the team’s national championships, and weight-training facilities. The facility’s energy-saving features exceed state and national standards Archives by Category requirements by 35 percent and include low-e glazing on glass, insulation and Audio reflective materials, which make the heating and air conditioning systems Economic Impact more efficient. It also contains energy-efficient lighting and light sensors that Haiti Earthquake allow individual lighting preferences and turn off automatically when the room InsideUF (Campus) is empty. The facility also has a system for analyzing future energy use. Light- colored roofing and concrete pavement on the plaza keep temperatures lower Happenings in and around the building. In Focus Note This The building reduced 40 percent of indoor water use with its low-flow fixtures, Print Edition dual-flush toilets and water-saving shower heads. One hundred percent of its Seen & Heard irrigation is reclaimed water, and native plants combined with nonevaporating Top Stories sprinklers allow the landscaping to use 50 percent less water. The green roof Voices Column of the weight room near Gate 18 conserves energy and insulates as well by Multimedia containing storm water for its plant life, rather than directing it to the sewer system. Op-Eds Research Bahar Armaghani, assistant director of the LEED program at UF, said green Aging buildings are not exclusively concerned with saving money through more Agriculture efficient technology. They are also investments for the well-being of the Architecture people and environment. Arts “When we build a building, we are not just building for today but for the Business future,” she said. Education Engineering Most of the building’s raw materials came from within 500 miles to stimulate Environment the local economy and reduce transport emissions. Additionally, much of the Family building’s raw material is recyclable, and 78 percent of the construction debris Florida recycled. Gender Carol Walker, assistant vice president of the UF Facilities, Planning and Health Construction Division, said, “UF is committed to providing a healthy building Veterinary and environment for the people who utilize the facility. Long-term Law sustainability, responsible use of environmental resources, and a healthy and Natural History productive work environment are all important.” Politics The Heavener Complex has low volatile organic compound levels and carbon Race dioxide monitors in high-occupancy rooms, which bring in more fresh air if Black they detect high carbon dioxide levels. It also has Sanidoors, which open Hispanic touch-free automatically, to reduce building users’ exposure to germs. Religion Sciences According to Walker, the facility’s construction process has exposed her Astronomy division to new technology and material which has only become available Technology recently. The application of those new methods has raised the expectations for other on-campus building projects to a minimum of gold LEED certification. UF In The News Video Armaghani was project manager. The contractor was PPI Construction Management and the engineers were Moses & Associates, Brown & Cullen and SEG. The architect was RDG Planning and Design, and the Commissioning Agents was TLC Engineers. Archives by Date 2010 -30- 2009 Credits December Writer November Katie Privett October Source September Bahar Armaghani, [email protected], 352-273-4025 August July Source Carol Walker, [email protected], 352-273-4000 June May April Read more campus news from InsideUF. March February January 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996

Contact the UF News Desk staff. Submit items to InsideUF. Resources for reporters. About This Site Feedback Subscribe Disability Services Privacy Policy Search © University of Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611; (352) 392-3261. This page uses Google Analytics (Google Privacy Policy)

Part II

Appendix 9 University of Florida News University of Florida News

UF’s Library West receives green building certification Filed under Announcements, Seen & Heard, Top Stories on Thursday, July 26, 2007. Bookmark this story

GAINESVILLE, Fla. — The newly renovated Library West now ranks as one of Email to a friend the most environmentally friendly buildings on campus. Archives by Category Library West has received gold certification from the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System. It is only the Audio second building at UF to attain gold status. Rinker Hall, the first, was certified Economic Impact gold in 2004. Haiti Earthquake InsideUF (Campus) LEED ranks new and existing buildings based on their site planning, water Happenings management, energy management, material use, indoor air quality and In Focus innovation and design process. To receive gold certification, the second- highest rating, a building must earn 39 of a possible 69 points in those six Note This areas. Library West earned 40. Print Edition Seen & Heard The library’s sustainable features include low-flow plumbing fixtures, such as Top Stories waterless urinals, that have dramatically reduced water use, exceeding the Voices Column standards of the Energy Act of 1992 by 30 percent. Also, the building was Multimedia designed with increased insulation on the walls, roof and occupancy controls, Op-Eds resulting in energy saving of 30 percent above American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers standards. Research Aging Inside Library West, carbon dioxide monitors have been installed, and all Agriculture interior materials — including sealant, adhesive, paint, and carpet — contain Architecture low or zero volatile organic compounds, which can evaporate and become Arts toxic fumes. Most noticeably, building occupants have access to daylight and Business views throughout more than 90 percent of the space, an unusual quality for a Education library, and one that has shown significant positive effects. Engineering According to Bahar Armaghani, assistant director of the LEED program at UF, Environment studies have shown green buildings increase productivity, reduce absenteeism Family and improve performance. In fact, many of the new features of Library West Florida were suggested by the library staff to create the most comfortable, effective Gender workplace possible. Health Veterinary Ultimately, Armaghani hopes to instill the principles of sustainability in UF’s student population. Law Natural History “UF plays a leading role in training leaders to make difference in the world,” Politics Armaghani said. “Students will have [a] major environmental impact as Race consumers [and] conservers when [they] depart campus.” Black Hispanic In addition to Library West, the Veterinary Medicine Food Animal Facility was recently certified by LEED, earning 28 points of the 69. The McGuire Center for Religion Lepidoptera and Biodiversity was certified in 2005. Sciences Astronomy On the list of future projects to be renovated to meet LEED standards are Technology Hume, Yulee, Mallory, Reed and Murphree Halls, as well as the Gator Corner UF In The News Dining Facility and the Broward Dining Facility and many more. Video The project managers for the Library West construction were Chris Eastman and Bahar Armaghani. The architect and engineer was Long & Associates. The contractor was Biltmore Construction Inc. Archives by Date

-30- 2010 Credits 2009 Writer 2008 Allison Burke 2007 December Source Bahar Armaghani, [email protected], 352-294-0080 November October September August July June May April March February January 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996

Part III: Abbreviated Compliance Certification

Section 1 Part III.1: The number of full-time faculty members is adequate to support the mission of the institution and to ensure the quality and integrity of its academic programs. (Core Requirement 2.8)

 Compliance __ Non-Compliance

The University of Florida affirms its compliance with Core Requirement 2.8 and presents its evidence below.

Narrative:

The University of Florida (UF) has one of the broadest program arrays in the United States. It is one of a handful of major public universities with a land, sea and space grant mission. Its programs cover most academic disciplines. In addition, UF creates numerous interdisciplinary opportunities for its undergraduate and graduate students, giving them exposure to the faculty of many different departments and colleges.

As the land grant university for Florida, UF also offers instruction at sites within many counties of the State of Florida. In recent years, UF has developed alternative means of program delivery such as online courses and programs to meet the needs of students who are place bound and cannot come to the Gainesville campus. Given the rich educational resources available through the UF, many faculty have developed courses that use “hybrid” methods to reach students – mixing internet, video, classroom, internships, externships and other teaching modalities in single courses.

The 2008-09 credit hours by degree program and instructor type (Appendix III.1.1) developed by the Office of Planning and Institutional Research (Appendix III.1.2) supports this core requirement (2.8). The report reveals an average of 71% undergraduate junior and senior level credit hours and 88% of graduate credit hours are taught by full time faculty across all degree programs. The report further indicates that some programs, such as those offered by the College of Journalism, Fine Arts, Education and others, may utilize practicing professionals. The University of Florida employs an adequate number of permanent, full-time, highly qualified faculty to support the institution’s mission as a public, land grant, research university. The University of Florida’s constitution defines faculty with specific titles set forth in the Faculty Senate Bylaws (Appendix III.1.3)

The State University System’s (SUS) Board of Governor’s require (BOG Regulation 8.015) each academic program to be reviewed on a 7 year cycle (Appendix III.1.4). A key objective in this process is the determination that the institution provides adequate full time faculty to meet the academic needs of the students in the degree program. Additionally, this review serves to ensure that the number is sufficient to fulfill the essential faculty functions, research, teaching and service as well as providing appropriate mentorship to students. The current 20.3:1 faculty student ratio is higher than UF’s institutional peers, but compares well with other SUS institutions.

Over the past three years, UF has strategically reduced the number of incoming Freshmen in order to address state budget cuts that resulted in decisions to not replace faculty; merge programs and sun-setting small programs with dwindling student numbers. These combined strategies enabled UF to ensure that the student faculty ratio did not further erode. At this same time the SUS and legislature provided UF the opportunity for differential tuition, which will allow us to begin to re-invest monies to continue to ensure the highest quality educational experience for our students.

Part III, Section 1: Appendices

 Appendix III.1.1: Program Credits by Instructor Types

 Appendix III.1.2: Methodology for Credit Hour by Instructor

Type

 Appendix III.1.3: UF Constitution and Senate Bylaws

 Appendix III.1.4: Program Review Schedule

Part III, Section 1

Appendix 1 INSTRUCTOR TYPES BY PROGRAM AND LOCATION, BASED ON 2008-09 STUDENT CREDIT HOURS

% of General General Upper Education % of Upper- Education % of Division Upper % of Upper (Lower Division (Lower Graduate Graduate (Under- Division Division Division % of Credits in Division Graduate Credits Credits graduate Credits Credits Under- Graduate Each Major Under- Credits Taught by Taught by Degree CIP Degree Title Degrees Offered Major) Taught by Taught by graduate) Credits Notes Taught by graduate) Taught by PT Faculty, Part Time Courses PT Faculty , PT Faculty, Credits Taught by Under- Credits FT Faculty GAs, or Faculty, Credits GAs or GAs, or Taught by FT Faculty graduate Taught by Adjuncts GAs, or Taught by Adjuncts Adjuncts PT Faculty, Faculty FT Faculty, Adjuncts FT Faculty GAs, or GAs, or Adjuncts Adjuncts GAINESVILLE/MAIN CAMPUS/ALACHUA COUNTY 010103 Food and Resource Economics Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 10,015 92% 907 8% 87 5% 2,048 88% 273 12%

010401 Packaging Science Bachelor's 689 100% 0%

010603 Landscape and Nursery Horticulture Bachelor's 648 93% 51 7% 0%

010901 Animal Sciences Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 2,872 98% 59 2% 0% 1,045 88% 149 12%

011001 Food Science and Human Nutrition Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 5,436 98% 125 2% 0% 1,464 93% 119 7%

011101 Plant Science Bachelor's 114 100% 0% 0%

011102 Agronomy Master's, Research Doctorate 729 92% 67 8%

011103 Horticultural Science Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 920 99% 6 1% 45 5% 1,819 98% 28 2%

011199 Plant Medicine Professional Doctorate 573 75% 195 25%

011201 Soil and Water Science Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,715 90% 185 10% 0% 1,891 91% 178 9%

030104 Environmental Science Bachelor's 107 49% 111 51% Interdisciplinary program

030301 Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences Master's, Research Doctorate 792 94% 48 6%

030501 Natural Resource Conservation Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 2,714 91% 267 9% 0% 2,582 86% 437 14%

030601 Wildlife Ecology and Conservation Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 0 46 68% 22 32%

040201 Architecture Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,456 76% 463 24% 365 9% 2,555 89% 307 11%

040301 Urban and Regional Planning Master's 3,036 81% 690 19%

040601 Landscape Architecture Bachelor's, Master's 840 84% 160 16% 18 2% 350 98% 7 2%

050103 Asian Studies Bachelor's Interdisciplinary program

050107 Latin American Studies Master's 536 79% 141 21% Interdisciplinary program

050207 Women's Studies Bachelor's, Master's 1,011 63% 585 37% 250 100% 0% Interdisciplinary program

090102 Mass Communication Master's, Research Doctorate 3,758 98% 71 2%

090401 Journalism Bachelor's 4,512 75% 1,540 25% 2,670 88%

090701 Telecommunication Bachelor's 4,305 45% 5,321 55% Many courses taught by working professionals

090902 Public Relations/Image Management Bachelor's 3,124 55% 2,580 45% Many courses taught by working professionals

090903 Advertising Bachelor's, Master's 4,777 61% 3,068 39% 0 Many courses taught by working professionals

110101 Computer Science Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 3,384 83% 672 17% 0% 7,719 98% 194 2% Some courses in master's level teacher Master's, Specialist, Research Doctorate, certification programs taught by advanced 130301 Curriculum and Instruction 4,334 52% 3,941 48% Professional Doctorate graduate students who are often experienced teachers 130401 Educational Leadership Master's, Specialist, Research Doctorate 1,507 80% 372 20% % of General General Upper Education % of Upper- Education % of Division Upper % of Upper (Lower Division (Lower Graduate Graduate (Under- Division Division Division % of Credits in Division Graduate Credits Credits graduate Credits Credits Under- Graduate Each Major Under- Credits Taught by Taught by Degree CIP Degree Title Degrees Offered Major) Taught by Taught by graduate) Credits Notes Taught by graduate) Taught by PT Faculty, Part Time Courses PT Faculty , PT Faculty, Credits Taught by Under- Credits FT Faculty GAs, or Faculty, Credits GAs or GAs, or Taught by FT Faculty graduate Taught by Adjuncts GAs, or Taught by Adjuncts Adjuncts PT Faculty, Faculty FT Faculty, Adjuncts FT Faculty GAs, or GAs, or Adjuncts Adjuncts Some courses taught by working professional 130406 Higher Education/Higher Education Administration Specialist, Research Doctorate 648 60% 425 40% administrators 130603 Research and Evaluation Methodology Master's, Specialist, Research Doctorate 2,627 86% 436 14%

131001 Special Education Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 6,958 85% 1,180 15% 3,812 92% 348 8%

131101 School Counseling and Guidance Master's, Specialist, Research Doctorate 3,211 78% 896 22%

131102 Student Personnel in Higher Education Master's, Specialist 2,691 79% 734 21% Many courses taught by advanced graduate 131202 Elementary Education and Teaching Bachelor's, Master's 2,533 44% 3,185 56% 1,221 100% 6,395 61% 4,163 39% students, who are often experienced teachers Many courses taught by advanced graduate 131203 Middle School Education Bachelor's 2,643 44% 3,398 56% 1,296 84% students, who are often experienced teachers 131210 Early Childhood Education and Teaching Master's 132 70% 57 30% Many courses taught by advanced graduate 131301 Agricultural Education and Communication Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 2,257 55% 1,833 45% 660 92% 58 8% students, who are often experienced teachers Many courses taught by advanced graduate students, who are often experienced teachers 131302 Art Teacher Education Bachelor's, Master's 87 36% 156 64% 18 50% 135 98% 2 2% Students take most courses in general art and education 131305 English Language Arts Education Master's 981 100% Students take most courses in math and 131311 Mathematics Teacher Education Master's 30 100% 0% education Students take most courses in music and in 131312 Music Education Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 421 77% 128 23% 63 42% 204 100% 0% education Many courses taught by advanced graduate 131315 Reading Teacher Education Master's 828 67% 405 33% students or experienced teachers Many courses taught by advanced graduate 131316 Science Education Master's 150 56% 117 44% students or experienced teachers Many courses taught by advanced graduate 131317 Social Studies Education Master's 195 61% 123 39% students or experienced teachers Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 140201 Aerospace, Aeronautical and Astronautical Engineering 1,884 100% 2 0% 499 100% 0% Doctorate Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 140301 Agricultural and Biological Engineering 2,109 86% 353 14% 0% 1,342 98% 28 2% Doctorate 140501 Biomedical Engineering Master's, Research Doctorate 1,521 97% 50 3% Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 140701 Chemical Engineering 4,709 100% 3 0% 0% 1,827 99% 16 1% Doctorate 140801 Civil Engineering Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 6,796 88% 963 12% 0% 4,858 94% 319 6% Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 140901 Computer Engineering 5,807 92% 527 8% 9,156 99% 62 1% Doctorate Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 141001 Electrical/Computer Engineering 6,521 93% 527 7% 43 12% 10,703 99% 140 1% Doctorate Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 141401 Environmental/Environmental Health Engineering 2,010 81% 481 19% 1,973 82% 429 18% Doctorate Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 141801 Materials Science and Engineering 3,558 100% 8 0% 98 7% 4,756 95% 244 5% Doctorate Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 141901 Mechanical Engineering 14,829 100% 0% 351 8% 5,251 99% 77 1% Doctorate Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research 142301 Nuclear Engineering 860 87% 132 13% 1,632 96% 64 4% Doctorate % of General General Upper Education % of Upper- Education % of Division Upper % of Upper (Lower Division (Lower Graduate Graduate (Under- Division Division Division % of Credits in Division Graduate Credits Credits graduate Credits Credits Under- Graduate Each Major Under- Credits Taught by Taught by Degree CIP Degree Title Degrees Offered Major) Taught by Taught by graduate) Credits Notes Taught by graduate) Taught by PT Faculty, Part Time Courses PT Faculty , PT Faculty, Credits Taught by Under- Credits FT Faculty GAs, or Faculty, Credits GAs or GAs, or Taught by FT Faculty graduate Taught by Adjuncts GAs, or Taught by Adjuncts Adjuncts PT Faculty, Faculty FT Faculty, Adjuncts FT Faculty GAs, or GAs, or Adjuncts Adjuncts 142401 Coastal and Oceanographic Engineering Master's, Research Doctorate 201 100% 0% Bachelor's, Master's, Engineer, Research Many upper division courses taught by 142701 Industrial/Systems Engineering 2,210 43% 2,895 57% 976 77% 2,906 91% 270 9% Doctorate advanced graduate students 151001 Building Construction Bachelor's, Master's 4,056 90% 447 10% 842 54% 2,372 100% 0%

151102 Geomatics Bachelor's 795 48% 867 52% Courses taught by part-time emeritus faculty Some language and literature programs use 160102 Linguistics Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,710 63% 1,017 37% 585 77% 1,115 78% 314 22% highly qualified adjunct instructors Some language and literature programs use 160399 East Asian Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics Bachelor's 1,346 59% 927 41% 1,530 36% highly qualified adjunct instructors 160402 Russian Bachelor's 1,236 100% 0% 330 26%

160501 German Bachelor's, Master's 509 88% 72 12% 2,378 93% 329 92% 30 8%

160901/160999 French/Romance Languages Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,493 89% 179 11% 4,853 92% 315 91% 33 9% Some language and literature programs use 160904 Portuguese Bachelor's 427 53% 374 47% 625 100% highly qualified adjunct instructors 160905/160999 Spanish/Romance Languages Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 3,592 71% 1,455 29% 9,011 82% 589 92% 55 8%

161200 Classical Studies Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 5,625 95% 289 5% 3,961 73% 557 88% 76 12%

161203 Latin Master's 271 82% 61 18%

190707 Family, Youth and Community Sciences Bachelor's, Master's 6,720 68% 3,195 32% 457 95% 26 5%

220101 Law Professional Doctorate 30,149 86% 4,839 14%

220207 Environmental and Land Use Law Master's 30,149 86% 4,839 14%

220210 International Taxation Master's 2,315 91% 236 9%

220211 Comparative Law/Taxation Master's, Research Doctorate 2,315 91% 236 9%

230101 English Language and Literature Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 13,601 70% 5,787 30% 19,545 98% 3,401 85% 614 15%

230501 Creative Writing Master's 192 75% 63 25% Undergraduate integrative biology major is an interdisciplinary program, as distinct from more 260101 Biology Bachelor's 0 6,319 35% specialized majors in microbiology, zoology, botany, and plant science 260202 Biochemistry/Molecular Biology Master's, Research Doctorate 585 92% 50 8%

260204 Animal Molecular and Cellular Biology Master's, Research Doctorate 526 91% 50 9%

260301 Botany Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 470 66% 247 34% 19 50% 1,057 96% 46 4%

260305 Plant Pathology/Phytopathology Master's, Research Doctorate 573 75% 195 25%

260308 Plant Molecular and Cellular Biology Master's, Research Doctorate 625 99% 4 1%

260503 Microbiology and Cell Science Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 5,525 64% 3,169 36% 179 10% 1,567 100% 7 0%

260701 Zoology Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 2,954 79% 794 21% 0% 1,712 97% 59 3% Non-faculty full-time employee with PhD in 260702 Entomology and Nematology Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 886 50% 877 50% 0% 2,087 91% 208 9% Entomology teaches many upper division courses % of General General Upper Education % of Upper- Education % of Division Upper % of Upper (Lower Division (Lower Graduate Graduate (Under- Division Division Division % of Credits in Division Graduate Credits Credits graduate Credits Credits Under- Graduate Each Major Under- Credits Taught by Taught by Degree CIP Degree Title Degrees Offered Major) Taught by Taught by graduate) Credits Notes Taught by graduate) Taught by PT Faculty, Part Time Courses PT Faculty , PT Faculty, Credits Taught by Under- Credits FT Faculty GAs, or Faculty, Credits GAs or GAs, or Taught by FT Faculty graduate Taught by Adjuncts GAs, or Taught by Adjuncts Adjuncts PT Faculty, Faculty FT Faculty, Adjuncts FT Faculty GAs, or GAs, or Adjuncts Adjuncts 260801 Genetics and Genomics Research Doctorate 500 99% 8 1% Includes Applied Physiology and Kinesiology and 260908 Applied Physiology and Kinesiology Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 4,241 76% 1,330 24% 0% 1,603 98% 30 2% Health and Human Performance 261102 Biostatistics Master's, Research Doctorate 3,703 95% 211 5%

261301 Interdisciplinary Ecology Master's, Research Doctorate Interdisciplinary program

261309 Epidemiology Master's, Research Doctorate 161 100% 0% Interdisciplinary program across multiple 269999 Medical Sciences Master's, Research Doctorate colleges and disciplines 270101 Mathematics Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 6,305 92% 565 8% 11,511 65% 2,274 98% 44 2% Advanced graduate students sometimes teach 270501 Statistics Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 4,267 55% 3,489 45% 10,707 85% 2,845 85% 500 15% Intro Statistics 2, which is a junior level course also required for some non-statistics majors 301201 Historic Preservation Master's Interdisciplinary program

301401 Museology Master's Interdisciplinary program

301901 Nutritional Sciences Research Doctorate Interdisciplinary program

309995 Sustainability and Built Environment Bachelor's Interdisciplinary program

309999 Interdisciplinary Studies Bachelor's Various interdisciplinary programs

310301 Recreation, Parks and Tourism Bachelor's, Master's 9,579 80% 2,372 20% 1,056 85% 1,122 100% 0 0% Advanced graduate students teach some 310504 Sport Management Bachelor's, Master's 10,591 57% 7,985 43% 1,318 100% 2,618 100% 3 0% courses in family health and health/medical terminology 380101 Philosophy Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,635 84% 312 16% 2,208 100% 580 100% 0%

380201 Religion Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,389 72% 552 28% 613 57% 522 96% 20 4%

380206 Jewish Studies Bachelor's 368 100% 0% 6 11% Interdisciplinary program

400201 Astronomy Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,209 100% 0% 1,382 24% 693 99% 4 1%

Advanced graduate students teach some upper 400501 Chemistry Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 2,596 38% 4,254 62% 15,980 60% 5,782 94% 348 6% division courses under faculty supervision

400601 Geology Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 337 81% 78 19% 1,460 22% 868 91% 86 9%

400801 Physics Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,949 99% 14 1% 3,964 56% 3,050 98% 56 2%

420101 Psychology Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 20,594 78% 5,969 22% 3,186 41% 3,996 96% 162 4%

420601 Counseling Psychology Research Doctorate 228 93% 18 7%

421701 School Psychology Master's, Specialist, Research Doctorate 707 96% 33 4%

430203 Fire and Emergency Services Bachelor's, Master's 639 100% 0% Master's program is new

450201 Anthropology Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 7,736 62% 4,689 38% 4,572 65% 1,763 92% 154 8%

Advanced graduate students teach some upper 450401 Criminology Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 1,935 28% 4,878 72% 330 100% 422 99% 3 1% division courses under faculty supervision

450601 Economics Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 6,901 71% 2,766 29% 0% 2,625 98% 40 2% % of General General Upper Education % of Upper- Education % of Division Upper % of Upper (Lower Division (Lower Graduate Graduate (Under- Division Division Division % of Credits in Division Graduate Credits Credits graduate Credits Credits Under- Graduate Each Major Under- Credits Taught by Taught by Degree CIP Degree Title Degrees Offered Major) Taught by Taught by graduate) Credits Notes Taught by graduate) Taught by PT Faculty, Part Time Courses PT Faculty , PT Faculty, Credits Taught by Under- Credits FT Faculty GAs, or Faculty, Credits GAs or GAs, or Taught by FT Faculty graduate Taught by Adjuncts GAs, or Taught by Adjuncts Adjuncts PT Faculty, Faculty FT Faculty, Adjuncts FT Faculty GAs, or GAs, or Adjuncts Adjuncts 450701 Geography Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 2,332 77% 685 23% 6,591 73% 1,319 99% 7 1%

450901 Political Science--International Relations Master's 108 100% 0%

451001 Political Science Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 7,702 68% 3,688 32% 1,485 24% 1,833 92% 170 8%

Advanced graduate students teach some upper 451101 Sociology Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 3,336 52% 3,063 48% 6,915 71% 816 97% 23 3% division courses under faculty supervision

500301 Dance Bachelor's 501 73% 186 27% 1,097 57%

500408 Interior Design Bachelor's, Master's 435 100% 0% 108 12% 282 100% 0%

500409 Graphic Design Bachelor's 494 100% 0% 291 100%

500501 Theatre Bachelor's, Master's 1,919 65% 1,040 35% 2,623 76% 685 92% 56 8% Multiple concentrations available

500702 Art Bachelor's, Master's 1,898 77% 579 23% 2,160 72% 762 88% 103 12% Multiple concentrations available

500703 Art History Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 2,271 100% 0% 861 90% 645 96% 26 4%

500706 Digital Arts and Sciences Bachelor's, Master's Interdisciplinary program

500901 Music Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 2,101 65% 1,149 35% 4,414 63% 1,272 88% 178 12% Multiple concentrations available Qualified adjuncts teach some upper division 510000 Health Science Bachelor's 1,553 41% 2,198 59% 0% courses 510202 Audiology Professional Doctorate 554 90% 60 10%

510204 Communication Sciences and Disorders Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 3,030 87% 464 13% 407 22% 4,872 75% 1,618 25%

510401 Dentistry Professional Doctorate 1,732 81% 411 19% Shares with clinical sciences programs Multiple concentrations/shares with DMD 510501 Dental Clinical Sciences Master's 1,732 81% 411 19% program 510701 Health Administration/Health Services Research Master's, Research Doctorate 1,015 65% 537 35%

510912 Physician Assistant Master's 4,356 91% 406 9%

510913 Athletic Training Bachelor's 4,107 80% 1,020 20% 0%

511201 Medicine (MD) Professional Doctorate 6,353 97% 176 3%

511505 Marriage and Family Counseling Master's, Specialist, Research Doctorate 2,691 79% 734 21%

511508 Mental Health Counseling Master's, Specialist, Research Doctorate 2,691 79% 734 21%

511601 Nursing/Nursing Practice Bachelor's, Master's, Professional Doctorate 9,527 82% 2,063 18% 3,916 79% 1,045 21% Shares curriculum with nursing sciences

511608 Nursing Sciences Research Doctorate 3,916 79% 1,045 21% Shares curriculum with professional nursing Shares curriculum with pharmacy science 512001 Pharmacy Professional Doctorate 29,571 85% 5,126 15% programs Shares curriculum with professional pharmacy 512099 Pharmaceutical Sciences Master's, Research Doctorate 66 98% 1 2% programs 512201 Public Health Master's 3,703 95% 211 5% Advanced graduate students teach some 512208 Health Education and Behavior Bachelor's, Master's 8,566 57% 6,520 43% 450 100% 1,388 100% 3 0% courses in family health and health/medical terminology Many internship and practicum courses taught 512306 Occupational Therapy Master's 1,138 41% 1,665 59% by qualified OT professionals % of General General Upper Education % of Upper- Education % of Division Upper % of Upper (Lower Division (Lower Graduate Graduate (Under- Division Division Division % of Credits in Division Graduate Credits Credits graduate Credits Credits Under- Graduate Each Major Under- Credits Taught by Taught by Degree CIP Degree Title Degrees Offered Major) Taught by Taught by graduate) Credits Notes Taught by graduate) Taught by PT Faculty, Part Time Courses PT Faculty , PT Faculty, Credits Taught by Under- Credits FT Faculty GAs, or Faculty, Credits GAs or GAs, or Taught by FT Faculty graduate Taught by Adjuncts GAs, or Taught by Adjuncts Adjuncts PT Faculty, Faculty FT Faculty, Adjuncts FT Faculty GAs, or GAs, or Adjuncts Adjuncts 512308 Physical Therapy Professional Doctorate 3,891 73% 1,406 27%

512399 Rehabilitation Science Research Doctorate 427 68% 205 32% Veterinary Medicine (DVM)/Veterinary Medical Master's, Research Doctorate, Professional 512401/512501 2,012 90% 227 10% Sciences Doctorate Some upper division courses taught by qualified 520201 Business Administration Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 16,383 58% 12,064 42% 0% 14,066 86% 2,315 14% graduate assistants and non-faculty employees

520301 Accounting Bachelor's, Master's 2,391 92% 201 8% 312 13% 4,167 96% 177 4%

520801 Finance Bachelor's, Master's 14,564 90% 1,540 10% 6,941 84% 1,319 16%

521301 Management Science Bachelor's 9,136 66% 4,755 34% 0% 61 100%

521401 Marketing/Marketing Management Bachelor's, Master's 10,943 84% 2,071 16% 358 83% 2,640 80% 655 20%

521501 Real Estate Master's 1,037 82% 234 18%

540101 History Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 9,976 84% 1,838 16% 1,068 43% 1,780 94% 104 6%

Apopka (Orange County) 010603 Landscape and Nursery Horticulture Bachelor's 66 100% 0%

Jacksonville (Duval County) Master's, Professional Doctorate, Research 511601/511608 Nursing/Nursing Sciences 861 78% 238 22% Doctorate 512001 Pharmacy Professional Doctorate 7,504 99% 80 1%

Ft. Lauderdale (Broward County) 010603 Landscape and Nursery Horticulture Bachelor's 197 100% 0%

151102 Geomatics Bachelor's See main campus program

260702 Entomology and Nematology Bachelor's 14 40% 21 60%

309999 Interdisciplinary studies Bachelor's Interdisciplinary program

Fort Pierce (St. Lucie County) 010103 Food and Resource Economics Bachelor's 78 76% 24 24%

309999 Interdisciplinary studies Bachelor's Interdisciplinary program

Miami (Dade County) UF employs Miami-Dade College faculty as 500301 Dance Bachelor's 0% 996 100% adjuncts for upper division courses Most are full-time at Miami-Dade % of General General Upper Education % of Upper- Education % of Division Upper % of Upper (Lower Division (Lower Graduate Graduate (Under- Division Division Division % of Credits in Division Graduate Credits Credits graduate Credits Credits Under- Graduate Each Major Under- Credits Taught by Taught by Degree CIP Degree Title Degrees Offered Major) Taught by Taught by graduate) Credits Notes Taught by graduate) Taught by PT Faculty, Part Time Courses PT Faculty , PT Faculty, Credits Taught by Under- Credits FT Faculty GAs, or Faculty, Credits GAs or GAs, or Taught by FT Faculty graduate Taught by Adjuncts GAs, or Taught by Adjuncts Adjuncts PT Faculty, Faculty FT Faculty, Adjuncts FT Faculty GAs, or GAs, or Adjuncts Adjuncts UF employs Miami-Dade College faculty as 500409 Graphic Design Bachelor's 0% 108 100% adjuncts for upper division courses Most are full-time at Miami-Dade UF employs Miami-Dade College faculty as 500501 Theatre Bachelor's, Master's 0% 780 100% 30 100% 0 adjuncts for upper division courses Most are full-time at Miami-Dade UF employs Miami-Dade College faculty as 500702 Art Bachelor's, Master's 0% 1,071 100% 0 adjuncts for upper division courses Most are full-time at Miami-Dade UF employs Miami-Dade College faculty as 500703 Art History Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 0% 201 100% 0 adjuncts for upper division courses Most are full-time at Miami-Dade UF employs Miami-Dade College faculty as 500901 Music Bachelor's, Master's, Research Doctorate 0% 860 100% 0 adjuncts for upper division courses Most are full-time at Miami-Dade

Milton (Santa Rosa County) 010603 Landscape and Nursery Horticulture Bachelor's 77 100% 0%

030501 Natural Resource Conservation Bachelor's 182 86% 30 14% 0

309999 Interdisciplinary studies Bachelor's Interdisciplinary program

Orlando (Orange) 512001 Pharmacy Professional Doctorate 7,964 98% 147 2%

Plant City (Hillsborough County) 010603 Landscape and Nursery Horticulture Bachelor's 102 100% 0%

030501 Natural Resource Conservation Bachelor's 73 100% 0%

131301 Agricultural Education and Communication Bachelor's 192 100% 0%

151102 Geomatics Bachelor's 38 86% 6 14%

St. Petersburg (Pinellas) 512001 Pharmacy Professional Doctorate 8,248 99% 122 1%

Sunrise (Broward County) 520201 Business Administration Master's 2,328 92% 195 8% Multiple concentrations available

Distance 011201 Soil and Water Science Master's 236 100% 0% % of General General Upper Education % of Upper- Education % of Division Upper % of Upper (Lower Division (Lower Graduate Graduate (Under- Division Division Division % of Credits in Division Graduate Credits Credits graduate Credits Credits Under- Graduate Each Major Under- Credits Taught by Taught by Degree CIP Degree Title Degrees Offered Major) Taught by Taught by graduate) Credits Notes Taught by graduate) Taught by PT Faculty, Part Time Courses PT Faculty , PT Faculty, Credits Taught by Under- Credits FT Faculty GAs, or Faculty, Credits GAs or GAs, or Taught by FT Faculty graduate Taught by Adjuncts GAs, or Taught by Adjuncts Adjuncts PT Faculty, Faculty FT Faculty, Adjuncts FT Faculty GAs, or GAs, or Adjuncts Adjuncts 130301 Curriculum and Instruction Master's, Specialist, Professional Doctorate 460 60% 303 40%

130401 Educational Leadership Specialist, Research Doctorate 234 82% 51 18%

131001 Special Education and Teaching Master's, Specialist 578 93% 46 7%

131301 Agricultural Teacher Education Master's 104 100% 0%

140801 Civil Engineering Master's 270 100% 0%

140901 Computer Engineering Master's 121 100% 0%

141001 Electrical/Computer Engineering Master's 99 97% 3 3%

141401 Environmental Engineering Science Master's 165 73% 60 27%

141801 Materials Science and Engineering Master's 39 76% 12 24%

140201/141901 Mechanical/Aerospace Engineering Master's 150 100% 0%

142701 Systems Engineering Master's 49 94% 3 6%

151005 International Construction Management Master's 114 100% 0%

161200/161203 Classics/Latin Master's/Research Doctorate 6 8% 67 92%

260702 Entomology and Nematology Master's 51 78% 14 22%

310504 Sport Management Bachelor's See Gainesville program

430203 Fire and Emergency Services Bachelor's, Master's 354 100% 0% Master's approved but not active yet

510202 Audiology Professional Doctorate See Gainesville program

511601 Nursing Master's, Professional Doctorate 1,955 93% 156 7%

512001/512099 Pharmacy Master's/Professional Doctorate 1,649 90% 191 10%

512201 Public Health Master's 574 99% 8 1%

512306 Occupational Therapy Master's 90 100% 0%

520201 Business Administration Bachelor's, Master's 22,926 83% 4,670 17% 2,568 96% 103 4%

Part III, Section 1

Appendix 2 Methodology for Determining Credit Hours by Instructor Type

The overall course credit/FT faculty for each site and program demonstrates clearly UF’s commitment to providing a high caliber of instruction to its students. On the main campus, 71% of all junior and senior level credit hours and 88% of all graduate credit hours were taught by full-time faculty. Use of highly qualified part-time and adjunct faculty—often professionals providing unique expertise or internship opportunities—enhances many of the programs on campus.

The complexities of both the program array and UF’s creative delivery strategies made it a challenge to identify the specific courses and credits associated with our programs. Nonetheless, we have been able to show the detail for nearly all of our degree programs, using the following methodology:

1. Credits were associated with individual programs using course prefixes or combinations of course prefixes that were most identified with each program; 2. The program credits were shown by site or distance education where appropriate; 3. Regular full-time faculty were defined as employees on the university's academic pay plan with an appointment of at least 0.75 FTE; 4. Where multiple instructors shared responsibility for a section, credits were prorated based on each instructor's recorded percentage of responsibility for the section. 5. For undergraduate courses, upper division courses were assumed to be associated with a major while lower division courses were assumed to be part of the general education curriculum.

In cases in which a set of courses is identified with more than one major, they are counted in the row for each major. Where it was unclear which credits should be assigned to a program, explanatory notes were provided. Most often, these programs were highly interdisciplinary, making it impossible to show the activity as separate from other courses in related programs. In other cases, programs had just begun and no credits were yet available. Some departments have a practice of not identifying particular course sites – for instance some medical instruction may include work at different sites in addition to Gainesville. In such cases, site-based course data could not be used to estimate credit totals.

Part III, Section 1

Appendix 3 Constitution of the University of Florida

Preamble ...... 2 Article I ...... The Governance of the University ...... 3 Article II ...... Administration of the University ...... 3 Article III ...... The Faculty ...... 4 Article IV ...... The Faculty Senate ...... 10 Article V ...... Councils and Committees ...... 15 Article VI ...... Organizational Units of the University ...... 21 Article VII ...... Right of Appeal ...... 26 Article VIII ...... Amendments ...... 26

The Constitution includes amendments adopted by the Faculty Senate through May 15, 2009.

For individuals with hearing and speech impairments, when trying to contact departments that do not list TDD telephone numbers, please use the Florida relay service by calling 1-800-955-8771 (TDD).

Upon request, this publication is available in alternate formats to persons with print related disabilities. For more information please contact Dr. Ken Osfield at (352) 392-7056. PREAMBLE

Believing that a society establishes institutions of higher learning, particularly universities, because such institutions serve the higher ends of that society;

Believing that a university serves these higher ends by being a beacon of learning, a fountainhead of dedicated and unselfish service, a focus for research and creative scholarship, a means for the transmittal and extension of old knowledge and the creating of new, a vehicle for that society’s improvement by providing for that society the capacity for enlightened and responsible self-criticism which will prevent that society from losing its dynamic character and falling victim to intellectual and moral decay;

Believing that a university, like all complex human institutions, functions best to serve its assigned purposes under orderly processes of organization and government;

We, the Senate of the University of Florida, do hereby enact this Constitution.

February 6, 1964

This Constitution includes amendments adopted by the Faculty Senate through May 15, 2009. Article I THE GOVERNANCE OF THE UNIVERSITY

The University of Florida is a state educational institution of the State of Florida. The provisions of this Constitution are governed by and subordinate to Florida law, the policies and directives of the Florida Board of Governors, and the University of Florida Board of Trustees, University of Florida regulations and the Collective Bargaining Agreement for those faculty and staff in the bargaining unit.

Where, in this Constitution, power to act is recognized as vested in the Board of Trustees of the University of Florida, such power shall normally be exercised only after reasonable notice of such proposed action to the faculty, unit, department, school, or agency affected and an opportunity to be heard thereunto. Governance shall be shared between the administration of the University and the faculty as represented in the Faculty Senate.

Such shared governance is a system of dual authority and responsibility, constitutionally created, in which administrators and faculty participate in the decision and policy making process. The purpose of shared governance is to provide avenues to University improvement and productivity through the creation of a partnership based on mutual respect and collaboration. Faculty and administrators at all organizational levels of the university shall facilitate the implementation of shared governance.

Article II ADMINISTRATION OF THE UNIVERSITY

Section 1. THE PRESIDENT-The President shall be the chief executive officer of the University, and shall exercise general supervision over all its activities. The President shall be appointed by the Board of Trustees. Upon the resignation, retirement, or death of the President, the Senate Steering Committee shall be available to the Board of Trustees for the purpose of consulting in the selection of a nominee for President. The President shall have a veto power over all actions of committees, college faculties and the councils of the Faculty Senate, which power shall be exercised by sending a written executive order to the body concerned. In all matters not otherwise provided for in the Constitution and Bylaws, the President shall, under the Board of Trustees, have plenary power.

Section 2. THE PROVOST-The Provost shall be the principal executive officer under the President and shall exercise the functions of the President in the President’s absence. In the case of death or incapacitating illness of the President, the Provost shall exercise such functions until formal provisions are made by the Board of Trustees. The Provost shall assist the President in such ways as the latter may designate. The Provost shall be appointed by the President.

Section 3. OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS-There shall be such other administrative officers as the President may designate. They shall have such duties as the President may assign them. In the case of the absence, death, or incapacitating illness of the President and the Provost, the senior administrative officer, previously designated by the President and recorded with the office of the Board of Trustees, shall assume all the authority and responsibility of the President until formal provisions are made by the Board of Trustees.

Section 4. PRESIDENTIAL COMMITTEES-The President shall have the authority to appoint such committees and other groups as are deemed necessary to aid in the performance of presidential duties.

Section 5. ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL ASSEMBLY-The Academic and Professional Assembly (APA) shall be the organizational representative of the University’s academic and professional staff not represented in the Faculty Senate. The APA shall have the authority to define its membership, to approve its own bylaws, to appoint committees and other groups as are deemed necessary to aid in the performance of its mission, and to serve in an advisory capacity to the President and the Faculty Senate.

Article III THE FACULTY

Section 1. FACULTY DEFINED-The faculty of the University of Florida are those persons employed by the University of Florida during the regular academic year whose primary assignment is to carry out the academic mission of the University, namely, teaching, research and academic service. Titles of these persons shall be set forth in the Senate Bylaws. Questions about the faculty status of an individual shall be resolved by a committee charged with evaluating academic qualifications in the college in which the individual is appointed. The committee shall determine status based on whether the primary assignment is the carrying out of the academic mission of the University.

Section 2. ACADEMIC FREEDOM-The policy of academic freedom and responsibilities governing the University of Florida is as set forth in the University’s policy statement reprinted in full in University of Florida regulations. The following principles are quoted therefrom: “The University believes that academic freedom and responsibility are essential to the full development of a true university and apply to teaching, research and creativity. In the development of knowledge, research endeavors and creative activities, a university faculty and student body must be free to cultivate a spirit of inquiry and scholarly criticism and to examine ideas in an atmosphere of freedom and confidence. A similar atmosphere is required for university teaching. Consistent with the exercise of academic responsibility, a teacher must have freedom in the classroom in discussing academic subjects. The university student must likewise have the opportunity to study a full spectrum of ideas, opinions and beliefs, so that the student may acquire maturity for analysis and judgment. Objective and skillful exposition of such matters is the duty of every instructor.”

“The established policy of the University continues to be that the faculty member must fulfill his/her responsibility to society and to his/her profession by manifesting academic competence, scholarly discretion and good citizenship. The university instructor is a citizen, a member of a learned profession and an academic officer of an educational institution. The instructor should be constantly mindful that these roles may be inseparable in the public view, and should therefore at all times exercise appropriate restraint and good judgment.”

A faculty member who believes that he/she does not enjoy the academic freedom which it is the policy of the University to maintain and encourage shall be entitled on written request to a hearing before the Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards Committee or utilize other procedures available.

Section 3. ACADEMIC RANKS-Ranks shall include assistant professor, associate professor, professor or above, and other ranks prescribed by University regulations. Appropriate academic rank and title, with the rights and privileges pertaining thereto, may be accorded to persons engaged in instruction, administration, research and extension.

Section 4. APPOINTMENT OF FACULTY MEMBERS-Nominations for the appointment of faculty members shall be made by the chair of the department or, in units of the University not organized in departments, by the officers in charge of the work concerned, and shall be submitted to the appropriate administrative officers for approval or rejection and, in the event of approval, for transmission to the President or designee. Appointments to the faculty shall be made by the President or designee.

Section 5. PROMOTION OF FACULTY MEMBERS-Recommendations for the promotion of faculty members shall be based upon criteria specified by the University. Promotion review shall originate in academic departments or units. The department chair or administrator of the academic department or unit concerned shall obtain the votes of the individual faculty members of the department or unit holding rank superior to that of the candidate for promotion. Committees established in academic and administrative units for the purpose of evaluating the candidate for promotion shall be limited to members holding rank superior to that of the candidate. Nominations for promotion to distinguished professor shall be made by the department chair or unit administrator, and accompanied by the votes of the individual faculty members of the department or unit in the ranks of full professor or above, or the equivalent in academic ranks. The President shall make the final decision to approve or disapprove promotion.

Section 6. TENURE-

(A) Definition of Tenure. A faculty member who has been granted tenure by the Board of Trustees shall have the status of permanent member of the faculty and be in the continuing employment of the institution until the:

1. faculty member voluntarily leaves the employment of the institution;

2. faculty member voluntarily retires;

3. faculty member is dismissed for cause by the President;

4. faculty member’s position is discontinued pursuant to the layoff provision of the Board of Trustees;

5. faculty member dies.

(B) Granting of Tenure. Upon nomination of the President and approval by the Board of Trustees, tenure will be granted. Each nomination for tenure shall be acted upon with careful consideration being given to the qualifications of the faculty member, including evaluations by colleagues and immediate superior. When one of the duties of the faculty member being nominated is teaching, the quality of teaching shall be gauged through appropriate devices and may include evaluations by present and former students. Nomination of a faculty member for tenure shall signify the President is satisfied that a high degree of competence has been demonstrated and continuing employment of the faculty member will serve the best interests of the institution and the University System.

1. Eligibility for tenure for faculty members in the ranks of assistant professor, associate professor, professor or above, or the equivalent in academic ranks, shall normally begin on the faculty member’s hire date in a tenure-eligible appointment. The length of the probationary period for those in tenure accruing positions is set forth in University policies.

2. The decision to recommend a faculty member for tenure must be made by the end of probationary period, including, any approved extension thereof.

3. Instructional and research faculty at the University of Florida appointed to administrative positions shall retain tenure in the faculty classification, but not in the administrative position.

4. Faculty members in the P.K. Yonge Developmental Research School operated by the University of Florida are not eligible for tenure but however, shall be eligible for permanent status after three years of employment. County extension faculty normally shall be eligible to receive permanent status at the end of the sixth year of employment.

(D) Transfer of Tenure. Tenure is granted by the Board of Trustees and is an obligation of the University as a whole. While no department or other budgetary unit of the University is obliged to accept the transfer of a faculty member from another unit or units, if a department or other unit accepts such a transfer, it must recognize the tenure status already attained by the transferring faculty member.

(E) Procedure for Granting Tenure. The procedure to be followed when a faculty member applies for tenure shall be:

1. Tenure review should originate in academic departments or units. T department chair or administrator of the academic department or unit concerned, shall obtain the votes of the tenured members of the department or unit by a secret ballot, the results of which shall be forwarded with the tenure application to the appropriate college, and the President. The Board of Trustees grants tenure.

2. Committees established in academic and administrative units for the purpose of evaluating a candidate for tenure shall be limited to tenured members.

3. The faculty member shall be notified immediately in writing by the President of the final action taken on the faculty member’s application for tenure.

(F) Nonrenewal and Termination of Faculty Appointments. The President or the President’s designee, in accordance with the institution’s evaluation system, may choose not to renew the employment of a nontenured faculty member. The decision not to renew a faculty member’s appointment may not be based on constitutionally impermissible grounds. Notice of nonreappointment, or of intention not to reappoint, shall be given in writing in accordance with University policies.

(G) Termination of Faculty Appointments for Cause by Preferment of Charges.

1. Justifiable cause for termination of appointment is defined as incompetence or misconduct.

2. After considering charges or evidence against a faculty member, the President or the President’s designee shall make a careful preliminary inquiry into the validity of the charges and evidence and shall make efforts to bring about a satisfactory adjustment of the matter, which efforts shall include informing the faculty member in writing of specific charges. At any stage of inquiry, the President or the President’s designee may seek the assistance of the University staff or may employ such assistance from other sources.

3. If, in the view of the President, or the President’s designee, there is a prima facie case against the faculty member, the President or the President’s designee may refer the charges to the Senate Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards Committee, with instructions to investigate all charges and to submit a transcript of all proceedings and a written report of their findings and recommendations for appropriate action. This in no way precludes the President or the President’s designee from taking any further investigative action deemed necessary.

(H) Suspension of Faculty Pending the Outcome of Investigation.

1. If it appears that a faculty member’s actions would adversely affect the orderly conduct and processes of the University or jeopardize the safety and welfare of the faculty member, colleagues, or students, the President or designee may, after considering charges or evidence against the faculty member, regardless of tenure status, immediately suspend the faculty member with pay from the performance of duties pending investigation by the President, the President’s designee and/or the Senate Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards Committee.

2. The faculty member shall have the opportunity to be provided a written statement of the reason for the proposed disciplinary action to be taken and shall be given at least ten working days in which to respond in writing and/or orally to the President or designee before any final determination regarding an action to be taken is effective.

3. The faculty member who is suspended from the performance of duties may exercise the right of appeal under the procedure elected in accordance with the rules of the University.

4. The President or the President’s designee shall give the faculty member written notice of any proposed suspension without pay or termination. The faculty member will be allowed 10 days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and University holidays, following receipt of the notice to respond in writing to the President or the Presidents designee regarding the reasons set forth in the notice. Within the 10 day period, the faculty member may schedule a meeting with the President or the President’s designee to present any matter which should be brought to the attention of the President or the President’s designee regarding the proposed suspension or termination.

5. Termination or suspension without pay shall take effect on the date set forth in the notice of termination or suspension, except that if the faculty member timely files a grievance concerning the termination or suspension, the faculty member shall not be deprived of pay and benefits until the grievance process ends with an outcome that allows the discipline.

Section 7. RESIGNATIONS-If a member of the faculty of the University desires to obtain release from a position, the faculty member must offer a resignation to the next superior administrative officer. The resignation shall be transmitted through the appropriate administrative officials to the President.

Section 8. THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY-

(A) Membership. In order to permit general communication, there shall be a General Assembly, consisting of all members of the University faculty of the rank of lecturer and above. This assembly shall have no legislative or executive power.

(B) Officers. The presiding officer shall be the President or, in the President’s absence, the Provost. The Registrar shall be the Secretary.

Article IV THE FACULTY SENATE

Section 1. FUNCTIONS-The Faculty Senate shall be the legislative body of the University thereby providing a forum for mutual exchange of ideas between senior officers and faculty. In this capacity, the Senate shall take cognizance of, and may legislate with respect to matters which concern more than one college, school, or other major academic unit, or which are otherwise of general university interest. In exercising its legislative function, the Senate shall make such rules, regulations, and Bylaws as it may deem advisable for the fulfillment of its duties.

Senate Bylaws may be proposed on the Senate floor and referred to an appropriate committee. Proposed Bylaws shall be reported out by appropriate committees, with the content submitted in writing to the Senate at least two weeks prior to the meeting. Bylaws adoption requires a favorable majority of those present and voting.

The Senate agenda prepared by the Senate Steering Committee shall consist of three parts: (a) reports of the President, Provost, and Faculty Senate Chair (b) information items, such as reports of general decisions or summaries from committees or others as appropriate; and (c) action items containing matters to be decided at current meetings and proposals for action at subsequent meetings.

Section 2. MEMBERSHIP-The Senate shall consist of elected voting members, ex officio non-voting members, and student non-voting members. The elected voting membership of the Faculty Senate shall be apportioned equitably among the Academic Units based on a membership of one hundred fifty (150) members. Academic Units, which form the basis for representation, shall be: the Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences (IFAS), the University Libraries, the Florida Museum of Natural History, each college (except the College of Agriculture which is represented in IFAS), and one unit representing all Faculty not otherwise represented in a college or other unit. Each year prior to the Senate elections the Academic Units will be notified by the President, or the President’s designee, of the number of faculty eligible for election.

The number of elected members of the Senate will be apportioned among the Academic Units based on the number of faculty in each unit with each Academic Unit having at least two elected voting members. The remaining seats shall be apportioned among the Academic Units based on the number of faculty members in each unit, with the restriction that no Academic Unit will have a number of voting elected members larger than one-sixth of the elected voting membership of the Faculty Senate. The specific quotas shall be computed as set forth in the Senate Bylaws.

Only faculty as defined in Article III, Section 1, of this Constitution are eligible to be counted in determining the proportional representation of Academic Units within the Faculty Senate, to be elected to the Faculty Senate, and to vote for members of the Faculty Senate.

(A) Voting members. One hundred fifty (150) faculty members shall be elected voting members of the Senate. Any faculty member in an Academic Unit shall be eligible for election to the Senate. The members shall be elected by secret ballot by the faculty members of their respective Academic Units. Elected members shall serve three-year terms commencing the first day of the fall term following their election the previous spring term. They shall not be eligible for re-election following their second consecutive term for a period of three years following such term. The terms shall be staggered so that one-third of the Senate’s elected members are elected each fall. Provisions for nomination and election may be established by the Faculty of the individual Academic Units unless otherwise specified in Senate Bylaws.

(B) Non-voting Members 1. Ex-officio members. Members of the Senate Steering Committee and the chairs of other constitutionally specified committees and councils elected by the Senate as described in Article V, Sections 2, 3, and 4, shall be ex-officio non-voting members if they are not otherwise elected members of the Senate.

2. Student members. Five student non-voting members shall be chosen annually for one-year terms by a procedure established by student government. In addition, three student non-voting members shall be selected annually from the Graduate School and one student non-voting member shall be selected annually from each of the following colleges: Dentistry, Law, Medicine, and Veterinary Medicine.

(C) Faculty Senate administrative liaison personnel. The following liaison personnel shall be provided notice of the meetings of the Faculty Senate and shall have the right of the floor: the president, provost, and vice presidents of the University, full deans of the Academic Units and the Registrar.

(D) Responsibilities of Members

1. Senators are expected to attend all the regularly scheduled meetings of the Senate during the academic year and to make every effort to attend special meetings. Absence from three consecutive meetings of the Senate constitutes resignation from the Senate, except that a Senator whose term is interrupted by a temporary absence from the University may be replaced by a temporary senator.

2. Members of councils, standing committees and joint committees are expected to attend all regularly scheduled meetings during the academic year and to make every effort to attend special meetings. Absence from three consecutive council or committee meetings constitutes resignation from the council or committee, except that a member whose term is interrupted by a temporary absence may be replaced on a temporary basis during that absence.

3. A senator who accepts a position having Faculty Senate liaison status as set forth in Section 1(C) of this Article concomitantly vacates the elected senate seat.

4. Senators are ordinarily expected to serve as members of Senate Councils and committees to which they may be elected or appointed.

5. Vacancies shall be filled as prescribed in the Bylaws.

Section 3. OFFICERS

(A) The Faculty Senate officers shall be the Chair, the Chair Elect, the Past Chair, and the Secretary.

1. Chair. The duties and functions of the Chair are: a. to preside at Faculty Senate meetings; b. to serve as Chair of the Senate Steering Committee; c. to represent the Faculty Senate on any matter within the Senate’s jurisdiction or as requested by the Board of Trustees or President; d. to serve as a full voting member of the Advisory Council of Faculty Senates; e. to serve as an ex-officio voting member of the Board of Trustees; and f. to perform such other duties as may be directed by the Senate.

2. Chair Elect. The duties and functions of the Chair Elect are: a. to act as Chair in the event the Chair is absent or otherwise unable to act; b. to serve on the Senate Steering Committee; c. to serve as a full voting member of the Advisory Council of Faculty Senates; and d. to perform such other duties as may be directed by the Senate.

3. Past Chair. The duties and functions of the Past Chair are: a. to act as Chair in the event both the Chair and Chair Elect are absent or otherwise unable to act; b. to serve on the Senate Steering Committee; and c. to perform such other duties as may be directed by the Senate.

4. Parliamentarian. The duties and functions of the Parliamentarian are: a. to attend all Faculty Senate meetings; b. to advise the Chair on application and interpretation of rules of procedure for the Faculty Senate; c. to offer advice, when requested, to any member desiring help on motions or other parliamentary procedures.

5. Secretary. The duties and functions of the Secretary are: a. to keep the minutes of the meetings of the Faculty Senate and transmit all notices required under this Constitution and the Bylaws of the Senate; b. to maintain all records of the Senate; and c. to perform such other duties as may be directed by the Senate.

(B) Terms of Office and Selection of Officers.

1. Each of the officers has a one-year term, beginning on May 15 each year.

2. At the April meeting of the Senate, the Senate shall elect from its voting membership by majority vote a Chair Elect for a term beginning the forthcoming May 15.

3. On May 15, the Chair Elect in the prior academic year shall become the Chair, succeeding to all the duties and functions of the Chair, and the Chair shall become the Past Chair. In the case of the death or resignation of the Chair, the Chair Elect shall serve as Chair for the remainder of his or her term.

4. The Parliamentarian shall be selected from the faculty by the Chair of the Faculty Senate.

5. The Senate Steering Committee shall appoint a Senate Secretary.

Section 4. MEETINGS-The Faculty Senate shall normally meet at least once during each calendar month of the academic year or as specified by the Bylaws of the Senate. Special meetings of the Senate may be called upon due notice at such times as the Chair or President may designate or upon petition of twenty-five members of the Senate.

Section 5. QUORUM-A quorum for any meeting of the Senate shall consist of a majority of the members present and voting.

Section 6. VOTING PROCEDURES-The Senate Steering Committee shall be responsible for establishing the procedure for voting.

Section 7. PROXIES-No proxies shall be recognized.

Section 8. VOTING PRIVILEGES-Any member of the faculty shall have the right to attend meetings of the Senate, but shall not be entitled to a vote or to have the floor unless reporting at the request of the Senate. Members of committees elected by the Senate, but who are not members thereof, may have the privilege of the floor, but shall not vote.

Article V COUNCILS AND COMMITTEES

Section 1. PURPOSE AND CLASSIFICATION. Service on University councils and committees is the primary means of direct participation in University governance by faculty. There are five classes of University councils and committees: Senate Operations Committees, Senate Policy Councils, Senate Committees, Joint Committees, and Presidential Committees. Councils and committees are the vehicles for providing, directly or through the Faculty Senate, faculty determinations, recommendations, or consultations as appropriate. The creation or dissolution of any Senate Policy Council, Senate Operations Committee, or other Senate Standing Committee, must be approved by the Senate using the procedure set forth in Article VIII of this Constitution. Presidential Committees are established or dissolved by the President. Joint Committees are established or dissolved jointly by the President and the Senate as prescribed in Article VIII of this Constitution. Senate and Joint Committee purviews, structures and procedures may be more fully set forth in the Senate Bylaws. Ad hoc Senate committees may be established by the Senate, by a Senate Council, or by the Steering Committee. Any committee, council, or task force denominated as “joint” shall report to both the Senate and the President.

Section 2. SENATE OPERATIONS COMMITTEES. Operational committees support the conduct of the business of the Faculty Senate. They assist the Senate to organize, to select its own officers, committees and councils, and to adopt rules for the conduct of its business.

The Senate Operations Committees are:

(A) Steering Committee. The Steering Committee is the executive committee of the Faculty Senate. It advises the Chair of the Faculty Senate on all matters, including issues brought to its attention from outside the Senate’s or administration’s formal structures. The Steering Committee shall consist of 11 persons. The Chair of the Senate, the Chair Elect of the Senate and the Past Chair of the Senate shall be members. Three at large members, who at the time of their election shall be voting members of the Senate, shall serve for staggered three-year terms with one or more persons being elected annually. The chairs of the five Senate Policy Councils shall serve as members of the Steering Committee. The University President and Provost shall receive notice of, and have the right of the floor at all Steering Committee meetings. The Secretary of the Senate and Senate Parliamentarian serve as staff to the Steering Committee. The Chair of the Senate shall be the chair of the Steering Committee.

The Steering Committee shall determine the agenda for each meeting of the Senate. It shall provide for reporting to the Senate by administrative officers, by the chair(s) of councils and committees, and by individuals. It coordinates, reviews, and refers actions and proposals from Senate and Joint Committees and from the Administration. The Steering Committee also refers matters to the Senate Policy Councils and accepts reports and recommendations from the Senate Policy Councils and committees for Senate action. Where appropriate, the Steering Committee can direct a matter to the combined attention of two or more Senate Policy Councils. It shall select an alternate member of the Advisory Council of Faculty Senates from among its members, excluding the Chair, Chair Elect, and Past Chair of the Senate.

(B) Committee on Committees. The Committee on Committees shall be composed of six members elected by the Faculty Senate from the faculty at large. The members serve staggered three-year terms. The chair is elected by the Committee. On an annual basis, the Committee shall conduct a review of all Senate committees, which will consider the selection process for members, the purpose of the committees, and attendance at committee meetings. The Committee shall have the responsibility of recommending to the Senate the addition, reclassification, or dissolution of any Senate Committee, transformation of existing Presidential Committees into Joint Committees, or vice versa, and assignments of committees to Senate Policy Councils as Contributing or Related Committees. The Committee on Committees is also responsible for recommending any special qualifications for members of Senate Councils and Senate Committees to the Faculty Senate. Such special qualifications shall be as set forth in this Constitution and in the Senate Bylaw. The Committee shall report to the Senate at least twice a year.

(C) University Constitution and Regulations Committee. This committee is comprised of six members elected by the Faculty Senate from the faculty at large. The members serve staggered three-year terms. The Chair is elected by the Committee. It is charged with the review of the provisions of the University Constitution and with making recommendations in connection therewith to the Faculty Senate. Changes to the Constitution which are proposed to the Senate shall be referred to the Constitution Committee for consideration and recommendation to the Senate. The Constitution Committee acts as an agent of the Senate to interpret the meaning of any provision in the Constitution. It edits and prepares for publication revised editions of the Constitution. It advises the Faculty Senate on regulation changes and administration.

(D) Senate Nominating Committee. The Faculty Senate shall elect six members of the faculty-at-large to serve staggered terms and the President shall appoint three members. The Committee shall elect its chair. The Committee shall nominate, for the Faculty Senate’s elections, members of all Senate Policy Councils and Committees and Joint Committees. Upon the President’s request, the Committee shall make recommendations for presidential appointments. For nominations, the Committee shall consider diverse representation from the entire University from all appropriate ranks and with special qualifications where required. A major goal is to foster a faculty fully committed to the service component of its teaching, research and service mission.

Section 3. THE SENATE POLICY COUNCILS. Five Senate Policy Councils are charged with making policy recommendations and facilitating faculty participation in shared governance in their assigned areas.

(A) The Policy Councils are:

(1) Academic Policy: This council’s area encompasses educational policy, including the creation, modification, or deletion of academic programs and units; curriculum; academic standing; relationship of academic units to each other; general policies concerning student instruction; and academic merits of candidates for administrative positions of academic significance.

(2) Faculty Welfare: This council’s area encompasses matters that support, encourage, define, and evaluate the quality of the faculty and retention of faculty members, including faculty rights and academic freedom; faculty support programs, such as fringe benefit packages; faculty diversity; and programs that improve the quality of faculty life.

(3) Budget: This council’s area encompasses budget and fiscal matters as they involve the academic mission of the University, including the recommendation of budget priorities involving academics and research, the fiscal implications of the creation, modification or deletion of academic programs, the collection and dissemination of information about University budgeting and planning; and monitoring whether the allocation of resources is consistent with Faculty Senate actions and the University’s long-term and short- term strategic plans.

(4) Research and Scholarship: This council’s area encompasses University policies and procedures relating to research and scholarship, including university-wide research and scholarship initiatives and strategies; research grants and contracts; research infrastructure; and other matters relating to funding or producing scholarship.

(5) Academic Infrastructure: This council’s area encompasses the University’s infrastructure supporting the University’s academic mission, including the provision of physical facilities and other physical resources; libraries; information technology; the campus master plan; and the availability of adequate computer, classroom, laboratory and other resources.

(B) Responsibilities of Policy Councils. The councils make recommendations to the Senate, facilitate the implementation of policy, and serve as liaisons between the Senate and the administration within their areas. Each policy council oversees, coordinates and facilitates the work of committees which are assigned to that respective council. However, the councils have no authority to review the decisions of any committee except insofar as such decisions may be the bases of policy recommendations. The Senate Steering Committee coordinates the referring of matters to, and the receipt of recommendations from, the Senate Policy Councils.

(1) The Committee on Committees may assign Senate committees and joint committees to Senate policy councils as “contributing committees” or “related committees.” Contributing committees have charges of central importance to the work of that council. Related committees have charges of peripheral concern to the council or operate in areas over which faculty governance responsibility is highly limited. Presidential committees, as well as Senate and joint committees, may also be assigned to councils as related committees. A committee may be assigned to one council as a contributing committee and to one or more as a related committee.

(2) Each Senate policy council may refer business to its contributing and related committees; direct two or more Committees to work together when appropriate; create, if necessary, ad hoc committees or task forces to deal with matters within its purview; act as a council on business within its purview for which a committee is neither available nor necessary; and initiate and participate in cooperative action with other councils.

(C) Membership of Councils: Voting members of each council shall consist of six (6) members elected by the Senate from the Senate membership and the chair of each contributing committee. Each council shall have one non-voting student member. If the chair of a contributing committee is an appointed member of the committee, then the members of the committee shall choose from among the elected faculty members a representative to serve on the council. The chairs of related committees to a council shall serve as non-voting members of those councils with the right to propose inquiries and other actions.

Council members elected by the Senate serve three-year staggered terms. If an elected council member’s Senate term expires before the council term, the member will continue to serve on the council until the end of the three-year Council term.

(D) Chair: Each policy council elects its own chair from its membership, for a one year, repeatable term. The Chair also serves on the Senate Steering Committee.

(E) Election of members: Nominations for election of members of each council will be made pursuant to Article V, Section 7(B) of the Constitution. The two nominees for each council who receive the highest number of votes will be elected to three year terms.

Section 4. OTHER SENATE STANDING COMMITTEES. In addition to Senate Operations Committees, several other Committees are elected from the faculty wholly by the Senate or, where specifically indicated, by other means. These are:

(A) Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards. The Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards Committee shall be composed of fifteen members elected by the Faculty Senate who will serve staggered three-year terms. Nominees for membership on this committee shall be tenured faculty holding the rank of professor (or equivalent) or above. The Chair is elected by the Committee. It shall be the duty of the Committee to conduct hearings on charges involving University practices bearing upon tenure or academic freedom or matters involving University practices generally applicable to faculty members bearing on professional ethics and the general welfare of the faculty.

(B) Honorary Degrees, Distinguished Alumnus Awards and Memorials Committee. Eight faculty members elected by the Faculty Senate for staggered three-year terms comprise this committee. Members, selected from diverse fields, shall hold the rank of professor (or its equivalent) or above and shall have strong records of teaching and research. The Chair is elected by the Committee. The Committee shall formulate principles covering the conferring of honorary degrees by the University and shall initiate or entertain suggestions as to individuals to whom honorary degrees shall be granted.

(C) University Libraries Committee. The University Libraries Committee shall be composed of nine (9) faculty members and four (4) students. Faculty members shall be elected by the Senate for staggered three-year terms. The faculty members on the Committee shall include at least one (1) Assistant Professor, one (1) Associate Professor, and one (1) Professor, and no more than two members from any academic unit. Two (2) graduate students shall be selected for one-year terms by the Graduate Student Council, and two (2) undergraduate students shall be selected for one-year terms by Student Government. The Chair shall be elected by the Committee. The Committee shall assist the Director of University Libraries in maintaining and promoting the welfare of the University Libraries. It shall meet with the Director of University Libraries to review and formulate library policies to serve the needs and concerns of the faculty and students. It shall also serve as an advocate for the University Libraries to the University community. The Director shall present matters of policy to the Committee in a timely manner, provide the Committee with pertinent information about library operations and services, meet with the Committee frequently, and report to the Committee on actions taken in response to the Committee’s recommendations. The Committee shall advise the Faculty Senate about the state of the Libraries and the Committee’s position on policy matters affecting the Libraries. The Committee shall forward an annual report to the Faculty Senate and the University Administration, and provide other reports whenever advisable.

(D) The Compensation Committee shall have six faculty members who shall represent a broad range of academic disciplines and units. The members shall be elected by the Faculty Senate from the Faculty at large to staggered three year terms. The committee shall elect its own chair. The committee shall have one administrative representative appointed by the President to serve as a liaison able to provide the required information to carry out the committee’s responsibilities. The committee shall evaluate and report on compensation relative to peer institutions, raise results and salary structures at the University, and make recommendations with respect to raise procedures at the University.

Section 5. JOINT COMMITTEES. Faculty involvement is important for the disposition of certain key University issues with academic and administrative implications. In the spirit of shared governance, these issues are dealt with by Joint Committees. These committees are established and dissolved jointly by the President and the Senate and include members appointed by the President and members elected by the Senate to represent the faculty. Typically one half of each Committee’s membership is comprised of elected faculty members and one half of appointed faculty members, except as specified otherwise in the Senate Bylaws. Joint Committees report to the President and, to the extent allowed, provide information on committee activities and meeting minutes to the Senate. At any time the President or Senate may evaluate the effectiveness of Joint Committees in conjunction with the Committee on Committees. Through the mechanism established in Article VIII, such committees may be mutually restructured.

The Joint Committees are:

(1) Academic Personnel Board (2) Curriculum Committee (3) General Education Committee (4) Graduate Council (5) Lakes, Vegetation and Landscape Committee (6) Land Use and Facilities Planning Committee (7) Parking and Transportation Committee (8) Preservation of Historic Buildings and Sites Committee (9) Research Policy Committee (10 Student Petitions Committee (11) Sustainability Committee

Section 6. PRESIDENTIAL COMMITTEES. Presidential committees aid the president in the performance of his or her duties as chief executive of the University. Presidential committees are created by, report to and have membership appointed by the President. A list of Presidential committees and their responsibilities will be published annually by the Provost.

Section 7. MEMBERSHIP ELIGIBILITY AND NOMINATION PROCESS.

(A) Any member of the faculty may be elected by the Senate to serve on Senate or Joint Committees, except that only current members of the Senate may be elected to the Senate Steering Committee and only current members of the Senate may be elected to at large seats on Policy Councils. Steering Committee members whose committee terms run beyond their Senate terms will serve as non-voting members of the Senate. No member of the Senate may be elected to more than two Senate or Joint committees. In some cases special expertise and qualifications are required for nomination to membership on certain committees, and such qualifications shall be set forth in the Constitution or Bylaws.

(B) The Senate Nominating Committee shall serve as the nominating committee for all Senate Policy Councils and Senate Committees and for elected members of Joint Committees. The nominating process is intended to insure that all University faculty have the opportunity to recommend themselves or others for committee service and that council and committee elections for each academic year can be completed to assure all councils and committees are in operation at the start of each fall semester. The process will be determined by the Senate and set forth in the Bylaws.

(C) The President shall and the Faculty Senate Chair may appoint liaisons to provide special expertise on Senate Policy Councils and on Senate and Joint Committees when necessary.

Section 8. TERMS OF SERVICE AND ELECTION OF COMMITTEE CHAIRS.

(A) Membership terms for elected positions on Senate Policy Councils and Senate or Joint committees shall be three years, beginning on the first day of the fall semester following the election, except for members of the Steering Committee, whose terms begin on May 15 of the calendar year in which they are elected.

Terms on newly established Senate Policy Councils and Senate or Joint committees will be staggered initially to produce, as nearly as possible, equal numbers of members with terms of one, two and three years. Wherever a vacancy occurs other than by expiration of term, the committee chair shall notify the Senate Chair who, in consultation with Senate Steering Committee shall select a replacement until the next annual election of members at which time an individual will be elected to fill the remainder of the term. Members who miss three consecutive unexcused meetings shall be replaced.

(B) Except as otherwise provided in this Constitution or the Senate Bylaws, each Senate Policy Council and Senate or Joint Committee shall elect its own chair. This election will take place during the last meeting of the committee in each spring semester so that committee leadership will be in place at the beginning of the following academic year.

Section 9. UNIVERSITY COMMITTEE REPORTS. Chairs of all University councils and committees shall provide timely information on matters of general faculty or Senate interest to the Senate through the Steering Committee and shall report on the disposition of all matters referred by the Senate. Such reports shall not include confidential material that is protected by law.

Article VI ORGANIZATIONAL UNITS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Section 1. ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY-

(A) There shall be established such academic and administrative units as are necessary for administering the educational programs of the University.

(B) The basic degree-granting unit of the University shall be the college, in which there may be schools, departments, and such units as are necessary.

(C) Colleges and schools may be established or abolished by the initiative of the Faculty Senate with the approval of the President of the University and the Board of Trustees. The initiative for establishment or abolition of such units may also be exercised by the Board of Trustees.

(D) Faculty shall have a shared governance role in determining any changes to the structure and character, including but not limited to forming, consolidating, transferring, closing and renaming, of the colleges, schools and departments in which they are appointed. Such changes shall require the approval of the Faculty Senate. Procedures for this process are set forth in the Bylaws.

Section 2. THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS-

(A) A college shall be a unit of the University organized to conduct curricula of study and research, and to grant degrees.

1. Subject to the approval of the Faculty Senate, the President and the Board of Trustees, the faculty of a college, or appropriate committees thereof, shall exercise control over the academic affairs of the college. The faculty of the college shall establish requirements of the college for entrance and for graduation, and the form of degrees to be conferred. It shall determine the arrangement and content of the curricula.

2. The faculty of a college shall consist of all faculty members in the department and units which belong to the college and the faculty paid by another college but teaching regularly in the college as part of their duties, when so appointed by specific action of the deans concerned; the deans, associate deans and assistant deans of the college; and the President of the University as an ex officio members.

3. The chief executive and administrative officer of the Graduate School, and of each college shall be a dean, who may at the same time be a professor in one of the departments of the college. The dean shall be appointed by the President. In making this appointment, the President shall give consideration to the opinion of the faculty of the college concerned by consultation with a special committee of at least three faculty members elected by the faculty of the college. The dean shall be responsible to the President for the administration of the college and shall be the agent of the faculty for the execution of educational policy.

(B) A school, except for the Graduate School, shall be a unit subordinate to a college organized for a special program of studies. The administrative officer of a school shall be a director, who may at the same time be a professor in one of the departments of the school. The director shall be nominated by the dean of the college and approved by the President. In making this nomination, the dean shall give consideration to the opinion of the faculty of the school concerned by consultation with a special committee of at least three faculty members elected by the faculty of the school. The director shall be subject to the administrative supervision of the dean of the college in which the school is located.

(C) Because the college is the unit of the University organized to conduct curricula of study and research and to grant degrees, periodic evaluations of each college shall be conducted in accordance with procedures adopted by the Senate.

Section 3. THE DEPARTMENTS-The department shall be the fundamental unit of academic and administrative organization within the University. Departments shall be either professional functions departments or teaching and research departments. For purposes of organization and budget, each teaching and research department shall be assigned to one and only one college.

(A) The members of a department shall consist of all faculty members in the departmental budget, and other persons who teach or do research in the department and are accepted by the vote of the departmental faculty.

(B) The program of a teaching and research department shall be conducted by the departmental faculty through a chair, who shall have general responsibility for the activities of the department.

(C) The chair shall be nominated by the dean of the college after formal consultation with a committee of the department selected by its tenured members and after consultation with others in related fields outside the department. The nominations shall be forwarded to the President for approval. In those instances where the nominee of the dean of the college is not concurred in by the departmental committee, that committee’s dissenting report should be forwarded to the President along with the nomination made by the dean.

(D) Because the department is the fundamental unit of academic and administrative organization within the University, periodic evaluations of each department shall be conducted.

Section 4. GENERAL EDUCATION-The University shall require a program of general education for all students receiving bachelor’s degrees, which program shall be under the supervision of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The courses that constitute the general education portion of the baccalaureate degree must be approved by a General Education Council, which shall be composed of representatives from the majority of baccalaureate degree-granting colleges within the University.

Section 5. THE GRADUATE SCHOOL-

(A) The Graduate School shall exercise general supervision over graduate programs within the University, including the establishment of minimum standards of admission and performance; the recommendation of approval by the Faculty Senate of new degree programs; the recommendation of candidates for graduate degrees to the President; the encouragement, financial and other support of graduate study and research where these functions are not otherwise assigned. Detailed applications of general policies announced in the Graduate Catalog shall have the approval of the Graduate Council. The responsibility for the operation of the graduate program shall be vested in the individual colleges, divisions, departments and institutes.

(B) General policies and standards of the Graduate School shall be established by the Graduate Faculty.

(C) The Graduate Council shall assist the dean in being the agent of the Graduate Faculty for execution of policy related to graduate study and associated research.

(D) Appointment to the Graduate Faculty shall be made by the Dean of the Graduate School upon the approval by a two-thirds vote of all on campus Graduate Faculty in the appointing department and endorsement of the department chair and the dean of the college. Privileges regarding the level of involvement of Graduate Faculty in supervising students are granted by the dean of the college or other designated officials in consultation with the faculty member and in accordance with criteria established by that unit. New faculty may be appointed to the Graduate Faculty as a condition of their appointment to a tenure track position in a graduate degree-granting department upon approval of the appropriate departmental faculty, chair, dean of the college and the Dean of the Graduate School.

Section 6. INTER-COLLEGE AND INTER-DEPARTMENTAL INSTITUTES, AND CENTERS-For the purpose of research or teaching programs at the graduate or undergraduate level, there may be established under a college dean or other administrative official, an institute or center to administer such inter-disciplinary research or teaching programs. Such units may be established by the Board of Trustees upon the recommendation of the President or the Senate and the President. They may be abolished by the same procedure or upon the initiative of the Board of Trustees. Ordinarily, the academic staff of such an institute shall be regular members of a department and also members of an institute for its program. The program of an institute shall be administered as is the program of a department.

Section 7. SPECIALIZED UNITS-Special units, such as the Experiment Stations, Research and Education Centers and the Cooperative Extension Service of the Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, shall be administered as approved by the President.

Section 8. ALL-UNIVERSITY UNITS—Academic units serving the entire University, such as the University Libraries, the Florida Museum of Natural History and other all-university agencies, shall be administered directly under the President or through such officers of the University as the President may designate.

Article VII RIGHT OF APPEAL

All faculty, staff and students have the right to consideration of all grievances or complaints by the appropriate University authorities. Complaints shall be administered in accordance with University regulations and procedures.

Article VIII AMENDMENTS

This Constitution may be amended by a two-thirds vote of the voting members present and voting at any regular meeting of the Faculty Senate held during the regular academic year, provided that the text of the proposed amendment has been submitted in writing to members of the Senate at least 30 days prior to the meeting and the notice of its intended consideration has appeared on the agenda circulated with the call to the meeting.

Bylaws of the Faculty Senate The Faculty Senate Bylaws Relating to the Organization and Operation of the Senate

SB1 Implementing Procedures of the University for the Board of Trustees Policy on Academic Freedom and Responsibility ...... 2

SB4 The Senate: Organization and Procedure ...... 3

SB5 Membership of a Department, Detailed ...... 10

SB6 Departmental Promotion and Tenure Nomination Procedures for Chairpersons ...... 10

SB7 Procedures of the Faculty Senate Committee on Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards...... 11

SB13 College Evaluations ...... 19

SB15 Privileges of Non-Members at Meetings of the Faculty Senate ...... 20

SB18 Periodic Departmental Evaluations ...... 22

SB20 University Committees ...... 23

SB21 Definition of Faculty ...... 31

SB22 Procedures for College, School and Departmental Changes ...... 32

The Bylaws include amendments adopted by the Faculty Senate through April 16, 2009.

For individuals with hearing and speech impairments, when trying to contact departments that do not list TDD telephone numbers, please use the Florida relay service by calling 1-800-955-8771 (TDD).

Upon request, this publication is available in alternate formats to persons with print related disabilities. For more information please contact Dr. Ken Osfield at (352) 392-7056.

BYLAWS OF THE FACULTY SENATE

SENATE BYLAW 1 Implementing Procedures of the University for the Board of Trustees Policy on Academic Freedom and Responsibility (Senate Bylaw 1, June 18, 1963; Amended 2/73, 11/74, 4/84, 6/95, 12/95 and 4/2002)

Complaints Against Faculty Members

A complaint to be handled under these procedures must be in written format.

Complaints from outside the University shall be addressed or forwarded to either the President or to the Provost. The President will refer complaints to the Provost.

The Provost shall refer any complaint for which he or she is given responsibility to the dean (or director) of the college (or school). Where the faculty member is in more than one college, all deans shall be informed.

Complaints from inside the University shall be made directly to the dean (or director) and/or to the appropriate vice president of the college (or school), who shall inform the Provost of the existence of the complaint.

Unless the complaint is one involving sexual harassment, which shall be handled according to the University policy for complaints of sexual harassment, the college dean (or director) shall further refer the complaint to the department chairperson(s) concerned who will examine the complaint and give a written opinion to the dean (or director) and/or to the appropriate vice president (with a copy to the Provost) either that:

1. the complaint lacks substance and no further action is necessary, or

2. the complaint has substance but remedial action at the department level is sufficient, or

3. the complaint has substance and must be handled further at higher levels.

The Provost shall review the matter and take such action as is necessary to ensure completion of handling the complaint. Where charges are recommended by the college dean (or director) and/or appropriate vice president, the Provost or the Provost's designee shall confer as necessary with those involved and, if the Provost or the Provost designee concurs in the judgment that charges are required, assist in the proper formulation of charges.

These charges may then be heard by the Committee on Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards in accordance with the procedures specified in the Constitution of the University and Senate Bylaw 7.

Complaints by Faculty Members

Any faculty member may complain in writing of an alleged violation of right and responsibilities under the University’s rule on Academic Rights and Responsibilities.

Such complaints may be forwarded to the Committee on Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards who shall handle the complaint in accordance with the procedures specified in the Constitution of the University and in Senate Bylaw 7.

The committee’s report shall be made to the President.

SENATE BYLAW 2 Interpretation Relating to Rank of Instructor (Senate Bylaw 2, November 19, 1964; Repealed by Action of the Senate 3/89)

SENATE BYLAW 3 Tenure Eligibility of Faculty in University Libraries and Florida Museum of Natural History (Senate Bylaw 3, January 21, 1965; Repealed by Action of the Senate 3/89)

SENATE BYLAW 4 The Senate: Organization and Procedure (Senate Bylaw 4, January 21, 1965; Amended 9/71, 4/84, 6/95, 12/95, 4/2001, 4/2002, 3/2003, 2/2004, 4/2004, 1/2006, 2/09)

(A) Senate Organization and Procedure: Senate Function

As the legislative body of the University, the Senate is directed by the University Constitution to take cognizance of matters which concern more than one college, school, or other major academic unit, or which are otherwise of general University interest; and it is empowered by the University Constitution to legislate with respect to such matters, subject to the approval of the President and in appropriate instances the Board of Trustees and subject to the regulation procedures of the Florida Board of Governors, if applicable. Among such matters are:

(1) The educational policies of the University

(2) The creation of new degree programs

(3) The abolition of degree programs

(4) Curricula matters affecting more than one college

(5) Criteria for faculty appointment, promotion and tenure

(6) Matters of general professional importance

(7) Recommendations of candidates for honorary degrees

(8) The University calendar

(9) Academic regulations affecting students

(B) Senate Organization and Procedure: Notice of Proposed Bylaws

The constitutional requirement that the proposal for a Bylaw shall be submitted to the Senate at least two weeks prior to action upon it, shall ordinarily be met by including the proposal on the agenda of two successive meetings of the Senate. In cases of emergency, however, the Secretary of the Senate may either issue the regular agenda two weeks, rather than the customary one week, in advance of a meeting of the Senate or may make a special advanced mailing of the proposed Bylaw to the members of the Senate.

(1) The Senate Agenda, prepared by the Senate Steering Committee, shall consist of three parts:

(a) Reports of the President, Provost, and Chair of the Senate;

(b) An Information Agenda consisting of information items, such as reports of committees, and

(2) Placing items on the Agenda:

(a) Items to be included on the Senate Agenda shall be submitted to the Secretary of the Senate.

1. Items to be included on the Agenda may be submitted by any member of the Senate, by the chairperson of any committee or council, by a member of the faculty, or by an administrative officer of the University.

2. Items to be included on the Agenda shall be submitted in writing, in the manner prescribed by the Senate Steering Committee.

3. The Senate Steering Committee shall post the process for submitting items to the agenda on its website.

(b) The Senate Steering Committee shall determine whether items should be:

1. Referred to a Senate Council or Committee,

2. Placed on the Information Agenda of the Senate

3. Placed on the Action Agenda of the Senate,

4. Deferred, or

5. Declined.

(c) Ordinarily, the Senate Steering Committee shall refer matters brought to its attention to the appropriate Senate Council or Committee for consideration and report.

1. Upon receipt of the report or before, the Steering Committee normally places the item on the Information Agenda prior to its placement on the Action Agenda.

2. The Steering Committee may place an item immediately on the Information Agenda if it feels that no committee consideration or report is necessary, or on the Action Agenda in unusual, special or emergency circumstances.

(d) The Steering Committee shall within 48 hours inform the person who submitted the item as to its disposition.

(3) Distribution of the Agenda: The Secretary of the Senate shall distribute the Agenda, and all materials related to items on the Agenda, to each member of the Senate seven days before the meeting of the Senate.

(4) The Information Agenda

(a) Matters appearing on the Information Agenda shall appear in the Agenda and on the Senate website as a brief written report summarizing any longer report.

(b) Matters appearing on the Information Agenda may be elaborated orally before the Senate.

(c) After the presentation of an information item, the presiding officer shall inquire whether the Senate wishes to discuss the materials presented in the information item. Upon an affirmative indication by ten Senators, the matter shall be opened for discussion.

(d) After presentation of the scheduled information items, any Senator may ask the Senate to add to the Information Agenda of the meeting any item previously submitted to the Steering Committee by the specified deadline that has been deferred or declined by the Steering Committee. Upon majority vote by the Senators present, the item shall be added to the Information Agenda of the meeting.

(5) The Action Agenda

(a) Matters appearing on Action Agenda shall be debated and voted on at that meeting of the Senate.

(b) Any Senator may ask the Senate to add to the Action Agenda of the meeting any item on the Information Agenda of the meeting. Upon two- thirds vote by the Senators present, the item shall be added to the Action Agenda of the meeting.

(D) Senate Organization and Procedure: Senate Membership

The membership of the Senate shall include the following:

(1) Elected Members who shall be apportioned among the academic units in proportion to the number of faculty members in each unit, except that no unit is to have fewer than two senate seats, and no unit is to have more than twenty-five seats (one-sixth of the total number of seats). Apportionment shall be determined as follows:

Step 1. Determine the percentage of faculty members in each unit by dividing the number of faculty members in that unit by the total number of faculty members. Multiply that fraction times the total number of seats in the Senate (150) and round to determine the number of seats each unit is proportionally entitled to. In rounding, standard conventions should be applied, so fractions of .5 or more are rounded up, and fractions less than .5 are rounded down.

Step 2. If any unit receives more than one-sixth (25) of the total seats available in the Senate, that unit is assigned 25 seats. Step 3. If any unit receives fewer than two seats in step one, that unit is assigned two seats.

Step 4. If the total number of seats assigned in steps 1-3 is less than 150, determine the total number of faculty members in the units which have not been assigned their number of seats in Steps 2 and 3, and determine the remaining number of seats to be assigned.

Step 5. Determine the proportionate share of each of these units by dividing the number of faculty members in that unit by the number from step 4. Multiply that fraction times the number of seats remaining to be assigned after step 3 and round to determine the number of seats each unit is proportionally entitled to, as in Step 1. If any unit would be assigned more than 25 seats, then it is assigned 25 seats and if any unit would be assigned fewer than 2 seats, it is assigned 2 seats. Steps 4 and 5 are now repeated with the additional units removed.

Step 6. If, owing to the necessary rounding off procedure, more or less than 150 seats have been awarded in the previous steps, adjust as follows. If more, reduce the number by subtracting one seat from as many units receiving seats through the rounding-off process as necessary, beginning with the smallest fraction that had led to an additional seat, until the total number of seats assigned is 150. If less, increase the number by adding one seat from as many units receiving seats through the rounding-off process as necessary, beginning with the largest fraction that had not led to an additional seat, until the total number of seats assigned is 150.

(2) Non-voting Members. Non-voting members shall be as set forth in Article IV, Section 2(B) of the Constitution. Non-voting members shall havethe right of the floor and the privilege of introducing motions.

(3) Administrative liaison personnel. Administrative liaison personnel shall be as set forth in Article IV, Section 2 (C) of the Constitution.

(E) Senate Organization and Procedure: Senate Elections

(1) Quotas for Elected Members

(a) Colleges, schools and independent academic units shall be considered in the assigning of quotas for elected members of the Senate. These quotas shall be computed annually by the Secretary of the Senate and the Steering Committee or its designate based on information from the Office of Academic Affairs and distributed to academic units by the end of the fall term.

(b) The Secretary of the Senate shall maintain a publicly available list of those faculty ineligible for election to the Senate by virtue of two successive terms, and the point at which they return to eligibility.

(2) Procedures for Election of Senators

(a) As soon as possible after receiving notification of the quota for the unit, the administrative officer of each college, school or independent academic unit shall constitute a nominating committee of faculty. If the unit has several elected Senate members, the administrative officer shall see that the nominating committee shall be representative of the faculty in each major area of academic interest within that unit. Proportionate representation of such academic areas shall be considered by the committee in making nominations for the elective Senate seats to be filled that year. The nominating committee shall name twice as many nominees as there are seats to be filled. Upon completion of two consecutive three- year terms in the Senate a faculty member shall be ineligible to serve again for a period of three years.

(b) Before March 15 of each year, the administrative officer shall circulate the list of nominees and summon all faculty members to a meeting at which nominations shall be called for from the floor.

(c) All nominations shall be incorporated in a ballot which shall be mailed to all faculty members in each unit by the administrative officer by April 1 of each year. Care shall be taken to ensure secrecy as to the identity of each eligible voter. Voting may be accomplished through electronic means as long as such secrecy is ensured. All ballots must be returned by April 15 in order to be counted. Tellers, composed of faculty, may be appointed to record the vote. A plurality shall be sufficient to elect, and tie votes shall be decided by lot.

(d) The three-year terms of elective Senators shall begin the first day of the fall term following their election.

(e) When a vacancy in the Senate shall occur because an elected member takes a leave of absence, or because of a temporary but unavoidable professional conflict, or because of the extended illness or death or resignation of any elected member before the expiration of the term as an elected member, the vacancy shall be filled by a temporary Senator. The temporary Senator shall be selected as the candidate on the most recent ballot who received the second most votes or by special election. The temporary Senator shall serve during the absence of the regularly elected member, except if the regularly elected Senator shall be absent for more than one year, the temporary Senator shall serve until the next Senate election.

(f) The Provost shall publish annually a list of all Senate, Joint and Presidential Committees, Boards and Councils indicating the membership and responsibilities of each.

(F) Senate Organization and Procedures: Chair Elect Nomination and Election Procedures

In February of each year the Senators will be notified that a complete roster of Senate members can be found at the Faculty Senate website. Each will be asked to submit from 1-150 nominations for Chair Elect at a date at least two weeks from the date of the notice to the Chair. All nominees will be notified that they have been nominated and, if they wish to be on the ballot, that they must notify the Chair by submitting a 250-word (maximum) summary of their qualifications and goals by the deadline stated in the Chair’s notice. Senators will be notified of the list of the final nominees, and the election by means of a written ballot will be held at the last meeting of the Faculty Senate for the academic year. A majority of those Senators voting shall be necessary for election. The nominee having the greatest number of votes shall be the Chair Elect if such number represents a majority of the Senators voting. If no nominee receives a majority of votes, the Senate shall choose the Chair Elect by means of run-off ballots among nominees with the two highest numbers of votes, until one nominee receives a majority.

(G) Senate Organization and Procedure: Senate Meeting Procedures

(1) Meetings

(a) The Faculty Senate shall normally meet at least once during each calendar month of the academic year or as specified elsewhere in the Bylaws of the Senate.

(b) Special meetings of the Senate may be called upon due notice at such times as the Chair or President may designate, or upon petition to the Chair of at least 25 voting members of the Senate.

(2) Conduct of Senate Business

(a) In the conduct of its business, the Senate shall be guided by the customary rules of parliamentary procedure, insofar as these are not modified by the provisions of the Constitution of the University of Florida or the Bylaws of the Senate. In cases of dispute recourse shall be to Robert’s Rules of Order.

(b) Decisions in the Senate shall be taken by majority vote of the members present and voting, except as provided in the Constitution and Bylaws.

(3) Voting in the Senate

(a) Except in elections, voting in the Senate shall ordinarily be by voice; but, at the discretion of the presiding officer or upon the request of any member, a vote shall be taken by show of hands; or at the request of 20 members a vote shall be taken by signed written ballot.

(b) In the selection of the elective members of Senate councils and committees, voting shall be by ballots distributed to all voting members of the Senate by the Secretary of the Senate. Such elections may be accomplished through electronic means.

(4) Quorum

A quorum for any meeting of the Senate shall consist of those elected members who are present. In order to facilitate voting, members should sit in seats designated for members by the Senate Steering Committee.

(5) Proxies

No proxies shall be recognized.

SENATE BYLAW 5 Membership of a Department, Detailed (Senate Bylaw 5, March 25, 1965; Amended 4/84 and 12/95)

Under the University Constitution the members of a department are the budgeted line item members. Members of the department may nominate and elect non-budgeted members, such as courtesy faculty, affiliates, or joint appointees, to departmental membership for any periods they wish. Each individual shall be notified in writing of such election and notified of the term of the appointment or that it is a continuing one. Members so elected shall have all the rights of budgeted line item members as appropriate to the appointment.

SENATE BYLAW 6 Departmental Promotion and Tenure Nomination Procedures for Chairpersons (Senate Bylaw 6, March 25, 1965; Amended 2/73, 4/84 and 12/95)

In the case where a proposal for tenure or promotion of a chairperson is being voted on, or otherwise handled by the tenured members of a department, the chairperson’s dean or director shall be the officer in charge under the terms of the Constitution for these purposes. Where tenure is involved, the appropriate administrator shall obtain the required secret poll of the tenured members of the department; where promotion is involved, the appropriate administrator shall solicit the opinions of the faculty in the department holding rank superior to the candidate for promotion.

SENATE BYLAW 7 Procedures of the Faculty Senate Committee on Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards (Senate Bylaw 7, April 29, 1965; Amended 9/66, 2/73, 1/74, 9/74, 11/74, 4/84, 2/90, 12/95, 4/2001, 4/2002, and 1/2006, 2/2009)

(1) This Bylaw establishes informal and formal procedures to resolve charges and complaints brought by faculty members not in the collective bargaining unit involving University practices bearing on academic freedom, tenure, professional ethics or the general welfare of the faculty.

(2) Time Limit for Filing and Informal Appeal Procedures: Charges and complaints involving University practices bearing on academic freedom, tenure, professional ethics or the welfare of the faculty should be resolved prior to commencement of formal proceedings whenever possible. However, attempts to informally resolve the charges and complaints do not remove the 30-calendar-day time limit for the filing of charges and complaints stated in section 3 below. If additional time is necessary to reach an informal resolution, an extension must be requested in writing before the 30-calendar-day time limit has expired. The extension shall be requested from, and may be granted by, the University President’s designee. Proceedings through the Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Standards and Ethics Committee may be denied to any faculty member who fails to comply with the applicable time limits set forth herein.

(3) Composition and Jurisdiction: The Committee on Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Standards and Ethics shall be a standing committee of the Faculty Senate as set forth in Article V, Section 4 (A) of the University Constitution. The Committee shall have jurisdiction to hold hearings and make findings of fact, conclusions of law and recommendations in matters involving University practices bearing upon academic freedom or tenure, and University practices generally applicable to faculty members bearing upon professional ethics or the general welfare of the faculty. Such proceedings may be commenced by the University President through charges filed by the same or by a faculty member individually affected by the alleged practices.

(4) Commencement and Pre-Hearing Procedures: (NOTE: All periods of time in this Bylaw refer to calendar days, unless otherwise specified. If any deadline falls on a non-business day, the period shall be extended to 5 p.m. of the next business day.)

(a) Commencement of Proceedings by Faculty Members:

1. A faculty member (including any administrator who has faculty status) may commence proceedings before the Committee by filing one or more charges or complaints within 30 days after the complainant knew or should have known of the occurrence of the alleged action(s) on which the claim is based by stating his or her charge or complaint in a letter to the University President. A faculty member may request an extension of time from the University President, or the President’s designee for such filing. The request must be in writing and it must be received before the 30-day time limit has expired. The granting of the extension of time must be in writing and for a definite time period. Filing of such a letter of complaint or charges (hereafter “letter”) shall constitute waiver of all other grievance procedures as provided in University Regulation 6C1-7.041.

2. The letter must state that the faculty member elects to have the Committee investigate the charge(s) or complaint(s) and state that by this election he or she waives all other grievance procedures available within the University system. The letter must assert sufficient facts to reasonably inform the University of the nature of the charge(s) or complaint(s). It is important that the faculty member describe which of his or her rights have been violated, in what manner, and clearly delineate what remedy(s) is sought. Copies of any and all papers, statements, documents or other items in the possession of the faculty member filing the letter that bear upon the matter, together with a list of the names and addresses of all persons believed to have pertinent information, shall be filed with the letter. The University President, or the designee, shall refer to the letter to the Committee Chairperson, unless the letter is untimely and no extension has been granted.

3. If the Committee Chairperson believes the letter does not meet the requirements of this Bylaw, including whether the charges or complaints fall within the jurisdiction of the Committee, the faculty member may be directed in writing by same to amend his or her charge(s) or complaint(s) within a designated period of time, and failing that, the Committee Chairperson may dismiss the matter and may advise the faculty member of other grievance procedures that may be available.

The Committee Chairperson shall, upon receipt of the letter, provide a copy of it to the person(s) against whom the charge(s) or complaint(s) has been lodged. The Committee Chairperson shall attempt to resolve the matter informally by discussion with the persons involved.

4. The Committee Chairperson shall appoint, within 25 days of receipt of the written complaint or the failure to informally resolve the matter, whichever is later, a three-member Inquiry Panel. Upon appointment, the Inquiry Panel will schedule a meeting which generally should be held within 25 days of the appointment, with at least 15 days notice to affected parties. The Inquiry Panel shall investigate the validity of the charges and evaluate the evidence presented to determine probable cause for proceeding to formal hearing by the Committee. Alternatively, the parties may agree upon an expedited process in which the Inquiry Panel will conduct a collegial review of the complaint under the procedures set forth in Section (B) 6 below. The parties must elect the option of an expedited process through a written request signed by all parties addressed to the Committee Chairperson. The request must be received prior to the first meeting of the Inquiry Panel.

5. The Inquiry Panel shall issue a report to the Committee Chairperson within 25 days after the conclusion of the meeting, which shall be a preliminary hearing if no request for an expedited process has been received unless otherwise agreed by all affected parties. A recommendation to proceed to a formal hearing before the Committee requires that at least two members of the Inquiry Panel find that probable cause exists. If at least two members of the Inquiry Panel conclude that no probable cause exists, the matter shall be considered closed. Copies of the Inquiry Panel probable cause report shall be provided to all affected parties.

Within 25 days after the Inquiry Panel’s report finding probable cause to proceed to a formal hearing has been received by the Committee Chairperson, the charges or complaints shall be referred to a Hearing Panel by the Committee Chairperson for proceedings in accordance with section 7 hereof.

6. At any time prior to the conclusion of the formal hearing, an informal resolution may be reached. If the matter is informally resolved, the terms of any informal agreement shall be put in writing and signed by all parties. The signatures of the parties shall indicate: 1. full resolution of all issues raised by the faculty member commencing the charge(s) or complaint(s), and 2. relinquishment of the right to bring any future action based on any of the issues involved in the charges or complaint.

(b) Commencement of Proceedings by the University:

1. The President or the President’s designee may commence proceedings by referring matters to, or filing charges with, the Committee on Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards. The University shall file charges by providing an original written notice of the issues to the Committee Chairperson and a copy thereof to the faculty member charged. The notice shall assert sufficient facts to reasonably inform the faculty member of the nature of the charge. Copies of any and all papers, statements, documents or other items in the possession of the party commencing the proceedings, bearing upon the charges, together with a list of the names and addresses of all persons believed to have pertinent information, shall be filed with the charges. The Committee Chairperson shall transmit to the faculty member charged a copy of this Bylaw. At any time prior to the conclusion of the formal hearing, an informal resolution may be reached.

2. Upon receipt of charges, the Committee Chairperson may refer the charges to a three-member Inquiry Panel for investigation. Upon appointment, the panel will schedule a meeting, the preliminary hearing, which generally should be held within 25 days of the appointment, with notice of at least 15 days to affected parties. The panel shall investigate the validity of the charges and evaluate the evidence to determine if there is probable cause for proceeding, seek an informal resolution agreeable to all parties, or allow the University to amend the charges if desired. The Inquiry Panel shall issue a written probable cause report within 25 days after the hearing, which shall be furnished to all affected parties. A recommendation to proceed to a formal hearing requires that at least two members of the Inquiry Panel find that probable cause exists. If at least two members of the Inquiry Panel find no probable cause, the case shall be closed. Copies of the preliminary report shall be provided to all affected parties.

3. Within 25 days after the Inquiry Panel’s report finding probable cause to proceed to formal hearings has been received by the Committee Chairperson, the charges shall thereupon be referred to a Hearing Panel by the Committee Chairperson for proceedings in accordance with section 7 hereof.

(5) Inspection of Evidence. Should an Inquiry Panel be appointed, the Committee Chairperson shall deliver all papers and other items or information received by him or her to the Presiding Officer of the Inquiry Panel at least 10 days before the first meeting of the panel. The Committee Chairperson shall notify the party charged of the Committee’s custody of such evidence before the first meeting of the Inquiry Panel, and the names and addresses of witnesses obtained by investigation shall be made available to all parties in like manner. No provision hereof shall prevent the introduction of any other evidence, provided that affected parties shall be entitled a reasonable time in which to examine and consider same.

(6) Burden of Proof. The burden of proof shall be on the faculty member bringing the complaint(s) or charge(s), who must support his or her position regarding the matters complained of or charged by a preponderance of the evidence, except that if the complaint challenges disciplinary action under University Regulation 6C1-7.048, the burden of proof shall be on the University to establish by a preponderance of the evidence that a violation under that rule occurred. Counseling is not considered disciplinary action.

(7) Expedited Proceedings. If the parties elect in writing an expedited review process by the Inquiry Panel, the Inquiry Panel shall, generally within 25 days of receiving the request, schedule a meeting with the complainant(s) and the person(s) complained or charged. Notice of at least 15 days shall be given to these affected parties.

(a) At the meeting the faculty member bringing the complaint(s) or charge(s) shall have the right to present any evidence in support of the complaint(s) or charge(s) to the panel. The person(s) complained of or charged shall have the right to present any evidence in support of his or her position to the committee. The panel may interview other persons and seek other evidence. The review shall be as collegial as possible, yet compatible with formulating a recommended resolution of the charge(s) or complaint(s).

(b) The Inquiry Panel shall adopt a final report to the President containing findings of fact, conclusions of law, and recommendations on the matters considered. The report, along with all evidence submitted to the panel, should be forwarded to the President, with copies to the parties, within 60 days of the referral of the complaint to the Inquiry Panel for expedited review. The President shall then dispose of the matter pursuant to Section (9) hereof.

(8) Formal Hearings of the Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards Committee.

(a) Composition of Hearing Panels

1. Any formal hearings shall be conducted by a panel of three members of the Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards Committee plus at least one alternate (from among the remaining members of the Committee) who shall have a vote only under the conditions specified in Section (8)(a)6 below. The Committee Chairperson shall select the members of the Hearing Panel and designate a Presiding Officer and Vice Presiding Officer under the circumstances specified in Section (4)(a)5 or Section (4)(b)3 above.

2. Whenever feasible, at least one panel member shall be a person familiar with due process of law by training or experience, and no member of the Inquiry Panel should be on the Hearing Panel for the same case.

3. In pre-hearing conferences and the formal hearing, a full panel of three members must be present at all times.

4. All parties to the action shall have the right to challenge a panel member’s right to serve for cause prior to the presentation of evidence. Members of the Hearing Panel, other than the challenged member, shall determine by a majority vote if a member challenged for cause shall be excused.

5. After the formal hearings of a particular case has begun, any Hearing Panel member shall serve to the conclusion of the case even if his or her term as a Committee member may have expired.

6. If a panel member is not present at a formal hearing session, the remaining members of the panel shall decide by majority vote whether to postpone the session or to remove the absent member from the panel and replace him or her with an alternate. If an alternate is formally seated, he or she will retain the voting status of a regular member of the Hearing Panel for the duration of the case.

(b) The University President or the President’s designee shall appoint an appropriate person to serve as the legal advisor to the Committee, including the Inquiry Panel and the Hearing Panel.

(c) Following selection, the Hearing Panel may meet for pre-hearing conferences and schedule a hearing after notice to affected parties. The hearings shall be held no earlier than 15 days after notice to affected parties, unless otherwise agreed by all affected parties.

(d) Parties shall have and be informed of the following rights:

1. To be represented by a colleague authorized in writing by the party to act on his or her behalf or by counsel;

2. To make an opening statement;

3. To identify witnesses for the hearing, or when required by circumstances which involve the inability of a witness to appear and testify at the formal hearing, to request that the sworn statement of such witnesses be taken and transcribed;

4. To examine and cross-examine any witness who may testify;

5. To offer any relevant material and competent evidence; and

6. To make a closing statement at hearing.

(e) Witnesses:

1. The Presiding Officer shall require all witnesses to affirm or swear to tell the truth prior to testifying. The oath or affirmation shall be administered by a notary public or by any other person authorized by law to administer oaths or affirmations.

2. If requested by any party, any witness shall be excluded from the formal hearing save when giving his or her testimony, except that in any case initiated by a faculty member, the University may have one representative present throughout the hearing, even though the representative may be required to testify.

(f) Evidence:

1. Admissible evidence shall be any evidence of a type commonly relied upon by a reasonably prudent person in the conduct of his or her affairs; however, hearsay may be used only to supplement or explain other evidence, and shall not be sufficient, in itself, to support a finding.

2. All rulings as to the admissibility of evidence shall be made by the Presiding Officer of the formal Hearing Panel, subject to objection by any member. Only the majority vote of the formal Hearing Panel, including the Presiding Officer shall overcome the Presiding Officer’s ruling.

(g) Parties charged shall not be required, either during any investigation or at any hearing or meeting, to make any statement or to testify unless they expressly desire to do so, and in the event that they elect to remain silent, such fact shall not be considered by the Hearing Panel making its report. The term “party charged” shall mean only an individual against whom proceedings have been commenced in his or her individual capacity, and shall not apply to any official or representative capacity in the matters under consideration. The charge shall clearly state the status or capacity in which he or she is alleged to have acted.

(h) Within 60 days after conclusion of a formal hearing, the Hearing Panel shall adopt a proposed report containing findings of fact, conclusions of law and recommendations on the matters considered. Copies of same shall be furnished to all parties by the Presiding Officer of the panel. Within 10 days after receipt of such report, the parties shall have the right to submit written exceptions thereto.

(i) After consideration by the Hearing Panel of any exceptions to its proposed report, the Hearing Panel, by a majority vote, shall adopt a final report containing findings of fact, conclusions of law, recommendations and the vote on the report. Members in the minority may adopt separate reports, which shall be appended to the majority report. Copies of the final report shall be furnished to all parties.

(j) A hearing in which evidence is presented may be recorded by the Hearing Panel.

(9) Report to the President:

(a) Upon completion of the proceedings by the Inquiry Panel under the expedited review process or by the Hearing Panel, the final report and record shall be filed with the President.

(b) Within 25 days of receipt of both record and report, or as soon thereafter as is possible, the President shall adopt as is, or modify, and implement as he or she deems appropriate, the conclusions of law and the recommendations contained in the final report, or reject the report in its entirety. In taking action the President may not rely on “ex parte” communications and may not reject or modify findings of fact if they are supported by competent substantial evidence in the records. If the report or recommendations are modified or rejected, affected parties shall be furnished specific reasons therefore, and the President shall meet with the Hearing Panel to discuss the decision.

(10) Records:

(a) The record of the proceedings shall include all physical evidence considered by the Committee along with pleadings, notices, tapes of the hearing and transcripts (if any) and reports.

(b) The record shall be retained by the Secretary of the Senate for a period of not less than three years after the final resolution of the appeal.

SENATE BYLAW 8 Tenure Eligibility of Faculty in University Counseling Center (Senate Bylaw 8, May 27, 1965; Repealed by Action of the Senate on 4/84)

SENATE BYLAW 9 Classification of Rank (Senate Bylaw 9, June 1, 1965; Repealed by Action of the Senate on 3/89)

SENATE BYLAW 10 Exception for Faculty Eligible for Permanent Status (P.K. Yonge Developmental Research School and County Extension Faculty) (Senate Bylaw 10, June 17, 1956; Repealed by Action of the Senate 12/95)

SENATE BYLAW 11 Procedural Tenure Rules (Senate Bylaw 11, March 24, 1966; Repealed by Action of the Senate 12/95)

SENATE BYLAW 12 Visiting Professors (Repealed by Action of the Senate on 6/67)

SENATE BYLAW 13 College Evaluations (Senate Bylaw 13, February 27, 1966; Amended 5/74 and 12/95, 2/2009)

(1) The Senate recognizes the diversity of the colleges and schools within the University and endorses the position that procedures for evaluating colleges and schools should take these diversities into account. Many of the colleges and schools are evaluated by visiting teams from national accrediting associations. Appropriate advantage should be taken of such evaluations.

(2) Evaluations of each college, school or other major academic administrative unit shall normally be conducted at least once every seven years, or more often if deemed desirable by the President of the University.

(3) The periodic evaluations shall be conducted by one of the following bodies, as deemed appropriate by the Provost and other Vice Presidents as appropriate in consultation with the dean or director and representative faculty members of the unit being evaluated by:

(a) A visitation team representing the national accrediting agency of the unit being evaluated.

(b) A special committee appointed by the Provost for purposes of conducting the evaluation.

(4) In cases where the evaluation is conducted by a special committee, the following policies and procedures shall be followed:

(a) The size of the committee shall be appropriate to the assigned task, but normally should not be less than three nor more than five.

(b) A majority of the committee shall, except in unusual circumstances, be specialists who are not members of the University faculty. The other members may be appointed from the University faculty, but a committee not containing any University faculty members may be appointed.

(c) The committee shall evaluate the entire program of the unit, giving special attention to the particular needs and problems of the unit and the quality of leadership shown, with particular reference to the procedures set forth in Article V of the University Constitution. The report of the committee shall contain appropriate recommendations to the Provost based upon findings of this periodic evaluation, including a specific recommendation concerning the continuation of the dean or director in his or her administrative capacity.

(d) Prior to the visitation of the evaluation committee, the dean or director of the unit being evaluated shall prepare and send summary materials to each member of the evaluation committee on the unit's programs of teaching at all appropriate levels, research and extension, and on the faculty.

(e) The evaluation committee shall submit a draft of its report to the dean or director of the unit being evaluated. The purpose of this draft is to give the dean or director an opportunity to review the report for accuracy of factual information. Depending upon the discretion of the evaluation committee, this draft report may or may not contain recommendations. After having received the draft back from the dean or director, the evaluation committee shall submit its final report to the President of the University who shall forward it for appropriate action through the appropriate vice presidents to the dean or director of the unit being evaluated, who, in turn shall distribute copies of the report to the unit's faculty.

(5) In cases where the evaluation is conducted by a visitation team representing a national accrediting agency, policies and procedures of the agency for conducting such evaluations shall be accepted. However, the Provost shall, when appropriate, request the accrediting agency visitation team to investigate and report on any specific matters which may normally not be covered by such evaluations. Further, the evaluation report of such teams shall be distributed to members of the faculty of the unit being evaluated unless the policy of the accrediting agency forbids such distribution.

(6) In the event a unit is evaluated by a national accrediting agency and an additional evaluation by a special committee is also deemed necessary, the special committee will make full use of the reports, data, conclusions and recommendations of the accrediting agency evaluation committee in order to prevent unnecessary duplication of activity.

(7) The Provost shall schedule and make arrangements for college evaluations.

SENATE BYLAW 14 Faculty Representation on the Administrative Council (Senate Bylaw 14, December 3, 1968; Repealed by Action of the Senate 12/95)

SENATE BYLAW 15 Privileges of Non-members at Meetings of the Faculty Senate (Senate Bylaw 15, February 27, 1969; Amended 9/71, 4/84 and 12/95)

Any member of the faculty shall have the right to attend meetings of the Senate, but shall not be entitled to a vote or to have the floor unless reporting at the request of the Senate. Members of committees elected by the Senate, but who are not members thereof, may have the privilege of the floor but shall not vote.

(1) Representatives of the press, duly accredited by their publications, may attend all open meetings of the Faculty Senate. A maximum number of representatives from each publication may be established by the presiding officer of the Senate.

(2) The President of the University or the presiding officer of the Senate may invite as many as ten (10) individuals, not members of the Faculty Senate, to attend specific open meetings of the Senate, but they shall not be entitled to vote, or to have the floor unless reporting at the request of the presiding officer or of the Senate.

(3) At the discretion of the President or the presiding officer and insofar as seating capacity permits, students and staff of the University of Florida and the general public may attend open meetings of the Senate. None of these persons shall have the privilege of the floor. In case of disorder, the presiding officer shall order any offending person from the assembly hall.

(4) The presiding officer of the Senate, in advance of each meeting, shall designate a part of the assembly hall for the seating of non-members.

(5) In case of insufficient seats, the presiding officer of the Senate, in conjunction with the Steering Committee, shall arrange the seating on the following priorities:

(a) Members of the Senate shall sit in an area designated by the Senate Steering Committee.

(b) Faculty not members of the Senate.

(d) The designees of the President or the presiding officer who have business before the Senate or are otherwise designated to attend a specific meeting.

(e) Members of the staff and the student body of the University of Florida.

(f) The general public.

SENATE BYLAW 16 Tenure Eligibility of Members of Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Florida Health Science Center – Jacksonville (Senate Bylaw 16, March 30, 1972; Repealed by Action of the Senate 12/95)

SENATE BYLAW 17 Appeal Procedures for Non-renewal of Non-tenured Faculty (Senate Bylaw 17, January 26, 1973; Repealed by Action of the Senate 12/95)

SENATE BYLAW 18 Periodic Departmental Evaluations (Senate Bylaw 18, March 28, 1974; Amended 12/95, 2/2009)

(1) Departmental evaluations shall normally be conducted at least once every seven years. More frequent evaluations may be conducted by the department chairperson, the dean of the college in which the department resides, the Provost or the President of the University.

(2) A committee for conducting the departmental evaluations shall be appointed after consultation with the Vice President for Research, dean of the college in which the department resides, chairperson of the department and representative faculty members from the department. This committee usually consist of two or more specialists, not members of the University faculty, invited to the campus to conduct the evaluation. One member shall be designated as chairperson. The outside specialists should spend at least two days on campus conducting the evaluation, after which they will submit a written report of the evaluation to the Provost with copies to the appropriate administrators. In addition to the outside specialists, the Provost, when appropriate, may appoint one or more members of the University of Florida faculty to the Evaluation Committee.

(3) Prior to the Evaluation Committee's first meeting, there shall be prepared and sent to it summary materials on the departmental programs of teaching, all appropriate levels, on research and/or extension and concerning the faculty.

(4) The Evaluation Committee shall evaluate the entire program of the department and make specific recommendations on the curriculum, content of courses, research, strength of the faculty, quality of leadership and the chairperson's adherence to the provisions of Article V of the Constitution of the University of Florida. In the course of its investigation, the Committee shall interview faculty members and students of the department and shall provide an opportunity for any faculty member so desiring to present information to the Committee.

(5) The results of recent evaluations of the department chairperson conducted by the Provost shall be made available to the Committee. If, in the opinion of the chairperson of the Evaluation Committee, the most recent evaluation of the department chairperson is not sufficiently current, the Provost shall conduct a new evaluation of the department chairperson prior to the departmental evaluation. In releasing evaluations of the department chairperson to the Committee, the Provost shall comply with University and State of Florida Laws and policy regarding limited access and confidentiality of personnel records.

(6) The Evaluation Committee shall submit a draft of its report to the department chairperson(s) of the department(s) being evaluated. The purpose of this draft is to give the department chairperson an opportunity to review the report for accuracy of factual information. Depending upon the discretion of the Committee, this draft report may or may not contain recommendations. After having received the draft report back from the department chairperson, the Committee shall submit its report to the Provost, who shall forward it to the Dean of the Graduate School, dean of the college with such comments, recommendations or observations as desired. The dean of the college shall submit the report to the chairperson of the department being evaluated for distribution to the faculty members of that department.

(7) In those cases where the Provost and the Vice President for Research and/or the dean or deans of the college or colleges involved deem appropriate, separate departments in related disciplines may be evaluated at the same time by the same evaluation committee. Such action shall be taken in consultation with the chairperson and representative faculty of the departments concerned.

(8) In cases where a department or departments or a program is evaluated by reviewers appointed by an external agency, the Provost shall consult with the appropriate administrative officers, including the chairperson or chairpersons and the faculty of the department. Departments or program concerned to determine whether such external reviews should be used as the periodic departmental evaluations provided for in Article IV, Section 3 of the Constitution of the University of Florida and in Paragraph 1 of this Bylaw.

(9) The Provost shall schedule and make arrangements for departmental evaluations. The Provost may delegate his or her authority under this Bylaw to appropriate designees.

SENATE BYLAW 19 Appeal Procedures of the Faculty Senate Committee on Professional Relations and Standards (Senate Bylaw 19, October 27, 1988; Repealed by Action of the Senate 12/95)

SENATE BYLAW 20 University Committees (Senate Bylaw 20, April 11, 2002, 1/2006, 4/2006)

(A) Senate Organization and Procedure: University Committees

(1) Establishment of Committees

(a) Senate standing committees must be established by action of the Senate.

(b) Special Senate committees may be established either by action of the Senate, or by the Steering Committee acting in consultation with the President.

(c) The Committee on Committees shall annually review the list of Senate Committees, and shall recommend to the Senate which Senate committees shall be continued, reclassified, dissolved, or added.

(d) When in the study of matters before a committee, it is advisable to bring in special assistance from persons outside the committee, a subcommittee, including such persons, may be named by the committee. Such a subcommittee shall be temporary in nature. It shall be responsible to, and make its report to the committee which appointed it, and it shall not be designated as a Senate committee.

(2) Description of Committees

(a) Certain committees shall be designated Senate Operations or Senate Standing Committees and their duties and responsibilities shall be as set forth in the Constitution. These shall include:

1. Academic Freedom, Tenure, Professional Relations and Standards Committee.

2. Committee on Committees.

3. University Constitution and Rules Committee.

4. Honorary Degrees, Distinguished Alumnus Awards and Memorials Committee.

5. Senate Nominating Committee.

6. Senate Steering Committee.

7. University Libraries Committee.

(b) Certain committees shall be designated as Joint Committees. These shall include:

1. Academic Personnel Board. The President will appoint six members, three of whom will be selected from a slate of nominees elected by the Faculty Senate from the faculty at large. All nominees must hold the rank of professor or above with strong teaching and research records, selected from a variety of disciplines. Three times as many nominees as openings will be provided annually. The Chair is appointed by the President or the President’s designee. The Academic Personnel Board advises the President with respect to promotion and tenure nominations, serving in a fact-finding and consultative role.

2. Curriculum Committee. The President shall appoint 20 members to this committee, and the Senate will elect three members from the faculty at large. The Chair is appointed by the President or the President’s designee. This Committee shall consider all requests for changes in undergraduate curricula or catalog listings, and for the addition of new courses of instruction in any of the colleges, divisions and schools of the University, except the Graduate School. When the question under consideration pertains to a course or courses at the “5000” level, available for graduate major credit, the Committee shall act jointly with the Graduate School. The Committee shall endeavor to eliminate duplication of subject matter between courses and unnecessary proliferation of courses. Ordinarily, the Committee’s decisions on proposals to add courses to the curriculum or to delete courses from the curriculum shall be final, but the department which would offer the course, or has been offering it, may appeal the Committee’s decision to the Senate. Such an appeal would be addressed to the Curriculum Committee, which might either reverse its earlier decision or ask the Steering Committee to schedule Senate consideration of the appeal. The Committee’s decision on proposals to add, delete, or make changes in programs of instruction leading to undergraduate degrees shall not be a final decision, but shall be submitted to the Senate for final action.

3. General Education Committee. The President shall appoint 13 members to this committee from the majority of baccalaureate degree-granting colleges within the University, and the Senate will elect three members from the faculty at large. The Chair is appointed by the President or the President’s designee. The General Education Committee establishes a philosophy of what constitutes the general education component for baccalaureate degrees offered by the University. It reviews, in accordance with established criteria, all courses proposed to fulfill general education and Gordon Rule requirements. It makes recommendations to the Curriculum Committee regarding the continued effectiveness of the general education program.

4. Graduate Council. The Graduate Council shall assist the dean in executing the policies of the Graduate Faculty in matters related to graduate study and associated research. It shall be composed of twelve members of the Graduate Faculty, a graduate student elected by the Graduate Student Council, a representative from the Graduate Coordinators’ Advisory Council, and the Dean of the Graduate School who shall serve as Chairperson. In the Dean’s absence, an Associate Dean shall be designated as the Dean’s representative. Six of the twelve faculty members of the Graduate Council shall be elected by the Graduate Faculty for overlapping terms of three years. Each year, the Dean of the Graduate School will appoint a Nominating Committee of no fewer than three members of the Graduate Council. The Nominating Committee will provide a slate of six or more candidates which will be discussed by the members of the Graduate Council who will determine the final slate to be put forth to the Graduate Faculty for a vote. This process will take place before the end of the Spring semester. The entire slate indicating the individuals elected will be presented to the Provost for consideration in making appointments for the other members of the Graduate Council. The graduate student member of the Graduate Council, who must be a doctoral student, serves a two-year term. During the first year, the student serves as a non-voting alternate member who is expected to attend all meetings and participate in the deliberations. During the second year, the student assumes voting privileges, and a new alternate member is elected by the Graduate Student Council to a two-year term. The Graduate Coordinators’ Advisory Council representative shall be a current member of that body, elected by its membership to a one-year term on the Graduate Council and eligible for re-election for a second term. The Graduate Council shall establish sub-committees as needed, and shall prepare the agenda for Graduate Faculty meetings, which shall normally be held at least once a term. Agenda items to be acted upon at Graduate Faculty meetings shall be reported on by the subcommittee responsible. Other motions from the floor shall be referred to the appropriate subcommittee.

5. Lakes, Vegetation and Landscape Committee. The Lakes Vegetation and Landscape Committee consists of six faculty members, three appointed by the President or the President’s designee and three elected by the Senate from the faculty at large, plus one student member. The Chair is elected. This Committee is responsible for items that affect the use of University lakes, including guidelines for use of such lakes in order to preserve their ecological integrity and research capabilities, and the management and well being of natural areas containing non-domesticated plants and animals. It provides recommendations concerning enforcement of policies regarding the removal of trees and other vegetation. It provides input to the University Land Use and Facilities Planning Committee regarding planning of major landscape elements such as green space, open space, and significant architectural features to ensure their compatibility with existing and planned landscaping and master planning. It provides recommendations to the Vice President for Finance and Administration about construction on campus, specifically concerning: programming, including general site suitability having an impact on trees, landscape, natural areas and lakes; schematic design, including tree removal, plans for transplants, replacements and/or mitigation based on building footprint, utility corridors and other construction activities; and design development including new landscaping, appropriateness and inclusion of any mitigation for tree removal.

6. Land Use and Facilities Planning Committee. The Land Use and Facilities Planning (LUFP) Committee consists of 20 faculty members, ten appointed by the President or his/her designee and ten elected by the Senate from the faculty at large, plus three student members. The Chair is elected. In conjunction with the Lakes Vegetation and Landscaping Committee, the Preservation of Historic Buildings and Sites Committee, and the Parking and Transportation Committee, this committee will be responsible for providing recommendations on the overall appearance and development of the campus to the Vice President of Finance and Administration. This committee shall also provide recommendations regarding the enforcement of the University of Florida Master Plan policies and guidelines. Its responsibilities are to participate in the development and updating of the University of Florida Master Plan, to recommend policies for land use and facilities development, and to review and recommend approval/denial of all requests for land use changes. The committee will monitor the execution of the University of Florida Master Plan by reviewing and recommending approval/denial of all project sites during the Programming and Schematic Design phases; review and recommend approval/denial of architectural design of buildings and landscaping, building additions/renovations, and utility projects during the design development phase; provide input on minor projects ($1 M and less) that impact the footprint building exterior of potential historic building’s interior; and assist in upholding the policies, procedures and standards set by the University of Florida Master Plan. The committee will work with other committees referenced above in an integrated and holistic approach to campus planning and development.

7. Parking & Transportation Committee. The Parking & Transportation Committee consists of 14 faculty members, seven appointed by the President or the President’s designee and seven elected by the Senate from the faculty at large, plus five student members. The Chair is elected. This committee reviews and recommends rules and regulations of a non-financial nature governing traffic, parking and registration of vehicles, bicycles, scooters and motorcycles and public transportation to and on the campus. It reviews and recommends programs to meet and enhance the parking and transportation on the campus. It reviews and recommends site locations for new parking facilities and parking lot enhancements on the campus. It reviews and recommends special parking requests from University departments, students, staff and faculty. It reviews and recommends any significant findings regarding all parking and transportation matters. It reports to the Vice President for Finance and Administration the significant findings of the Committee regarding all parking and transportation matters considered by the Committee.

8. Preservation of Historic Buildings & Sites Committee. The Preservation of Historic Buildings and Sites Committee consists of fourteen faculty members, five appointed by the President or his/her designee the University Historian and the Director of Preservation Programs as voting ex-officio members, and seven elected by the Senate from the faculty at large, plus two student members. The Chair is elected. The committee is assisted in its efforts by four university liaisons, the Assistant Director of Architecture and Engineering in the Physical Plant Division, the Director of Facilities Planning and Construction, the Assistant Director for Planning, and the Assistant Housing Director for Facilities Management. This committee assists the University in implementing its Policy on Historic Preservation, filed with the Florida Secretary of State, as a Programmatic Memorandum of Agreement for Protection of Historical Resources. In support of this Memorandum, it assists the University in fulfilling federal and state obligations with respect to its historic and archeological resources. It reports to the Vice President for Finance and Administration the significant findings on all matters considered by the Committee.

9. Research Policy Committee. The Research Policy Committee shall be composed of fourteen members: ten deans or vice presidents appointed by the Vice President for Research, one ex- officio faculty member (the chair of the Faculty Senate Policy Council on Research and Scholarship), and three faculty members elected by the Senate from the faculty at large. All nominees for election by the Senate should have strong research and scholarly records and they must all be from different colleges or academic units. The Chair shall be the Vice President for Research. The Research Policy Committee shall advise the Vice President for Research on matters of University-wide policies related to the promotion and development of the University’s research program. One of the three faculty members elected by the Senate shall be chosen to serve on the Senate Policy Council on Research and Scholarship.

10. Student Petitions Committee. The Student Petitions Committee shall be composed of six appointed members, three elected members and two students. The Chair is appointed. This committee shall act for the Senate on the petitions of students requesting waivers of University academic regulations except petitions requesting (1) late registration, (2) exceptions to minimum-maximum load regulations, (3) changes of schedule after the date authorized for such changes, and (4) adding of courses after the date set in the University Calendar as the last time for adding courses. These four kinds of petitions shall be acted on by the school or college in which the student is enrolled. Petitions approved by the school or college must be reported to the Registrar's Office before the action becomes official.

11. Sustainability Committee. The Sustainability Committee is an advisory body to encourage application of sustainability principles in all university policies, practices and operations. The Sustainability Committee consists of nineteen members, including eight faculty members elected by the Senate from the faculty at large, seven faculty or staff appointed by the President’s designee, and two student members selected by the student government. The director of the Office of Sustainability and an academic officer appointed by the provost serve as nonvoting ex officio members. The Chair is elected by the committee. Sustainability is defined as meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to provide for themselves. Sustainability embraces three interdependent areas of concern: environmental preservation, economic viability, and social justice. A sustainable practice preserves rather than destroys its ecological base, ensures rather than undermines long-term economic benefits, and advances rather than retards matters of equity and diversity. The Sustainability Committee also promotes sustainability within the University and in the University’s relations with the larger community and seeks to enhance the University’s standing as a global leader in sustainability. It assesses the progress of the University of Florida’s sustainability efforts as compared to national and international best practices and pursues their implementation when appropriate. It aids in the development of policy with the Office of Sustainability and participates in the annual evaluations of that Office, its director and academic officer.

(3) Committee Reports

(a) Committees shall report to the Senate or to the Senate Steering Committee, orally or in writing, at the request of the Senate or the Steering Committee. Generally such reports will be brief and will be made to inform the Senate concerning committee policies and procedures.

(b) Brief summaries of committee reports may be submitted to the Steering Committee in time for inclusion in the information agenda.

(c) At the request of 10 or more Senators, any committee report which has been submitted to the Senate shall be opened for discussion and for possible transfer to the action agenda.

(d) The Graduate Council and the University Curriculum Committee shall be required to report to the Senate when either is considering creating a new degree program or abolishing an old one.

(4) Council and Committee Membership

(a) All Senate Policy Council and Senate Standing and Joint Committee members elected by the Senate shall be elected by ballots mailed to all voting members of the Senate by the Secretary of the Senate. Ties in the voting shall be settled by lot.

(b) If two or more council or committee members are to be elected for terms of different lengths, the longest term of office shall go to the candidate receiving the most votes, the next longest term shall go to the candidate receiving the second highest number of votes, etc. until all the council or committee vacancies are filled.

(c) Unless otherwise provided, membership in the Senate is not prerequisite for election to Senate or Joint committees. Membership in the Senate is a prerequisite for election to Senate Policy Councils.

(d) Unless otherwise provided, the members of Senate Policy Councils and Senate and Joint committees shall serve for terms of three years, except that the first time a council or committee is elected there will be as nearly as possible an equal distribution of the members with terms of one, two and three years. The terms of members of special committees may be similarly staggered, and they shall not be for more than three years.

(e) Unless otherwise provided, Senate and Joint committee members may be elected for successive terms when their experience or special talents make reappointment advantageous to the University, but as opportunity offers, changes should be made in the elected personnel of every Senate and Joint committee.

(f) In January of each year, the chair of each Senate Policy Council and Senate and Joint committee shall advise the President and the Nominating Committee of the names of elected council and committee members whose terms are about to expire, and may suggest suitable nominees for the vacancies. Wherever a vacancy occurs other than by expiration of term in the case of members elected to serve, the council or committee chair shall notify the Senate Chair, who, in consultation with the Senate Steering Committee, shall select a replacement until the next annual election of members at which time an individual will be elected to fill the remainder of the term.

(5) Committee Chairperson

(a) Unless otherwise provided, each Senate committee shall annually elect its own chairperson at the end of the academic year. In the absence of an elected chair, the Committee on Committees shall designate an acting chair to convene the first meeting for the purpose of electing a chair who shall conduct such other business as may be appropriate.

(b) It shall be the duty of every committee chair to inform the Steering Committee of committee actions and matters under consideration.

SENATE BYLAW 21 Definition of Faculty (Senate Bylaw 21, April 15, 2004, February 17, 2005)

(A) Titles

(1) Persons employed by the University of Florida during the regular academic year are members of the faculty if they hold one of the following academic titles:

(a) Eminent Scholar (b) Graduate Research Professor (c) Distinguished Service Professor, Distinguished Research Curator (d) Distinguished Professor (e) Professor, Associate Professor, or Assistant Professor (f) Curator, Associate Curator, or Assistant Curator (g) Research Scientist, Associate Research Scientist, or Assistant Research Scientist (h) Scholar, Associate Scholar, or Assistant Scholar (i) Engineer, Associate Engineer, or Assistant Engineer (j) Extension Scientist, Associate Extension Scientist, or Assistant Extension Scientist (k) University Librarian, Associate University Librarian, or Assistant University Librarian (l) Master Lecturer, Senior Lecturer, or Lecturer (m) PKY University Developmental Research School Professor, PKY Associate Professor, PKY Assistant Professor, or PKY Instructor (n) County Extension Agent IV, County Extension Agent III, County Extension Agent II, County Extension Agent I (o) Any of the above titles modified only by clinical, research, or extension

(2) University employees who hold the academic titles of Senior Associate In, Associate In, or Assistant In, are considered members of the faculty unless the appointing College certifies their primary assignment to be in administrative support areas of the University instead of in direct pursuit of the teaching, research and academic service missions of the University.

By December 15 of each academic year, each College shall transmit to the Secretary of the Senate a list of those Senior Associates In, Associates In, or Assistants In whose duties are primarily administrative support and who should be excluded pursuant to this section. A committee in each College, as required in Article III of the Constitution of the University of Florida, shall determine who is excluded on the basis of the principle stated in Bylaw 21(B). Any dispute as to exclusion under this section shall be referred to the College Tenure and Promotion Committee for final determination.

(B) Faculty Characteristics

(1) The following principle shall be considered in amending the criteria and titles listed above and in resolving ambiguous cases.

(2) Members of the faculty share most of the following characteristics.

(a) They are hired through nationally competitive processes. (b) They are retained and promoted using national, peer-reviewed criteria. (c) They participate, to some degree, in teaching, research, and service. (d) They are eligible for tenure. (e) Their primary employer is the University of Florida. (f) They hold a terminal degree in their field. (g) They are hired by their faculty peers.

SENATE BYLAW 22 Procedures for College, School and Departmental Changes (Senate Bylaw 21, April 15, 2009)

Under the Constitution, the Faculty Senate approves any changes to the structure and character, including but not limited to forming, consolidating, transferring, closing and renaming, of the colleges, schools and departments. For the Faculty Senate to consider such a proposed change, the following information must be submitted to the Faculty Senate Steering Committee.

(1) A proposal that includes a description of the proposed change, the rationale for the change, its budgetary implications, and its impact on faculty, staff, and students;

(2) A tally of the faculty vote in the affected units;

(3) A description of the input received from appropriate Academic Unit faculty governing bodies;

(4) A statement of support from the appropriate Dean or Director, Vice President, and Provost; and

(5) A statement of support from the University Curriculum Committee and the Graduate Council as appropriate.

Part III, Section 1

Appendix 4 College Program CIP Spring - 07 Dec-08 Dec-09 Dec-10 Dec-11 Dec-12 Dec-13 Dec-14 CALS Ag (Food and Resource) Economics 01.0103 BMD CALS Packaging Science 01.0401 B CALS Landscape and Nursery Horticulture 01.0603 B CALS Animal Science 01.0901 BMD BR CALS Dairy Science 01.0905 BM CALS Poultry Science 01.0907 BM CALS Food Science & Technology 01.1001 BMR CALS Plant Sciences 01.1101 B CALS Agronomy and Crop Science 01.1102 BMR CALS Horticulture Science 01.1103 BMR CALS Plant Medicine 01.1199 P CALS Soils Science 01.1201 BMD BR CALS Environmental Science 03.0104 B CALS Fisheries & Aquatic Sciences 03.0301 MR CALS Forest Resources & Conservation 03.0501 BMR CALS Wildlife Ecology and Conservation 03.0601 MR DCP Architecture 04.0201 BM DCP Design, Construction, & Planning 04.0201 R DCP Urban & Regional Planning 04.0301 M DCP Landscape Architecture 04.0601 BM CLAS American Studies (USA) 05.0102 B CLAS Asian Studies 05.0103 B CLAS Latin American Studies 05.0107 M CLAS Women's Studies 05.0207 BM Journalism & Comm Communication (Mass) 09.0102 MR Journalism & Comm Journalism 09.0401 B Journalism & Comm Radio & TV Broadcasting 09.0701 B Journalism & Comm Public Relations & Organizational Comm. 09.0902 B Journalism & Comm Advertising 09.0903 BM CLAS Computer & Information Science 11.0101 BM Education Curriculum & Instruction 13.0301 MPSR Education Educational Administration/Leadership, General 13.0401 MSR Education Higher Education Administration 13.0406 SR Education Educational Statistics & Research Methods 13.0603 MSR Education Special Education, General 13.1001 BMSR Education Counselor Education/Student Counseling/Guidance 13.1101 MRS Education College Student Counseling & Personnel Services 13.1102 MS Education Elementary Teacher Education 13.1202 BM Education Middle School Education 13.1203 B Education Pre-Elementary/Early Childhood Teacher Education 13.1210 M CALS Agricultural Teacher Ed (Vocational) 13.1301 BMD BR Fine Arts Art Teacher Education 13.1302 BM Education English Teacher Education 13.1305 M College Program CIP Spring - 07 Dec-08 Dec-09 Dec-10 Dec-11 Dec-12 Dec-13 Dec-14 Education Mathematics Teacher Education 13.1311 M Fine Arts Music Teacher Education 13.1312 BMR Education Reading Teacher Education 13.1315 M Education Science Teacher Education 13.1316 M Education Social Science Teacher Education 13.1317 M Engineering Aerospace Engineering 14.0201 B MER B CALS Agricultural/Biological Engineering 14.0301 B MER B Engineering Biomedical Engineering 14.0501 MR Engineering Chemical Engineering 14.0701 B MER B Engineering Civil Engineering 14.0801 B MR B Engineering Computer Engineering 14.0901 B R ME B Engineering Electrical, Electronics Engineering 14.1001 B MER B Engineering Environmental Health Engineering 14.1401 B MER B Engineering Materials Engineering 14.1801 B MER B Engineering Mechanical Engineering 14.1901 B MER B Engineering Nuclear Engineering 14.2301 B MER B Engineering Coastal & Ocean Engineering 14.2401 MR Engineering Industrial & Systems Engineering 14.2701 B MER B DCP Construction/Building Technology 15.1001 BM DCP International Consttruction Management 15.1005 M CALS Geomatics 15.1102 B CLAS Linguistics 16.0102 BMD CLAS East Asian Language/Literature 16.0399 B CLAS Russian 16.0402 B CLAS German 16.0501 BMR CLAS French 16.0901 BM CLAS Portuguese 16.0904 B CLAS Spanish 16.0905 BM CLAS Romance Languages 16.0999 R CLAS Classics & Classical Languages 16.1200 BMD CLAS Latin 16.1203 M CALS Family and Community Studies 19.0707 BM Law Law 22.0101 P Law Environmental and Land Use Tax 22.0207 Law International Taxation 22.0210 M Law Comparative Law 22.0211 M Law Tax Law/Taxation 22.0211 MR CLAS English, General 23.0101 BMD BMR CLAS Creative Writing 23.0501 M CALS/CLAS Biology 26.0101 Medicine Biochemistry 26.0202 MD MR CALS Animal Molecular and Cellular Biology 26.0204 MR CALS Botany, General 26.0301 BR CLAS Botany, General 26.0301 BMR College Program CIP Spring - 07 Dec-08 Dec-09 Dec-10 Dec-11 Dec-12 Dec-13 Dec-14 CALS Plant Pathology 26.0305 BMD MR CALS Plant Molecular & Cellular Biology 26.0308 MD CALS Microbiology/Bacteriology 26.0503 BMD CLAS Zoology 26.0701 BMR CALS Entomology 26.0702 BMD BMR CALS/CLAS/Medicine Genetics and Genomics 26.0801 R HHP Exercise Physiology 26.0908 BMD PHHP Biostatistics 26.1102 CALS Interdisciplinary Ecology 26.1301 MR Medicine Epidemiology 26.1309 MR PHHP Epidemiology 26.1309 R Medicine Medical Sciences 26.9999 MR CLAS Mathematics, General 27.0101 BMD BMR CALS Statistics 27.0501 B CLAS Statistics 27.0501 BMR DCP Historic Preservation 30.1201 Fine Arts Museology 30.1401 M CALS Nutritional Sciences 30.1901 DCP Sustainability and the Build Environment 30.9995 CLAS/CALS Independent/Interdisciplinary Studies 30.9999 B HHP Parks & Recreation & Management 31.0301 BM HHP Sport Management 31.0504 BM CLAS Philosophy 38.0101 BMR CLAS Religious Studies 38.0201 BMD CLAS Jewish Studies 38.0206 B CLAS Astronomy 40.0201 BMR CLAS Chemistry 40.0501 BMR CLAS Geology 40.0601 BMD BMR CLAS Physics 40.0801 BMR CLAS Psychology, General 42.0101 BMD BMR PHHP Psychology, General 42.0101 MD MR CLAS Counseling Psychology 42.0601 R Education School Psychology 42.1701 MSR DCP Fire Science/Emergency Service 43.0203 BM CLAS Anthropology 45.0201 BMR CLAS Criminal Justice Studies 45.0401 BMD Business/CLAS Economics 45.0601 BMR CLAS Geography 45.0701 BMD CLAS International Relations 45.0901 M CLAS Political Science & Government 45.1001 BMD CLAS Sociology 45.1101 BMD BMR Fine Arts Dance 50.0301 B B DCP Interior Design 50.0408 BM College Program CIP Spring - 07 Dec-08 Dec-09 Dec-10 Dec-11 Dec-12 Dec-13 Dec-14 Fine Arts Graphic Design 50.0409 B Fine Arts Dramatic Arts 50.0501 BM Fine Arts Studio/Fine Art 50.0702 BM Fine Arts Art History & Appreciation 50.0703 BMR Engineering/Fine Arts Digital Arts/Digital Media 50.0706 BM Fine Arts Music, General 50.0901 BMR PHHP Health Science 51.0000 B B PHHP Audiology** 51.0202 D PHHP Communication Sciences and Disorders 51.0204 Dentistry Dentistry 51.0401 D Dentistry Dental Science 51.0501 M PHHP Health Services Admin 51.0701 MR Medicine Physician Assistant 51.0912 M HHP Athletic Training 51.0913 B Medicine Medicine 51.1201 D P Education Marriage and Family Living/Counseling 51.1505 MSR Education Agency, Correctional Developmental Counseling 51.1508 MSR Nursing Nursing 51.1601 BMP Nursing Nursing Science 51.1608 R Pharmacy Pharmacy 51.2001 P P Pharmacy Pharmaceutical Science 51.2099 MD PHHP Public Health 51.2201 M HHP Community Health 51.2208 BM PHHP Occupational Therapy 51.2306 M M PHHP Physical Therapy 51.2308 P PHHP Rehabilitation Science 51.2399 R Veterinary Medicine Veterinary Medicine 51.2401 P Veterinary Medicine Veterinary Medical Sciences 51.2501 MR Business Business Administration & Management 52.0201 BMR Business Accounting 52.0301 BM Business Finance, General 52.0801 BM Business Management Science 52.1301 B Business Marketing Management 52.1401 BM Business Real Estate 52.1501 BM Business Insurance & Risk Management 52.1701 BM CLAS History 54.0101 BMD BMD

Part III: Abbreviated Compliance Certification

Section 2 Part III.2: The institution provides student support programs, services, and activities consistent with its mission. (Core Requirement 2.10)

 Compliance Non-Compliance

The University of Florida affirms its compliance with Core Requirement 2.10 and presents its evidence below.

Narrative:

Student Support Programs and Services Provided to Serve All Levels of Students

Numerous student support programs and services are provided to serve all levels of students at the University of Florida, including undergraduate, graduate, and professional students. Student Financial Affairs provides financial aid support; the Counseling and Wellness Center provides mental health support; the Dean of Students Office provides general assistance and advocacy, as well as medical withdrawal support. Multicultural and Diversity Affairs provides support for minority students as well as promotes an inclusive campus community. Housing and Residence Education provides on-campus housing, while Off Campus Life provides assistance for students choosing to live off campus. Student Legal Services provides free legal advice. The J. Wayne Reitz Union provides student organization support and a facility for students to use meeting space and informal space. Recreational Sports provides two recreational centers as well as intramural sports, and other exercise facilities. The Career Resource Center provides career counseling and internship and job placement opportunities, and the Center for Leadership and Service provides leadership programming and community service opportunities. Student Conduct and Conflict Resolution monitors the student code of conduct with an educational judicial system and offers assistance to students needing dispute resolution. The Disability Resource Center provides assistance to students who seek accommodations through the Americans with Disabilities Act. Student Activity and Service Fees, Health Fees, and Transportation Fees are collected from all levels of students to provide further enhancements to the student experience and services.

Student Support Programs and Services Effectively Promote the Mission of the Institution

While Academic Affairs primarily manages the teaching and research purposes of the University of Florida, the Division of Student Affairs supports the mission in its service purpose by providing educational services and learning opportunities for all students in order to develop the whole student outside of the formal classroom setting. For example, the educational services of campus housing, leadership development, counseling, career services, recreational sports and clubs, health promotion and behavior, civic engagement, service learning, and globalization efforts complement the formal academic teaching and research to create a holistic approach to education at the University of Florida. By supporting students’ success throughout our departments and programs, the Division of Student Affairs supports a high retention rate for our students, and contributes to the nation’s and the state’s critical needs with a well-qualified and broadly diverse citizenry, leadership, and workforce. Further, the work of the Division of Student Affairs assists in educating parents of our students as well as campus faculty and staff about our students, in order to facilitate the learning process for students.

Student Support Programs and Services Promote Student Learning and Enhance Student Development

Overall, student learning and development are a primary focus of student support programs and services at UF. Students are encouraged to advocate for themselves and learn to navigate the various services, helping them develop practical competence and to support persistence and academic achievement throughout the process. Each department provides different opportunities for students to learn life skills, to acquire knowledge, to develop leadership skills and civic engagement, to gain interpersonal and intrapersonal competence, and to move towards the stated goal of the Division of Student Affairs: educating leaders for a global community, as well as the overall mission of the University of Florida.

Learning at the University of Florida is viewed as a comprehensive, holistic, transformative activity that integrates academic learning and student development. By using the framework of Learning Reconsidered (2004), Student Affairs provides a transformative learning experience for UF students by utilizing the student learning outcomes (cognitive complexity; knowledge acquisition, integration, and application; humanitarianism; civic engagement; interpersonal and intrapersonal competence; practical competence; and persistence and academic achievement) in that document.

Student Support Programs and Services Are Assessed for Their Effectiveness and Adequacy and There Is Evidence that the Programs Are Effective

Each department in the Division of Student Affairs at UF is required to submit progress notes in a biannual basis assessing their work on various goals related to Student Learning and Engagement, which is one of the Key Strategic Areas in the division’s 2007-2010 Strategic Plan. In addition, each department is required to submit an annual assessment report measuring at least one learning outcome for a program or service offered in that department, using the framework of Learning Reconsidered. The division is a member of Student Voice--a national software and support package which assists us in efficiently conducting quality assessment initiatives; we have participated in several benchmarking studies with other campuses and peer institutions. Finally, the University’s recent Student Experience in the Research University (SERU) study has also provided a benchmarking opportunity with five AAU universities. All of these assessment activities provide the Division of Student Affairs feedback about the effectiveness and adequacy of our student support programs and services. See Appendix III.2.1: Student Support Assessment.

Part III, Section 2: Appendix

 Appendix III.2.1: Student Support Assessment

Part III, Section 2

Appendix 1

Student Support Description Assessment Procedures Assessment evidence that the student support Program or Service services and programs effectively meet the needs of all types of students and promote student learning and development (need clear assessment evidence) Career Resource Center Offers career services Conducted comprehensive annual The UF CRC was ranked #1 for Best Career including career assessment of CRC services Services in the 2010 edition of The Princeton counseling, job/internship utilized by students. Review’s Annual College Ratings. search strategies, resume critiques, mock interviews, During 2007-2008, more than 13,000 students and career fairs to attended various career fairs and events undergraduate, graduate, through the CRC with nearly 1000 employers. professional students and More than 8500 students had individual alumni. sessions with CRC counselors, and more than 25,000 students attended outreach The CRC provides the presentations or seminars. Going Global Career Guides for students to help 75.65% of students agree or strongly agree that them be international job they are “knowledgeable about majors and/or seeker. Packed with careers that interest me,” 79.01% agree or country-specific strongly agree that “I am aware of resources, information, this massive tools, and information that will help me decide research tool contains on a major and/or career.” more than 10,000 resources for finding international employment.

Center for Leadership Educational programs, SERU study results, evaluations of From the NASPA Consortium benchmarking and Service workshops and their programs. survey, 59% of UF students surveyed indicated conferences; coordinates attendance, participation in and/or leadership community service, in community service/service-learning projects, leadership, and service compared with 49% nationally. learning opportunities for students; develops reciprocal relationships with the community.

Florida Alternative Breaks, led by faculty and staff advisors, take students for service-learning opportunities to three international opportunities during Spring Break 2010.

CLS also recently sponsored the Gator Global Initiative, modeled after the Clinton Global Initiative, for a weekend of workshops, motivations, and speakers to help students take their idea to the next level.

Center for Student Registers the 900+ student Participated in a 2009 campus The NASPA Consortium benchmarking study Activities and organizations, advises activities and involvement showed that UF students surveyed indicated Involvement Sorority and Fraternity benchmarking study through that 89% attend, participate in and/or hold Affairs and Student NASPA Consortium; SERU study leadership positions in events/activities, Government, and manages results. For 2009-2010, the Center compared to 80% nationally, with 8% more campus entertainment for Student Activities and likely to be involved in planning and leadership. programming. Involvement at the JWRU has 85% of UF students surveyed indicate that they written 9 measurable learning attend, participate in and/or hold leadership Volunteers for outcomes for its programs and will roles in campus events like movies, concerts or International Student be reporting the results. speakers on campus, compared with 76% Affairs (VISA) is the largest nationally. Respondents also indicated that as student organization in the a result of participating in campus activities, state of Florida, counting and at a higher level than the national average, over 3,000 students, and they are: more likely to complete their degree one of the oldest, founded at UF (61%); become more knowledgeable in 1953. Members are about the campus community (77%); their devoted to spreading stress-management skills have improved (49%); cultural awareness and more likely to participate in alumni events after promoting diversity at the graduation (57%). University of Florida. SERU results showed 17 % of respondents use VISA is the parent the Center for Student Activities and organization of over thirty Involvement and 38 % of those who used the culturally based and Center for Student Activities and Involvement international student felt it helped them to be academically organizations. VISA is the successful. sponsor of International Week in the fall and the very eminent International Month during the spring semester.

Counseling and Individual and group Clients are measured prior to Statistics demonstrate that student client’s Wellness Center counseling and every session appointment for come from all colleges, including graduate and consultation services to progress ussing the Outcome professional schools, on campus. help students confront Questionnaire (OQ45) instrument; personal, academic, and participation in longitudinal and Most students reached “clinically significant career concerns. benchmarking studies; SERU study change” after 7 sessions after tracking the results. OQ45 responses; therapists can view a week- The Counseling Center by-week graph of each client’s OQ45 scores offers counseling in several with a comparison of average recovery curves languages, including based on 2000 clients from other counseling Spanish and Mandarin centers. Chinese, and coordinates a series of diversity brown bag lunches for UF faculty and staff on many international topics.

Dean of Students Office Assist and support Tracks information such as The Dean of Students Office serves all students students in achieving withdrawals, retroactive petitions, enrolled at the University of Florida. There academic and personal and crisis response. were 1,479 withdrawals processed and 99 success. Manages emergency crisis response calls in the 2008- emergency duty and 2009 year. response and crisis management. Behavioral Assessment Team which reviews student behavior and incidents. Handles medical withdrawals.

Disability Resource Facilitates Services in compliance with History of formal complaints and student Center accommodations and federal and state laws and satisfaction survey being conducted during services for 1,500 students regulations; tracking of service Spring 2010. Overall, DRC provides many with physical, learning, use; and assessment of student services to students at all levels of the sensory, or psychological satisfaction. institution in compliance with federal and state disabilities; educates law. students about their legal In 2008-2009, DRC had 529 Intakes Completed rights and responsibilities for Registering; 1449 Students Registered; so they can make informed 5,156 Tests Proctored; and 418 Students decisions; and helps foster Needing Notetakers. a sense of empowerment so that students can engage in self- determination.

Florida Opportunity A scholarship and support Retention and graduation rates, Students participating in FOS enroll at a higher Scholars Program (FOS) program for first- SERU study results, evaluations of rate (yield rate) than the freshmen class as a generation economically their programs. whole (79% of admitted 2008 FOS freshmen disadvantaged college enrolled compared 59% of all 2008 admitted students. FOS students are freshmen). Despite lower overall entering encouraged to study grades and test scores, and low-SES family abroad while a student at backgrounds, FOS retention and graduation UF. rates are consistent with that of more economically privileged and better academically prepared peers (2006 entering class: 88% retention or graduation for FOS students v. 89% retention /graduation for the entire 2006 entering class). 3.15 is the average UF Cumulative GPA of FOS students (academic programming and early intervention appointments contribute); 96% retention rate from 1st year to 2nd year; 81% of students who attended an intervention meeting believed it was at least somewhat beneficial; all 400 first- year FOS students have a peer mentor and in 08-09, the mentors recorded a total of 3,694 interactions with their scholars.

Gatorwell Creates and promotes a Participates in several studies of GatorWell designs programs with an intent at healthy campus student behavior, including the reaching at risk or targeted student groups with community by providing CORE survey (benchmark) and tailored messages. In presentation evaluations, individual and group Healthy Gators survey. at least 85% of student participants report educational sessions, Benchmark the HG Student Survey gaining new knowledge or skills. Program campus outreach activities, against items found on the satisfaction typically exceeds 90%. An online and work on changing National College Health program, Sleeping in the Swamp developed for policies. Assessment. The large sample Healthy Gators 2010 provided sleep hygiene used in the HG Student Survey recommendations. Evaluations demonstrated allowed for the inclusion of many that 71.1% of the participants strongly agreed different types of students on or agreed that the presentation was beneficial campus. All social marketing to them; 90.4% agreed or strongly agreed that materials are message tested via the presentation informed me about how sleep central intercept interviews. impacts academic success; 77.5% intended to Health promotion presentations try one or more of the ideas presented; and are evaluated for satisfaction, 78.9% would recommend this presentation to a knowledge and skill acquisition. friend who is having difficulty sleeping.

Housing and Residence Approximately 7,500 The Department of Housing and According to 2008 EBI data, 72% of residents in Education students live in single- Residence Education participates residence halls were satisfied with their on student residence halls. in ACUHO-I/EBI benchmarking campus housing experience, higher than 70% Nearly 1,900 students and studies, i.e. Resident Assessment, benchmarking data for Carnegie Class their families also live on Apartment Assessment, and Institutions; 64% believed that living on campus campus in 980 apartments Student Staff Assessment. enhanced their learning experience, higher arranged in Village Research and assessment are also than 61% benchmarking data for Carnegie Class Communities. HRE conducted to examine student Institutions; 81% would recommend living on maintains facilities and learning outcomes in residence campus to new students, higher than 78% programming in support of halls, to explore resident needs, benchmarking data for Carnegie Class the on-campus and to assess program Institutions. community, including effectiveness and resident academic initiatives in satisfaction. Twenty percent of undergraduates on campus collaboration with reside in one of eight living-learning academic affairs. communities. Compared to standard residence hall students, these students reported a higher A global living learning percent satisfaction in the following areas: community on campus concern about academic success, enhanced includes Weaver Hall learning experience, meeting other people International House, (significant difference), living cooperatively, offering opportunities to and solving their own problems. These students live and learn with also reported a significantly higher satisfaction international exchange with their overall experience living in campus students from around the housing than standard residence hall students world, and American (Mean = 5.31 Vs. Mean = 4.94). students interested in In Graduate and Family Housing, 86% of studying abroad and residents were satisfied with their apartment learning about other living experience, in comparison to 78% cultures; and Yulee Hall benchmarking data for Carnegie Class Global Living Learning Institutions; 83% would recommend living in Community, for students campus apartments to a good friend, while interested in preparing for benchmarking data for Carnegie Class leadership in a global Institutions is 60%. society by exploring current world events, international perspectives, and global issues.

J. Wayne Reitz Union Facility with meeting Assessment project in 2009 of Based on SERU data, 82% of responding rooms, student student employees and their undergraduates utilized the Reitz Union. Of organization offices, dining learning customer service skills that 82%, 31% felt the Reitz Union helped them options, game room, arts from training. to be academically successful. and crafts center, retail space, and casual lounge The Reitz Union hires several hundred student space for students. employees at all levels. 74.1% reported that working in the Reitz Union impacts them Gator Nights!, the Friday positively. They reported that they developed night on campus program knowledge acquisition, interpersonal skills and at the JWRU, has a friendship as a student employee. significant international student population; up to 50% of all international students have attended GN at least once per semester.

Multicultural and Promotes an inclusive Evaluations at programs, retention Pre-test and post-test evaluations of the Diversity Affairs campus community by rates and graduation rates of program Gatorship, a weekend long retreat creating environments in multicultural students, SERU study focusing on diversity issues, demonstrate that which students learn about results. Measured learning students increase their multicultural themselves and diverse outcomes in a pre-test/post-test competency skills in several ways, including others, engage in analysis of Gatorship, one of the knowledge and skills related to privilege and meaningful intercultural premier diversity training stereotypes, race and ethnicity, spirituality and dialogue, and enhance programs. religion, socioeconomic issues, LGBTQ issues, their leadership and and disability issues. commitment to social justice. Supports two The University Minority Mentor Program had facilities (Institute of Black 248 first year students in and 140 faculty and Culture and Institute of staff mentors working to better connect these Hispanic and Latino students to UF and strengthen their academic Culture) as well as and leadership skills in 2008-2009. programming for Asian- American Students and Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgender students.

MCDA consistently provides diversity awareness training for studens, staff, and graduate students and cultural programming which includes global issues.

New Student Programs Provides on-going Needs assessments conducted for All UF first-year students are required to attend programs that support programs and services as well as Preview, the freshman orientation program. new students and families programs and services evaluation 94% of freshmen who attended Preview agreed in their transition to UF, and pre- and post-testing of or strongly agreed that “as a result of coming to including freshman and participants. Assessed populations Preview I feel I will make a successful academic transfer student; welcome include family members of new transition to UF,” 89% of freshmen who weeks; extended students, new students, and attended Preview agreed or strongly agreed orientation course; colleagues and student leaders that “as a result of coming to Preview I feel I features speaker and who work with New Student will make a successful social transition to UF.” workshop series; New Programs. Highlighted projects Student Convocation; The include New Student Optional student programs such as First Year Common Reading Convocation/Navigating the Florida (freshman orientation course) and Program; and family Swamp and Common Reading Weeks of Welcome (WOW) familiarized programming such as Program project, SLS1102 Peer students with resources and services that they Family Weekend, online Leader pre- and post skill and would not otherwise learned about during their chats, common read, and knowledge self assessment, first semester (87% of students in FYF agreed or family orientation. Trains orientation benchmarking survey strongly agreed) 96.9% of fall WOW and develops through the NASPA Consortium participants agreed or strongly agreed). 80% of paraprofessional staffs and family expectations students agreed or strongly agreed to the who work in the execution benchmarking survey. following statement: In the long run I think my and implementation of First-year Florida experience will help me be programs and services. In a given academic year, 12-15 more actively engaged in my in- and out-of- assessment projects are class learning here at UF. The Common Reader administered and currently two Program, in its third year, new projects are in development. All freshmen are given the Common Reader distributes books to all Book at Preview. 75% of freshmen agreed or incoming freshmen for a strongly Agreed to the following statement: common reading This book made me think about issues not experience. All three necessarily associated with my major or areas I choices have been global plan to study. 80% of freshmen agreed or topics: medical relief in strongly Agreed to the following statement: Haiti (Mountains Beyond This book helped me explore ideas I might not Mountains); international have thought about. water issues (When the Rivers Run Dry); and illegal immigration (Devil’s Highway). The Featured Speaker Series has provided several speakers on international topics related to the common reader as well as other issues.

Off Campus Life Services and educational opportunities Evaluations at programs, such Evaluations of the monthly lunch series on to promote the understanding of these as Lunch and Learn Series; various topics demonstrated that the rights and responsibilities throughout survey of off campus students; intended learning outcomes of the the off campus student population and monthly newsletter. programs were met. The overwhelming (nearly 80% of UF students). majority of respondents reported that after attending the lunch series, they learned about the topic and intended to get more involved or to apply information from the program. Sample topics include civic engagement; roam towing, budgeting, buying a home, energy conservation and sustainability, financial investing, and safety/crime prevention. Office of the Vice Manages the budget and centralized The Assessment Committee Reports from the Assessment Committee President for Student roles for the departments within the coordinates assessment efforts and departmental assessment reports Affairs Division of Student Affairs, including and projects, including routinely measure intended outcomes of division-wide committees for participating in several studies programs and servicess. In 2009-2010, the Assessment, Leadership, Professional using the tool Student Voice, OVPSA is participating in four Development, and Leadership and offering training on benchmarking studies through the NASPA Activities. assessment for the division Consortium in order to measure outcomes staff. and to make recommendations for Global Initiatives of the Division of improvement. Student Affairs can be found at There are several annual http://www.ufsa.ufl.edu/initiatives/gi/. reports summarizing the various efforts throughout the division regarding global activities and the global initiative.

Recreational Sports Offers recreational opportunities Participated in a 2007 2007 study showed that 87% of current including two indoor exercise facilities, recreational sports students were participating with some intramural sports, sports clubs, group benchmarking study through aspect of the Recreational Sports programs fitness, personal training, and Student Voice and NIRSA; and facilities. numerous outdoor fields and facilities Developing quantitative including pools and Lake Wauburg assessments to identify users of A departmental assessment identified parks. each program/facility area; will 10,000 unique student participants on be participating in a 2010 intramural teams (one of only 7 program RS offers many opportunities to benchmarking study through areas) in the Summer B and Fall semesters expose students to international NASPA Consortium; SERU study of 2008. sports, including organizing the results Scottish Highland Games competition. Student Conduct and Encourages responsible community Participated in a benchmark All UF students are subject to the Student Conflict Resolution conduct, educating the UF and survey through the Association Code of Conduct and the Student Honor Gainesville community, and for Student Conduct Code. There were a total of 2467 cases implementing disciplinary action in Administration (ASCA) called heard in 2008-2009, including 654 alcohol situations where violations of the NASCAP. The NASCAP study cases, 333 Honor Code charges, and 122 Student Conduct Code have occurred. compared UF students who drug charges. participated in the judicial process with 10 other NASCAP demonstrated that the UF universities. respondents reported higher mean scores than peers in system efficacy (clear Assessed effectiveness of communication and orientation pre- Ethical Decision Making hearing; timley hearings, being able to be Seminar offered by the office. heard, being treated in a fair and consistent manner during the hearing and Tracks numbers and trends of post-hearing. NASCAP also showed conduct violations from year to increased understanding and personal year. responsibility at a higher level than peers for UF’s learning outcomes.

Student Financial Affairs Disburses financial aid to Regular audits of process. UF students received $473 million in financial (SFA) students through grants, Conducted customer satisfaction aid 2008-09. 79% of all UF students receive loans, and other available survey of users of SFA in 2009. financial aid. Stafford loan cohort default rate sources. Advises students Assessment project of the impact (2.1%) is one-half the national average (4.3%) on their options related to of financial literacy trainings. for all 4-yr public universities. Literacy financial aid. Offers Annual fact book and annual assessment demonstrates retention of financial literacy support reports. information about identity theft, credit card for students. usage and credit reports with over 80% correct responses to post-workshop assessments. SFA provides financial aid Student satisfaction with SFA as of November support and counseling for 2009 survey 81% very satisfied/moderately students interested in satisfied with their financial aid advisor and72% study abroad with all SFA services. opportunities. Student Legal Services A professional legal office Tracking of usage of services and Surveys of clients demonstrate satisfaction with that provides legal evaluations of their outreach Student Legal Services, and outreach to the assistance to all students, programs. international student population was a specific and is funded by Student effort in 2008-2009. SLS assisted 4,786 Government through individuals, handled 1,957 new cases, opened Activities and Service fees 613 new files, and performed 1,832 notaries. in a pre-paid model. The fair market value of the legal services provided this year is approximately $1,385,140. SLS recovered $194,843 for students and saved students $129,070 (exclusive of criminal and traffic fines and attorney fees).

Part III: Abbreviated Compliance Certification

Section 3 Part III.3: The institution has qualified administrative and academic officers with the experience, competence, and capacity to lead the institution. (Comprehensive Standard 3.2.8)

 Compliance Non-Compliance

The University of Florida affirms its compliance with Comprehensive Standard 3.2.8 and presents its evidence below.

Narrative:

The University of Florida’s Division of Human Resources Academic Personnel division outlines the hiring practices and policies (Appendix III.3.1) for administrative and academic officers. Depending upon the position level and expertise required the university will employ search firms to assist in identification of a diverse pool of applicants to ensure the successful candidate will have the appropriate experience and ability to meet the responsibilities of the position. In all cases, an appointed group of faculty, administrators, staff and alumni (if appropriate) serve as a search committee to further vet potential candidates. The résumé or curriculum vitae (Appendix III.3.2) of all administrative and academic officers are on file with Human Resources, academic credentials are verified by Human Resources/Academic Personnel prior to an offer of employment being made. Additionally, up to date biographical sketches of the chief academic officers (Appendix III.3.3) as well as most Deans, Directors and faculty are published on the university’s Web sites.

The University’s Board of Trustees is charged with the evaluation of the president, which is based upon goals established via a consultative process between the president and the Trustees. The president has outlined a process for evaluation of the vice presidents which includes regular monthly meetings throughout the year. During these meetings he is able to provide feedback, guidance and discuss expectations. The provost specifies the process and timeline for evaluations of the deans (Appendix III.3.4 and Appendix III.3.5). In general, annual evaluations are conducted with more in-depth reviews conducted on a five-year cycle.

Part III, Section 3: Appendices

 Appendix III.3.1: HRS Academic Personnel

 Appendix III.3.2: Administrator CVs

 Appendix III.3.3: Chief Admin. Officers Biosketches

 Appendix III.3.4: Process for Admin. Evaluation

 Appendix III.3.5: Admin. Eval. Schedule Fall 2009

Part III, Section 3

Appendix 1 Office of Human Resource Services Academic Personnel

News and Information Academic Personnel Hiring Benefits Leave Evaluation Training Financials Policies Recruitment, Hiring, and Appointments By Category Searches

Forms Sample Start-Up Costs Letter (MS Word) Position Vacancy Announcement Change Request Form (PDF - Office of the Contact Provost) Home Faculty Series and Specialty Titles (PDF) Equal Employment Opportunity HIRING Recruitment Compliance Report (PDF - Instruction Guide) Searches, Appointments, Checklists Dual Career Services

Appointments RELATED SITES Office of the Provost, Graduate School, Academic Year Appointment Calendar through Spring 2010 Equal Employment Opportunity Academic Year Appointment Calendar Through Spring 2009

Faculty and Post-Doc Associates

Faculty Appointment Process Sample Cover Letter to Offer of Employment to Faculty Sample Offer of Employment to Faculty Academic Staff Biographical Information Sheet (Form 270-PDF) Disclosure of Outside Activities and Financial Interests (PDF - Office of the Provost) UF Endowed Faculty Positions, Appointments, and Procedures (PDF) Process for Employment of Foreign Nationals Without Permanently Assigned Social Security Numbers New Hire Checklist—Academic Personnel (PDF)

Pre- and Post-Doc Fellows and Graduate Assistants

Academic Year Appointment Calendar Through Spring 2009 Academic Year Appointment Calendar Through Spring 2008 Sample Admission Letter to Graduate Assistants Sample Appointment Letter to Graduate Assistants Graduate Assistant and Fellow Hiring Process Process for Employment of Foreign Nationals Without Permanently Assigned Social Security Numbers Student Titles Student Classifications and Title Qualifications Registration Requirements for Graduate Students and Fellows Graduate Assistant Minimum Salaries New Hire Checklist—Academic Personnel (PDF) "Graduate Letters of Appointment" Instruction Guide (PDF) GAU Contract (2009-11) Post-/Pre-Doctoral Fellowship Form (MS Word) Fellowship Memorandum of Understanding (PDF)

Jobs Benefits Compensation Training & Development Employee Relations Academic Personnel EEO Baby Gator Policies Forms Hiring Resources © University of Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611; (352) 392-3261. Disability Services Privacy Policy Search

Part III, Section 3

Appendix 2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

LARRY RAY ARRINGTON

Horne Address:

Business Address: Department of Agricultural and Extension Education 305 Rolfs Hall Un: versity of Florida Gainesville, Florida 32611 (904) 392-0502

EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND

Ph.D. The Ohio State Umverslty, 1981 Major Agricultural and Extension Educatton

M.Ed. University of Georgia, 1976 Major Vocational Education Minor Administration/Supervision

8.S.A. University of FlOrida, 1975 (WIth Honors) Major Agricultural and Extension Education

A.A. Seminole Jr College, 1973

PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYMENT

1986 Associate Pwfessor 1981 - 1986 Assistant Professor Department of Agncultural and Extension Education University of Florida GaineSVille, Flortda

* Taught undergraduate courses including

AEE 3313 Development and Role of Extension EducatIon AEE 4224 Special Methods of Teaching Vocational Agriculture AGG 4325 Low Energy Technology In Agriculture AEE 4624 Prevocational Agriculture (Independent Study) AEE 4504 Program Planning In Vocational Agriculture AEE 4942 Agricultural Educatton Practlcum AEE 4943 Extension Education Practicum Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 BRIAN C. BEACH

Business Address: Home Address: 249 Tigert Hall Gainesville, Florida 32611 Telephone: (352) 392-9507 bcbeach(a)ufl.edu

EXPERIENCE: University of Florida (Gainesville, Florida) 2005 to Present Senior Vice President for Administration and Business Ventures (2()()8 to present) Chief administrative officer responsible for the overall leadership, management, and organization of central administrative units Direct reports include VP/Business Affairs, VP/Chief Financial Officer, VP/Chief Information Officer, VP/Human Resource Services, Office for Audit and Compliance Review, Privacy Office Interface with the other UF vice presidents on a variety of strategic issues Oversee various business ventures on behalf of the university, including negotiation of related transactions Chief ofStaff to the President (2()()5 to 2()()8) Directed special projects and strategic initiatives for the president and Board of Trustees Strategic interaction with members of the president's cabinet and trustees Interfaced with legislators, donors, alumni, faculty, staff, students, other related parties

2000 to 2008 SI Ventures (Fort Myers, Florida) Managing Director Venture capital firm with nearly $200 million under management Targeted A and B equity rounds for start-up companies throughout the US Affiliated with Gartner Group Actively participated on boards of directors of portfolio companies Participated in partnership's investment decisions Reviewed deal flow/investment opportunities; directed due diligence efforts Participated in fundraising efforts

1995 to 2000 Allen C. Ewing & Co. Investment Bankers (Orlando and Jacksonville, Florida) Executive Vice President; memher ofthe Board of Directors Investment banking, specializing in corporate fLnance for financial institutions and middle market companies throughout Florida and southeastern US Participated in more than 25 transactions Initiated and negotiated mergers and acquisitions Raised capital via private placements and public offerings Performed and presented valuations and fairness opinions Internal management/operational responsibilities, including strategies for expansion Licenses held: Series 24, 7, and 63 Also Vice President (1995-1999) with Synagen Capital Partners, Inc., a merchant banking firm affiliated with Allen C. Ewing & Co. Reviewed private investment opportunities and performed other analyses at Synagen Capital

1991 to 1994 Ernst & Young LLP Oacksonville, Florida) Senior Consultant

BOARD IMDiversity, Inc. (2002-2005); Eyeweb, Inc. (2004-2005); eAngler (2000-2004) POSITIONS: lntellon Corporation (2002-2003); e-doc Architects (2000-2002) Invest in North Florida, Inc. (1998-2002); Prasara Technologies, Inc. (I 999-2000) Allen C. Ewing & Co. Investment Bankers (1996-2000) Family Time (observer seat 2003-2004); Aveo, Inc. (observer seat 2000-200 I) Moai Technologies (observer seat 2000-200 I); EC3 (observer seat 2000-2001)

EDUCATION: Master of Business Administration, University of Florida, 1995 Bachelor of Science, Finance, University ofFlorida, 1990 (Highest Honors) Appendix III.3.2

~oscph Glover

Department of Mathematics Un1vers1ty of Rochester Rochester, New York 14627 (716) 275-7767

personal InformatIon and Educat1on:

Born, ~anuary 24, 1953, New York, N.Y. Male, 51ngla, 1n excellent health

Cornell Unlverslty, Ithaca, New York 1971-1974 maJor: mathematIcs degree: B.A. (cum laude) ~une 1974

Un1verslty of Ca11fornla, San Dlego 1974-1978 degrees: M. A. mathematIcs Ph. D. mathematlcs June 1978 fleld of spec1a11zatlon: probab1lIty theory

Research and Academ1c Pos1tlons:

Partlclpant, MathematIcs and Computer SClence Research InstItute, Argonne Nat10na1 Laboratory, Argonne, IllInOIS, ~une-Au9ust 1975.

Postdoctoral Scholar, Department of MathematIcs, Stanford Un1verslty. Stanford, Ca11fornla, Sprlng, 1978.

Lecturer.ln StatlstlCs, Unlverslty of CalIfornIa, Berkeley, Ca11fornla, 1978-1979.

Asslstant Professor of Mathematlcs, Unlverslty of Rochester, Rochester, New York, 1979-

On leave at I.M.S.S., Un1verslte de Grenoble II, 47X-38040 Grenoble Cedex, France (CNRS Fellowshlp) 1980-1981.

currently ASslstant Professor of Mathemat1cs, Un1verslty of Rochester.

InVIted Lectures:

~ournees S.H.F. de Probabll1tes de France, January 22-23, 1981.

Conference on Tlme Reversal and DualIty of Markov Processes, Oberwolfach, Germany, May 31-June 6, 1981.

Teachlng ExperIence;

Berkeley: Rochester: probabILIty theory calculus (all levels) stochastIc processes probabIlIty theory statlstlcs 2 d1fferentla1 equatIons martIngale theory (graduate course) one d1mens1ona1 d1ffus1or (graduate course) Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 •• • Appendix III.3.2

(Updated 12/08) CURRICULUM VITAE

BIOGRAPHICAL

NAME: David S. Guzick, M.D., Ph .D. BIRTH DATE: May 21, 1952

HOME ADDRESS: BIRTHPLACE: New York, NY

HOME PHONE: CITIZENSHIP: USA

SPOUSE: Donna E. Giles, Ph .D. CHILDREN: Benjamin (1990) Andrew (1991)

BUSINESS ADDRESS: Dean, School of Medicine and Dentistry University of Rochester Medical Center 601 Elmwood Avenue, Box 706 Rochester, NY 14642

BU SINESS PHONE: (716) 275-0017 FAX: (716) 256-1131 EMAIL: [email protected]

EDUCATION AND TRAINING

UNDERGRADUATE:

1969-1972 New York University B.A. 1972 Mathematics and Economics Washington Square College New York, New York

GRADUATE:

1972-1979 New York University Ph .D. 1979 (Economics) Department of Economics Grad uate School of Arts and Sciences New York, New York

1972-1979 New York University M.D. 1979 Medicine School of Medicine New York, New York Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

Jane Adams

Professional Experience

The University ofFlorida

Vice President, University Relations, Oct. 2004 to present

Responsible for the university' s government relations at the local, state and federal levels, as well as branding, media relations, and community relations. Monitor legislative activity and develop strategies for obtaining political support for funding and public policy issues that impact the university; develop relationships with key government leaders; direct the activities of staff and contract lobbyists, and work with faculty to gain legislative and Congressional support. Direct branding efforts and marketing communications, issue management and media relations. Also manage efforts to enhance the town gown relationship.

The Walt Disney Company

Vice President, Government Relations, Walt Disney World, Sept. 200 I - Oct. 2004

Responsible for developing and implementing government relations strategies to advance the company's business objectives. Advocated the company's positions to elected officials, directed staff and contract lobbyists in Orlando and Tallahassee and supported the corporate lobbying office in Washington, D.C. Represented the company on local and state boards and commissions and developed strategic partnerships to help advance the company' s legislative agenda. Was active in political fund raising for candidates on the local, state and national levels.

Director. Communications and Public Relations, Disney Cruise Line. April [999 - Sept. 200 I

Responsible for creating and implementing strategic promotional and media relations programs to promote the Disney Cruise Line (DCL) brand. Also directed crisis communications, issue management, government and community relations, guest communications and industry relations for the company. Activities included message development, media training, budgeting and staff development. Also reviewed and approved print and video materials and acted as chief spokesperson for DCL. Appendix III.3.2

Director, Government Relations and External Affairs, Walt Disney World. 1994-1999

Responsible for monitoring legislative activity and trends on the local and state levels and helping to develop government relations strategies for promoting a positive business climate in which to do business. Developed relationships with elected and appointed government officials and represented the company’s positions to those leaders.

Also developed Walt Disney World’s wildlife conservation program in support of our fourth theme park, Disney’s Animal Kingdom. Created foundation for making conservation grants, developed relationships with animal welfare, conservation and environmental organizations and directed the activities of the company’s wildlife conservation advisory board.

Manager, Media Relations, Walt Disney World. 1993-1994

Created crisis communications/issue management department. Developed and implemented media relations strategies on potentially controversial and sensitive matters and supported Walt Disney Imagineering’s media relations efforts. Acted as company spokesperson on issues relating to land use and development, government relations, employee relations, safety and security and legal actions.

Burston-Marsteller

Vice President, Media Relations. 1991-1992

Managed media relations component of government relations/public affairs campaigns for major international public relations company. Specialized in energy and environmental issues. Responsibilities included strategic planning, proposal writing and presentations, budgeting and project administration. Wrote news releases and other press materials, planned news conferences, placed articles and arranged interviews and editorial board briefings.

United States Senate

Press Secretary, U.S. Senator Ted Stevens. 1986-1991

Acted as chief spokesperson for United States Senator. Handled media inquiries and directed press department projects, including news conferences, video news releases, weekly television and radio programs, direct mail and newsletters. Hired and supervised staff.

Press Secretary, U.S. Senator Frank Murkowski. 1981-1985

Created and implemented public relations plan for newly-elected U.S. Senator. Handled all contact with state and national media and directed press department projects, including news releases, newspaper columns, regular television and radio programs, newsletters and direct mail.

Multimedia Broadcasting Company Appendix III.3.2

Promotion Manager, WXII-TV. 1979-1980

Created advertising campaigns and produced print ads and radio and television spots.

Press Relations Manager, WLWT-TV. 1977-1979

Managed station’s media relations, handling media inquires, placing publicity and writing promotional materials.

Meredith Corporation

Senior Public Relations Representative. 1976-1977

Generated publicity for Meredith Broadcasting and Better Homes and Gardens Books.

Board Affiliations

• Board of Trustees, Florida Chamber Foundation • Board of Governors, Florida Chamber of Commerce • Board of Directors, United Way of North Central Florida • Commissioner, Volunteer Florida (2004-2008) • Board of Directors, Osceola Kissimmee Chamber of Commerce (2001-2004) • Board of Directors, Goodwill Industries of Central Florida (1996-2001) • Operations Committee, Florida Caribbean Cruise Association (1999-2000) • Board of Directors, Central Florida Hotel-Motel Association (1995-1999) • Board of Directors, Metro Orlando International Affairs Council (1995-1999)

Education

• Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa. Bachelor of Science degree in journalism and political science.

Appendix III.3.2

I\-1atthew [VI. Faj~ck

-Corporme Tillancrt.iTlg o SECReportiJig • Pri ville Eq lJ ity 1nvest\Ji~lIb o Huinell"! Re'so'nrces,i\'1::magcm~nl

EXPERIENCE

,KElVr.Sl:4TE'UN1VERS1TV KENT" O AIO Executive llirector - fin

'K~1 t: ~tate Ul1iv~rsit>~ is a I'HlbHd:v'cass]sted l1niiiei'~l~Y with eight t\ari1r~~es and J5,OOOstudems.\ at'(l respon~lb Ie 'fo rrreLlSu ry, rmcur~[i1C n~ a~(;oIJJl 'til,g;gr(j nt TTHln<:igemenl,,,Ti,~k managenl elit paymll; 'ol,lsiness arlr'rlln i~fr~~i ~' ~ , S0T\'lc,eS (s l-illredservices) and bursar openttion 5' fotlhe e:rilireun i V~f5,i(y ;, rn rhy,first yeti, J wa~ ab!~t6 r~dlice Fimmciill A~(1i{S operating costs by 10%, . BETA-CAPITAL GROlIP;LLC J)AL L AS~ TF.X--\.S (formedy THE ASTRAEA COi\1.i'ANIES) CJticffojn~IlCial Officer ' " ' .~. . . "

Bet~ Ca:piialis amerger of The iSlr~~IlCilmrani~:; and sewral otherparmers, Hem isa p~!vatcc4.u([yJi rm i~~'esting.i)rim,arily in ~ltlrhlp, n;Dlun:s 'and tumaroun '~ '~itl.J:ll kms ., R~spollsjble : for. de., I tlow,uLlcdiligence.. monit(lring' of 'p'Qrffoli6 c:ompani~,~andpr()\'iding ~dmiili5trJtive sen'ices 10 pDrttoljoc()rnpanii;'~' /I,dlllini"tmtlvi; s,ervices include aceoUrlllng, h~mf:ln m~burc~ management, financi,u planning lind l:\n

LECENJ) All{LI~~£S,iN'c. [)ALLAS, TEXAS S~rdorVice Presjdcnt ami ChiM Finand;;1 Officer N'ovcrnbcT ] 997 '10 li'eb ru a ry,200 \

1w~ a founder ohhrs airllne that provided bu s ill'~r:;S class ,aircraft Se[':l.'lct: frnm Dalla~ Lo\'~ Fie'd to ,major busine$s markcLS Itl competitive coach fures. The airline began with the Astt;j:ea Cornpanil:::;' ;l1cuhntion of the bUSIness 'plan. SubwqUl:nll):, Ihe:,airJine, l<1i';,ed capjral, c~)fnm~tlr;~d airline service and gre\V' TO oYer,40Q '(;mpl()ycc.!;, Led all ~5pects of the fin:arH.:,c, [1C cOUliLiTtg, risk maJl~f;!mellt an.j hninan res,ouree'> jUI1I~ ,ljtJnS ~ " Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

Curriculum Vitr

HENRY T. FRIEjSON

Office: Educational Psychology, Measur ment, and Evaluation School of Education University ofNorth Carolina at CB# 3500, Peabody Hall Chapel Hill, NC 27599-3500 E-mail: ht_ [email protected] (919) 962-7507 FAX: (919) 962- 1533

Residence:

Education: Postdoctoral National Institute of Education Post Doctoral S mmer Fellow, National Institute of Education, Washington, D.C. , August, 1977 Graduate Ph.D. in Educational Psychology, Michigan St3!te University, 1974. M.Ed in Educational Psychology, Wayne State University, 1970. Certification Teacher Certification, Wayne State University, 1969 Undergraduate B.S., Psychology, Wayne State University, Det oit, 1967

Professional Interests: Program Evaluation Methods, Intervention and Learning\Performance, Graduate\Professional Education and OpportunIties, Adu It Learning, Postsecondary Education, and Effects of Mentoring on Achiev ment and Professional Development.

Professional Employment History Faculty: I 993-present: Professor, Educational PS YChOl0[:y, Measurement, and Evaluation, School of Education, UNC-CH. 1989- 1993: Professor (approved in 1988), School 0 Medicine--Department of Family Medicine and based in the Office of Ed cational Development, UNC-CH. Clinical Professor, Educational Psychol gy, School of Education, UNC-CH 1980-1989: Associate Professor, School of Medicinb--Department of Family Medicine and based in the Office of Educational Devcllopment, UNC-CH. Clinical Associate Professor, Education~1 Psychology, School of Education, UNC-CH. Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 PAULA VARNES FUSSELL

Work: (813) 974-7040 E-mail: [email protected] u

SUMMARY • Over 17 years of progressive financial and administrative management experience at two major research universities within the State of Florida. • Strong organizational, leadership, and analytical abilities. • Excellent communication, interpersonal, and public speaking skills.

FINANCIAL AND UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH FLORIDA (USF): ADMINISTRA TIVE MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENT August 1999 to present EXPERIENCE Budget and Policy Analysis (BP A) Promoted to Associate Vice President with responsibilities over budgeting, data administration and reporting, performance measurement and analysis, and institutional research. Responsible for a budget of over $1.2 million and supervision of 18 employees. Provide direction for University policies and financial strategies. Frequent contact and communication with Vice Presidents, Deans, Associate Deans, and Directors of the University regarding financial operations and policies. Responsible for preparing and presenting certain financial information to the USF Board of Trustees and other executive management groups. Key contact person with the Florida Board of Education Division of Colleges and Universities' staff regarding USF's financial issues. Additional management responsibilities include: collection and communication of enrollment and retention information, internal and external surveys, submission of Operating and Legislative budgets, preparation and submission of the Expenditure Analysis and other University data files. Responsible for the development of rate and budget management systems within and outside of the PeopleS oft HRMS system. Provide direction for the development of web-based business processes within BPA. Instrumental in the development of several web-based applications, including a resource transfer system, a new position request form, and a PC and software tracking system. Served as University Data Administrator for one year.

INTERIM VICE PRESIDENT October 2000 to January 200] Budgets, Human Resources, & Information Technologies In addition to my responsibilities as Associate Vice President. I was asked to serve as Interim Vice President for certain administrative functions during ·the recruitment process for an Executive Vice President. I was responsible for the following administrative functions : Budgets. Human Resources, Information Technologies, Organization Development and Training. Victims Advocacy, and managed a budget ofover $20 million and 250 employees.

DIRECTOR - University Budgets March 1996 to August 19.99 Responsibilities included the supervision of 8 employees and the management of all aspects of University budgeting, including the preparation and submission of the annual Operating and Legislative budgets and the processing of budget transfers. Involved in the strategic planning and policy development of the University. Frequent interaction with executive management and support of the University Executive Budget Council. Also responsible for financial issues related to University enrollment, the preparation and submission of the Instruction Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 OCT. 23. 200 6 11: 53AM U F GEN COUN SEL 352 392 43 87 : NO. 8851 AppendixP. 2 III.3.2 JAMIE LEWIS KEITH (617) 452-20in (Office)

PROFESSIONAL: MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, Cambridge, MA. i SENIOR COUNSEL (MIT'S PRIMARY IN-HoUSE COUNSEL) AND MANAGING DlRECl'OR FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS AND RiSK MANAGEMENT. 7/99 - Present. ! Created and direct MIT's senior counsel's office, which grew to provide or oversee legal coUnseling and services to MIT's President, Provost, other senior officers, and all academic, student and administra~ive departments in a broad range of areas other than intellectual property law and ~vesl.ments/gifts. Re,present ~lT ~ the Ivies Plus and Massachusetts Schools' General Counsels' groups. Orgaruzed and oversee a client servIce onented environment, health and safety ("EHS") office of 65 employees) evolved from six separate tkits. Lead MIT's enterprise risk management; advise Board and Auditing Committee on governance, bylaws, land risks; advise on government and public relations, Manage $8.4 million operating, $2.5 million capitalJprojebt, and multi-million doUar outside cQunselannual budgets. Broad-ranging legal and risk management services include overseeing or providing services in the following areas; i I , 1 • litigation, mediation, and settlements, and internal, external, and Congressional investigations; • structuring, negotiating and documenting complex education, research, and administration initiatives (e.g., the $100 million Broad Institute for genome research, a collaboration among MIT, Harvard University and its'afflliated Hospitals, and Whitehead JDStitute for Biomedical Research); ; • conflicts of interest, research compliance, recombinant DNA, human subjects research, export controls; • select biological agent/toxin and other post-September 11, 2001 security laws affecting research; • HI,PM, Gramm-Leach-Bliley, FBRPA and other privacy laws compliance; i • MIT Medical Department issues (e.g., risk managementlconununications, privileges, practice standards); • EHS laws and permitting and regulation of the MIT research reactor; : • tenure, employment, immigration, student life and conduct, and some labor issues; i • affirmative action law and diversity hiring, admissions, financial aid and mentoring programs; I • First Amendment/academic freedom; I • intermediate sanctions and federal and state charitable institution reporting laws; , I • pri,vare business use limits on tax~exempt bond-financed facilities and initiatives to hold charitable inStitutions to higher public accountability; . I • foundations' funding conditions (e.g., antiterrorism covenants); ' : • institutional governance issues and documents, and corporate and real estate law and dontracts; and • la",! enforcement, insurance and ,risk management issues. : I i COUNCIL ON GOVERNMENT RELATIONS, Washington, D.C. I MEMBER, BOARD OF DIRECTORS, RESEARCH COMPLIANCE AiJMlNISTRA110N COMMlTTEE (RCA) .18/04 - Present. MEMBER, BlOSECURlTY A.ND ExPoRT CONI'ROLS TASK FORCES, 2001 - Present. I Provide policy advice to COOR Schools and Medical Centers on a broad range of issues affecting academic and . hospital research, including research compliance, bio8ccurity, export controls, ethics, research hontracting and cost of research. I : I MASS. DMSION OF CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT (formerly nePO), Boston, ~A . AssISTANTCOMMlSSlONERAND GENERAL COUNSEL, 6/95 - 7/99; GENERAL COUNSEL, 9/93 - 6/95. MAss. TrlRNPIKE AUTHORITYADVlSORY BOARD and MEI'ROPOUTAN HIGHWAY SYSTEMS BOARD MBMBER . MASS. ASSET MANAGEMENI' BOARD SECRETARY, GoVERNOR W2'l.UAM F. WELD ADMINlSTRATlON. 1 One of three top managers who jointly operated state's capital assels and real estate transactions , development, and permitting agency with 230 employees, $S million operating/$237 million capital annual :budgets. Counseled agency head, Asset Management Board, Executive Office for Administration and Finance, ;u,1d Governor's Legal Office on legal and policy matters . Directed 20+ person (10 lawyer) legal office and oversaw public biddiDg .. function, diversity contracting, aIld outside legal services; set litigation policy and oversaw litigation with Attorney General's Office. Managed legislative process; managed relationship with Inspector General; managed and .served as spokesperson in highly publicized public health concerns in Courthouse Ienova~on . Negotiated 1 . Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

CURRICULUM VITAE

Wi.nfred M. Phillips ADDRESS: Purdu<, UniversiLy Schoo! of Mec hanical Engineering West Lafayette, Indiana 47907 DATE OF BfRTH: October 7, H)40 EDUCATION: it B8ME , Virginia Polyl,ecilUie Inslitute U 0,0 \) 1963 3 (Mechanical Engillet'.ring)

MI\E '.) University of Virginia. u.D/,J)O t> 1966 1 (Aerospace Engineering)

DSr. t,5 University or Virginia ~O(oO\) 19G8 (Aerospace EngIneering)

EX}'ERIENCE: Oclober 1980-\ Head Pretit'ut School of Mechanical Engineering UOh'l..~ Purdue University -'1 <. 1979 - 1980 '\. Associate Dean for Researcb College of Engineering _ \t ~~ , ,c> ,"WJ The PenXlsylv ania State University V"

}g78 - 11179 ') Act,ing Chairman for tbe IuLcrcollcge Bio€ngiueering Program T he Pennsylvani ~ Stat.e University \..1.\;),,\'.,5

1978 - 1980 ~ Professor O\.'\\.~ DeprtrLment of Aerospace Engineering .., The Pennsylvania StaLe University vS>,,\'\Q

1974 - 1978 .5 Associa(,e Professo r O,o..'\.~ Department of Aerospace Engineering TiH' Pennsyiv~n.ia" Si.a.te U.qiveroity " tJ /1 '),1 '. J r}'LUJ'1 D'V

1 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

.-J

JOHN EDWARD (ED) POPPELL

Busmess (352) 392-1336

Education

M Ed , Uruverslty of Flonda, Higher EducatIon Adnumstratton, 1978 B S B A, Flonda State Umverslty, 1971

Professional Experience

2000 to Present, Intenm Vice President for Adrmmstrattve Affalfs, University of Flonda, Student Body 46,000, Faculty and Staff 11,500

Advise the President on all fwanclal matters Serve as the Chtef Busmess and Fmanclal Officer of the Uruverslty ResponSible for the leadershtp and management of Adrmnlstrallve AffaIrs, conslstmg of2,000 employees and 12 dIvIsions

1111s posItion also serves. as the Treasurer of the Uruverslty of Flonda FoundatIOn, Board Member of the Uruverslty Athletic AssocIatIOn, Research Foundation and the Self Insurance Trust Fund

LIaison with City and County Comnusslons on community Issues. Represent the UniversIty on state and natIOnal comnuttees and assocIatIons

1989 to 2000, Associate Vice President for Adrmmstratlve AffaIrs (Intenm from 1989 to 1990), Umverslty ofFlonda, Student Body 45,000, Faculty and Staff 11,500

OperatIOnal management and leaderslup of the DIvIsIOn ofAdrmrustrallve Affalfs, cOllSlstmg of2,000 employees, a uruvefSlty budget ofover $1 8 bllbon, and an office operatmg budget of over $180 rmlhon Represent the Vice President and the Uruverslty of Flonda on the local, state and natJonallevel

Supervise the divIsIons of

Fmance and Accounting Uruverslty PolIce Department PhYSIcal Plant Busmess ServIces Personnel ServIces Purchasmg Informanon Systems Envlfonmental Health and Safety OperatIons AnalySIS UF FacllItles Planrung and Construction Stephen C O'Connell Center Management Small Busmess & Vendor Diversity RelatlOllS

Coordwate long-range plarmmg and budgetary management

Lead and dlfect the development and ImplementatIOn of new computer systems and programs AdVise numerous campUS-Wide and State Uruverslty System of Flonda comnuttees Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 ------,f~ Appendix III.3.2

BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

1. Paul A. Robell

II. PERSONAL DATA

Date of Birth September 18, 1943 Place of.Birth Lake Charles, Louisiana Height and Weight 6 feet, 2 inches; 183 pounds Marital Stat'us Married (Susan Persons Robell) Daughter - 19 and Son - 16

Home Telepho'ne

III. EDUCATION AND TRAINING

Bachelor of Arts Dickinson College carlisle, Pennsylvania, 1966 Master of Arts Columbia University, 1967

IV. WORK EXPERIENCES Education Management Associate Vice President for Development at university of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, September 1992 to date. Promoted from Assistant Vice President. Responsible for nine development officers, university-wide coordination of maJor gi~t aqtivities. development of major gift strategies, coordinatlon of university-wide mini-campaigns, coordination of President's development travel, in charqe of development management group~

Assistant Vice President for Development at University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, 1990-92. Promoted from campaign Director. Responsible for eight development officers as well as the development managers' group.

Campaign Director at University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, 1987-90. Responsible for all aspects of planning and conduct of $200 to $300 million, university-wide capital campaign, the first ever for the university. Director of Development at Furman University, Greenville , south Carolina, 1981-1987. Responsible for annual and athlet~ fund raising, planned giving. Had major role in capital c~p~~~ that raised $33.5 million toward $30 million goal. fOR ~D 6199,J Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

Cammy R. Abernathy Department of Materials Science and Engineering University of Florida P.O. Box 116550 Gainesville, Florida 32611-6550 352/392-6000

Education

1980-1985 Stanford University, Stanford, California Ph.D. and Masters Degrees in Materials Science and Engineering

1976-1980 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts S.B. Degree in Materials Science and Engineering

Academic Experience

2009 – present Dean, College of Engineering, University of Florida

2004-2009 Assoc. Dean for Academic Affairs, College of Engineering, Univ. of Fl.

2001-2004 Alumni Chair, Materials Science and Engineering, University of Florida

12/93-Present Professor of Materials Science and Engineering, University of Florida

1981-1985 Research Assistant, Dept. of Materials Science and Engineering, Stanford Univ.

Industrial Experience

1985-1993 Member of Technical Staff, AT&T Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, New Jersey

Awards

Fellow of the APS, 2009 Fellow of the AVS, 2002 AVS Distinguished Lecturer, 2001 Alumni Chair of Materials Science and Engineering, 2001 Fellow of the Electrochemical Society, 2000 University of Florida MSE Faculty Excellence Award, 2003,1998, 1997 Stanford Engineering Graduate Fellowship, 1980

Service to the Profession

Advisory, Organizing and Executive Committee Memberships:

1 Appendix III.3.2

National Research Council: Member of NRC evaluation panel for NYS CAT, 1998

National Science Foundation: Review panel member for National Science Foundation, 1995-present Member of NSF evaluation panel for National Nanofabrication Users Network.

AVS: Chair of the Electronic Materials and Processing Division of AVS, 1998 Program Chair of the Electronic Materials and Processing Division of AVS, 1997. Board of Directors of AVS, 1999-2001 Workshop Chair for 17th International Union of Vacuum Science and Technology Associations (IUVSTA), Oahu, Hawaii, 1997. Program chair for the 47th International AVS Symposium, Boston 2000.

Materials Research Society: Councilor of Materials Research Society, 1995-1998 Electronic Services Chair, 1996-1998 Member of Materials Research Society Long Range Planning Committee, 1996-1997 Co-organizer of Materials Research Society Symposium titled, “Chemical Perspectives of Microelectronic Materials,” Boston, MA, December 1992. Co-organizer of the 1997 Spring MRS Symposium on GaN and Related Materials, San Francisco, April 1-4, 1997. Co-organizer of Materials Research Society Symposium E, Boston, MA, December 2003. Member, Bound Volumes Sub-committee, 2004-present

Electrochemical Society: Co-organizer of Nitride Symposium for The Electrochemical Society International Meeting (Boston, 1998). Co-organizer of SOTAPOCS XXX for The Electrochemical Society International Meeting (Seattle, 1999). Chair of the Norman Hackerman Young Author Award Committee, 1999-2000

Other Conference Organization: Program Committee for 4th Int. Conf. On Chemical Beam Epitaxy and Related Growth Techniques, Nara, Japan, July 1993. Program Chair for 5th Int. Conf. On Chemical Beam Epitaxy and Related Growth Techniques, San Diego, CA, 1995. Program Committee for the 1998 TMS Electronic Materials Conference. Program Committee for the 6th Int. Conf. On Chemical Beam Epitaxy (1999). Program committee for the 10th International Conference on Solid Films and Surfaces, July 2000.

2 Appendix III.3.2

Program committee for the Int. Conf. On Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Edinburgh, 2004. Chair, Workshop on Room Temperature Spintronic Applications, Gainesville, 2005.

Editorial: Associate Editor - Journal of Crystal Growth, 1998-present Associate Editor - Journal Of Vacuum Science and Technology, 1996-1998 Co-Editor In Chief - MRS Internet Journal of Nitride Semiconductor Research, 1996- 1999

Service to the University

Constitution Committee, 1997 Physics Faculty Search Committee, 1995 and 1999 Graduate Enrollment Task Force, 1997 Faculty Academic Advisory Committee, 1998-1999 Vice-President for Research Search Committee, 1998 Teacher and Advisor of the Year Selection Committee, 2001 Faculty Senate, 1998-2000 Presidential Search Committee, 2003 Assoc. Vice-Pres. for Media Relations Search Committee, 2005

Service to the College

College of Engineering Professorial Excellence Program Selection Committee, 1996 College of Engineering Research Foundation Professor Selection Committee, 1997 College of Engineering Personnel Board, 1998-2000 College of Engineering Curriculum Committee, 2002-2004

Service to the Dept.

MSE Faculty Search Committee Chair, 1996-1997 MSE Computer Committee, 1994-1997 (Chair 1994-1996) Electronic Materials Qualifying Exam Committee, 1996-2004 MSE Department Chair Search Committee, 2002 Graduate Coordinator, 2002-2004 Chair of the MSE Curriculum Committee, 2002-2004

Publications

Over 500 journal publications, over 430 conference papers, 1 co-authored book, 7 edited books, 8 book chapters, 6 patents and over 35 invited presentations.

Graduate Students

3 Appendix III.3.2

MS Theses Supervised: 4 Ph.D. Committees Chaired: 18 (9 graduated)

Courses Taught

Undergraduate: EMA 3010 Introduction to Materials, EMA 4615 Compound Semiconductors Graduate: EMA 6938 Chemistry of Semiconductor Manufacturing, EMA 6412 Synthesis and Characterization of Electronic Materials

Invited Presentations

1. “Carbon Doping of III-V Materials,” Fifth Int. Conf. on MOVPE and Workshop on MOMBE and Related Techniques, Aachen, Germany, June 1990. 2. “Low Temperature Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE,” Mat. Res. Soc. Symp., Boston, MA 1991. 3. “Carbon Doping for High Speed GaAs Electronic Devices,” 19th Int. Symp. On GaAs and Rel. Compounds, Karuizawa, Japan, September 1992. 4. “Growth of III-V Heterostructures by MOMBE,” Nat. Symp of the American Vac. Soc., Chicago, IL, November 1992. 5. “Carbon Doping for Advanced GaAs Devices,” Eng. Found. Conf. On Advanced Heterostructure Transistors, Kona, December 1992. 6. “Carbon Doping in GaAs and Related Compounds,” Gordon Conference, Oxnard, March 1993. 7. “Growth of Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors,” Mat. Res. Soc. Symp., San Francisco, CA, April 1993. 8. “Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors Grown by MOMBE,” 4th Int. Conf. On Chemical Beam Epitaxy and Rel. Growth Techniques, Nara, Japan, July 1993. 9. “Carbon-Doped HBTs Grown by MOMBE,” Japanese Society of Applied Physics, July 1993. 10. “Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” Tokyo Institute of Technology, July 1993. 11. “Effect of Base Dopant and Current Density on HBT Reliability,” EXMATEC ‘94, Parma, Italy, April 1994. 12. “Status and Future of Large Area Growth by MOMBE,” Spring Meeting of the Electrochemical Society, San Francisco, CA, May 1994. 13. “Growth of III-V Nitrides by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” Fall ECS, Electrochem. Soc., Miami Beach, FL, October 1994. 14. “Growth of Novel Materials by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” 31st Annual Symp. of the New Mexico Chapter of the American Vacuum Society, AVS, Albuquerque, NM, April 1995. 15. “Growth of III-V Nitrides by MOMBE,” Taipei International Symposium of Surfaces and Thin Films, Taiwan Academica Simica (Academy of Science)., Taipei, Taiwan, March, 1996. 16. “Growth of III-N Materials by MOMBE,” Fall Meeting of the Electrochemical Society,

4 Appendix III.3.2

Chicago, IL, October 1995. 17. “Synthesis of InTlV Materials,” Spring MRS, San Francisco, CA, April 1995. 18. “III-Nitrides,” International Materials Research Congress, Cancun, 1996. 19. “Is There a Role for CBE in III-Nitrides?”, 6th International Conference on Chemical Beam Epitaxy, Montreaux, August 1997. 20. “Doping of III-Nitrides,” North American Chemical Congress, Cancun, November 1997. 21. “III-Nitrides for Red and IR Applications,” University of Michigan, September 1997. 22. “Er-Doping of III-Nitride Semiconductors,” C.R. Abernathy and J.D. MacKenzie, Workshop of New Concepts on 3-D Optical Devices Using Rate Earths and Other Novel Approaches, Asilomar, CA, April 1998. 23. “Growth of III-Nitrides in UHV,” International Vacuum Congress, Birmingham, United Kingdom, September 1998. 24. “III-Nitrides for IR Applications,” EXMATEC, Cardiff, Wales, 1998. 25. “Status of III-Nitride Growth in UHV,” Sandia National Laboratories, Albuquerque, NM, 1998. 26. “Effect of impurity concentration on 1.54m emission from GaN:Er,” Photonics West, San Jose, Jan. 2000. 27. “Deposition of Dielectrics on GaN,” American Chemical Society, San Francisco, March 2000. 28. “Rare Earth Doping of GaN,” European Materials Research Society, Strausbourg, May 2000. th 29. “Growth and Characterization of MgO and Sc2O3 Gate Dielectrics on GaN”, 9 International Workshop on Oxide Electronics, St. Petersbury, FL, October 2002. 30. “Charge and Spin Functionality in Wide Bandgap Semiconducting Oxides and Nitrides”, SPIE – The International Society for Optical Engineering, San Jose, CA, January 2003. 31. “Effects and Composition of Layer Thickness on the Magnetic and Structural Characteristics of GaMnN”, 203rd Meeting of The Electrochemical Society, Paris, France, May 2003. 32. “Progress in Novel Oxides for Gate Dielectrics and Surface Passivation of GaN/A1GaN HFETs”, 203rd Meeting of The Electrochemical Society, Paris, France, May 2003. 33. “Ferromagnetism in GaN and SiC Doped with Transitiono Metals”, International Conference on Metallurgical Coatings and Thin Films, San Diego, CA, May 2003. 34. “Materials for Spin Injection into GaN-Based Devices”, 50th AVS International Symposium, Baltimore, MD, October 2003 35. “Widebandgap Materials for Semiconductor Spintronics,” Electrochemical Society Meeting, San Antonio, 2004. 36. “Ferromagnetic Widebandgap Semiconductors,” ICMCTF, San Diego, California, 2004. 37. “Prospects for GaN-based Spintronic Devices,” American Physical Society, March, 2005.

Conference Papers

1. “Pb1-X dXS Films for Solar Cells,” J. Mooney, A. Sher, S.B. Radding and C.R. Abernathy, Proc. of the Seventeenth IEEE Photovoltaic Specialists Conference, 1984. 2. “Kinetic Effects in Film Formation of CuInSe2 Prepared by Chemical Spray Pryolysis,”

5 Appendix III.3.2

C.R. Abernathy, C.W. Bates, Jr., A. Anani, B. Haba, Thin Solid Films, 115, L41 (1984). 3. “Pb1-X dXS Films for Solar Cells,” J. Mooney, A. Sher, S.B. Radding and C.R. Abernathy, Proc. of the Seventeenth IEEE Photovoltaic Specialists Conference, pp. 16-21 (1984). 4. “Novel GaAs/AlGaAs HBT Grown by MOMBE with Carbon Doped Base Layer,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, T.R. Fullowan, J. Lothian, Y.K. Chen and A.S. Jordan, Proc. of the Symp. of the Electrochem. Soc. 1990. 5. “Ultra-high Doping of GaAs by Carbon During MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Caruso, F. Ren and J. Kovalchick, Proc. Of the 2nd Int. Conf. on Solid State and Integrated Circuit Tech., International Academic Publishing, 1990, p. 743. 6. “The Confinement and Stability of Carbon Doping in GaAs-based HBTs,” C.R. Abernathy, Proc. of the 19th Int. Symp. on GaAs and Rel. Cmpds, Karuizawa, 1992. 7. “Correlation of Material Parameters with Improved Uniformity of Annealed or In- Alloyed GaAs Substrates,” C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, K.D. Cummings, P. Dobrilla, M.L. Gray, A.S. Jordan and S.J. Pearton, Electrochemical Society Fall Meeting, Boston, May 1986. 8. “Wafer Mapping of Material and Device Properties in Variously Prepared GaAs Substrates,” A.S. Jordan, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, S.J. Pearton and H. Temkin, Intl. Symp. on Defect Recognition and Image Processing in III-V Compounds, Monterey, CA, April 1987, Mat. Sci. Monographs 44, 35 (1987). 9. “Direct Growth of GaAs-on-Si by MOCVD Limitations and Future Directions,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, K.T. Short, M. Stavola and S.M. Vernon, Electrochemical Society Fall Meeting, Hawaii, Oct. 1987, Proc. 10th Intl. Conf. on CVD 1987 87-8, 776 (1987). 10. “Effects of Crystalline Disorder in MOCVD GaAs-on-Si,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Caruso. K.T. Stavola, J.M. Brown, D.L. Malm, S.M, Vernon and W.S. Hobson, 1987 Electronic Materials Conf., Boulder, CO, June 1987. 11. “Effects of Deposition Thickness on the Properties of GaAs-on-Si,” A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso and S.M. Vernon, 13th Intl. Symp. on GaAs and Related Compounds, Capsis, Greece, Sept. 1987, IOP Conf. Ser. 91, 489 (1988). 12. “Growth and Characterization of Low Defect GaAs by Vertical Gradient Freese,” C.R. Abernathy, A.P. Kinsella, A.S. Jordan, R. Caruso, S.J. Pearton, H. Temkin and H.H. Wade, 7th Intl. Conf. on Crystal Growth, Monterey, CA 1987, J. Cryst. Growth 88, 106 (1987). 13. “High-Quality Films of GaAs on Si on Insulator grown by MOCVD,” S.M. Vernon, V. Haven, S. Bunker, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, K.T. Short, S.N.G. Chu, J.H. Brown and S.J. Pearton, 1987 Electronic Matls. Conf., Boulder, CO, June 1987. 14. “Growth and Characterization of GaAs Based Superlattices on Si by MOCVD,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso and K.T. Short, 1988 Spring MRS Meeting, Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 115, 147 (1988). 15. “RTA of InAs, GaSb and GaP,” S.J. Pearton, A.R. Von Neida, J.M. Brown, K.T. Short, C.R. Abernathy, L.J. Oster and U.K. Chakrabarti, Atlanta, GA Meeting of ECS, May 1988. 16. “Characterization of GaAs-AlGaAs Heterostructures Grown on Si by MOCVD,” S.J.

6 Appendix III.3.2

Pearton, K.S. Jones, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, S.N.G. Chu and S.M. Vernon, 1988 May ECS Meeting, Atlanta, GA. 17. “Annealing of Heteroepitaxial Material,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, M.B. Panish and S.N.G. Chu, 1988 May ECS Meeting, Atlanta, GA. 18. “Implant Isolation of InP and InGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, M.B. Panish, R.A. Hamm and L.M. Lunardi, GaAs and Related Compounds, Atlanta, GA, Sept. 1988, IOP Conf. Ser., 96, 359 (1989). 19. “Implant Isolation Mechanisms in GaAs, AlGaAs, InP and InGaAs,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and A.E. Von Neida, 1988 Fall MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 144, 433 (1989). 20. “Formation of Buried Insulation Layers in GaAs-AlGaAs Heterostructures,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and A.E. Von Neida, 1989 Spring MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 148, 397 (1989). 21. “Ion Implantation Processing of GaAs and Related Compounds,” S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and C.R. Abernathy, 1989 Spring MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 147, 261 (1989). 22. “Carbon Implantation in GaAs, AlGaAs and InP,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, U.K. Chakrabarti. and W.S. Hobson, 1989 Spring MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 110 (1990). 23. “Implant Isolation of III-V Semiconductors,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and W.S. Hobson, 1989 Spring MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 35 (1990). 24. “Acceptor Delta-Doping in GaAs,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 1989 Fall MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 163, 855 (1990). 25. “Sn-H Complexes in GaAs,” D.M. Kozuch, M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lopata, 1989 Fall MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 163, 477 (1990). 26. “Structure and Dynamics of H Acceptor Complexes in Si and GaAs,” M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lopata, 1989 APS Meeting, St. Louis; Bull. Am. Phys. Soc., 34, 415 (1989). 27. “Acceptor Delta-Doping for Schottky Barrier Enhancement on n-Type GaAs,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, A. Katz, W.S. Hobson, S.N.G. Chu and J. Kovalchick, 1990 Spring MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 181, 491 (1990.) 28. “GaAs-AlGaAs HBTs with C-Doped Base Layer Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, T.R. Fullowan, J. Lothian and A.S. Jordan, SOTAPOCS XII, 1990 Spring ECS Meeting, Montreal, May 9, 1990, VR. 90-15, 185 (1990) 29. “Trimethylamine Alane: A New Robust Precursor for the MOMBE Growth of AlGaAs,” C.R. Abernathy, A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr., Proc. 17th GaAs and Rel. Comp. Symp. IOP Cont. Ser 42, 149 (1990). 30. “The Feasibility of Using TMAl Alane as an Al Precursor for MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, F. Baiocchi, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr, Intl. Crys. Growth Meeting, Denver, July 1990, J. Cryst. Growth, 109, 31 (1991). 31. “Carbon Doping of III-V Compounds Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, Houston, Dec. 1989: J. Cryst. Growth, 105, 375 (1990). 32. “Novel C-Doped p-Channel GaAs MESFET Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R.

7 Appendix III.3.2

Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1991 Spring ECS Meeting, Toronto, Canada, May 1991. 33. “Incorporation and Behavior of O in AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE Using TMAA1,” C.R. Abernathy, J. Song, W.S., Hobson, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr, 1990 Fall MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 204, 183 (1991). 34. “AlGaAs Growth by OMVPE using TMAA1,” W.S. Hobson, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and T.D. Harris, 1990 Fall MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 204, 189 (1991). 35. “Passivation of Carbon Acceptors in GaAs by Hydrogen,” D.M. Kozuch, M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lopata and W.S. Hobson, 1991 APS Meeting; Bull. Am. Phys. Soc., 36, 994 (1991). 36. “The Search for All-Hydride MOMBE: Examination of TMAAl, TMAGa and Arsine,” D.A. Bohling, G.J. Muhr, C.R. Abernathy, A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton and W.S. Hobson, J. Cryst. Growth, 107, 1068 (1991). 37. “Passivation of Shallow Acceptors in Si and GaAs by Annealing in H2,” I. Veloarisoa, D. Kozuch, M. Stavola, R. Peale, G. Watkins, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, J. Cryst. Growth, 107, 111 (1991). 38. “Unintentional Hydrogenation of III-V Semiconductors Device Processing,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, J. Lopata, D. Kozuch and M. Stavola, J. Cryst. Growth, 107, 617 (1991). 39. “Effects of Low Temperature Growth on Impurity and Defect Incorporation in AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and D. Bohling, J. Cryst. Growth, 107, 1057 (1991). 40. “Characterization of GaAs/AlGaAs Heterostructures Grown by OMVPE Using TMAAl as a New Al Source,” W.S. Hobson, S. McAfee, K. Jones, N. Paroskevopoulous, C.R. Abernathy, S. Sputz, T. Harris, M. Lamont-Schnoes and S.J. Pearton, J. Cryst. Growth, 107,1062 (1991). 41. “Anomalous Damage Depths in Low Energy Ion Beam Processed III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, R. Kopf, W. Hobson, C.R. Abernathy, A. Katz, U. Chakrabarti. and V. Swaminathan, J. Cryst. Growth, 107, 1439 (1991). 42. “Role of the Diffusivity of Be and C in the Performance of GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, C. Abernathy, R. Kopf, A. Amerson, S. Downey and S.J. Pearton, J. Cryst. Growth, 107, 1557 (1991). 43. “Passivation of C Acceptors in GaAs by Hydrogen,” D. Kozuch, M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lopata and W.S. Hobson, APS March Meeting, Detroit, March 1991; Bull. Am. Phys. Soc., 36, 994 (1991). 44. “Novel C-Doped, p-Channel GaAs MESFET Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 18th Intl. Symp. GaAs and Related Comp., Seattle, Sept. 1991; IOP Conf. Ser., 121, 137 (1991). 45. “Characteristics of Dry Etch GaAs p-n Junctions Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan and J. Lothain, 18th Intl. Symp. GaAs and Related Comp., Seattle, Sept. 1991; IOP Conf. Ser., 121, 191 (1991). 46. “Incorporation of H into III-V Semiconductors During Growth and Processing,” S.J. Pearton, C. Abernathy, W. Hobson, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lopata. and U. Chakrabarti,

8 Appendix III.3.2

18th Intl. Symp. GaAs and Related Comp., Seattle, Sept. 1991; IOP Conf. Ser., 120, 195 (1991). 47. “UV-Ozone Removal of Interfacial C from GaAs Prior to MOMBE,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Abernathy, W. Hobson and H. Luftman, Electrochem. Soc., Phoenix, Oct. 1991, Proc. 2nd. Intl. Symp. on Cleaning Technology in Semiconductor Device Manufacturing, 92-12, 477 (1992). 48. “Growth of GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, T. Fullowan, K. Montgomery, P. Wisk, J. Lothian, P. Smith and R. Nottenburg, Intl. CBE Conf., Oxford, Sept. 1991; J. Cryst. Growth, 120, 234 (1992). 49. “III-V Semiconductor Dry Etching Using ECR Discharges,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, C. Abernathy, A. Katz and R .Kopf, SOTAPOCS XV, Electrochemical Society Meeting, Phoenix, Oct. 1991; vol. 92-19, 54 (1992). 50. “Hydrogen Passivation of C-Acceptors in GaAs and Grown from Metalorganic Sources,” M. Stavola, D. Kozuch, S.J. Pearton, C. Abernathy and W. Hobson, Workshop on Hydrogen Migration in Semiconductors, Hobsen, Germany, Nov. 1991. 51. “Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE Using Phenylarsine,” C. Abernathy, P. Wisk, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, D. Bohling and G. Muhr, 1991 Fall MRS and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 240, 57 (1992). 52. “Comparison of Disilane and Tetraethyltin as Gaseous Dopants for Growth of n-GaAs and n-AlGaAs by MOMBE,” P. Wisk, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan and J. Lothian, 1991 Fall MRS and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 240, 63 (1992). 53. "Dry Etch Damage in GaAs p-n Junctions," S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Abernathy, T. Fullowan and J. Lothian, 1991 Fall MRS and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 240, 301 (1992). 54. “Radiation Testing of AlInAs/InGaAs and GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” S. Witmer, S. Mittleman, D. Lehy, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, R. Kopf, C. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, D.A., Humphrey, K. Montgomery, P. Smith, J. Kreskovsky and H. Grubin, 1991 Fall MRS and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 240, 523 (1992). 55. “Properties of Pt/Ti Contacts to III-V Materials,” A. Katz, S. Nakahara, S. Chu, B. Weir, C. Abernathy, W., Hobson, S.J. Pearton and W. Savin, Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 216, 305 (1991). 56. “Ion Implantation Technology for III-V Heterojunction Devices,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, S. Chu, T. Fullowan, et. al., 14th Ion Implantation Technology Conf., Gainesville, FL, Sept. 1992, pp. 421-425. 57. “Applications of Ion Implantation in III-V Device Technology,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren., S. Chu, W. Hobson, C. Abernathy, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, R. Elliman, D. Jacobson and J.M. Poate, 12th Intl. Conf. Applications of Accelerators in Research and Industry, Denton, TX, Nov. 1992, Nucl. Instr. Meth. B79, 648 (1992). 58. “GaAs(C)/InAs Superlattices Grown by MOMBE,” C. Abernathy, P. Wisk, S.J. Pearton, W. Hobson, P. Fuoss, F. Lauclas, S. Chu and F. Ren, Proc. 4th Intl. Conf. InP and Related Materials, April 1992, Rhode Island, pp. 281-285. 59. “Use of Selective Area Defect Creation for Isolation of III-V Multilayer Structures,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, A. Katz, W. Hobson, C. Abernathy, J. Lothian, R. Elliman and J.S. Williams, 1992 Spring MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 262, 763

9 Appendix III.3.2

(1991). 60. “Comparison of Current-Induced Migration of Be and C in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, C.R. Abernathy, R. Kopf, S. Downey and S.J. Pearton, 1992 Spring MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 262, 797 (1992). 61. “HI/H2 ECR Plasma Etching of III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, A. Katz, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, C.R. Abernathy and W. Hobson, 1992 Spring MRS Meeting and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 268, 17 (1992). 62. “Novel Dry Etch Chemistries for InP and Related Compounds,” S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, A. Katz, W. Hobson, C. Abernathy, F. Ren, and T. Fullowan, 4th Intl. Conf. InP and Related Materials, Rhode Island, April 1992; pp. 420-426. 63. “Hydrogen Passivation of C Acceptors in GaAs,” M. Stavola, D. Kozuch, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, ibid., Bull. Am. Phys. Soc., 37, 195 (1992). 64. “Damage Introduction in GaASs/AlGaAs in InGaAs/InP HBT Structures During ECR Plasma Processing,” F. Ren, T. Fullowan, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, R. Esagui, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, 1992 AVS Meeting, Chicago, Nov. 1992, J. Vac. Sci. Technol., A 11, 1768 (1993). 65. “Wet and Dry Etching Characteristics of AIN, GaN and InN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, A. Katz and P. Wisk, 1992 AVS Meeting, Chicago, Nov. 1992, J. Vac. Sci. Technol, A 11, 1772 (1993). 66. “Compound Semiconductor Circuits and Devices for Future Lightwave Telecommunications Systems," R. Montgomery, C.R. Abernathy, A. Cho, R. Esagui, A. Feygenson, T. Fullowan, R. Hamm, M. Haner, D. Humphrey, B. Jalali, J. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, D. Sivco, P. Smith and R. Yadvish, Telefonica Conf., Barcelona, Spain, Nov. 1992. 67. “Reliability of Implant-Isolation Regions in High-Doped GaAs-Based Structures,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, T. Fullowan, C.R. Abernathy and S. Chu, Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 300, 273 (1993). 68. “High Efficiency Common Emitter InGaP/GaAs Power HBTs,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, T. Fullowan, Y. Chen, L. Henning, T. Henry, L. Yang, S. Fu, R. Brozovich and J.J. Lin, GaAs Man. Tech. Conf., Atlanta, May 1993. 69. “Deposition of TiN by ECR-MOMBE,” P. Wisk, C. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, A. Katz and D. Bohling,, 1993 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1993 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. 300, 288 (1993). 70. “Effect of Substrate Temperature on Dry Etching of InP, GaAs and AlGaAs in I2 and Br2 Plasmas,” U. Chakrabarti, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 40th National AVS Symp., Orlando, FL, October 1993. 71. “Growth of GaN AlN and InN by ECR-MOMBE,” P. Wisk, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, J. Lothian, A. Katz A. and K. Jones, 1992 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, Dec. 1992 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 282, 599 (1993). 72. “InGaP/GaAs Based Single and Double HBTs Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P. Wisk and R. Esagui, 1992 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, Dec. 1992 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 282, 33 (1993). 73. “Iodine-Based Dry Etching Chemistries for InP and Related Compounds,” S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, A. Katz, C.R. Abernathy, W. Hobson, F. Ren and T. Fullowan, 1992 Fall

10 Appendix III.3.2

MRS Meeting, Boston, Dec. 1992 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 282, 123 (1993). 74. “Dry Surface Cleaning of Plasma-Etched HEMTs,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, A. Katz, U. Chakrabarti, E. Lane, W. Hobson, R. Kopf, C.R. Abernathy, C.S. Wu, D.A. Bohling and J. Ivankovits, 1992 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, Dec. 1992 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 282, 131 (1993). 75. “Another Step in Developing a Single Wafer Integrated Process-RTMOOCVD of Locally Diffused W(Zn) Contacts,” A. Katz, A. Feingold, N. Moriya, S.J. Pearton, A. Rusby, J. Kovalchick, C.R. Abernathy, M. Geva and E. Lane, 1992 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, Dec. 1992 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 282, 217 (1993). 76. “Highly Reliable WGe Ohmic Contact to GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” T. Fullowan, F. Ren, B. Tseng, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, L. Harriott and E. Lane, 1992 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, Dec. 1992 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 282, 239 (1993). 77. “Trilayer Liftoff Metallization Process Using Low Temperature SiNx,” J. Lothian, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, C.R. Abernathy and A. Katz, 1992 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, Dec. 1992 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 282, 259 (1993). 6 78. “Reduction of Sidewall Roughness During Dry Etching of SiO2,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, 1992 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, Dec. 1992 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 282, 529 (1993). 79. “Low Temperature SiNx as a Sacrificial Layer in Novel Device Fabrication,” J. Lothian, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, 1993 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1993 and Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., 300, 327 (1993). 80. “Strongly Polarized C-H Vibrations in GaAs:C Epilayers Grown by MOMBE,” Y. Cheng, M. Stavola, D. Kozuch, S. Uffring, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1993 APS March Meeting, Seattle; Bull. Am. Phys. Soc., 38, 377 (1993). 81. “High Microwave Power Performance of Self-Aligned InGaP/GaAs HBTs,” L. Yang, S. Fu, B. Clark, R. Brozovich, H. Lin, S. Lui, P.C. Chao, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, T.R. Fullowan, T. Chui and S.S. Pei,14th Biennial Conf. Ad. Concepts in High Speed Semiconductor Devices & Circuits, Cornell, Aug. 1993. 82. “Fabrication of Y-Gate, Submicron Gate Length GaAs MESFETs,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian and C.R. Abernathy, 37th Intl. Symp. on Electron, Ion and Photon Beams, San Diego, June 1993; J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B. 83. “Ion Beam Processing of InGaAsP,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, P. Wisk and F. Ren, 1993 Fall MRS Symp. Boston, MA; Proc. MRS 316, 319 (1994). 84. “Optical Emission End Point Detection for Via Hole Etching in InP and GaAs Power Device Structures,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and C. Constantine, 1993 Fall MRS Symp. Boston, MA.; Proc. MRS 324, 178 (1994). 85. “Effects of Ion Irradiation and Hydrogenation on the Doping of InGaAlN Alloys,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, 1993 Fall MRS Symp. Boston, MA; Proc. MRS 325, 258 (1994). 86. “Oriented C Pair Defects Stabilized by H in As-grown GaAs,” Y. Chen, M. Stavola, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1993 Fall MRS Symp. Boston, MA; Proc. MRS 325, 317 (1994). 87. “New Dry Etch Chemistries for III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, A. Katz, W.S. Hobson and C. Constantine, 1993 Fall MRS Symp.

11 Appendix III.3.2

Boston, MA; Proc. MRS 334, 260 (1994). 88. “Structural Characterization of GaN Grown by ECR-MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S. Bharatan, K.S. Jones, S.J. Pearton and P. Wisk, 40th National AVS Symp. Orlando, FL, Nov. (1993).

89. “A Comparison of Intrinsic and Extrinsic C-doping Sources for Doping of III-V Compounds During Growth by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton and P. Wisk, 40th National AVS Symp. Orlando, FL, Nov. (1993). 90. “Non-alloyed Ohmic Contracts on n-type InP with Nitridation of Patterned InP Surface,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, J.R. Lothian, W. Chu, C.R. Abernathy, S.N.G. Chu and S.S. Pei, 185th Meeting of the Electrochemical Society, San Francisco, CA, May 1994. 91. “Ion Milling and Reactive Ion Etching of III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and J.R. Lothian, 1994 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1994; Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. 339, 179 (1994). 92. “Effects of Wet and Dry Etching and Sulfide Passivation on Surface Recombination Velocities of InGaP p-n Junctions,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, C.R. Abernathy and U.K. Chakrabarti, Proc. 6th Int. Conf. InP and Rel. Mat., pp. 186-189 (1994). 93. “Selective Area Processing of InGaAsP,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Proc. 6th Int. Conf. InP and Rel. Mat., pp. 194-197 (1994). 94. “GaN Microstructures Formed by High Resolution CH4/H2 Dry Etching,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and J.R. Lothian, 1994 Fall ECS Meeting, Miami Beach, FL, Oct. 1994. 95. “Diffusion of Implanted Dopants and Isolation Species in III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, 1994 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Nov. 1994. 96. “Process Chemistries for Low Temperature ECR Plasma Etching of III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, 1994 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Nov. 1994. 97. “Outdiffusion of Deuterium From GaN, AlN and InN,” R.G. Wilson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J.M. Zavada, 41st Nat. Symp. of the AVS, Denver, CO, Oct. 1994. 98. “High Density, Low Temperature Dry Etching in GaAs and InP Device Technology,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, 41st Nat. Symp. Of the AVS, Denver, CO, Oct. 1994. 99. “Nanoscale Structures in III-V Semiconductors Using Sidewall Masking and High Ion Density Dry Etching,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lothian, 41st Nat. Symp. Of the AVS, Denver, CO, Oct. 1994. 100. “Thermal Stability of Implanted Dopants and Passivation Species in III-V Nitrides,” R.G. Wilson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. M. Zavada, Proc. 2nd Int. High Temp. Electronics Conf., Charlotte, NC, June 1994. 101. “Hydrogen Diffusion and Passivation in InGaAlN Alloys,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. D. MacKenzie, C.B. Vartuli, R.G. Wilson, J.M. Zavada and R.J. Shul, 1995 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1995; Proc. Mat. Res. Soc. Symp., 378, 497 (1995). 102. “High Resistivity InAlN by N or O Implantation,” J.C. Zolper, S.J. Pearton, C.R.

12 Appendix III.3.2

Abernathy and C.B. Vartuli, 1995 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1995; Proc. Mat. Res. Soc. Symp., 378, 485 (1995). 103. “High Rate Dry Etching of GaN, AlN and InP in ECR Cl2/CH4/H2/Ar Plasmas,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul and A.J. Howard, 1995 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1995; Proc. Mat. Res. Soc. Symp., 380, 208 (1995). 104. “Doping of Group III-Nitrides Grown by MOMBE,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1995 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, California, April 1995. 105. “Development of Wet Chemical Etch Solutions for III-V Nitrides,” J.R. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1995 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1995. 106. “Investigation of Wet Chemical Etching of InGaAlP Alloys,” J.W. Lee, C.J. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, J.R. Coblisan and C.S. Wu, 188th ECS Meeting, Chicago, IL, October 1995; Proc. Wide Gap Semicond. Symp., 95-21, 316 (1995). 107. “Status of Ion Implantation Doping and Isolation of III-V Nitrides,” J.S. Zolper, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, C. Yuan and R.A. Stall, 188th ECS Meeting, Chicago, IL, October 1995; Proc. Wide Gap Semicond. Symp., 95-21, 144 (1995). 108. “Magnetron RIE of III-V Nitride Semiconductors,” G.F. McLane, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 188th ECS Meeting, Chicago, IL, October 1995; Proc. Wide Gap Semicond. Symp., 95-21, 204 (1995). 109. “ECR Etching of Group III-V Nitride Binary and Ternary Films,” R.J. Shul, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli and P.A. Barnes, 188th ECS Meeting, Chicago, IL, October 1995; Proc. Wide Gap Semicond. Symp., 95-21, 217 (1995). 110. “High Density Plasma Etching of III-V Nitrides,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul, A.J. Howard and J. Parmeter, 42nd AVS National Symp., Minneapolis, MN, October, 1995. 111. “Unintentional Hydrogenation of GaN and Related Alloys During Processing,” S.J. Pearton, C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R.G. Wilson, F. Ren, R.J. Shul and J. M. Zavada, 42nd AVS National Symp., Minneapolis, MN, October, 1995. 112. “Patterning of GaN, AlN and InN in KOH-based Solutions,” J.R. Mileham, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R.J. Shul and S.P. Kilcoyne, 42nd AVS National Symp., Minneapolis, MN, October, 1995. 113. “Magnetron RIE of InGaN and InAlN Alloy Semiconductors,” G.F. McLane, T. Monahan, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 42nd AVS National Symp., Minneapolis, MN, October, 1995. 114. “The Effect of H on the Stability of AlGaAs/GaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Coblisan, P. Wisk and T. Fullowan, 1994 US Conf. on Man. Techn., Las Vegas, NV, May 1994. 115. “Novel Properties of H-containing Complexes Revealed by their Hydrogen Vibrations,” M. Stavola, Y. Cheng, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 18th Intl. Conf. on Defects in Semicond., Sendai, Japan, July 1995. 116. “Fabrication of Novel III-N and III-V Modulator Structures by ECR Plasma Etching,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.R. Mileham, R.J. Shul, S. Kilcoyne, F. Ren and J.M. Zavada, 1995 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, November 1995. 117. “Thermal Stability of Ohmic Contacts to n-InGaN,” A. Durbha, S.J. Pearton, C.R.

13 Appendix III.3.2

Abernathy, J.W. Lee, P. Holloway and F. Ren, 1995 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, November 1995. 118. “Role of C, O and H in III-V Nitrides,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, C. Vartuli, R.G. Wilson, R.J. Shul, J.C. Zolper and J.M. Zavada, 1995 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, November 1995. 119. “Ion Implantation Doping and High Temperature Annealing of GaN,” J.C. Zolper, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, R. Stall and R.G. Wilson, 1995 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, November 1995. 120. “Plasma Chemistry Dependent ECR Etching of GaN,” R.J. Shul, C. Ashby, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, P. Barnes and P. Davis, 1995 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, November 1995. 121. “Microdisc Laser Structures Formed in III-V Nitride Epilayers,” J.M. Zavada, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul, R.G. Wilson and D. Zhang, Topical Workshop on III-V Nitrides, Nagoya, Japan, September 1995; IOP Conf. Ser. 142, 1023 (1996). 122. “Doping and Isolation of GaN, InGaN and InAlN using Ion Implantation,” S.J. Pearton, C. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, J.C. Zolper and R. Stall, Intl. Conf. on SiC and Related Materials, Kyoto, Japan, September 1995. 123. “Carbon Implantation in AlGaAs,” S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 1995 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, November 1995. 124. “Novel Compound Semiconductor Devices Based on III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, 1995 Semicond. Dev. Research Conf., Charlottesville, VA, December 1995. 125. “III-V Nitride Processing and Devices,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, 1995 IEEE Int. Caracas Cong. On Devices, Circuits and Systems, Caracas, December, 1995. 126. “Growth and Doping of AlAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P. Wisk and F. Ren, 1994 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA; Proc. MRS 339, 208 (1994). 127. “Thermal Stability of TiPtAn Ohmic Contacts on InN,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and P. Wisk, 1994 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA; Proc. MRS 331, 208 (1994). 128. “Light Generation and Waveguiding in Er-doped GaN Epilayers,” J.M. Zavada, D. Zhang, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.G. Wilson and R.N. Schwartz, 1994 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Nov. 1994. 129. “MOMBE Growth of GaP-based Materials on Si-Surface Preparation and Nucleation,” C.J. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, K.S. Jones and S.J. Pearton, 1994 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Nov. 1994. 130. “Process Chemistries for Low Temperature ECR Etching of III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, 1994 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Nov. 1994. 131. “Diffusion of Implanted Dopants and Isolation Species in III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, 1994 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Nov. 1994. 132. “AlN Grown by MOMBE using ECR N2 Plasma,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, S. Bharatan, K.S. Jones and R.G. Wilson, 1994 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Nov. 1994.

14 Appendix III.3.2

133. “Characterization of Degradation Mechanisms in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” M. Frei, C.. Abernathy, T. Chui, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, R. Montgomery, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, P. Smith, J. Weiner and P. Wisk, 1994 DRC Conf., Santa Barbara, CA, July 1994. 134. “Ion Implantation Isolation of In-containing III-V Nitrides,” J.C. Zolper, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and C.B. Vartuli, 31st Ann. Symp. Of New Mexico Chapter of AVS, Albuquerque, NM, April 1995. 135. “1.54µm PL from Er-implanted AlN and GaN,” R.G. Wilson, R. N. Schwartz, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, N. Newman and J.M. Zavada, Proc. NATO Ad. Workshop on Wide Bandgap Electron. Matl., Minsk, Belarus, May 1994. 136. “High Rate ECR Etching of III-V Nitride Materials,” R.J. Shul, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C. Vartuli, P. Barnes and M. Bozack, 188th ECS Meeting, Reno, NV, May 1995. 137. “High Microwave Power ECR Etching of III-V Semiconductor in CH4/H2/Ar,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, E. Lambers, J. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, F. Ren and R.J. Shul, ECS Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, May 1995. 138. “Ohmic Contacts on Binary and Ternary III-Nitrides,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and M.W. Cole, ECS Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, May 1995. 139. “ECR, ICP and RIE Plasma Etching of GaN,” R.J. Shul, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C. Constantine, C. Bauaff, R. Karlicek and C. Tran, ECS Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, May 1995. 140. “III-Nitride Ion Implantation and Device Processing,” J.C. Zolper, R.J. Shul, A.G. Baca, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson, R.A. Stall and M.S. Shur, ECS Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, May 1995. 141. “Er-doping of GaN and Related Alloys,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J.M. Zavada, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 142. “Damage Introduction in InGaP by ECR Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 143. “W4WSix and Ti/Al Low Resistance Ohmic Contacts to InAlN and InN,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R. Shul and J.C. Zolper, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 144. “Transport Properties of GaN, InGaN and InN,” W. Geerts, J. MacKenzie, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and T. Schmeidel, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 145. “Cl2-based ECR Etching of InGaP, AlInP and AlGaP,” J. Hong, J. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C. Santana, C.R. Abernathy and R. Ren, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 146. “Dry Etching of InGaP and AlInP in CH2/H2/Ar,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.J. Santana, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, W. Hobson and F. Ren, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 147. “Properties of H, O and C in GaN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.W. Lee, C.B. Vartuli, J. MacKenzie, F. Ren, J. Zavada and R.J. Shul, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 148. “Characterization of Er-doped Nitrides Prepared by MOMBE,” J.M. Zavada, R.G.

15 Appendix III.3.2

Wilson, R.N. Schwartz, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 149. “High Temperature Surface Degradation of InAlN and InGaN,” C.B. Vartuli, SA.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.C. Zolper and A.J. Howard, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 150. “Dry Etch Damage in InN, InGaN and InAlN,” S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996. 151. “Comparison of ICl and IBr Plasma Etching of InGaAlP Alloys,” J. Hong, J. Lee, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine and W.S. Hobson, ECS Meeting, San Antonio, TX, October 1996. 152. “Etching Processes for Fabrication of GaN/InGaN/AlN Microdisk Laser Structures,” J.W. Lee, C.B. Vartuli, J.D. MacKenzie, J.R. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, J.C. Zolper, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, 40th EIPBN Conf., Atlanta, GA, May 1995. 153. “High Temperature Stable W and WSix Ohmic Contacts on GaN and InGaN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, A. Durbha, S. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, J.W. Lee, F. Ren, J.C. Zolper and M.W. Cole, 3rd Int. High Temp. Elect. Conf., Albuquerque, NM, June 1996. 154. “C Doping of III-V Semiconductors by Ion Implantation,” S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 7th Int. Symp. Shallow Levels in Semicond, Amsterdam, July 1996. 155. “Growth-induced alignment and assignment of the Vibrational Modes of C in AlGaAs,” J. Zheng, M. Stavola, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, March Meeting of APS, St. Louis, MO: Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 41, 340 (1996). 156. “Growth-Induced Alignment of the First Neighbor Shell of Carbon in AlxGa1-xAs,” M. Stavola, J.F. Zheng, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 157. “Chemical Etching of AlN and InAlN in KOH Solutions,” C.B. Vartuli, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.C. Zolper, R.J. Shul and F. Ren, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 158. “Plasma Etching of III-Nitrides in ICl/Ar and IBr/Ar Plasmas,” C.B. Vartuli, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 159. “Patterning of LiGaO2 and LiAlO2 by Wet and Dry Etching,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson, B.L. Chai, F. Ren and J.M. Zavada, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 160. “Chlorine-Based Plasma Etching of GaN,” R.J. Shul, R.D. Briggs, S.J. Pearton, C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.W. Lee, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 161. “Photoluminescence Reflectance and Magnetospectroscopy of Shallow Excitons in GaN,” B.J. Skaromme, H. Zhao, B. Goldenberg, J. Kong, M. Leonard, G.E. Bulman, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 162. “Time-Resolved Photoluminescence Excitation Spectroscopy of Er Doped AlN Epilayer Prepared by MOMBE,” U. Hommerich, X. We, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J.

16 Appendix III.3.2

Pearton, R.N. Schwartz, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 163. “Optimization of InN Growth by MOMBE for Improved III-N Contact Performance,” S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, M.W. Cole and K. Jones, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 164. “Growth of InAlN and InGaN by MOMBE for Device Applications,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.M. Donovan, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, 1996 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1996. 165. “RTP of III-Nitrides,” J. Hong, C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, S.J. Pearton and J.C. Zolper, 43rd Nat. Symp. AVS, Philadelphia, October 1996. 166. “Low Energy Electron-Enhanced Etching of III-N Semiconductors in a H2/Cl2 dc Plasma,” H.P. Gillis, D. Choutov, K. Martin, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 43rd Nat. Symp. AVS, Philadelphia, October 1996. 167. “Comparison of Ohmic Metallization Schemes for InGaAlN,” F. Ren, C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R.J. Shul, J.C. Zolper and M.L. Lovejoy, 43rd Nat. Symp. AVS, Philadelphia, October 1996. 168. “Dry Etching of InGaP in Magnetron Enhanced BCl3 Plasmas,” G.F. McLane, M. Wood, D. Eckart, J.W. Lee, K.N. Lee, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 43rd Nat. Symp. AVS, Philadelphia, October 1996. 169. “High Density Plasma Etching of Compound Semiconductors,” R.J. Shul, G.B. McClellan, D.J. Rieger, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and C. Constantine, 43rd Nat. Symp. AVS, Philadelphia, October 1996. 170. “Plasma Etching of III-Nitrides in ICl and IBr,” C.B. Vartuli, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and R.J. Shul, 43rd Nat. Symp. AVS, Philadelphia, October 1996. 171. “ZnO as a Substrate for GaN,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P. Holloway and B.H. Chai, 43rd Nat. Symp. AVS, Philadelphia, October 1996. 172. “Damage Investigation in AlGaAs and InGaP Exposed to High Ion Density Ar and SFl Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, K.N. Lee, R.R. Stradtmann, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and W.S. Hobson, 43rd Nat. Symp. AVS, Philadelphia, October 1996. 173. “Comparison of Dry Etch Damage in GaAs AlGaAs HBTs Exposed to ECR and ICP Ar Plasmas,” J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J. Shul, Surf. Analysis ’97, Albuquerque, NM, May 1997. 174. “Comparison of Dry Etch Damage in GaAs AlGaAs HBTs Exposed to ECR and ICP Ar Plasmas,” J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J. Shul, 1997 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 175. “High Microwave Power ECR Etching of III-V Semiconductors in CH4/H2/Ar,” J. Lee, S.J. Pearton, E. Lambers, J. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, F. Ren and R. Shul, ECS Meeting, Los Angeles, May 1996; ECS Proc. Vol. 96-2, 203 (1996). 176. “Effect of Dry Etching in III-Nitride Surface Properties,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C. Vartuli and R.G. Wilson, 191st ECS Meeting, San Antonio, TX, October 1996; ECS Proc. Vol. 96-15, 289 (1996). 177. “Comparison of High Density Plasmas for the Etching of InGaAlP Alloys.” J. Hong, J. Lee, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and W. Hobson, 1997 Spring MRS

17 Appendix III.3.2

Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 178. “ICP Etch Damage in GaAs and InP Schottky Diodes,” J. L. C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, R.J. Shul and C. Constantine, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997.

179. “C Implantation and Surface Degradation of InGaP,” C. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.C. Zolper and A. Howard, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 180. “Development of GaN and InGaN Gratings by Dry Etching,” J. Lee, J. Hong, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and P. Sciortino, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 181. “Plasma Damage Effects in InAlN FETs,” F. Ren, Y. Chen, J. MacKenzie, S. Donovan, C. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lee, S.J. Pearton and R.G. Wilson, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 182. “Current Transport in W and WSix Ohmic Contacts to InGaN and InN,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. Mackenzie, M. Lovejoy, R. Shul, J. Zolper, A. Baca, K. Jones and F. Ren, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 183. “ICP Dry Etching of III-Nitrides,” C. Vartuli, J. Lee, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, A. Katz, A.Y. Polyakov and M. Shin, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 184. “Er Incorporation and Optical Activity in III-V Nitrides Grown by MOMBE,” J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, U. Hommerich, F. Ren, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 185. “Substrate Effects on Growth of InN,” S. Donovan, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, P. Holloway, F. Ren, J. Zavada and B. Choi, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 186. “RTP of III-Nitrides,” J. Hong, J. lee, C. Vartuli, J. MacKenzie, S. Donovan, R. Crockett, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Zolper and F. Ren, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 187. “Effect of Ion Damage on Electrical and Optical Properties of p-GaAs and InGaP,” K. lee, J. Lee, J. Hong, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, 126th TMS Meeting, Orlando, Florida, February 1997. 188. “The Role of Plasma Chemistry and Ion Density in Dry Etching of Nitrides,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.H. Shul and F. Ren, Proceedings of the 192nd Meeting of Electrochemical Society, Paris, September 1997, pp. 134-137. 189. “Electrical and Optical Properties of C, O and H in III-Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson, J.M. Zavada and J.C. Zolper, Proceedings of 192nd Meeting of Electrochemical Society, Paris, September 1997, pp.146-151. 190. “Growth of Tl-Containing Compounds by GSMBE,” M. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, A. Sher and M. Berding, Proceedings of 192nd Meeting of Electrochemical Society, Paris, September 1997, pp. 165-169. 191. “Synthesis and Characterization of In-Tl-V Alloys,” M. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, M. Berding and A. Sher, Proceedings of InP and Related Materials Conference, Cap Cod,

18 Appendix III.3.2

MA, May 1997, pp. 97-100. 192. “Correlation of Material Parameters with Improved Uniformity of Annealed or In- Alloyed GaAs Substrates,” C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, K.D. Cummings, P. Dobrilla, M.L. Gray, A.S. Jordan and S.J. Pearton, Proceedings of The Electrochemical Society Fall Meeting, Boston, May 1986, pp. 68-71. 193. “Electrical and Structural Properties of 2" Diameter MOCVD Ga-As-on-Si,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Caruso, J.M. Gibson, K.T. Short, M. Stavola, K.D. Cummings, W.S. Hobson and A.E. White, 2nd AT&T Symp. of Epitaxial Growth of Semiconductor Thin Films, Murray Hill, November 1986, 21-27. 194. “MOCVD GaAs Grown by Direct Deposition on Si,” S.M . Vernon, S.J. Pearton, J.M. Gibson, R. Caruso, C.R. Abernathy, K.T. Short, M. Stavola and D.C. Jacobson, 1997 Spring Meeting Materials Research Society Proceedings 91, 187-190 (1987). 195. “Thermal Stability of GaAs-on-Si Growth by MOCVD,” S.J. Pearton, J,M. Gibson, K.T. Short, A.E. White, A. Caruso, C.R. Abernathy, D.C. Jacobson and S.M. Vernon, 1987 March Meeting of the American Physical Society, NY 1987 and Bulletin of American Physics Society 32, 879-883 (1987). 196. “Direct Growth of GaAs-on-Si by MOCVD Limitations and Future Directions,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, K.T. Short, M. Stavola and S.M. Vernon, Electrochemical Society Fall Meeting, Hawaii, Oct. 1987, Proceedings of 10th International Conference on CVD, 87-8, 776-779 (1987). 197. “Effects of Crystalline Disorder in MOCVD GaAs-on-Si,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Caruso. K.T. Stavola, J.M. Brown, D.L. Malm, S.M, Vernon and W.S. Hobson, 1987 Electronic Materials Conference, Boulder, CO, June 1987, pp. 78-84. 198. “High-Quality Films of GaAs on Si on Insulator grown by MOCVD,” S.M. Vernon, V. Haven, S. Bunker, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, K.T. Short, S.N.G. Chu, J.H. Brown and S.J. Pearton, 1987 Electronic Materials Conference, Boulder, CO, June 1987, pp. 96- 101. 199. “Effects of Deposition Thickness on the Properties of GaAs-on-Si,” A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso and S.M. Vernon, 13th International Symposium on GaAs and Related Compounds, Capsis, Greece, September 1987, IOP Conference 91, 489-493 (1988). 200. “Growth and Characterization of GaAs Based Superlattices on Si by MOCVD,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso and K.T. Short, 1988 Spring Materials Research Society Symposium Proceedings 116, 147-153 (1988). 201. “RTA of InAs, GaSb and GaP,” S.J. Pearton, A.R. Von Neida, J.M. Brown, K.T. Short, C.R. Abernathy, L.J. Oster and U.K. Chakrabarti, Atlanta, GA Meeting of Electrochemical Society, May 1988, pp. 88-91. 202. “Characterization of GaAs-AlGaAs Heterostructures Grown on Si by MOCVD,” S.J. Pearton, K.S. Jones, C.R. Abernathy, R. Caruso, S.N.G. Chu and S.M. Vernon, 1988 May Electrochemical Society Meeting, Atlanta, GA, pp. 101-104. 203. “Annealing of Heteroepitaxial Material,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, M.B. Panish and S.N.G. Chu, 1988 May Electrochemical Society Meeting, Atlanta, GA, pp. 196-200. 204. "Ultra-High Doping of GaAs by Carbon During MOMBE," C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Caruso, F. Ren and T. Kovalchick, Proceedings of 2nd International Conference on

19 Appendix III.3.2

Solid State and IC Technology, ed. M. Bangxian, pp. 743-745 (1989). 205. “Implant Isolation of InP and InGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, M.B. Panish, R.A. Hamm and L.M. Lunardi, GaAs and Related Compounds, Atlanta, GA, Sept. 1988, IOP Conference 96, 359-363 (1989). 206. “Implant Isolation Mechanisms in GaAs, AlGaAs, InP and InGaAs,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and A.E. Von Neida, 1988 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 144, 433-439 (1989). 207. “Formation of Buried Insulation Layers in GaAs-AlGaAs Heterostructures,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and A.E. Von Neida, 1989 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 148, 397-402 (1989). 208. “Ion Implantation Processing of GaAs and Related Compounds,” S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and C.R. Abernathy, 1989 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 147, 261-266 (1989). 209. “Structure and Dynamics of H Acceptor Complexes in Si and GaAs,” M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lopata, 1989 APS Meeting, St. Louis; Bulletin of American Physical Society 34, 415-419 (1989). 210. “Novel GaAs/AlGaAs HBT Grown by MOMBE with Carbon Doped Base Layer,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, T.R. Fullowan, J. Lothian, Y.K. Chen and A.S. Jordan, Proceedings of the Symposium of the Electrochemical Society, pp. 126-131 (1990). 211. “Carbon Implantation in GaAs, AlGaAs and InP,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, U.K. Chakrabarti. and W.S. Hobson, Proceedings of the Symposium of the Electrochemical Society , pp. 110-114 (1990). 212. “Implant Isolation of III-V Semiconductors,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and W.S. Hobson, Proceedings of the Symposium of the Electrochemical Society, 35-41 (1990). 213. “Ultra-high Doping of GaAs by Carbon During MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Caruso, F. Ren and J. Kovalchick, Proceedings of 2nd International Conference on Solid State and Integrated Circuit Technology, International Academic Publishing, pp. 743-747(1990). 214. “Acceptor Delta-Doping in GaAs,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 1989 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 163, 855-859 (1990). 215. “Sn-H Complexes in GaAs,” D.M. Kozuch, M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lopata, 1989 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 163, 477-480 (1990). 216. “Acceptor Delta-Doping for Schottky Barrier Enhancement on n-Type GaAs,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, A. Katz, W.S. Hobson, S.N.G. Chu and J. Kovalchick, 1990 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 181, 491-496 (1990.) 217. “GaAs-AlGaAs HBTs with C-Doped Base Layer Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, T.R. Fullowan, J. Lothian and A.S. Jordan, SOTAPOCS XII, 1990 Spring Electro Chemical Society Meeting, Montreal, May 9, 1990, VR. 90-15, 185- 189 (1990). 218. “Trimethylamine Alane: A New Robust Precursor for the MOMBE Growth of AlGaAs,” C.R. Abernathy, A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr., Proceedings of 17th GaAs and Related Compounds Symposium, IOP Conference 42, 149-152 (1990).

20 Appendix III.3.2

219. “Novel C-Doped p-Channel GaAs MESFET Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1991 Spring Electrochemical Society Meeting, Toronto, Canada, May 1991, pp. 137-142. 220. “Incorporation and Behavior of O in AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE Using TMAA1,” C.R. Abernathy, J. Song, W.S., Hobson, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr, 1990 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 204, 183-188 (1991). 221. “AlGaAs Growth by OMVPE using TMAA1,” W.S. Hobson, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and T.D. Harris, 1990 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 204, 189-194 (1991). 222. “Passivation of Carbon Acceptors in GaAs by Hydrogen,” D.M. Kozuch, M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lopata and W.S. Hobson, 1991 APS Meeting; Bulletin of American Physical Society 36, 994-999 (1991). 223. “Passivation of Shallow Acceptors in Si and GaAs by Annealing in H2,” I. Veloarisoa, D. Kozuch, M. Stavola, R. Peale, G. Watkins, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, 1990 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 204, 111-114 (1991). 224. “Unintentional Hydrogenation of III-V Semiconductors Device Processing,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, J. Lopata, D. Kozuch and M. Stavola, 1990 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 204, 617-621 (1991). 225. “Effects of Low Temperature Growth on Impurity and Defect Incorporation in AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and D. Bohling, 1990 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 204, 1057-1061 (1991). 226. “Characterization of GaAs/AlGaAs Heterostructures Grown by OMVPE Using TMAAl as a New Al Source,” W.S. Hobson, S. McAfee, K. Jones, N. Paroskevopoulous, C.R. Abernathy, S. Sputz, T. Harris, M. Lamont-Schnoes and S.J. Pearton, 1990 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 204, 1062-1066 (1991). 227. “Anomalous Damage Depths in Low Energy Ion Beam Processed III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, R. Kopf, W. Hobson, C.R. Abernathy, A. Katz, U. Chakrabarti. and V. Swaminathan, 1990 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 204, 1439-1442 (1991). 228. “Role of the Diffusivity of Be and C in the Performance of GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, C. Abernathy, R. Kopf, A. Amerson, S. Downey and S.J. Pearton, 1990 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 204, 1557- 1561 (1991). 229. “Passivation of C Acceptors in GaAs by Hydrogen,” D. Kozuch, M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lopata and W.S. Hobson, APS March Meeting, Detroit, March 1991; Bulletin of American Physical Society 36, 994-998 (1991). 230. “Novel C-Doped, p-Channel GaAs MESFET Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 18th International Symposium on GaAs and Related Compounds, Seattle, September 1991; IOP Conference 121, 137-142 (1991). 231. “Characteristics of Dry Etch GaAs p-n Junctions Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan and J. Lothain, 18th International Symposium on GaAs and Related Compounds, Seattle, September 1991; IOP Conference 121, 191 (1991). 232. “Incorporation of H into III-V Semiconductors During Growth and Processing,” S.J.

21 Appendix III.3.2

Pearton, C. Abernathy, W. Hobson, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lopata. and U. Chakrabarti, 18th International Symposium on GaAs and Related Compounds, Seattle, September 1991; IOP Conference 120, 195 (1991). 233. “Hydrogen Passivation of C-Acceptors in GaAs and Grown from Metalorganic Sources,” M. Stavola, D. Kozuch, S.J. Pearton, C. Abernathy and W. Hobson, Workshop on Hydrogen Migration in Semiconductors, Hobsen, Germany, November 1991, pp. 181- 192. 234. “Properties of Pt/Ti Contacts to III-V Materials,” A. Katz, S. Nakahara, S. Chu, B. Weir, C. Abernathy, W., Hobson, S.J. Pearton and W. Savin, 1991 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 216, 305-312 (1991). 235. “Use of Selective Area Defect Creation for Isolation of III-V Multilayer Structures,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, A. Katz, W. Hobson, C. Abernathy, J. Lothian, R. Elliman and J.S. Williams, 1992 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 262, 763 -768(1991). 236. “The Confinement and Stability of Carbon Doping in GaAs-based HBTs,” C.R. Abernathy, Proc. of the 19th International Symposium on GaAs and Related Compounds, Karuizawa, Japan, pp. 29-35 (1992). 237. “UV-Ozone Removal of Interfacial C from GaAs Prior to MOMBE,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Abernathy, W. Hobson and H. Luftman, Electrochemical Society, Phoenix, October 1991, Proceedings of 2nd. International Symposium on Cleaning Technology in Semiconductor Device Manufacturing 92-12, 477 (1992). 238. “III-V Semiconductor Dry Etching Using ECR Discharges,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, C. Abernathy, A. Katz and R .Kopf, SOTAPOCS XV, Electrochemical Society Meeting, Phoenix, October 1991; Vol. 92-19, 54 (1992). 239. “Low Temperature Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, D.A. Bohling and A.C. Jones, 1991 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 240, 3-13 (1992). 240. “Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE Using Phenylarsine,” C. Abernathy, P. Wisk, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, D. Bohling and G. Muhr, 1991 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 240, 57-62 (1992). 241. “Comparison of Disilane and Tetraethyltin as Gaseous Dopants for Growth of n-GaAs and n-AlGaAs by MOMBE,” P. Wisk, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, T. Fullowan and J. Lothian, 1991 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 240, 63-68 (1992). 242. “Hydrogen Passivation of GaAs:C Epitaxial Layers Grown from Metalorganic Sources,” M. Stavola, D.M. Kozuch, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, 1991 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 240, 75-86 (1992). 243. "Dry Etch Damage in GaAs p-n Junctions," S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Abernathy, T. Fullowan and J. Lothian, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 240, 301-306 (1992). 244. “Radiation Testing of AlInAs/InGaAs and GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” S. Witmer, S. Mittleman, D. Lehy, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, R. Kopf, C. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, D.A., Humphrey, K. Montgomery, P. Smith, J. Kreskovsky and H. Grubin, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 240, 523 -530 (1992).

22 Appendix III.3.2

245. “Implant Isolation of Device Structures Containing Buried, Highly-Doped Layers,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, L.A. D’Asario, W.S. Hobson, T.R. Fullowan, J. Lothain, C.R. Abernathy, R.F. Kopf and J.-M. Kuo, 1991 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 216, 451-457 (1992). 246. “Ion Implantation Technology for III-V Heterojunction Devices,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, S. Chu and T. Fullowan, 14th Ion Implantation Technology Conference, Gainesville, FL, September 1992, pp. 421-425. 247. “Applications of Ion Implantation in III-V Device Technology,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren., S. Chu, W. Hobson, C. Abernathy, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, R. Elliman, D. Jacobson and J.M. Poate, 12th International Conference on Applications of Accelerators in Research and Industry, Denton, TX, Nov. 1992, Nuclear Instrument Methods B79, 648-651 (1992). 248. “GaAs(C)/InAs Superlattices Grown by MOMBE,” C. Abernathy, P. Wisk, S.J. Pearton, W. Hobson, P. Fuoss, F. Lauclas, S. Chu and F. Ren, Proceedings of 4th International Conference on InP and Related Materials, April 1992, Rhode Island, pp. 281-285. 249. “Comparison of Current-Induced Migration of Be and C in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, C.R. Abernathy, R. Kopf, S. Downey and S.J. Pearton, 1992 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 262, 797-802 (1992). 250. “HI/H2 ECR Plasma Etching of III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, A. Katz, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, C.R. Abernathy and W. Hobson, 1992 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 268, 17-21 (1992). 251. “Novel Dry Etch Chemistries for InP and Related Compounds,” S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, A. Katz, W. Hobson, C. Abernathy, F. Ren, and T. Fullowan, 4th International Conference on InP and Related Materials, Rhode Island, April 1992, pp. 420-426. 252. “Hydrogen Passivation of C Acceptors in GaAs,” M. Stavola, D. Kozuch, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, Bulletin of American Physical Society 37, 195-199 (1992). 253. “Compound Semiconductor Circuits and Devices for Future Lightwave Telecommunications Systems," R. Montgomery, C.R. Abernathy, A. Cho, R. Esagui, A. Feygenson, T. Fullowan, R. Hamm, M. Haner, D. Humphrey, B. Jalali, J. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, D. Sivco, P. Smith and R. Yadvish, Telefonica Conference, Barcelona, Spain, November 1992, pp. 29-34 254. “Low Temperature Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, D.A. Bohling and A.C. Jones, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 240, 3-5 (1992). 255. “Reliability of Implant-Isolation Regions in High-Doped GaAs-Based Structures,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, T. Fullowan, C.R. Abernathy and S. Chu, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 300, 337-344 (1993). 256. “High Efficiency Common Emitter InGaP/GaAs Power HBTs,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, T. Fullowan, Y. Chen, L. Henning, T. Henry, L. Yang, S. Fu, R. Brozovich and J.J. Lin, GaAs Man. Tech. Conf., Atlanta, May 1993, pp. 39-42. 257. “Deposition of TiN by ECR-MOMBE,” P. Wisk, C. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, A.

23 Appendix III.3.2

Katz and D. Bohling,, 1993 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 300, 447-452 (1993). 258. “Growth of GaN AlN and InN by ECR-MOMBE,” P. Wisk, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, J. Lothian, A. Katz A. and K. Jones, 1992 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 282, 599-604 (1993). 259. “InGaP/GaAs Based Single and Double HBTs Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P. Wisk and R. Esagui, 1992 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 282, 33-37 (1993). 260. “Iodine-Based Dry Etching Chemistries for InP and Related Compounds,” S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, A. Katz, C.R. Abernathy, W. Hobson, F. Ren and T. Fullowan, 1992 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 282, 123-130 (1993). 261. “Dry Surface Cleaning of Plasma-Etched HEMTs,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, A. Katz, U. Chakrabarti, E. Lane, W. Hobson, R. Kopf, C.R. Abernathy, C.S. Wu, D.A. Bohling and J. Ivankovits, 1992 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, December 1992 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 282, 131-138 (1993). 262. “Another Step in Developing a Single Wafer Integrated Process-RTMOOCVD of Locally Diffused W(Zn) Contacts,” A. Katz, A. Feingold, N. Moriya, S.J. Pearton, A. Rusby, J. Kovalchick, C.R. Abernathy, M. Geva and E. Lane, 1992 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 282, 217-227 (1993). 263. “Highly Reliable WGe Ohmic Contact to GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” T. Fullowan, F. Ren, B. Tseng, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, L. Harriott and E. Lane, 1992 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 282, 239-245 (1993). 264. “Trilayer Liftoff Metallization Process Using Low Temperature SiNx,” J. Lothian, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, C.R. Abernathy and A. Katz, 1992 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 282, 259-269 (1993). 265. “Reduction of Sidewall Roughness During Dry Etching of SiO2,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, 1992 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 282, 529-535 (1993). 266. “Growth of Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” C.R. Abernathy, 1992 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 300, 3-13 (1993). 267. “Low Temperature SiNx as a Sacrificial Layer in Novel Device Fabrication,” J. Lothian, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, S. Tseng and W.S. Hobson, 1993 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 300, 161-167 (1993). 268. “Strongly Polarized C-H Vibrations in GaAs:C Epilayers Grown by MOMBE,” Y. Cheng, M. Stavola, D. Kozuch, S. Uffring, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1993 APS March Meeting, Seattle; Bulletin of American Physical Society 38, 377-381 (1993). 269. “High Microwave Power Performance of Self-Aligned InGaP/GaAs HBTs,” L. Yang, S. Fu, B. Clark, R. Brozovich, H. Lin, S. Lui, P.C. Chao, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, T.R. Fullowan, T. Chui and S.S. Pei, 14th Biennial Conference on Advanced Concepts in High Speed Semiconductor Devices & Circuits, Cornell, August 1993, pp. 41-47. 270. “Ion Beam Processing of InGaAsP,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, P. Wisk and F. Ren, 1993 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 316, 319-322 (1994).

24 Appendix III.3.2

271. “Optical Emission End Point Detection for Via Hole Etching in InP and GaAs Power Device Structures,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and C. Constantine, 1993 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 324, 178-183 (1994). 272. “Effects of Ion Irradiation and Hydrogenation on the Doping of InGaAlN Alloys,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, 1993 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 325, 258-261, (1994). 273. “Oriented C Pair Defects Stabilized by H in As-grown GaAs,” Y. Chen, M. Stavola, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1993 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 325, 317 -321(1994). 274. “New Dry Etch Chemistries for III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, U. Chakrabarti, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, A. Katz, W.S. Hobson and C. Constantine, 1993 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 334, 260-263 (1994). 275. “Non-alloyed Ohmic Contracts on n-type InP with Nitridation of Patterned InP Surface,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, J.R. Lothian, W. Chu, C.R. Abernathy, S.N.G. Chu and S.S. Pei, 185th Meeting of the Electrochemical Society, San Francisco, CA, May 1994, pp. 78-82. 276. “The Role of Hydrogen in Current-Induced Degradation of GaAs/AlGaAs Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.N.G. Chu, J.R. Lothain and S.J. Pearton, 1993 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 338, 161-166 (1994). 277. “Ion Milling and Reactive Ion Etching of III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and J.R. Lothian, 1994 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 339, 179-183 (1994). 278. “Effects of Wet and Dry Etching and Sulfide Passivation on Surface Recombination Velocities of InGaP p-n Junctions,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, C.R. Abernathy and U.K. Chakrabarti, Proceedings of 6th International Conference on InP and Related Materials, pp. 186-189 (1994). 279. “Selective Area Processing of InGaAsP,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Proceedings of 6th International Conference on InP and Related Materials, pp. 194-197 (1994). 280. “GaN Microstructures Formed by High Resolution CH4/H2 Dry Etching,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and J.R. Lothian, 1994 Fall Electrochemical Society Meeting, Miami Beach, FL, Oct. 1994, pp. 91-95. 281. “High Density, Magnetically-Confined Dry Etching of Metallization, Dielectrics and Semiconductors in III-V Device Technology,” S.J. Pearton, A. Katz, F. Ren, T.R. Fullowan, J.R. Lothian, 1994 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 337, 749-754 (1994). 282. “Thermal Stability of Implanted Dopants and Passivation Species in III-V Nitrides,” R.G. Wilson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. M. Zavada, Proceedings of 2nd International High Temperature Electronics Conference, Charlotte, NC, June 1994, pp. 94-97. 283. “The Effect of H on the Stability of AlGaAs/GaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Coblisan, P. Wisk and T. Fullowan, Proceedings of 1994 US Conference on Man. Technology, Las Vegas, NV, May 1994, pp. 94-101. 284. “Growth and Doping of AlAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P. Wisk and F. Ren, 1994 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 339, 208-211 (1994).

25 Appendix III.3.2

285. “Thermal Stability of TiPtAn Ohmic Contacts on InN,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and P. Wisk, 1994 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 331, 208-211 (1994). 286. “PL from Er-implanted AlN and GaN,” R.G. Wilson, R. N. Schwartz, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, N. Newman and J.M. Zavada, Proceedings of NATO Ad. Workshop on Wide Bandgap Electronics Materials, Minsk, Belarus, May 1994, pp. 223-226. 287. “Mechanisms of Current Gain Degradation in GaAs/AlGaAs Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors,” F. Ren, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, J. Lothian, T. Fullowan and P. Wisk, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 335, 15-20 (1994). 288. “Structural Characterization of GaN Grown by ECR-MOMBE,” S. Bharatan, K. S. Jones, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, S. J. Pearton, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 339, 491-497 (1994). 289. “Novel Group V Sources for Use in MOMBE,” C. R. Abernathy, D. A. Bohling, G. T. Muhr and P. Wisk, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 340, 161-166 (1994). 290. “Growth and Doping of AlAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, P. Wisk, W. S. Hobson and F. Ren, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 340, 187-193 (1994). 291. “Thermal Stability of TiPtAu Non-alloyed Ohmic Contacts on InN,” F. Ren, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton and P. Wisk, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 337, 421-427 (1994). 292. “Diffusion of Implanted Dopants and Isolation Species in III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, 1994 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 337, 738-742 (1995). 293. “Process Chemistries for Low Temperature ECR Plasma Etching of III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, 1994 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 337, 762-765 (1995). 294. “Hydrogen Diffusion and Passivation in InGaAlN Alloys,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. D. MacKenzie, C.B. Vartuli, R.G. Wilson, J.M. Zavada and R.J. Shul, 1995 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 378, 497-502. 295. “High Resistivity InAlN by N or O Implantation,” J.C. Zolper, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and C.B. Vartuli, 1995 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 378, 485-490 (1995). 296. “High Rate Dry Etching of GaN, AlN and InP in ECR Cl2/CH4/H2/Ar Plasmas,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul and A.J. Howard, 1995 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 380, 37-42 (1995). 297. “Development of Wet Chemical Etch Solutions for III-V Nitrides,” J.R. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1995 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 380, 222-225 (1995). 298. “Investigation of Wet Chemical Etching of InGaAlP Alloys,” J.W. Lee, C.J. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, J.R. Coblisan and C.S. Wu, 188th ECS Meeting, Chicago, IL, October 1995; Proceeding of Wide Gap Semiconductor Symposium 95-21, 316-321 (1995). 299. “Status of Ion Implantation Doping and Isolation of III-V Nitrides,” J.S. Zolper, S.J.

26 Appendix III.3.2

Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, C. Yuan and R.A. Stall, 188th ECS Meeting, Chicago, IL, October 1995; Proceedings of Wide Gap Semiconductor Symposium 95-21, 144-148 (1995). 300. “Magnetron RIE of III-V Nitride Semiconductors,” G.F. McLane, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 188th ECS Meeting, Chicago, IL, October 1995; Proceedings of Wide Gap Semiconductor Symposium 95-21, 204-207 (1995). 301. “ECR Etching of Group III-V Nitride Binary and Ternary Films,” R.J. Shul, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli and P.A. Barnes, 188th ECS Meeting, Chicago, IL, October 1995; Proceedings of Wide Gap Semiconductor Symposium 95-21, 217-221 (1995). 302. “Novel Properties of H-containing Complexes Revealed by their Hydrogen Vibrations,” M. Stavola, Y. Cheng, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 18th International Conference on Defects in Semiconductors, Sendai, Japan, July 1995, pp. 1302-1308. 303. “Microdisc Laser Structures Formed in III-V Nitride Epilayers,” J.M. Zavada, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul, R.G. Wilson and D. Zhang, Topical Workshop on III-V Nitrides, Nagoya, Japan, September 1995, pp. 999-1004 304. “Carbon Implantation in AlGaAs,” S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 1995 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings November 1995, pp. 274-277. 305. “Novel Compound Semiconductor Devices Based on III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, 1995 Semiconductor Device Research Conference, Charlottesville, VA, December 1995, pp. 89-92. 306. “III-V Nitride Processing and Devices,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, 1995 IEEE Int. Caracas Cong. On Devices, Circuits and Systems, Caracas, December 1995, pp. 65-71. 307. “Light Generation and Waveguiding in Er-doped GaN Epilayers,” J.M. Zavada, D. Zhang, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.G. Wilson and R.N. Schwartz, 1994 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 338, 229-232 (1995). 308. “MOMBE Growth of GaP-based Materials on Si-Surface Preparation and Nucleation,” C.J. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, K.S. Jones and S.J. Pearton, 1994 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 338, 133-137 (1995). 309. “Process Chemistries for Low Temperature ECR Etching of III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 338, 377-381 (1995). 310. “Diffusion of Implanted Dopants and Isolation Species in III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, 1994 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 338, 414-419 (1995). 311. “AlN Grown by MOMBE using ECR N2 Plasma,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, S. Bharatan, K.S. Jones and R.G. Wilson, 1994 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings 338, 555-559 (1995). 312. “Characterization of Degradation Mechanisms in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” M. Frei, C.. Abernathy, T. Chui, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, R. Montgomery, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, P. Smith, J. Weiner and P. Wisk, 1994 DRC Conference Proceedings, July 1994, pp. 49-52. 313. “Ion Implantation Isolation of In-containing III-V Nitrides,” J.C. Zolper, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and C.B. Vartuli, Proceedings of 31st Annual Symposium Of New

27 Appendix III.3.2

Mexico Chapter of AVS, Albuquerque, NM, April 1995, pp. 333-337. 314. “High Rate ECR Etching of III-V Nitride Materials,” R.J. Shul, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C. Vartuli, P. Barnes and M. Bozack, 188th Electrochemical Society Meeting, Reno, NV, May 1995, 125-131. 315. “High Microwave Power ECR Etching of III-V Semiconductor in CH4/H2/Ar,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, E. Lambers, J. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, F. Ren and R.J. Shul, Electrochemical Society Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, May 1995, pp. 255-258. 316. “Ohmic Contacts on Binary and Ternary III-Nitrides,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and M.W. Cole, Electrochemical Society Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, May 1995, pp. 352-356. 317. “ECR, ICP and RIE Plasma Etching of GaN,” R.J. Shul, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C. Constantine, C. Bauaff, R. Karlicek and C. Tran, Electrochemical Society Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, May 1995, pp. 89-93. 318. “III-Nitride Ion Implantation and Device Processing,” J.C. Zolper, R.J. Shul, A.G. Baca, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson, R.A. Stall and M.S. Shur, Electrochemical Society Meeting, Los Angeles, CA, May 1995. 319. “Etching Processes for Fabrication of GaN/InGaN/AlN Microdisk Laser Structures,” J.W. Lee, C.B. Vartuli, J.D. MacKenzie, J.R. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, J.C. Zolper, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, 40th EIPBN Conference Proceedings, Atlanta, GA, May 1995, pp. 59-64. 320. “Growth of Group III Nitrides by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, Proceedings of 21st State- of-the-Art Program on Compound Semiconductors Vol. 94, 12-22 (1995). 321. “Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy of III-Nitrides,” C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R.J. Shul, A. Howard and J.S. Williams, , Proceedings of 21st State-of-the- Art Program on Compound Semiconductors Vol. 95, 1-11 (1995). 322. “Fabrication of Novel III-N and III-V Modulator Structures by ECR Plasma Etching,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.R. Mileham, R.J. Shul, S. Kilcoyne, F. Ren and J.M. Zavada, 1995 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 395, 717-721 (1996). 323. “Thermal Stability of Ohmic Contacts to n-InGaN,” A. Durbha, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.W. Lee, P. Holloway and F. Ren, 1995 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 395, 825-830 (1996). 324. “Role of C, O and H in III-V Nitrides,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, C. Vartuli, R.G. Wilson, R.J. Shul, J.C. Zolper and J.M. Zavada, 1995 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 395, 685-690 (1996). 325. “Ion Implantation Doping and High Temperature Annealing of GaN,” J.C. Zolper, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, R. Stall and R.G. Wilson, 1995 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 395, 801-806 (1996). 326. “Plasma Chemistry Dependent ECR Etching of GaN,” R.J. Shul, C. Ashby, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, P. Barnes and P. Davis, 1995 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 395, 751-756 (1996). 327. “Doping and Isolation of GaN, InGaN and InAlN using Ion Implantation,” S.J. Pearton, C. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, J.C. Zolper and R. Stall, Intl. Conf. on SiC and Related Materials, Kyoto, Japan, September 1995, IOP Conference 142, 1023-1027

28 Appendix III.3.2

(1996). 328. “Er-doping of GaN and Related Alloys,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J.M. Zavada, 1996 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, CA, April 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 422,47-56 (1996). 329. “Damage Introduction in InGaP by ECR Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 422, 66-69 (1996). 330. “W4WSix and Ti/Al Low Resistance Ohmic Contacts to InAlN and InN,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R. Shul and J.C. Zolper, 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 422,97-101 (1996). 331. “Transport Properties of GaN, InGaN and InN,” W. Geerts, J. MacKenzie, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and T. Schmeidel, 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 422, 111-116 (1996). 332. “Growth-induced alignment and assignment of the Vibrational Modes of C in AlGaAs,” J. Zheng, M. Stavola, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, March Meeting of APS, St. Louis, MO, Bulletin of American Physical Society 41, 340-344 (1996). 333. “Effects of H on Ca and Mg Acceptors in GaN,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, ECS Meeting, Los Angeles, May 1996; Electrochemical Society Proceedings Vol. 96-2, 100-105 (1996). 334. “Cl2-based ECR Etching of InGaP, AlInP and AlGaP,” J. Hong, J. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C. Santana, C.R. Abernathy and R. Ren, 1996 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 422, 198-203 (1996). 335. “Dry Etching of InGaP and AlInP in CH2/H2/Ar,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.J. Santana, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, W. Hobson and F. Ren, 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 422, 225-229 (1996). 336. “Properties of H, O and C in GaN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.W. Lee, C.B. Vartuli, J. MacKenzie, F. Ren, J. Zavada and R.J. Shul, 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 422, 371-374 (1996). 337. “Characterization of Er-doped Nitrides Prepared by MOMBE,” J.M. Zavada, R.G. Wilson, R.N. Schwartz, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 422, 193-197 (1996). 338. “High Temperature Surface Degradation of III-V Nitrides,” C.B. Vartuli, SA.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.C. Zolper and A.J. Howard, 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 423, 564-574 (1996). 339. “Dry Etch Damage in InN, InGaN and InAlN,” S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, 1996 Spring Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 423, 163-168 (1996). 340. “Comparison of ICl and IBr Plasma Etching of InGaAlP Alloys,” J. Hong, J. Lee, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine and W.S. Hobson, Proceedings of Electrochemical Society Meeting, San Antonio, TX, October 1996, Vol. 96-15, 56-61 (1996). 341. “High Temperature Stable W and WSix Ohmic Contacts on GaN and InGaN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, A. Durbha, S. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, J.W. Lee, F. Ren, J.C. Zolper and M.W. Cole, Proceedings of 3rd International High Temperature

29 Appendix III.3.2

Electronics Conference, Albuquerque, NM, June 1996, pp. 373-377. 342. “C Doping of III-V Semiconductors by Ion Implantation,” S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, 7th Int. Symp. Shallow Levels in Semicond, Amsterdam, July 1996, pp. 99- 107. 343. “Growth-induced alignment and assignment of the Vibrational Modes of C in AlGaAs,” J. Zheng, M. Stavola, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, March Meeting of APS, St. Louis, MO: Bulletin of American Physical Society 41, 340-343 (1996). 344. “Growth-Induced Alignment of the First Neighbor Shell of Carbon in AlxGa1-xAs,” M. Stavola, J.F. Zheng, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1996 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462, 127-131 (1996). 345. “Plasma Etching of III-Nitrides in ICl/Ar and IBr/Ar Plasmas,” C.B. Vartuli, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, 1996 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462, 277-281 (1996). 346. “Patterning of LiGaO2 and LiAlO2 by Wet and Dry Etching,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson, B.L. Chai, F. Ren and J.M. Zavada, 1996 Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462,296-301 (1996). 347. “Chlorine-Based Plasma Etching of GaN,” R.J. Shul, R.D. Briggs, S.J. Pearton, C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.W. Lee, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, 1996 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462,56-61 (1996). 348. “Photoluminescence Reflectance and Magnetospectroscopy of Shallow Excitons in GaN,” B.J. Skaromme, H. Zhao, B. Goldenberg, J. Kong, M. Leonard, G.E. Bulman, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1996 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462, 96-100 (1996). 349. “Time-Resolved Photoluminescence Excitation Spectroscopy of Er Doped AlN Epilayer Prepared by MOMBE,” U. Hmmerich, X. We, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.N. Schwartz, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, 1996 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462, 501-504 (1996). 350. “Optimization of InN Growth by MOMBE for Improved III-N Contact Performance,” S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, M.W. Cole and K. Jones, 1996 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462, 511-513 (1996). 351. “Growth of InAlN and InGaN by MOMBE for Device Applications,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.M. Donovan, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, 1996 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462, 519-522 (1996). 352. “High Microwave Power ECR Etching of III-V Semiconductors in CH4/H2/Ar,” J. Lee, S.J. Pearton, E. Lambers, J. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, F. Ren and R. Shul, ECS Meeting, Los Angeles, May 1996; Electrochemical Society Proceedings Vol. 96-2, 203-206 (1996). 353. “Effect of Dry Etching in III-Nitride Surface Properties,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C. Vartuli and R.G. Wilson, 191st ECS Meeting, San Antonio, TX, October 1996; Electrochemical Society Proceedings Vol. 96-15, 289-292 (1996). 354. “Chemical Etching of AlN and InAlN in KOH Solutions,” C.B. Vartuli, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.C. Zolper, R.J. Shul and F. Ren, 1996 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 462 264-269 (1997).

30 Appendix III.3.2

355. “Comparison of Dry Etch Damage in GaAs AlGaAs HBTs Exposed to ECR and ICP Ar Plasmas,” J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J. Shul, 1997 Spring Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468 76-81 (1997). 356. “Comparison of High Density Plasmas for the Etching of InGaAlP Alloys.” J. Hong, J. Lee, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and W. Hobson, 1997 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468, 97-100 (1997). 357. “ICP Etch Damage in GaAs and InP Schottky Diodes,” J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, R.J. Shul and C. Constantine, 1997 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468 56-60 (1997). 358. “C Implantation and Surface Degradation of InGaP,” C. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.C. Zolper and A. Howard, 1997 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468 115-119 (1997). 359. “Development of GaN and InGaN Gratings by Dry Etching,” J. Lee, J. Hong, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and P. Sciortino, 1997 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468, 379-384 (1997). 360. “Plasma Damage Effects in InAlN FETs,” F. Ren, Y. Chen, J. MacKenzie, S. Donovan, C. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lee, S.J. Pearton and R.G. Wilson, 1997 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468, 385-391 (1997). 361. “Current Transport in W and WSix Ohmic Contacts to InGaN and InN,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. Mackenzie, M. Lovejoy, R. Shul, J. Zolper, A. Baca, K. Jones and F. Ren, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, 1997 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468, 413-419 (1997). 362. “ICP Dry Etching of III-Nitrides,” C. Vartuli, J. Lee, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, A. Katz, A.Y. Polyakov and M. Shin, 1997 Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468, 393-399 (1997). 363. “Er Incorporation and Optical Activity in III-V Nitrides Grown by MOMBE,” J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, U. Hommerich, F. Ren, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468, 123-129 (1997). 364. “Substrate Effects on Growth of InN,” S. Donovan, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, P. Holloway, F. Ren, J. Zavada and B. Choi, Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468, 161-166 (1997). 365. “Comparison of Dry Etch Damage in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs Exposed to ECR and ICP Ar Plasmas,” J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, 1997 Spring Fall Materials Research Society Meeting Proceedings Vol. 468, 403-408 (1997). 366. “Comparison of Dry Etch Damage in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs Exposed to ECR and ICP Ar Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J. Shul, Proceedings of Surface Analysis ’97, Albuquerque, NM, May 1997, pp. 97- 102. 367. “RTP of III-Nitrides,” J. Hong, J. lee, C. Vartuli, J. MacKenzie, S. Donovan, R. Crockett, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Zolper and F. Ren, 1997 Spring MRS Meeting, San Francisco, April 1997. 368. “Effect of Ion Damage on Electrical and Optical Properties of p-GaAs and InGaP,” K.

31 Appendix III.3.2

lee, J. Lee, J. Hong, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, 126th TMS Meeting, Orlando, Florida, February 1997. 369. “The Role of Plasma Chemistry and Ion Density in Dry Etching of Nitrides,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.H. Shul and F. Ren, Proceedings of the 192nd Meeting of Electrochemical Society, Paris, September 1997, pp. 134-137. 370. “Electrical and Optical Properties of C, O and H in III-Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson, J.M. Zavada and J.C. Zolper, Proceedings of 192nd Meeting of Electrochemical Society, Paris, September 1997, pp.146-151. 371. “III-N: Er Materials Doped During Growth by CBE,” J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, U. Hommerich and J.M. Zavada, 40th EMC Conf., Charlottesville, VA, June 1998. 372. “Damage to III-V Devices During ECR-CVD,” F. Ren, J.W. Lee, D. Johnson, K. MacKenzie, T. Maeda, C.R. Abernathy, Y.-B. Hahn, S.J. Pearton and R.J. Shul, 45th Int. Sump. AVS, Baltimore, Nov. 1998. 373. “III-Nitride Dry Etching-Comparison of ICP Chemistries,” H. Cho, Y.-B. Hahn, D.C. Hays, C.R. Abernathy, S.M. Donovan, S.J. Pearton, J. Han and R.J. Shul, 45th Int. Symp. AVS, Baltimore, Nov. 1998. 374. “Deposition of AlN Gate Dielectrics,” B. Gila, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, K.N. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton and S.N.G. Chu, 45th Int. Symp. AVS, Baltimore, Nov. 1998. 375. “Redistribution and Activation of Implanted S, Se, Te, Be, Zn and C in GaN,” R.G. Wilson, J.M. Zavada, X. Cao, S.J. Pearton, R.K. Singh, M. Fu, J. Sekhar, V. Sarvepalli, R.J. Shul, J. Han, D.J. Rieger and C.R. Abernathy, 45th Int. Symp. AVS, Baltimore, Nov. 1998. 376. “W-based Ohmic Contacts on p- and n-type GaN,” X. Cao, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, A. Zeitouny, M. Eizenberg, J.C. Zolper, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul and J. Lothian, 45th Int. Symp. AVS, Baltimore, Nov. 1998. 377. “Wet and Dry Etch Selectivity for the GaAs/AlGaAs and GaAs/InGaP Systems,” D. Hays, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, 24th SOTAPOCS Symp., th 194 ECS Meeting, Boston, Nov. 1998. 378. “Temperature Effect of Metal Contact on GaN,” F. Ren, S.N.G. Chu, J.R. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, A.G. Baca, J. Han, M.J. Shurman, M. Hong, X. Cao, B.P. Gila and T.M. Ake, III-V Materials and Processes, 194th ECS Meeting, Boston, Nov. 1998. 379. “High Temperature Stable W and WSix Contacts on p- and n-type GaN,” X.A. Cao, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, A. Zeitouny, M. Eizenberg, J.C. Zolper, C.R. Abernathy, J. Han, R.J. Shul and J.R. Lothian, III-V Materials and Processes, 194th ECS meeting, Boston, Nov. 1998. 380. “Transport Studies of 1-D Magnetic Wires,” J. Marburger, H.D. Hudspeth, F. Sharifi, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1998 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Dec. 1998. 381. “RTP of Implanted GaN up to 1500oC,” X. Cao, S.J. Pearton, R.K. Singh, C.R. Abernathy, J. Han, R.J. Shul, D.J. Rieger, J.C. Zolper, R.G. Wilson, M. Fu and J. Sekhar, 1998 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Dec. 1998. 382. “Behavior of W and WSix Contact Metallization on n- and p-type GaN,” X. Cao, F. Ren,

32 Appendix III.3.2

J. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.C. Zolper, M.W. Cole, A. Zeitoury, M. Eizenberg and R.J. Shul, 1998 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Dec. 1998. 383. “ICP Etching of III-Nitrides in Cl2/Xe, Cl2/Ar and Cl2/He,” H. Cho, Y.B. Hahn, D.C. Hays, K.B. Jung, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Han and R.J. Shul, 1998 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Dec. 1998. 384. “Photoelectrochemical Etching of InGaN,” H. Cho, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Han and R.J. Shul, 1998 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Dec. 1998. 385. “Temperature Effect on Metal Contacts on n- and p-type GaN,” F. Ren, S. Chu, J. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, A.G. Baca, J. Han, X.A. Cao, B.P. Gila and T.M. Ake, 1998 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Dec. 1998. 386. “RBS Lattice Site Location and Damage Recovery Studies on Er-implanted GaN,” E. Alves, M.F. de Silva, J.C. Soares, J. Bartels, R. Vianden, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 1998 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Dec. 1998. 387. “Optical Characterization of Er-doped III-Nitrides Prepared by MOMBE,” U. Hommerich, M. Thaik, G. Ofori-Boadu, J. Prejean, J.T. Seo, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.M. Zavada, R.G. Wilson and O. Ambacher, 1998 Fall MRS Meeting, Boston, MA, Dec. 1998. 388. “Dielectrics for the Fabrication of Compound Semiconductors MOS (MIS) FETs,” B. Gila, J. LaRoche, F. Ren, K.N. Lee, K. Harris, V. Krishnamoorthy, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, APS Centennial Meeting, Atlanta, March 1999. 389. “Effect of Annealing on the PL Intensity from Er-doped GaN,” M. Overberg, J. Brand, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, APS Centennial Meeting, Atlanta, March 1999. 390. “Novel Emitter-Base Self-Aligned Process for AlGaN/GaN HBTs,” X. Cao, H. Cho, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, J. Han, R.J. Shul and A.G. Baca, Florida Chapter of Am. Vac. Soc., Orlando, March 1999. 391. “GaN/AlGaN HBT Fabrication,” F. Ren, J. Han, R. Hickman, P.P. Chow, J.J. Klaassen, J.R. LaRoche, K.B. Jung, H. Cho, X.A. Cao, S.M. Donovan, R.F. Kopf, R.G. Wilson, A.G. Baca, R.J. Shul, L. Zhang, C.G. Wilson, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Workshop on Wide Bandgap Bipolar Devices, Panama City, FL, January 1999. 392. “Effect of Impurity Concentration on PL Intensity from Er-Doped GaN,” M. Overberg, J. Brand, J.D. Mackenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.M. Zavada, 195th ECS Meeting, Seattle, Washington, May 1999. 393. “GaN MOSFETs,” F. Ren,, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, A.G. Baca, P. Chang, R.J. Shul, S.N.G. Chu, M. Hong, J.R. Lothian and M. Schurmann, 195th ECS Meeting, Seattle, Washington, May 1999. 394. “Fabrication and Performance of GaN/AlGaN HBTs,” F. Ren, J. LaRoche, C.R. Abernathy, H. Cho, K.B. Jung, S.J. Pearton, J.M. Van Hove, P.P. Chow, R. Hickman, J.J. Klaassen, R.F. Kopf, R.G. Wilson, J. Han, R.J. Shul and A.G. Baca, MRS Spring Meeting, San Francisco, April 1999. 395. “Comparison of Dielectrics for Fabrication of Compound Semiconductor MOSFETs,” B. Gila, J. LaRoche, F. Ren, K.N. Lee, K. Harris, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, MRS Spring Meeting, San Francisco, April 1999. 396. “Selective Dry Etching in the GaN/InN/AlN, GaAs/AlGaAs and GaAs/InGaP Systems,”

33 Appendix III.3.2

D. Hays, C.R. Abernathy, W. Hobson, S.J. Pearton, J. Han, R.J. Shul, H. Cho, K.B. Jung, F. Ren and Y.B. Hahn, MRS Spring Meeting, San Francisco, April 1999. 397. “Anisotropic Pattern Transfer in GaN by Photo-Enhanced Wet Etching,” H. Cho, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, J. Han, R.J. Shul, F. Ren and S.J. Pearton, 27th Appl. Vac. Sci. Technol. Symp., Orlando, FL March 1999. 398. “Interfacial Characteristics of AlN to Si, SiC and GaN,” K. Harris, B. Gila, F. Ren, J. LaRoche, K. Lee, J. MacKenzie, C. Zetterling, M. Ostling, S.N.G. Chu, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, 27th Appl. Vac. Sci. Technol. Symp., Orlando, FL, March 1999. 399. “Selective Dry Etching Using ICP: GaAs/AlGaAs and GaAs/InGaP,” D. Hays, H. Cho, K.B. Jung, Y.B. Hahn, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, 27th Appl. Vac. Sci. Technol. Symp., Orlando, FL, March 1999. 400. “GaN-based Electronics for High Temperature Applications,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.M. Van Hove, P.P. Chow, R. Hickman, J.J. Klaassen, J. Han, A.G. Baca and R.J. Shul, 27th Appl. Vac. Sci. Technol. Symp., Orlando, FL, March 1999. 401. Photoluminescence Enhancement and Morphological Properties of Carbon Codoped GaN:Er,” M.E Overberg1, C.R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, R. G. Wilson, and J. M. Zavada, Fall MRS, Boston 1999.

Publications

1. “Effect of pH on the Production of Chalcopyrite CuInSe2 Prepared by Spray Pyrolysis,” C.W. Bates, Jr., M. Uekita, K. Nelson, C.R. Abernathy and J. Mooney, Applied Physics Letters 43, 9-12 (1983). 2. “Kinetic Effects in Film Formation of CuInSe2 Prepared by Chemical Spray Pyroysis,” C.R. Abernathy, C.W. Bates, Jr. A. Anani, and B. Haba, Thin Solid Films 115, 141-146 (1984). 3. “Production of Single-Phase CuInSe2 by Spray Pryolysis,” C.R. Abernathy, C.W. Bates, Jr., A. Anani, B. Haba and G. Smestad, Applied Physics Letters 46, 108-110 (1984). 4. “Dopant Type Effects on the Diffusion of Deuterium in GaAs,” S.J. Pearton, W.C. Dautremont-Smith,, J. Lopata, C.W. Tu and C.R. Abernathy, Physics Review B 36, 4260- 4264 (1987). 5. “Growth and Characterization of Low Defect GaAs by Vertical Gradient Freeze,” C.R. Abernathy, A.P. Kinsella, A.S. Jordan, R. Caruso, S.J. Pearton, H. Temkin and H. Wade, Journal of Crystal Growth 85, 106-112 (1987). 6. “Dopant Type Effects on the Diffusion of Deuterium in GaAs,” S.J. Pearton, W.C. Dautremont-Smith,, J. Lopata, C.W. Tu and C.R. Abernathy, Physics Review B 36, 4260- 4264 (1987). 7. “Growth and Characterization of Low Defect GaAs by Vertical Gradient Freeze,” C.R. Abernathy, A.P. Kinsella, A.S. Jordan, R. Caruso, S.J. Pearton, H. Temkin and H. Wade, Journal of Crystal Growth 85, 106-112 (1987). 8. “Implant-Induced High Resistivity Regions in InP and InGaAs,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, M.B. Panish, R.A. Hamm and L.M. Lunardi, Journal of Applied Physics 66, 656-660 (1989). 9. “Structure and Dynamics of the Be-H Complex in GaAs,” M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, J.

34 Appendix III.3.2

Lopata, C.R. Abernathy and Bergman, Physics Review B 39, 8051-8056 (1989). 10. “Interaction of Be and O in GaAs,” A.E. Von Neida, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters 54, 1540-1542 (1989). 11. “Carbon and Zinc Delta-Doping for Schottky Barrier Enhancement on a-type GaAs,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, S.N.G. Chu and J. Kovalchick, Applied Physics Letters 55, 1342-1344 (1989). 12. “Carbon in GaAs: Implantation and Isolation Characteristics,” S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters 55, 678-680 (1989). 13. “Ultra-High Doping of GaAs by Carbon During MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Caruso, F. Ren and J. Kovalchick, Applied Physics Letters 55, 1750-1752 (1989). 14. “Carbon Implantation in InP,” S.J. Pearton, W.S. Chakrabarti, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, Applied Physics Letters 55, 2014-2016 (1989). 15. “Carbon Doping of III-V Compounds Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, Houston, December 1989: Journal of Crystal Growth 105, 375 -379 (1990). 16. “Carbon Doping of III-V Compounds Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, M.O. Manasreh, D.W. Fischer, D.N. Talwar, Applied Physics Letters 57, 294- 300 (1990). 17. “Carbon Doping of III-V Compounds Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, T.R. Fullowan, A. Katz, A.S. Jordan and J. Kovalchick, Journal of Crystal Growth 105, 375-382 (1990). 18. “Carbon-doped Base GaAs-AlGaAs HBTs Grown by MO-MBE and MO-CVD Regrowth,” W.S. Hobson, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, T.R. Fullowan and J. Lothian, IEEE Electronics Device Letters 11, 241-243 (1990). 19. “Temperature Dependence of Current Conduction in Barrier-Enhanced Carbon Delta- doped GaAs Diodes,” A. Katz, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B. 8, 1270-1272 (1990). 20. “Enhanced Hot-Electron PL from Heavily Carbon-doped GaAs,” B.J. Aitchison, N.M. Haegel, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 56, 1154-1156 (1990). 21. “Pt/Ti Ohmic Contacts to Ultra-High Carbon Doped GaAs Formed by Rapid Thermal Processing,” A. Katz, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 56, 1028-1030 (1990). 22. “Incorporation of Carbon in Heavily-doped AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, M.O. Manasreh, D.W. Fischer and D.N. Talwar, Applied Physics Letters 57, 294-296 (1990). 23. “Hydrogen in Carbon-doped GaAs Grown by MOMBE,” D.M. Kozuch, M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lopata, Applied Physics Letters 57, 2561-2569 (1990). 24. “Growth of High Quality AlGaAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr, Applied Physics Letters 56, 2654 – 2656 (1990). 25. “GRINSCH GaAs/AlGaAs Laser Structure Grown by OMVPE Using a Novel Al Source,” W.S. Hobson, A.F.J. Levi, J. O'Gorman, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and V. Swaminathan, Electronics Letters 26, 1762-1763 (1990).

35 Appendix III.3.2

26. “Carbon Implantation in InGaAs and AlInAs,” S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson, A.P. Kinsella, J. Kovalchick, U.K. Chakrabarti and C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters 56, 1263- 1266 (1990). 27. “GaAs-AlGaAs HBT with Carbon-Doped Base Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, T.R. Fullowan, J. Lothian and A.S. Jordan, Electron Letters 26, 724-725 (1990). 28. “The Feasibility of Using TMAl Alane as an Al Precursor for MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, F. Baiocchi, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr, International Crystal Growth Meeting, Denver, July 1990, Journal of Crystal Growth 109, 31-36 (1991). 29. “The Search for All-Hydride MOMBE: Examination of TMAAl, TMAGa and Arsine,” D.A. Bohling, G.J. Muhr, C.R. Abernathy, A.S. Jordan, S.J. Pearton and W.S. Hobson, Journal of Crystal Growth 107, 1068-1071 (1991). 30. “The Potential for High Quality AlGaAs by All-hydride MOMBE using TMAAl, TMAGa and AsH3,” D.A. Bohling, G.T. Muhr, C.R. Abernathy, A.S. Jordan and W.S. Hobson, Journal of Crystal Growth 107, 1068-1075 (1991). 31. “Carbon Incorporation in GaAs and AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE Using Trimethylgallium,” C.R. Abernathy, Journal Crystal Growth 107, 982-986 (1991). 32. “Characteristics of Be and O or H Co-implantation in GaAs/AlGaAs HBT Structures,’ S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, P.W. Wisk, T. Fullowan, R. Kopf, J.M. Kuo, C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Applied Physics 69, 698-701 (1991). 33. “Dry Etching and Implant Isolation Characteristics of AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, T.R. Fullowan, Semiconductor Science and Technology 6, 1042-1047 (1991). 34. “Thermal Stability of Dopant-Hydrogen Pairs in GaAs,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, and J. Lopata, Applied Physics Letters 59, 3571-3573 (1991). 35. “Sn Doping of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE Using TESn,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and J. Song, Journal of Crystal Growth 113, 412-415 (1991). 36. “Sn Doping of GaAs and AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and N.T. Ha, Journal of Crystal Growth 108, 827-830 (1991). 37. “Effect of Source Chemistry and Growth Parameters on AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Baioccki, A.S. Jordan, D.A. Bohling, G.T. Muhr and T. Ambrose, Journal of Crystal Growth 110, 457-468 (1991). 38. “Use of UV/Ozone Cleaning to Remove C and O from GaAs Prior to MOMBE and MOCVD,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and H.S. Luftman, Applied Physics Letters 58, 416-418 (1991). 39. “High Quality AlGaAs Grown by OMVPE Using TMAAl as the Al Precursor,” W.S. Hobson, T. Harris, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 58, 77-79 (1991). 40. “Ohmic Contacts to Heavily Carbon-doped AlGaAs,” A. Katz, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, B. Wein and W. Savin, Journal of Applied Physics 69, 2276-2281 (1991). 41. Gbit/High Sensitivity, Low Error Rate Decision Circuit Implemented with C-doped AlGaAs/GaAs HBTs,” R.K. Montgomery, P. Smith, F. Ren, T.R. Fullowan, C.R. Abernathy, P. Kopf, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, P. Wisk and R.N. Nottenburg, Electron

36 Appendix III.3.2

Letters 29, 976-977 (1991). 42. “The Roles of Al and H in Impurity Contamination in AlGaAs,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr, Journal of Crystal Growth 111, 574-580 (1991). 43. “High Quality RTA of InP and GaAs Substrates Under Low Pressure TBP and TBA Ambients,” A. Katz, A. Feingold, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, M. Geva and K. Jones, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology 9, 2466-2472 (1991). 44. Gbit/s AlGaAs/GaAs HBT Driver IC For Lasers or Lightwave Modulators,” R. Montgomery, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, T. Fullowan, R. Kopf, P. Smith, S.J. Pearton, P. Wisk, J. Lothian and R. Nottenburg, Electron Letters 27, 1827-1828 (1991). 45. “Self-Aligned AlGaAs/GaAs HBT Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, T. Fullowan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P. Smith, R. Kopf and E.J. Laskowski, Electron Letters 27, 1054-1055 (1991). 46. “Novel C-doped p-channel MESFET Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Journal of Applied Physics 70, 2885-2289 (1991). 47. “Thermal Stability of Dopant-Hydrogen Paris in GaAs,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lopata, Applied Physics Letters 59 577-579 (1991). 48. “Growth and Dry Etch Processing of MOMBE GaAs p-n Junctions,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, T.R. Fullowan and J. Lothian, Semiconductor Science and Technology 6, 1049-1052 (1991). 49. “GaAs/AlGaAs QW and Modulation-doped Heterostructures Grown by MOVPE using TMAA1,” W.S. Hobson, F. Ren, S. Sputz, T. Harris, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and K.S. Jones, Applied Physics Letters 59, 1975-1977 (1991). 50. “Carbon and Tin Doped npn and pnp AlGaAs/GaAs HBTs Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, Y.K. Chen, W.S. Hobson and P. Smith, Electron Letters27, 2391-2393 (1991). 51. “Stability of C and Be-doped Base GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, C.R. Abernathy, R. Kopf, S. Downey and S.J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 59, 3613-3615 (1991). 52. “Characteristics of Be+ and O+ co-implantation in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, P. Wisk, T. Fullowan, R. Kopf, J. Kuo, W.S. Hobson and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Applied Physics 69, 698-703 (1991). 53. “The Feasibility of Using TMAA1 as an Al Precursor for MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, A. Jordan, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, F. Baiocchi, D. Bohling and G. Muhr, Journal of Crystal Growth 109, 31-36 (1991). 54. “High Sensitivity 14 Gbit/s Hybrid Optical Receiver Using AlGaAs/GaAs HBTs,” M. Haner, R. Montgomery, E. Frahm, P. Smith, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, C.R. Abernathy, R. Kopf, S.J. Pearton J. Lothian, P. Wisk and R. Nottenburg, Electron Letters 27, 1091-1093 (1991). 55. “Growth of GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, T. Fullowan, K. Montgomery, P. Wisk, J. Lothian, P. Smith and R. Nottenburg, Journal of Crystal Growth 120, 234 (1992). 56. “Thermal Stability of GaAs(C)/InAs Superlattices Grown by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, P.W. Wisk, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson, S.N.G. Chu, F. Ren, P.H. Fuoss and F.J. Lamelas, Applied Physics Letters 60, 1339-1341 (1992).

37 Appendix III.3.2

57. “Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE Using Tris-dimethylaminoarsenic,” C.R. Abernathy, P.W. Wisk, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr, Applied Physics Letters 60, 2421- 2423 (1992). 58. “Low Temperature Growth of AlGaAs by MOMBE using TMAAl,” C.R. Abernathy and D.A. Bohling, Journal of Crystal Growth 120, 195-199 (1992). 59. “Growth of GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, T.R. Fullowan, R.K. Montgomery, P.W. Wisk, J.R. Lothian, P.R. Smith and R.N. Nottenburg, Journal of Crystal Growth 120, 234-241 (1992). 60. “Comparison of Tri-ethylgallium and Tri-isobutylgallium for Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, P.W. Wisk, A.C. Jones and S.A. Rushworth, Applied Physics Letters 61, 180-184 (1992).

61. “Rapid Isothermal Processing for Fabrication of GaAs Based Electronic Devices,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, A. Katz, T.R. Fullowan, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and R.F. Kopf, IEEE Electronic Devices 39, 154-160 (1992). 62. “Carbon-doped MESFET Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Materials Science Engineering B. 13, 305-307 (1992). 63. “RIP of Pt/Ti Contracts to p-type III-V Binary and Related Materials,” A. Katz, S. Chu, B. Weir, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton and W. Savin, IEEE Electronics Devices 39, 184-191 (1992). 64. “Single Energy MeV Implant Isolation of Multilayer III-V Device Structures,” R. Elliman, M. Ridgway, C. Jagadish, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, J. Lothian, T. Fullowan, A. Katz, C.R. Abernathy and R. Kopf, Journal of Applied Physics 71, 1010-1015 (1992). 65. “Growth of pnp HBT Structures by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, T.R. Fullowan, P. Wisk and J. Lothian, Journal of Applied Physics 71, 1219-1225 (1992). 66. “Isolation Properties and Experimental Ranges of High Energy Ions in GaAs and InP,” S.J. Pearton, B. Jalali, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, J. Fox, K. Kemper and D. Roa, Journal of Applied Physics 71, 2663-2666 (1992). 67. “Hydrogen Incorporation into GaAs, InP and Related Compounds During Epitaxial Growth and Device Processing,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, U. Chakrabarti, M. Stavola and D. Kozuch, Materials Science Engineering B 13, 171-176 (1992). 68. “Use of MeV O+ Ion Implantation for Isolation of GaAs/Al GaAs HBTs,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, J. Lothian, T. Fullowan, A. Katz, P. Wisk, C. Abernathy, R. Kopf, R. Elliman, M. Ridgway, C. Jagadish and J. Williams, Journal of Applied Physics 71, 4949-4953 (1992). 69. “Dopant Incorporation in GaAs and AlGaAs Grown by MOMBE for High Speed Devices,” C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton and J. Song, Journal of Electronic Materials 21, 323 -327(1992). 70. “The Effect of ECR Generated H2 Plasma on Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, P. Wisk, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology B. 10, 2153 -2158(1992). 71. “Dissociation Energies of Acceptor-Hydrogen Complexes in InP,” S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters 61 14-16 (1992).

38 Appendix III.3.2

72. “Self-Aligned Metal-Masked Dry Etch Processing of III-V Electronic and Photonic Devices,” S.J. Pearton, A. Katz, A. Feingold, F. Ren, T.R. Fullowan, J. Lothian and C.R. Abernathy, Materials Science Engineering B. 15, 82-89 (1992). 73. “Damage Introduction in InP and InGaAs During Ar and H2 Plasma Exposure,” S.J. Pearton, F. Applied Physics Letters 61, 586-588 (1992). 74. “Improved Performance of C-doped GaAs Based HBTs Through Use of InGaP,” C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, P. Wisk, S.J. Pearton and R. Esqui, Applied Physics Letters 61, 1092- 1094 (1992). 75. “InGaP/GaAs Based HBTs Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P. Wisk and R. Esqui, Electron Letters 28, 1550-1551 (1992).

76. “GaAs Via Hole Etching and MOMBE Regrowth,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R. Esqui, T.R. Fullowan, P. Wisk and J. Lothian, Semiconductor Science and Technology 7, 850-853 (1992). 77. ‘Stability of InAs Contact Layers on GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs During Implant Isolation Annealing,” F. Ren, S.N.G. Chu, C.R. Abernathy, T.R. Fullowan, J. Lothian and S.J. Pearton, Semiconductor Science and Technology 7, 793-797 (1992). 78. “Small Area InGaP Emitter, Carbon-Doped Base HBTs Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, S. Chu, P. Wisk, T. Fullowan, B. Tseng and Y.K. Chen, Electron Letters 28, 2250-2551 (1992 79. “Alternative Group V Sources for Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, P. Wisk, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, D.A. Bohling and G. Muhr, Journal of Crystal Growth 124, 664-669 (1992). 80. “Damage Introduction in GaASs/AlGaAs in InGaAs/InP HBT Structures During ECR Plasma Processing,” F. Ren, T. Fullowan, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, R. Esagui, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology A 11, 1768- 1771 (1993). 81. “Wet and Dry Etching Characteristics of AIN, GaN and InN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, A. Katz and P. Wisk, ibid., Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology A 11, 1772-1775 (1993). 82. “Growth of III-V Materials by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” C.R. Abernathy, Proc. of the 1992 American Vacuum Society, Chicago, IL, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology B 11, 883-888 (1993). 83. “Mg Doping of InP and InGaAs Grown by MOMBE,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, P.W. Wisk, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Applied Physics Letters 64, 2103-2105 (1993). 84. “Growth of InN for Ohmic Contact Formation,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and P.W. Wisk, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology B 11, 179-184 (1993). 85. “The Role of the As Source in Selective Epitaxial Growth of GaAs and AlGaAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, P.W. Wisk, J.R. Lothian, D.A. Bohling and G.T. Muhr, Semiconductor Science and Technology 8, 979-984 (1993). 86. “Growth of InGaP by MOMBE Using Novel Ga Sources,” C.R. Abernathy, P.W. Wisk, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, A.C. Jones and S.A. Rushworth, Journal of Applied Physics 73, 2283-2287 (1993).

39 Appendix III.3.2

87. “Mg Doping of InP and InGaAs Grown by MOMBE using Dis-cyclopentadiemyl- magnesium,” C.R. Abernathy, P. Wisk, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Applied Physics Letters 62, 258-260 (1993). 88. “W(Zn) Selectivity Deposited and Locally Diffused Ohmics Contacts to p-InGaAs/InP Formed by RTLPMOCVD,” A. Katz, A. Rog, A. Feingold, M. Geva, N. Moriya, S.J. Pearton, E. Lane, T. Keel and C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters 62, 2652-2655 (1993). 89. “Selective Regrowth of InP and GaAs by OMVPE and MOMBE Around Dry Etched Features,” W.S. Hobson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and J. Lothian, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 11, 536-541 (1993). 90. “Damage Introduction in GaAs/AlGaAs and InGaAs/InP HBT Structures During ECR Plasma Processing,” F. Ren, T.R. Fullowan, S.J. Pearton, J.R. Lothian, R. Esqui, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 11, 1768-1771 (1993). 91. “Dry and Wet Etching Characteristics of InN, AlN and GaN Deposited by ECR- MOMBE,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, J. Lothian, P. Wisk and A. Katz, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 11, 1772-1775 (1993). 92. “Growth of InP Epitaxial Layers by RTLPMOCVD Using TBP,” A. Katz, A. Feingold, N. Moriya, S. Nakahara, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, M. Geva, F. Baiocchi, L. Luther and E., Lane, Applied Physics Letters 63, 2958-2960 (1993). 93. “The Effects of Ionizing Radiation on GaAs/AlGaAs and InGaAs/AlInAs HBTs,” S. Witmer, S. Mittleman, D. Behy, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, R. Kopf. C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, D. Humphrey, R. Montgomery, P. Smith, J. Kreskovsky and H. Grubin, Materials Science and Engineering B 20, 280-290 (1993). 94. “Ground State Energy Shift of Acceptor-H Complexes in Si and GaAs Under Hydrostatic Pressure,” I. Veloarison, M. Stavola, Y. Cheng, S. Utring, G. Watkins, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lopata, Physics Review B 47, 15237-15244 (1993). 95. “Reversible Changes in Doping of InGaAlN Alloys Induced by Ion Implantation or Hydrogenation,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, P. Wisk, W. Hobson and F. Ren, Applied Physics Letters 63, 1143-1145 (1993). 96. “Ion Implantation and Dry Etching Characteristics of InGaAsP( = 1.3 m),” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, P. Wisk and F. Ren, Journal of Applied Physics 74, 1610-1614 (1993). 97. “Self-aligned InGaP/GaAs HBTs for Microwave Power Applications,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, T. Fullowan, Y. Chen, L. Yang, S. Fu and H. Lin, IEEE Electronic Device Letters EDL 14, 332-334 (1993). 98. “Growth of InGaP by MOMBE Using Novel Ga Sources,” C.R. Abernathy, P. Wisk, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, A. Jones and A. Rushworth, Journal of Applied Physics 73, 2283- 2287 (1993). 99. “Another Step in Developing a Single Wafer Integrated Process: RTLPMOCVD of Local Diffused W (Zn) Contacts,” A. Katz, A. Feingold, N. Moriya, S.J. Pearton, A. Rusby, J. Kovalchick, C.R. Abernathy, M. Geva and E. Lane, Semiconductor Science and Technology 8, 1445-1451 (1993). 100. “Passivation of C-doped GaAs by Hydrogen Introduced by Annealing and Growth

40 Appendix III.3.2

Ambients,” D. Kozuch, M. Stavola, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, Journal of Applied Physics 73, 3716-3724 (1993). 101. “Dry Etching of Thin Film InN, AlN and GaN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, J. Lothian, P. Wisk, A. Katz and C. Constantine, Semiconductor Science and Technology 8, 310-313 (1993). 102. “The Role of the As Source in Selective Epitaxial Growth of GaAs and AlGa As by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, P. Wisk, J. Lothian, D. Bohling and G. Muhr, Semiconductor Science and Technology 8, 979-984 (1993). 103. “Growth of InN of Ohmic Contact Formation by ECR-MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and P. Wisk, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology B 11, 179-182 (1993).

104. “Surface Recombination Velocities on Processed InGaP P-N Junctions,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, C.R. Abernathy, R.L. Masatis and U.K. Chakrabarti, Applied Physics Letters 63, 3610-3612 (1993). 105. “Enhanced Etch Rates of Tri-Level Resist Stacks in Microwave Discharges,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and C.R. Abernathy, Semiconductor Science and Technology 8, 1905- 1909 (1993). 106. “Defects and Ion Redistribution in Implant-Isolated GaAs-based Device Structures,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, S. Chu., C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and R. Elliman, Journal of Applied Physics 74, 6580-6583 (1993). 107. “Low Temperature Cl2-based Dry Etching of III-V Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.F. Kopf and F. Ren, Journal of Electrochemical Society 141, 2250-2255 (1994). 108. “Temperature Dependent Dry Etching Characteristics of III-V Semiconductors in HBr- and HI-based Discharges,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and C.R. Abernathy, Plasma Chemistry and Plasma Processing 14, 131-143 (1994). 109. “Low Bias Dry Etching of W and Dielectric Layers on GaAs,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and C.R. Abernathy, Semiconductor Science and Technology 14, 505-508 (1994). 110. “Dry Etched Mesas for Buried Heterostructure InGaAsP/InP Lasers Using ECR Cl2/CH2/H2/Ar Discharges,” S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and C. Constantine, Journal Material Science: Materials in Electronics 5, 185-191 (1994). 111. “Optical Emission End Point Detection for Via Hole Etching in InP and GaAs Power Device Structures,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and C. Constantine, Materials Science and Engineering B 25, 36-40 (1994). 112. “Dry Etching and Implantation Characteristics of Al0.5Ga0.5P,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Applied Physics Letters 64, 3015-3017 (1994). 113. “Thermal Stability of Ti/Pt/Au nonalloyed ohmic contacts on InN,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton and P. Wisk, Applied Physics Letters 64,1508-1510 (1994). 114. “Low Bias Plasma Etching of GaN, AlN and InN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Applied Physics Letters 64, 2294-2296 (1994). 115. “Electrical Passivation in Hydrogen Plasma Exposed GaN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Electron Letters 30, 527-528 (1994).

41 Appendix III.3.2

116. “Hydrogenation of GaN, AlN and InN," J.M. Zavada, R.G. Wilson. C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 64, 3086-3088 (1994). 117. “Diffusion of H in Semiconductors and its Association with Defects,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Defect & Diffusion Forum 111/112, 1-36 (1994). 118. “Aligned Defect Complex Containing C and H in As-grown GaAs Epitaxial Layers,” Y. Cheng, M. Stavola, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and W.S. Hobson, Physics Review B 49, 2469-2473 (1994). 119. “Comparison of Surface Recombination Velocities in InGaP and AlGaAs Mesa Diodes,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, C.R. Abernathy and V.K. Chakrabarti, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology B 12, 142-145 (1994).

120. “Fabrication of GaN Nanostructures by a Sidewall-Etchback Process,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and J.R. Coblisan, Semiconductor Science and Technology 9, 338- 340 (1994). 121. “Low Temperature ECR Plasma Etching of GaAs, AlGaAs and GaSb in Cl2/Ar,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters 64, 1673-1675 (1994). 122. “Dry Etched Mesas for Buried Heterostructure InGaAsP/InP Lasers Using ECR CL2/CH4/H2/Ar Discharges,” S. J. Pearton, W. S. Hobson, F. Ren, C. R. Abernathy and C. Constantine, Journal of Materials Science - Materials in Electronics 5, 185-191 (1994). 123. “Comparison of Multipolar and Magnetic Mirror ECR Sources for CH4/H2 Dry Etching of III-V Semiconductors,” S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy, R. Kopf, F. Ren and W. S. Hobson, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 12, 1333-1340 (1994). 124. “Use of Sn-doped GaAs for Non-alloyed Ohmic Contacts to HEMTs,” F. Ren, A. Y. Cho, D. L. Sivco, S. J. Pearton and C. R. Abernathy, Electron Letters 30, 912-913 (1994). 125. “New Dry Etch Chemistries for III-V Semiconductors,” S. J. Pearton, U. K. Chakrabarti, F. Ren, C. R. Abernathy, A. Katz, W. S. Hobson and C. Constantine, Materials Science and Engineering B 25, 179-189 (1994). 126. “Dry Patterning of InGaN and InAlN,” S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Applied Physics Letters 64, 3643-3645 (1994). 127. “Ar+ Ion Milling Characteristics of III-V Nitrides,” S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy and F. Ren and J. Lothian, Journal of Applied Physics 76, 1210-1214 (1994). 128. “Effect of Substrate Temperature on Dry Etching of InP, GaAs and A1GaAs in I2 and Br2 Plasmas,” U. K. Chakrabarti, F. Ren, S. J. Pearton and C. R. Abernathy, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 12, 1129-1134 (1994). 129. “Low Temperature Dry Etching of Tungsten metal, Dielectric and Trilevel resist Layers on GaAs,” S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy, F. Ren, J. Lothian and R. Kopf, Plasma Chemistry and Plasma Processing 14, 505-514 (1994). 130. “ECR Plasma Etching of GaN, AlN and InN,” S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy and C. B. Vartuli, Electron Letters 30, 1985-1986 (1994). 131. “Low Resistance Ohmic Contacts on N+ Ion Bombarded InP,” F. Ren, S. J. Pearton, J. Lothian, W. Chu. R. G. Wilson, C. R. Abernathy and S. S. Pei, Applied Physics Letters 65, 2165-2167 (1994).

42 Appendix III.3.2

132. “The Impact of Impurity Incorporation on HBTs Grown by MOMBE,” C. R. Abernathy, F. Ren, S. J. Pearton, P. Wisk, D. Bohling, G. Muhr, A. C. Jones, M. Stavola and D. Kozuch, Journal of Crystal Growth 136, 11-17 (1994). 133. “1.54m Photoluminescence from Er-implanted GaN and AlN,” R. G. Wilson, R. Schwartz, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, N. Newman, M. Rubin, T. Fu and J. M. Zavada, Applied Physics Letters 65, 992-994 (1994). 134. “Structural Characterization of GaN and GaAsN Grown by ECR-MOMBE,” S. Bharatan, K. S. Jones, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, F. Ren, P. Wisk and J. Lothian, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 12, 1094-1098 (1994). 135. “P-based Single HBTs with Improved Breakdown Characteristics,” F. Ren, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton and P. Wisk, Electron Letters 30, 1184-1185 (1994). 136. “Fabrication of Self-aligned GaAs/AlGaAs and GaAs/InGaP Power HBTs,” F. Ren, J. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, D. Wisk, Y. C. Chen, H. Lin and T. Henry, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 12, 2916-2926 (1994). 137. “Passivation of Dopants in InGaP using ECR Hydrogenation,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Materials Science and Engineering B 38, 263- 266 (1994). 138. “Chemical/Surface Mechanistic Consideration in the Design of Novel Precursors for MOMBE,” D.A. Bohling, C.R. Abernathy and K.F. Jensen, Journal of Crystal Growth, 136, 118-121(1994). 139. “Comparison of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Carbon Doping Sources for GaAs and AlGaAs Grown by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson and P.W. Wisk, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 12, 4, pp. 1186- 1190 (1994). 140. “The Role of Hydrogen In UHV Growth of III-V Semiconductors,” C. R. Abernathy, Materials Science Forum 148/149, 3-41 (1994). 141. “Carbon Doping of AlAs Using CCl4 and CBr4 During Growth by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” C. R. Abernathy, J. D. MacKenzie, W. S. Hobson and P. W. Wisk, Applied Physics Letters 65, 2205-2207 (1994). 142. “Growth of AlN by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, V. Krishnanmoorthy, S. Bharatan, K.S. Jones and R.G. Wilson, Applied Physics Letters, Vol. 67, 253-255 (1995). 143. “Novel Phosphorus and Antimony Sources for Use in Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” C. R. Abernathy, D. A. Bohling, G. T. Muhr and P. W. Wisk, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B13, 59-63 (1995). 144. “A Comparison of Alane Precursors for Growth of AlAs and AlGaAs by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” C. R. Abernathy and P. W. Wisk, Solid State Electronics 38, 737-739(1995). 145. “Implant Isolation of InAlN and InGaN,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie and J.C. Zolper, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 13, 2708-2712 (1995). 146. “Growth of InGaN and InAlN by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, S.R. Bharatan, K.S. Jones, S.J. Pearton, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 84, 3-6 (1995).

43 Appendix III.3.2

147. “Use of InN for Ohmic Contacts on GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S. N. G. Chu, J. R. Lothian and S. J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 66, 1503-1505 (1995). 148. “Comparison of H+ and He+ Implant Isolation of GaAs Based HBTs,” S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy, J. W. Lee, F. Ren and C. S. Wu, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 13, 15-21 (1995). 149. “Annealing Behavior of AlGaAs: C Grown by MOMBE”, J. D. MacKenzie, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, and S. N. G. Chu, Applied Physics Letters 66, 1397-1399 (1995). 150. “Use of InN for Ohmic Contacts on GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, C. R. Abernathy, S. N.G. Chu, J. R. Coblisan and S. J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 66, 1503-1505 (1995).

151. “Thermal Stability of Deuterium in InAlN and InGaAlN,” S. J. Pearton,” C.R. Abernathy, J. D. MacKenzie, R. G. Wilson, F. Ren and J. M. Zavada, Electronics Letters 31, 327-329 (1995). 152. “Electrical and Structural Properties of InxGa1-xN on GaAs,”. C.R. Abernathy, J. D. Mac- Kenzie, S. R. Bharatan, K. S. Jones and S. J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 66, 1632- 1634 (1995). 153. “High Temperature ECR Etching of GaN, InN and AlN,” R. J. Shul, S. D Kilcoyne, M. Crawford, J. Parmeter, C. B. Vartuli, C. R. Abernathy, and S. J. Pearton, Applied Physics Letters 66, 1761-1763 (1995). 154. "Effect of Ion Energy on Hydrogen Diffusion in n- and p- type GaAs,” S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy, R. G. Wilson, F. Ren, and J. M. Zavada, Electronics Letters 31, 496-497 (1995). 155. “CCl4 Doping of GaN Grown by MOMBE,” C. R. Abernathy, J. D. MacKenzie, S. J. Pearton, and W. S. Hobson, Applied Physics Letters 66, 1909-1911 (1995). 156. “Thermal Stability of Implanted Dopants in GaN,” R. G. Wilson, S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy, and J. M. Zavada, Applied Physics Letters 66, 2351-2353 (1995). 157. “Use of Ti in Ohmic Metal Contacts to p- GaAs,” F. Ren, S. J. Pearton, C. R. Abernathy, and J. R. Lothian, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 13, 863-866 (1995). 158. “The Role of Hydrogen in Current-Induced Degradation of C-Doped GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S. Chu, J. Lothian and S.J. Pearton, Solid State Electronics, 38, 1137-1140 (1995). 159. “Nitrogen and Fluoride in Implantation in InGaN,” J.C. Zolper, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and C.B. Vartuli, Applied Physics Letters 66, 3042-3044 (1995). 160. “High Etch rates of GaN with Magnetron RIE in BCl3 Plasmas,” G.F. McLane, L. Cases, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters 66, 3328-3330 (1995). 161. “Outdiffusion of Deuterium from GaN, AlN and InN,” R.G. Wilson, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J.M. Zavada, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 13, 719-723 (1995). 162. “Wet Chemical Etching in AlInP,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, E. Hobson, F. Ren and C.S. Wu, Journal of Electrochemical Society 142, 100-103 (1995). 163. “Nanoscale Structures in III-V Semiconductors Using Sidewall Masking and High Ion

44 Appendix III.3.2

Density Dry Etching,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and J. Lothian, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 13, 753-756 (1995). 164. “High Density, Low Temperature Dry Etching in GaAs and InP Device Technology,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 13, 849-853 (1995). 165. “Magnetron RIE of AlN and InN in BCl3 Plasmas,” G.F. McLane, L. Casus, R. Lareau, D. Eckart, C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 13, 724 -728 (1995). 166. “Wet Chemical Etching of AlN,” J.R. Mileham, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R.J. Shul and S.P. Kilcoyne, Applied Physics Letters 67, 1119-1121 (1995). 167. “Investigation of Wet Etching Solutions for InGaP,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W. Hobson, F. Ren and C.S. Wu, Solid State Electronics, 38, 1871-1875 (1995). 168. “High Rate ECR Etching of GaN, InN and AlN,” R.J. Shul, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C. Vartuli, P. Barnes and M. Bozak, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 13, 2016 -2022(1995). 169. “Implantation and Redistribution of Dopants and Isolation Species in GaN and Related Compounds,” R.G. Wilson, C. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.M. Zavada, Solid State Electronics, 38, 1329-1333 (1995). 170. “Dry Etch Damage in InN, InGaN and InAlN,” S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, J. D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, Applied Physics Letters 67, 2329-2331 (1995). 171. “Hydrogenation of InN and InGaN,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, J.D. MacKenzie and C.R. Abernathy, Electron Letters 31, 1512-1513 (1995). 172. “Damage Introduction in InGaP by ECR Ar Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Applied Physics Letters 67, 3289-3291 (1995). 173. “Hydrogen Incorporation in GaN, AlN and InN During Cl2/CH4/H2/Ar ECR Plasma Etching,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, R.J. Shul, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Electronics Letters 31, 834-835 (1995). 174. “Novel Fabrication of Self-Aligned GaAs/AlGaAs and GaAs/InGaP Microwave Power HBTs,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, L.W. Yang and S.T. Tu, Solid State Electronics, 38, 1635-1639 (1995). 175. “Plasma-induced Damage and Hydrogenation of AlGaP,” J.W. Lee, C. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and K.S. Jones, Solid State Electronics 39, 1-5 (1996). 176. “Comparison of Dry Etching Techniques for III-V Semiconductors in CH4/H2/Ar Plasmas,” S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson and R.J. Shul, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, 752-757 (1996). 177. “High Microwave Power ECR Etching of III-V Semiconductors in CH4/H2/Ar,” S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, E.S. Lambers, J.R. Mileham, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson and R.J. Shul, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 14, 118-124 (1996). 178. “High Ion Density Plasma Etching of InGaP, AlInP and AlGaP in CH4/H2/Ar,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C. Santana, J.R. Mileham, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and W.S. Hobson, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, 1093-1099 (1996). 179. “Carbon Implantation in AlGaAs,” S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters 68, 1793-1795 (1996).

45 Appendix III.3.2

180. “Process Development for III-V Nitrides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, R.J. Shul, J.C. Zolper, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Materials Science and Engineering B 38, 138-145 (1996). 181. “The Incorporation of H into III-V Nitrides During Processing,” S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, R.G. Wilson, F. Ren, J. Zavada, C.R. Abernathy, C. Vartuli, J.W. Lee, J.R. Mileham and J.D. MacKenzie, Journal of Electronic Materials 25, 845-848 (1996). 182. “Ion Implantation and RTP of III-V Nitrides,” J.C. Zolper, M.H. Crawford, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, C. Yuan and R.A. Stall, Journal of Electronics Materials 25, 839-844 (1996). 183. “Growth and Fabrication of GaN-InGaN Microdisk Laser Structures,” C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.D. MacKenzie, J.R. Mileham, S. Bharahan, V. Krishnanmoorthy, K.S. Jones, R.J. Shul, J.M. Zavada, D. Zheng and R. Kolbas, Solid State Electronics 39, 111- 113 (1996). 184. “Wet Chemical Etch Solutions for AlGaP,” J.W. Lee, C. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, L1-Ll3 (1996). 185. “Cl2-based Dry Etching of GaAs, AlGaAs and GaP,” J.W. Lee, J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, 2010 -2016 (1996). 186. “Unintentional Hydrogenation of GaN and Related Alloys During Processing,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, R.G. Wilson, R.J. Shul, F. Ren and J.M. Zavada, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 14, 831-836 (1996). 187. “Wet and Dry Etching of LiGaO2 and LiAlO2,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.M. Zavada and B.L. Chai, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, L169-L171 (1996). 188. “Effect of Ar Addition in ECR CH4/H2/Ar Plasma Etching of GaAs, InP and InGaP,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 39, 1095-1097 (1996). 189. “Patterning of AlN, InN and GaN in KOH-based Solutions,” J. Mileham, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 14, 836-840 (1996). 190. “High Ion Density Etching of III-V Nitrides,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul, A.J. Howard, S. Kilcoyne, J. Parmeter and M.H. Crawford, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 14, 1011-1016 (1996). 191. “Magnetron RIE of Group III-Nitride Ternary Alloys,” G.F. McLane, T. Monahan, D. Eckart, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 14, 1046-1050 (1996). 192. “Initial Growth Stages of AlXGa1-XP on Epitaxial Silicon,” C.J. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, and K.S. Jones, Journal of. Crystal Growth 164, 248-253 (1996). 193. “Dry Etching of InGaP and AlInP in CH4/H2/Ar,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C. Santana, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Plasma Chemistry and Plasma Processing 16, 365-368 (1996). 194. “Ar Plasma-Induced Damage in AlGaAs,” R.R. Stradtmann, J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Journal Electrochemical Society 143, L219-L221 (1996). 195. “Effect of BCl3 Dry Etching on InAlN Surface Properties,” F. Ren, J. Lothian, Y.K.

46 Appendix III.3.2

Chen, J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.L. Lee and S.J. Pearton, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, l217-l219 (1996). 196. “Comparison of Dry Etch Techniques for GaN,” R.J. Shul, G.B. McClellen, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Electron Letters 32, 1408-1409 (1996). 197. “Dry Etching of InGaAlP Alloys in Cl2/Ar High Ion Density Plasmas,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, C. Santana, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Journal of Electronic Materials 25, 1428-1433(1996). 198. “Carbon Impurity Incorporation During Growth of Epitaxial III-V Materials,” C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Electronics, Vol. 7, 1-21 (1996). 199. “Growth of InGaN and InAlN on GaAs by MOMBE,” C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, S.R. Bharatan, K.S. Jones and S.J. Pearton, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A14, 843-847 (1995). 200. “Alternative Precursors for the Growth of Group III Nitrides by CBE,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and G.T. Muhr, Journal of Crystal Growth 164, 111-114 (1996). 201. “Growth of III-N Materials by MOMBE,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, G.T. Muhr, Journal of Crystal Growth 164, 143-148 (1996). 202. “Te Doping of InP Using Di-isopropyl tellurium Tri-isopropyl indium, “ M. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, R. Gedridge, Jr., Journal of Crystal Growth 164, 420-424 (1996). 203. “Nucleation of AlGaP on Si,” C. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, K.S. Jones, Journal of Crystal Growth, 164, 248-255 (1996). 204. “Comparison of BCl3/Ar and BCl3/N2 Plasma Chemistries for Dry Etching of InGaArP Alloys,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, C.J. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Semiconductor Science and Technology 11, 1218-1223(1996). 205. “Cl2/Ar Plasma Etching of Binary, Ternary and Quaternary In-based Compound Semiconductors,” J.W. Lee, J. Hong, C.R. Abernathy, E.S. Lambers, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 14, 2567-2574 (1996). 206. “Microstructural Stability of Ohmic Contacts to InxGa1-xN,” A.Durbha, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.W. Lee, P.H. Holloway and F. Ren, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 14, 2582-2586 (1996). 207. “Si, Be and C Ion Implantation in GaAs0.93P0.07,” J.W. Lee, K.N. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, H. Han and J.C. Zolper, Journal of Applied Physics 80, 2296- 2299 (1996). 208. “Selective Dry Etching of III-V Nitrides in Cl2/Ar, CH4/H2/Ar, ICl/Ar and IBr/Ar,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, L246-L247 (1996). 209. “Electrical Transport in p-GaN, n-InN and n-InGaN,” W. Geerts J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and T. Schmeidel, Solid State Electronics 39, 1289-1295 (1996). 210. “C Implantation and Surface Degradation of InGaP,” C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.C. Zolper and A.J. Howard, Journal of Electronic Materials 25, 1640-1645 (1996). 211. “Cl/Ar ECR Plasma Etching of III-V Nitrides,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, J. Hong, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, Applied Physics Letters 69, 1426- 1428 (1996).

47 Appendix III.3.2

212. “Passivation of Dopants in InGaP using ECR Hydrogenation,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Materials Science and Engineering B 38, 263- 267 (1996). 213. “Effect of Ar Addition in ECR Ch4/H2/Ar Plasma Etching of GaAs, InP and InGaP,” J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 39, 1095-1097 (1996). 214. “Comparison of Dry Etching Techniques for InGaP, AlInP and AlGaP,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, C. Santana, C.R. Abernathy, E.S. Lambers, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 39, 1109-1112 (1996). 215. “Cl2/Ar and CH4/H2/Ar Dry Etching of III-V Nitrides,” C.B. Vartuli, J.D. MacKenzie, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and R.J. Shul, Journal of Applied Physics 80, 3705-3709 (1996).

216. “High Density Etching of Group III Nitride Ternary Films,” R.J. Shul, A.J. Howard, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and C.B. Vartuli, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, 3285- 3290 (1996). 217. “Wet Chemical Etching of AlN and InAlN in KOH Solutions,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, J.C. Zolper, R.J. Shul and F. Ren, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, 3681-3685 (1996). 218. “Comparison of ICl and IBr Plasma Chemistries for Etching of InGaAlP Alloys,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine and W.S. Hobson, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, 3656-3661 (1996). 219. “Low Energy Electron-Enhanced Etching of GaN/Si in Hydrogen dc Plasma,” H.P. Gillis, D.A. Choutov, K.D. Martin, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Electrochemical Society 143, L251- L253 (1996). 220. “Thermal Stability of Hydrogen in LiAlO2 and LiGaO2,” R.G. Wilson, B.L. H. Chai, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and J.M. Zavada, Applied Physics Letters 69, 3848- 3850 (1996). 221. “Plasma Damage Effects in InAlN FETs,” F. Ren, J. Lothian, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton and R.G. Wilson, Solid State Electronics 39, 1747- 1752(1996). 222. “Thermal Stability of W, WSix and Ti/Al Ohmic Contacts to InGaN, InN and InAlN,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R. Shul, J. Zolper, M. Lovejoy, A. Baca and M.0. Crawford, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 14, 3520-3524 (1996). 223. “High Temperature Surface Degradation of III-V Nitrides,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, E. Lambers and J. Zolper, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B 14, 3523 - 3530(1996). 224. “Etching Processes for Fabrication of GaN/InGaN/AlN Microdisk Laser Structures,” J. Lee, C. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J. MacKenzie, J.R. Mileham, S.J. Pearton, R. Shul, J. Zolper, M. Crawford, J. Zavada, R. Wilson and R. Schwartz, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 14, 3637-3674 (1996). 225. “Plasma Etching of InGaP, AlInP and AlGaP in BCl3 Environment,” J. Hong, J. Lee, C.

48 Appendix III.3.2

Santana, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Materials Science and Engineering B 41, 247-253 (1996). 226. “Er Doping of AlN During Growth by MOMBE,” J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, U. Hommerich, X. Wu, R.N. Schwartz, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Applied Physics Letters 69, 2083-2085 (1996). 227. “Microdisk Laser Structures Formed in III-V Nitride Epilayers,” J. Zavada, C.R. Abernathy, S..J. Pearton, J. MacKenzie, J. Mileham, R.G. Wilson, R. Schwartz, M..H. Crawford, . Shul, S. Kilcoyne, D. Zhang and R.M. Kolbas, Solid State Electron 41, 353- 356 (1997). 228. “ECR Etching of III-V Nitrides in IBr/At Plasmas,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J. Lee, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R. Shul, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 15, 98-101 (1997).

229. “Formation of Dry Etch Gratings in GaN and InGaN,” J.W. Lee, J. Hong, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and D. Sirortino, Journal of Electronic Materials 26, 290-293 (1997). 230. “Plasma Etching of III-V Semiconductors in BCl3 Chemistries: Part I, GaAs and Related Compounds,” J. Lee, J. Hong, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Plasma Chemistry and Plasma Processing 17, 155-168 (1997). 231. “Plasma Etching of III-V Semiconductors in BCl3 Chemistries: Part II, InP and Related Compounds,” J. Lee, J. Hong, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Plasma Chemistry and Plasma Processing 17, 169-181 (1997). 232. “Electrical and Optical Changes in AlGaAs and InGaP During Dielectric Etching in ECR SF6 Plasmas,” K. Lee, J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 41, 401-405 (1997). 233. “Conduction Mechanisms in W and WSix Ohmic Contacts to InGaN and InN,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. MacKenzie, M. Lovejoy, R. Shul, J. Zolper, A.G. Baca, M. Crawford, A. Jones and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 41, 531-534 (1997). 234. “High Temperature Annealing of GaN, InN and AlN and Related Alloys,” J. Hong, J. Lee, C. Vartuli, J. MacKenzie, S. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, R. Crockett, S.J. Pearton, J.C. Zolper and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 41, 681-683 (1997). 235. “InN-based Ohmic Contacts to InAlN,” S. Donovan, J. Mackenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, K. Jones and M. Cole, Applied Physics Letters 70, 2592-2594 (1997). 236. “Dry Etching of III-V Semiconductors in IBr/Ar ECR Plasmas,” J. Lee, J. Hong, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Journal of Electronic Materials 26, 429-434 (1997). 237. “Dry Etch Damage in ICP Exposed GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J Shul, Applied Physics Letters 70, 2410-2412 (1997). 238. “Direct and Indirect Excitation of Er3+ Ions in Er:AlN,” X. Wu, U. Hommerich, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Schwartz, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Applied Physics Letters 70, 2126-2128 (1997).

49 Appendix III.3.2

239. “Effects of H2 plasma exposure on GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, R.J. Shul, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Solid State Electronics 41, 829- 835 (1997). 240. “Dry Etching of InGaP in Magnetron-Enhanced BCl3 Plasmas,” G.F. McLane, M. Wood, D. Eckart, J.W. Lee, K.N. Lee, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Vacuum Technology A 15, 622-625 (1997). 241. “High Density Plasma Etching of Compound Semiconductors,” R.J. Shul, G. McClellan, R. Briggs, D. Reiger, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.W. Lee, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15, 633-638 (1997). 242. “Plasma Etching of III-Nitrides in ICl/Ar and IBr/Ar Plasmas,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15, 638-642 (1997).

243. “Rapid Thermal Processing of III-Nitrides,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.D MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, S.J. Pearton and J.C. Zolper, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15, 797-800 (1997). 244. “Comparison of Ohmic Metallization Schemes for InGaAlN,” F. Ren, C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, R.J. Shul, J.C. Zolper, M.L. Lovejoy, A.G. Baca, M.H. Crawford and K.A. Jones, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15,802-805 (1997). 245. “Damage Investigation in AlGaAs and InGaP Exposed to High Ion Density Ar and SF6 Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, K.N. Lee, R. Stradtmann, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15, 90-893 (1997). 246. “Inductively Coupled Ar Plasma Damage in AlGaAs,” J.W. Lee, D. Hays, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and C. Constantine, Journal of Electrochemical Society 144, L245-L247 (1997). 247. “Er Doping of III-Nitrides During Growth by MOMBE,” J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, U. Hommerich, K. Wu, R.N. Schwartz, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Journal of Crystal Growth 175/176, 84-88 (1997). 248. “Dry Etch Damage in GaAs MESFETs Exposed to ICP and ECR Ar Plasmas,” F. Ren, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J. Shul, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B15, 93-988 (1997). 249. “ICP Etching of III-V Nitrides in Ch4/H2/Ar and Ch4/H2/N2 Chemistries,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, J.D MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Journal of Electrochemical Society 144, 2844-2847 (1997). 250. “Plasma Characteristics and the Growth of Group III-Nitrides by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” J.D. MacKenzie, K. Abbaschian and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Electronic Materials Vol. 26, 1266-1269 (1997). 251. “Thermal Stability of Heavily Tellurium-Doped InP Grown by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” M.J. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, V. Krishnamurthy, R.W. Gedridge, Jr., T.E. Haynes, Journal of Electronic Materials Vol. 26, 27-35, 1997. 252. “Growth of Group III Nitrides by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, Journal of Crystal Growth Vol. 178, Nos. 1 /

50 Appendix III.3.2

2, 74-86 (1997). 253. “PL Study of Er-Doped AlN,” X. Wu, U. Hommerich, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.G. Wilson R.N. Schwartz and J.M. Zavada, J. Lumin. 72-74, 284 (1997). 254. “Effect of Ion Damage on the Electrical and Optical Behavior of p-Type GaAs and InGaP,” K.N. Lee, J.W. Lee, J. Hong, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and W.S. Hobson, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1279 (1997). 255. “The Role of Ion Characteristics in Determining the Structural and Electrical Quality in InN Grown by MOMBE,” S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P.C. Chow and J. Van Hove, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1292 (1997) 256. “Wet Chemical Etching Survey of III-Nitrides,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, F. Ren, J.C. Zolper and R.J. Shul, Solid State Electron. 41, 1447 (1997). 257. “Comparison of ECR Plasma Chemistries for Etching of InGaP and AlGaP,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1303 (1997). 258. “Comparison of Dry Etching of III-V Semiconductors in ICl/Ar and IBr/Ar ECR Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1314 (1997). 259. “Etching of Ga-Based III-V Semiconductors in Inductively Coupled Ar and CH4/H2- Based Plasma Chemistries,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, Plasma Sources Sci. Technol. 6, 499 (1997). 260. “Luminescence Enhancement in AlN(Er) by Hydrogenation,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R.G. Wilson, R.N. Schwartz and J.M. Zavada, Appl. Phys. Lett. 71, 1807 (1997). 261. “Hydrogenation Effects During High Density Plasma Processing of GaAs MESFETs,” F. Ren, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Semicond. Sci. Technol. 12, 1154 (1997). 262. “Comparison of GaN, InN and AlN Powders for Susceptor-based Rapid Thermal Annealing of Group III-Nitride Materials,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.C. Zolper, Semicond. Sci. Technol. 12, 1310 (1997). 263. “Effect of Dry Etching on Surface Properties of III-Nitrides,” F. Ren, J.R. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, J.D. MacKenzie, R.G. Wilson and R.F. Karlicek, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1287 (1997). 264. “Inductively Coupled Plasma Etch Damage in GaAs and InP Schottky Diodes,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson, R.J. Shul, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Journal of Electrochemical Society 144, 1417-1423 (1997). 265. “Microdisk Laser Structures Formed in III-V Nitride Epilayers,” J. Zavada, C.R. Abernathy, S..J. Pearton, J. MacKenzie, J. Mileham, R.G. Wilson, R. Schwartz, M..H. Crawford, . Shul, S. Kilcoyne, D. Zhang and R.M. Kolbas, Solid State Electron 41, 353- 356 (1997). 266. “ECR Etching of III-V Nitrides in IBr/At Plasmas,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J. Lee, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R. Shul, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B 15, 98-101 (1997).

51 Appendix III.3.2

267. “Formation of Dry Etch Gratings in GaN and InGaN,” J.W. Lee, J. Hong, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and D. Sirortino, Journal of Electronic Materials 26, 290-293 (1997). 268. “Plasma Etching of III-V Semiconductors in BCl3 Chemistries: Part I, GaAs and Related Compounds,” J. Lee, J. Hong, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Plasma Chemistry and Plasma Processing 17, 155-168 (1997). 269. “Plasma Etching of III-V Semiconductors in BCl3 Chemistries: Part II, InP and Related Compounds,” J. Lee, J. Hong, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Plasma Chemistry and Plasma Processing 17, 169-181 (1997). 270. “Electrical and Optical Changes in AlGaAs and InGaP During Dielectric Etching in ECR SF6 Plasmas,” K. Lee, J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 41, 401-405 (1997). 271. “Conduction Mechanisms in W and WSix Ohmic Contacts to InGaN and InN,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J. MacKenzie, M. Lovejoy, R. Shul, J. Zolper, A.G. Baca, M. Crawford, A. Jones and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 41, 531-534 (1997). 272. “High Temperature Annealing of GaN, InN and AlN and Related Alloys,” J. Hong, J. Lee, C. Vartuli, J. MacKenzie, S. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, R. Crockett, S.J. Pearton, J.C. Zolper and F. Ren, Solid State Electronics 41, 681-683 (1997). 273. “InN-based Ohmic Contacts to InAlN,” S. Donovan, J. Mackenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, K. Jones and M. Cole, Applied Physics Letters 70, 2592-2594 (1997). 274. “Dry Etching of III-V Semiconductors in IBr/Ar ECR Plasmas,” J. Lee, J. Hong, E. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Journal of Electronic Materials 26, 429-434 (1997). 275. “Dry Etch Damage in ICP Exposed GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” F. Ren, J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J Shul, Applied Physics Letters 70, 2410-2412 (1997). 276. “Direct and Indirect Excitation of Er3+ Ions in Er:AlN,” X. Wu, U. Hommerich, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Schwartz, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Applied Physics Letters 70, 2126-2128 (1997). 277. “Effects of H2 plasma exposure on GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, R.J. Shul, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Solid State Electronics 61, 829- 835 (1997). 278. “Dry Etching of InGaP in Magnetron-Enhanced BCl3 Plasmas,” G.F. McLane, M. Wood, D. Eckart, J.W. Lee, K.N. Lee, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Vacuum Technology A 15, 622-625 (1997). 279. “High Density Plasma Etching of Compound Semiconductors,” R.J. Shul, G. McClellan, R. Briggs, D. Reiger, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.W. Lee, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15, 633-638 (1997). 280. “Plasma Etching of III-Nitrides in ICl/Ar and IBr/Ar Plasmas,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R.J. Shul, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15, 638-642 (1997). 281. “Rapid Thermal Processing of III-Nitrides,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, J.D MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, S.J. Pearton and J.C. Zolper, Journal of

52 Appendix III.3.2

Vacuum Science Technology A 15, 797-800 (1997). 282. “Comparison of Ohmic Metallization Schemes for InGaAlN,” F. Ren, C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, R.J. Shul, J.C. Zolper, M.L. Lovejoy, A.G. Baca, M.H. Crawford and K.A. Jones, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15,802-805 (1997). 283. “Damage Investigation in AlGaAs and InGaP Exposed to High Ion Density Ar and SF6 Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, K.N. Lee, R. Stradtmann, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology A 15, 890 (1997). 284. “Inductively Coupled Ar Plasma Damage in AlGaAs,” J.W. Lee, D. Hays, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and C. Constantine, Journal of Electrochemical Society 144, L245-L247 (1997).

285. “Er Doping of III-Nitrides During Growth by MOMBE,” J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, U. Hommerich, K. Wu, R.N. Schwartz, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Journal of Crystal Growth 175/176, 84-88 (1997). 286. “Dry Etch Damage in GaAs MESFETs Exposed to ICP and ECR Ar Plasmas,” F. Ren, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J. Shul, Journal of Vacuum Science Technology B15, 988 (1997). 287. “ICP Etching of III-V Nitrides in Ch4/H2/Ar and Ch4/H2/N2 Chemistries,” C. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, J.W. Lee, J.D MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, R.J. Shul, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Journal of Electrochemical Society 144, 2844-2847 (1997). 288. “Plasma Characteristics and the Growth of Group III-Nitrides by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” J.D. MacKenzie, K. Abbaschian and C.R. Abernathy, Journal of Electronic Materials Vol. 26, 1266-1269 (1997). 289. “Thermal Stability of Heavily Tellurium-Doped InP Grown by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” M.J. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, V. Krishnamurthy, R.W. Gedridge, Jr., T.E. Haynes, Journal of Electronic Materials Vol. 26, 27-35, 1997. 290. “Growth of Group III Nitrides by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, Journal of Crystal Growth Vol. 178, Nos. 1 / 2, 74-86 (1997). 291. “PL Study of Er-Doped AlN,” X. Wu, U. Hommerich, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.G. Wilson R.N. Schwartz and J.M. Zavada, J. Lumin. 72-74, 284 (1997). 292. “Effect of Ion Damage on the Electrical and Optical Behavior of p-Type GaAs and InGaP,” K.N. Lee, J.W. Lee, J. Hong, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and W.S. Hobson, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1279 (1997). 293. “The Role of Ion Characteristics in Determining the Structural and Electrical Quality in InN Grown by MOMBE,” S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P.C. Chow and J. Van Hove, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1292 (1997) 294. “Carbon Doping of InSb using CBr4 During Growth by Gas-Source Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” W.V. Schoenfeld, M. J. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters, March 9, 1998. 295. “Er Doping of GaN During Growth by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” J. Devin MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett., June 25, 1998.

53 Appendix III.3.2

296. “New Plasma Chemistries for Etching GaN and InN : BI3 and BBr3,” H. Cho, J. Hong, T. Maeda, S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and J. Han, MRS Int. J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 3, 5 (1998). 297. “ICP Etching of III-V Semiconductors in Cl2-based Chemistries,” J.W. Lee, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson and C. Constantine, Mat. Sci. Semicond. Proc. 1, 1 (1998). 298. “Effect of Atomic H on Er Luminescence from AlN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, U. Hommerich, J.M. Zavada, R.G. Wilson and R.N. Schwartz, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A16, (1998). 299. “Comparison of ICP Cl2 and CH4/H2 Etching of III-Nitrides,” H. Cho., C.B. Vartuli, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and C. Constantine, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A16, (1998). 300. “Low Bias Dry Etching of III-Nitrides in Cl2-based ICPs,” H. Cho, C.B. Vartuli, S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and C. Constantine, J. Electron. Mater. 27, 166 (1998). 301. “Comparison of Dry Etch Damage in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs Exposed to ECR and ICP Ar Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J. Shul, Solid State Electron. 42, (1998). 302. “ICP Etching of InGaP, AlInP and AlGaP in Cl2 and BCl3 Chemistries,” J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, J. Electron. Mater. 27, 132 (1998). 303. “Selective ICP Etching of Group III-Nitrides in Cl2 and BCl3-based Plasmas,” R.J. Shul, C.G. Willison, M. Bridges, J. Han, J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, L. Zhang and L.F. Lester, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A16, (1998). 304. “Comparison of Plasma Chemistries for Inductively Coupled Plasma Etching of InGaAlP,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, E.S. Lambers, S.J. Pearton, J. Vac. Sci. Technol A16 (1998). 305. “Carbon Doping of InSb using CBr4 During Growth by Gas-Source Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” W.V. Schoenfeld, M. J. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, Applied Physics Letters, March 9, 1998. 306. “ICP Etching of InGaP, InGaP, AlInP and AlGaP in Cl2 and BCl3 Chemistries,” J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, J. Electron. Mater. 27 (1998). 307. “Selective ICP Etching of Group III-Nitrides in Cl2 and BCl3-based Plasmas,” R.J. Shul, C.G. Willison, M. Bridges, J. Han, J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, L. Chang and L.F. Lester, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A16 (1998). 308. “Ultra High Si+ Implant Activation Efficiency in GaN Using a High Temperature RTP System,” X.A. Cao, C.R. Abernathy, R.K. Singh, S.J. Pearton, M. Fu, V. Sarvepalli, J.A. Sekhar, J.C. Zolper, D.J. Rieger, J. Han, T.J. Drummond, R.J. Shul and R.G. Wilson, Appl. Phys. Lett. 73, 206 (1998). 309. “High Selectivity Dry Etching of InGaP over AlInP in BI3 and BBr3 Plasma Chemistries,” J. Hong, H. Cho, T. Maeda, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, Electrochemical and Solid-State Letters, 1, 56 (1998).

54 Appendix III.3.2

310. “High Selectivity Plasma Etching of InN Over GaN,” H. Cho, J. Hong, T. Maeda, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and J. Han, J. Electronic Mater. 27, 915 (1998). 311. “Growth of III-Nitrides on ZnO, LiGaO2 and LiAlO2 Substrates,” J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P.H. Holloway, R. Linares, J.M. Zavada and B. Chai, J. Electrochem. Soc. 145, 2581 (1998). 312. “Device Degradation During Low Temperature ECR-CVD, Part I: GaAs MESFETs,” J.W. Lee, K.D. MacKenzie, D. Johnson, R.J. Shul, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 42, 1015 (1998). 313. “Device Degradation During Low Temperature ECR-CVD, Part II: GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” J.W. Lee, K.D. MacKenzie, D. Johnson, R.J. Shul, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 42, 1021 (1998). 314. “Device Degradation During Low Temperature ECR-CVD, part III: GaAs/InGaP HEMTs,” J.W. Lee, K.D. MacKenzie, D. Johnson, R.J. Shul, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 42, 1027 (1998). 315. “Er Doping of GaN During Growth by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” J. Devin MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett., June 25, 1998. 316. “Wet Chemical Etching Survey of III-Nitrides,” C.B. Vartuli, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, F. Ren, J.C. Zolper and R.J. Shul, Solid State Electron. 41, 1447 (1997). 317. “Comparison of ECR Plasma Chemistries for Etching of InGaP and AlGaP,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1303 (1997). 318. “Comparison of Dry Etching of III-V Semiconductors in ICl/Ar and IBr/Ar ECR Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, W.S. Hobson and F. Ren, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1314 (1997). 319. “Etching of Ga-Based III-V Semiconductors in Inductively Coupled Ar and CH4/H2- Based Plasma Chemistries,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Constantine, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, Plasma Sources Sci. Technol. 6, 499 (1997). 320. “Luminescence Enhancement in AlN(Er) by Hydrogenation,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, R.G. Wilson, R.N. Schwartz and J.M. Zavada, Appl. Phys. Lett. 71, 1807 (1997). 321. “Hydrogenation Effects During High Density Plasma Processing of GaAs MESFETs,” F. Ren, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, C. Constantine and C. Barratt, Semicond. Sci. Technol. 12, 1154 (1997). 322. “Comparison of GaN, InN and AlN Powders for Susceptor-based Rapid Thermal Annealing of Group III-Nitride Materials,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.C. Zolper, Semicond. Sci. Technol. 12, 1310 (1997). 323. “Effect of Dry Etching on Surface Properties of III-Nitrides,” F. Ren, J.R. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, C.B. Vartuli, J.D. MacKenzie, R.G. Wilson and R.F. Karlicek, J. Electron. Mater. 26, 1287 (1997).

55 Appendix III.3.2

324. “New Plasma Chemistries for Etching GaN and InN : BI3 and BBr3,” H. Cho, J. Hong, T. Maeda, S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and J. Han, MRS Int. J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 3, 5 (1998). 325. “ICP Etching of III-V Semiconductors in Cl2-based Chemistries,” J.W. Lee, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, F. Ren, W.S. Hobson and C. Constantine, Mat. Sci. Semicond. Proc. 1, 1 (1998). 326. “Effect of Atomic H on Er Luminescence from AlN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, U. Hommerich, J.M. Zavada, R.G. Wilson and R.N. Schwartz, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A16, (1998). 327. “Comparison of ICP Cl2 and CH4/H2 Etching of III-Nitrides,” H. Cho., C.B. Vartuli, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and C. Constantine, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A16, (1998). 328. “Low Bias Dry Etching of III-Nitrides in Cl2-based ICPs,” H. Cho, C.B. Vartuli, S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and C. Constantine, J. Electron. Mater. 27, 166 (1998). 329. “Comparison of Dry Etch Damage in GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs Exposed to ECR and ICP Ar Plasmas,” J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, C. Constantine, C. Barratt and R.J. Shul, Solid State Electron. 42, (1998). 330. “ICP Etching of InGaP, AlInP and AlGaP in Cl2 and BCl3 Chemistries,” J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, J. Electron. Mater. 27, 132 (1998). 331. “Selective ICP Etching of Group III-Nitrides in Cl2 and BCl3-based Plasmas,” R.J. Shul, C.G. Willison, M. Bridges, J. Han, J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, L. Zhang and L.F. Lester, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A16, (1998). 332. “Comparison of Plasma Chemistries for Inductively Coupled Plasma Etching of InGaAlP,” J. Hong, J.W. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, E.S. Lambers, S.J. Pearton, J. Vac. Sci. Technol A: Vac. Surfaces and Films (1998). 333. “Er Doping of GaN During Growth by MOMBE,” J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, U. Hommerich, J.T. Seo, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Appl. Phys. Lett. 72, 2710 (1998). 334. “Ultra High Si+ Implant Activation Efficiency in GaN Using a High Temperature RTP System,” X.A. Cao, C.R. Abernathy, R.K. Singh, S.J. Pearton, M. Fu, V. Sarvepalli, J.A. Sekhar, J.C. Zolper, D.J. Rieger, J. Han, T.J. Drummond, R.J. Shul and R.G. Wilson, Appl. Phys. Lett. 73, 206 (1998). 335. “High Selectivity Dry Etching of InGaP over AlInP in BI3 and BBr3 Plasma Chemistries,” J. Hong, H. Cho, T. Maeda, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, Electrochemical and Solid-State Letters, 1, 56 (1998). 336. “Comparison of Plasma Chemistries for ICP Etching of InGaAlP Alloys,” J. Hong, J. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, E.S. Lambers, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A16, 1497 (1998). 337. “High Selectivity Plasma Etching of InN Over GaN,” H. Cho, J. Hong, T. Maeda, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and J. Han, J. Electronic Mater. 27, 915 (1998).

56 Appendix III.3.2

338. “Growth of III-Nitrides on ZnO, LiGaO2 and LiAlO2 Substrates,” J.D. MacKenzie, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, P.H. Holloway, R. Linares, J.M. Zavada and B. Chai, J. Electrochem. Soc. 145, 2581 (1998). 339. “Device Degradation During Low Temperature ECR-CVD, Part I: GaAs MESFETs,” J.W. Lee, K.D. MacKenzie, D. Johnson, R.J. Shul, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 42, 1015 (1998). 340. “Device Degradation During Low Temperature ECR-CVD, Part II: GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” J.W. Lee, K.D. MacKenzie, D. Johnson, R.J. Shul, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 42, 1021 (1998). 341. “Device Degradation During Low Temperature ECR-CVD, part III: GaAs/InGaP HEMTs,” J.W. Lee, K.D. MacKenzie, D. Johnson, R.J. Shul, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 42, 1027 (1998). 342. “Dry Etching of GaN and Related Materials – Comparison of Techniques,” J. lee, H. Cho, D.C. Hays, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul, G.A. Vawter and J. Han, IEEE J. Select. Topics in Quantum Electron. 4, 557 (1998). 343. “Electrical Effects in GaAs and AlGaAs During ICP-CVD of SiNx Films,” Y.B. Hahn, J.W. Lee, K. MacKenzie, D. Johnson, D. Hays, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 1(5) 230 (1998). 344. “High Resolution Pattern Transfer in III-Nitrides Using BCl3/Ar Inductively Coupled Plasmas,” H. Cho, S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Han, R.J. Shul and J.W. Lee, Solid-State Electron. 42, 1719 (1998). 345. “300oC GaN/AlGaN Heterojunction Bipolar Transistor,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, J.M. Van Hove, P.P. Chow, R. Hickman, J.J. Klaassen, R.F. Kopf, H. Cho, K.B. Jung, J.R. LaRoche, R.G. Wilson, J. Han, R.J. Shul, A.G. Baca and S.J. Pearton, MRS Internet J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 3, 41 (1998). 346. “New Plasma Chemistries for Dry Etching of InGaAlP Alloys: BI3 and BBr3,” J. Hong, H. Cho, T. Maeda, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B16, 2690 (1998). 347. “Activation Annealing of Si-Implanted GaN up to 1500oC Using a Novel RTP Technique,” M. Fu, V. Sarvepalli, R.K. Singh, C.R. Abernathy, X. Cao, S.J. Pearton and J.A. Sekhar, J. Electron. Mater. 27, 1329 (1998). 348. “Thermal Stability of Ohmic Contacts to InN,” S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, K. Jones and M. Cole, Solid State Electron. 42 1831 (1998). 349. “ICP and ECR Plasma Etching of InGaAlP Compound Semiconductor System,” J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and W.S. Hobson, Critical Rev. in Solid State and Materials Sciences 23, 1 (1998). 350. “Demonstration of GaN MIS Diodes by using AlN and Ga2O3 (Cd2O3) as Dielectrics,” F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie, B.P. Gila, S.J. Pearton, M. Hong, M.A. Marcus, M.J. Schurmann, A.G. Baca and R.J. Shul, Solid State Electron. 42, 2177 (1998). 351. “Comparison of Plasma Etch Techniques for III-V Nitrides,” R.J. Shul, G.A. Vawter, C.G. Willison, M.M. Bridges, J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Solid State Electron. 42, 2259 (1998).

57 Appendix III.3.2

352. “High Density Plasma Etch Selectivity for the III-V Nitrides,” R.J. Shul, C.G. Willison, M.M. Bridges, J. Han, J.W. Lee, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.D. MacKenzie and S.M. Donovan, Solid State Electron. 42, 2269 (1998). 353. “Cl2-based Dry Etching of the AlGaInN System in Inductively Coupled Plasmas,” H. Cho, C.B. Vartuli, C.R. Abernathy, S.M. Donovan, S.J. Pearton, R.J. Shul and J. Han, Solid State Electron. 42, 2277 (1998). 354. “A Novel Technique for RTP Annealing of Compound Semiconductors,” M. Fu, V. Sarvepalli, R.K. Singh, C.R. Abernathy, X. Cao, S.J. Pearton and J.A. Sekhar, Solid State Electron. 42, 2335 (1998). 355. “Effect of Temperature on Ga2O3 (Cd2O3)/GaN Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistors,” F. Ren, M. Hong, S.N.G. Chu, M.A. Marcus, M.J. Schurmann, A. Baca, S.J. Pearton and C.R. Abernathy, Appl. Phys. Lett. 73, 3893 (1998). 356. “Growth of Tl-containing III-V Materials,” M.J. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, A. Sher, M. Berding, J. Cryst. Growth 188, 113 (1998). 357. “Doping of InSb and InAs Using CBr4,” W. Schoenfeld, M.J. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, J. Cryst. Growth, 188, 50 (1998). 358. “Growth and Fabrication of GaN/AlGaN HBT,” J. Han, A.G. Baca, R.J. Shul, C.G. Willison, L. Zhang, F. Ren, A.P. Zhang, G.T. Dang, S.M. Donovan, X.A. Cao, H. Cho, K.B. Jung, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and R.G. Wilson, Appl. Phys. Lett. 74, 27023 (1999). 359. “Thermal Stability of WSix and W Ohmic Contacts on GaN,” X.A. Cao, S.J. Pearton, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, J.C. Zolper, M.W. Cole, A. Zeitouny, M. Eizenberg, R.J. Shul and A.G. Baca, Mat. Sci. Eng. B59, 362 (1999). 360. “ICP Etching of III-V Semiconductors in BCl3-based Chemistries: I. GaAs, GaN, GaP, GaSb and AlGaAs,” T. Maeda, J.W. Lee, R.J. Shul, J. Han, J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, Appl. Surf. Sci. 143, 174 (1999). 361. “ICP Etching of III-V Semiconductors in BCl3-based Chemistries: II. InP, InGaAs, InGaAsP, InAs and AlInAs,” T. Maeda, J.W. Lee, R.J. Shul, J. Han, J. Hong, E.S. Lambers, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and W.S. Hobson, Appl. Surf. Sci. 143, 183 (1999). 362. “Effect of Additive Noble Gases in Cl2-based ICP Etching of GaN, InN and AlN,” Y.B. Hahn, D.C. Hays, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, J. Han, R.J. Shul, H. Cho, K.B. Jung and S.J. Pearton, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A17, 768 (1999). 363. “Novel Plasma Chemistries for Highly Selective Dry Etching of InxGa1-xN, BI3 and BBr3,” H. Cho, J. Hong, T. Maeda, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and R.J. Shul, Mat. Sci. Eng. B59, 340 (1999). 364. “Comparison of ICl- and IBr-based Plasma Chemistries for ICP Etching of GaN, InN and AlN,” Y.B. Hahn, D.C. Hays, H. Cho, K.B. Jung, C.R. Abernathy, S.M. Donovan, S.J. Pearton, J. Han and R.J. Shul, Mat. Sci. Eng. B60, 95 (1999). 365. “Selective Dry Etching using ICP, Part II: InN/GaN and InN/AlN,” D.C. Hays, H. Cho, K.B. Jung, Y.B. Hahn, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, J. Han and R.J. Shul, Appl. Surf. Sci. 147, 134 (1999).

58 Appendix III.3.2

366. “W and WSix Ohmic Contacts on p- and n-type GaN,” X.A. Cao, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, A. Zeitouny, M. Eizenberg, J.C. Zolper, C.R. Abernathy, J. Han, R.J. Shul and J.R. Lothian, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A17, 1221 (1999). 367. “III-Nitride Dry Etching - Comparison of ICP Chemistries,” H. Cho, Y.B. Hahn, D.C. Hays, C.R. Abernathy, S.M. Donovan, J.D. MacKenzie, S.J. Pearton, J. Han and R.J. Shul, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A17, 2202 (1999). 368. “1.55m Er-doped GaN LED,” H. Shen, J. Pamulapati, M. Taysing, M.C. Wood, R.T. Lareau, M.H. Ervin, J. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and J.M. Zavada, Solid-State Electron. 43, 1231 (1999). 369. “GaN MOSFETs,” F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, A. Baca, P. Cheng, R.J. Shul, S.N.G. Chu, M. Hong, M. Schurmann and J. R. Lothian, Solid-State Electron. 43, 1817 (1999). 370. “Effects of Hydrogen Implantation into GaN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, R.G. Wilson, J.M. Zavada, C.Y. Song, M.G. Weinstein, M. Stavola, H. Han and R.J. Shul, Nucl. Inst. Meth. in Physics Res. B147, 171 (1999). 371. “UV Photoassisted Etching of GaN in KOH,” H. Cho, K.H. Auh, J. Han, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, E.S. Lambers, F. Ren and S.J. Pearton, J. Electron. Mater. 28, 288 (1999). 372. “Rapid Thermal Processing of Implanted GaN up to 1500oC,” X. Cao, S.J. Pearton, R.K. Singh, C.R. Abernathy, J. Han, R.J. Shul, D.J. Rieger, J.C. Zolper, R.G. Wilson, M. Fu and J.A. Sekhar, MRS Internet J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 451, G6-33 (1999). 373. “Behavior of W and WSix Contact Metallization on n- and p- type GaN,” X.A. Cao, F. Ren, J. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, J.C. Zolper, M.W. Cole, A. Zeitouny, M. Eizenberg and R.J. Shul, MRS Internet J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 451, G6-39 (1999). 374. “Photoelectrochemical Etching of InGaN,” H. Cho, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Han and R.J. Shul, MRS Internet J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 451, G6-40 (1999). 375. “ICP Etching of III-Nitrides in Cl2/Xe, Cl2/Ar and Cl2/He,” H. Cho, Y.B. Hahn, D.C. Hays, K.B. Jung, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Han and R.J. Shul, MRS Internet J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 451, G6-56 (1999). 376. “RBS Lattice Site Location and Damage Recovery Studies on Er-Implanted GaN,” E. Alves, M.F. da Silva, J.C. Soares, J. Bartels, R. Vianden, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, MRS Internet J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 451, G11-2 (1999). 377. “Optical Characterization of Er-Doped III-Nitrides Prepared by MOMBE,” U. Hommerich, M. Thaik, G. Bondu, J. Prejean, J. Seo, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.G. Wilson, J.M. Zavada and O. Ambacher, MRS Internet J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 451 G11-6 (1999). 378. “Non-alloyed High Temperature Ohmic Contacts on Te-doped InP,” F. Ren, M.J. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.R. LaRoche, M.W. Cole, J.R. Lothian and R.G. Gedridge, Appl. Phys. Lett. 74, 1845 (1999). 379. “Reactive Ion Beam Etching of GaAs and Related Compounds in an Inductively Coupled Plasma of Cl2-Ar Mixture,” Y.B. Hahn, J.W. Lee, G.A. Vawter, R.H. Shul, C.R. Abernathy, D.C. Hays, E.S. Lambers and S.J. Pearton, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B17, 366 (1999).

59 Appendix III.3.2

380. “Synthesis and Characterization of In-Tl-Sb Compounds Grown by MBE,” M.J. Antonell, C.R. Abernathy, W.A. Acree, M.A. Berding and A. Sher, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A17, 338 (1999). 381. “p-Ohmic Contact Resistance for GaAs(C)/GaN(Mg),” G. Dang, A.P. Zhang, F. Ren, S.M. Donovan, C.R. Abernathy, W.S. Hobson, S.N.G. Chu, X.A. Cao, R.G. Wilson and S.J. Pearton, Solid-State Electron. 44, 105 (2000). 382. “GaN/AlGaN HBT Fabrication,” F. Ren, H. Han, R. Hickman, J.M. Van Hove, P. Chow, J. Klaassen, J.R. LaRoche, K.B. Jung, H. Cho, X.A. Cao, S. Donovan, R. Kopf, R.G. Wilson, A.G. Baca, R.J. Shul, L. Zhang, C. Willison, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Solid-State Electron. 44, 239 (2000). 383. “High Current, Common-Base GaN/AlGaN HBTs,” X.A. Cao, G.T. Dang, A.P. Zhang, F. Ren, J.M. Van Hove, J. Klaassen, C.J. Polley, A.M. Wowchack, P.O. Chow, D.J. King, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 3, 144 (2000). 384. “Dry Etch Selectivity of Gd2O3 to GaN and AlN,” D. Hays, K.P. Lee, B.P. Gila, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, J. Electron. Mater. 29, 285 (2000). 385. “High Temperature Characteristics of GaN-based HBTs and BJTs,” X.A. Cao, J.M. Van Hove, J.J. Klaassen, C.J. Polley, A.M. Wowchack, P.P. Chow, D.J. King, F. Ren, G. Dang, A.P. Zhang, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Solid-State Electron. 44, 649 (2000). 386. “Photoluminescence Enhancement and Morphological Properties of Carbon Codoped GaN:Er,” M.E Overberg1, C.R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, R. G. Wilson, and J. M. Zavada, MRS Internet J. of Nit. Semicond. Res., 5S1, W11.62 (2000). 387. “Gd2O3/GaN Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor,” J.W. Johnson, B. Lou, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, W. Krishnamourthy, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.I. Chyi, T.E. Nee, C.M. Lee and C.C. Chuo, Appl. Phys. Lett. 77, 3230 (2000). + 388. “Comparison of the Optical Properties of Er3 Doped Gallium Nitride Prepared by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MOMBE) and Solid Source Molecular Beam Epitaxy (SSMBE),” U.H. Hommerich, J.T. Seo, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, MRS Internet J. Nitride Semicond. Res. 5S1 (2000). 389. “Effect of Thermal Stability of GaN epi-layer on the Schottky Diodes,” K. N. Lee, X.A. Cao, C. R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, A.P. Zhang, F. Ren, R. Hickman and J.M. Van Hove, Solid State Elec. 18 2448-2451 (2000). 390. “The Effect of Er Concentration on the Morphology and Photoluminescence of GaN:Er,” M.E. Overberg, J. Brand, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.M. Zavada, J. Electrochem. Soc., 147, 3117 (2000). 391. “Surface Chemical Treatment for the Cleaning of AlN and GaN Surfaces,” K.N. Lee, S.M. Donovan, B. Gila, M. Overberg, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and R.G. Wilson, J. Electrochem. Soc., 147 3087 (2000). 392. “GaTlAs by GSMBE,” M. A. Antonell, B. Gila, K. Powers, C. R. Abernathy, J. Vac. Sci. and Technol. A, 18, 2448-2451 (2000). 393. L.J. Brillson, A.P. Young, T.M. Levin, G.H. Jessen, J. Schäfer, Y. Yang, S.H. Xu, H. Cruguel, G.J. Lapeyre, F.A. Ponce, Y. Naoi, C. Tu, J.D. McKenzie, C.R. Abernathy, Localized states at GaN surfaces, Schottky barriers, and quantum well interfaces, Materials Science and Engineering: B 75 (2-3) (2000) pp. 218 - 223.

60 Appendix III.3.2

394. Common-Base Operation of GaN Bipolar Junction Transistors, X. A. Cao, G. T. Dang, A. P. Zhang, F. Ren, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, J. M. Van Hove, J. J. Klaasen, C. J. Polley, A. M. Wowchak, P. P. Chow, D. J. King, S. N. G. Chu,. Electrochem. Sol. State Lett., vol. 3, no. 7, 2000, p. 333 395. High Current, Common-Base GaN/AlGaN Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors, X. A. Cao, G. T. Dang, A. P. Zhang, F. Ren, J. M. Van, Hove, J. J. Klaassen, C. J. Polley, A. M. Wowchak, P. P. Chow, D. J. King, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton. Electrochem. Sol. State Lett, 3, 144 (2000). 396. “Effect of Carbon Doping on GaN:Er,” M. E. Overberg, C. R. Abernathy, J. D. MacKenzie, S. J. Pearton, R. G. Wilson, J. M. Zavada, Materials Science and Engineering B, 81, 121 (2001). 397. “Characterization and Annealing of Eu-doped GaN,” M. E. Overberg, K. N. Lee, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, W. S. Hobson, R. G. Wilson and J. M. Zavada, Materials Science and Engineering B, 81, 150 (2001). 398. U. Hömmerich, J.T. Seo, C.R. Abernathy, A.J. Steckl, J.M. Zavada, Spectroscopic studies of the visible and infrared luminescence from Er doped GaN, Materials Science and Engineering: B 81 (1-3) (2001) pp. 116 - 120. 399. GaN Bipolar Junction Transistors with Regrown Emitters, A. P. Zhang, J. Han, F. Ren, K. E. Waldrip, C. R. Abernathy, B. Luo, G. Dang, J. W. Johnson, K. P. Lee, and S. J. Pearton, Electrochemical and Solid-State Letters Volume 4, pp. G39-G41 (2001). 400. “Schottky Rectifiers Fabricated on Free-standing GaN Substrates,” J.W. Johnson, F. Ren, B. Gila, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, J.I. Chyi, C.C. Chuo, T.E. Nee, K.P. Lee, S.S. Park, Y.J. Park and S.J. Pearton, Solid-State Electronics 45, 405 (2001). 401. “Effect of N2 Plasma Treatments on Dry Etch Damage in n- and p-type GaN,” D.G. Kent, K.P. Lee, A.P. Zhang, B. Luo, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, K.D. Mackenzie, S.J. Pearton and Y. Nakagawa, Solid-State Electron. 45, 467 (2001). 402. “GaN Electronics for High Power, High Temperature Applications,” S.J. Pearton, F. Ren, A.P. Zhang, G. Dang, X. Cao, K.P. Lee, H. Cho, B. Gila, J.W. Johnson, C. Monier, C.R. Abernathy, J. Han, A.G. Baca, J.I. Chyi, C.M. Lee, T.E. Nee, C. Chuo and S.N.G. Chu, Mat. Sci. Eng. B82, 227 (2001). 403. “Nanoscale Magnetic Regions Formed in GaN Implanted with Mn,” N. Theodoropoulou, K.P. Lee, M.E. Overberg, S.N.G. Chu, A.F. Hebard, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and R.G. Wilson, J. Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, 1, 101 (2001). 404. “Magnetic and Structural Properties of Mn-Implanted GaN,” N. Theodoropoulou, A.F. Hebard, M. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, S.N.G. Chu and R.G. Wilson, Appl. Phys. Lett. 78, 3475 (2001). 405. “Process Development for Small Area GaN/AlGaN HBTs,” K.P. Lee, A.P. Zhang, G. Dang, F. Ren, J. Han, W.S. Hobson, J. Lopata, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.W. Lee, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A 19, 1846 (2001). 406. “Thermal Quenching in GaN(Er),” J.M. Zavada, M. Thaik, U. Hommerich, J.D. MacKenzie, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, J. Alloys Compd. 300/301, 207 (2000). 407. “Magnetic properties of P-type GaMnP grown by molecular-beam epitaxy”, M. E. Overberg, B. P. Gila, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, N. A. Theodoropoulou, K. T. McCarthy, Stephen B. Arnason, and Arthur F. Hebard, Appl. Phys. Lett. 79, 3128 (2001).

61 Appendix III.3.2

408. “Indication of ferromagnetism in molecular-beam-epitaxy-derived N-type GaMnN”, M. E. Overberg, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, N. A. Theodoropoulou, K. T. McCarthy, and A. F. Hebard, Appl. Phys. Lett. 79, 1312 (2001). 409. “SiO2/Gd2O3/GaN MOSFETs,” J.W. Johnson, B.P. Gila, B. Luo, K.P. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.I. Chyi, T.E. Nee, C.M. Lee, C.C. Chou and F. Ren, J. Electrochem. Soc. 148. G303 (2001). 410. “Use of Ion Implantation to Facilitate the Discovery and Characterization of Ferromagnetic Semiconductors,” N. Theodoropoulou, A.F. Hebard, S.N.G. Chu, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, J. Appl. Phys. 91, 7499 (2002). 411. “Magnetic Properties of n-GaMnM Thin Films,” G. Thaler, M.E. Overberg, B. Gila, R. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.S. Lee, S.Y. Lee, Y.D. Park, Z. Khim, J. Kim and F. Ren, Appl. Phys. Lett. 80, 3964 (2002). 412. “Characterization of Ni-Implanted GaN and SiC,” S.J. Pearton, N. Theodoropoulou, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, A.F. Hebard, S.N.G. Chu, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Mat. Sci. Eng. B94, 159 (2002). 413. “Room Temperature Magnetism in GaMnP Produced by Roth Ion Ionization and MBE,” M.E. Overberg, B.P. Gila, G.T. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, N. Theodoropoulou, K.T. McCarthy, S. Arneson, A.F. Hebard, S.N.G. Chu, R.G. Wilson, J.M. Zavada and Y.D. Park, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B20, 969 (2002). 414. “Characteristics of MgO/GaN Gate-Controlled MOS Diodes,” J. Kim, R. Mehandru, B. Luo, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, A.H. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and Y. Irokawa, Appl. Phys. Lett. 80, 4555 (2002). 415. “Electrical Characterization of GaN MOS Diodes Using MgO as the Gate Oxide,” J. Kim, B. Gila, R. Mehandru, J.W. Johnson, J.H. Shin, K.P. Lee, B. Luo, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, J. Electrochem. Soc. 149, 6482 (2002). 416. “Degradation of GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs with Ion-Implant Isolation,” M.R. Frei, T. Chin, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren, T. Fullowan, J. Lothian, S.J. Pearton, B. Tseng, R.K. Montgomery and P.R. Smith, Solid-State Electron. 46, 1301 (2002). 417. “Influence of PECVD Deuterated SiNx on GaAs MESFETs and GaAs/AlGaAs HBTs,” B. Luo, F. Ren, C. Wu, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and K.D. MacKenzie, Solid-State Electron. 46, 1359 (2002). 418. “Inversion Behavior in Sc2O3/GaN Gated Diodes,” J. Kim, R. Mehandru, B. Luo, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, A.H. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and Y. Irokawa, Appl. Phys. Lett. 81, 373 (2002). 419. “Pt Schottky contacts to n-(Ga,Mn)N,” J. Kim, F. Ren, G. Thaler, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and R.G. Wilson, Appl. Phys. Lett. 81, 658 (2002). 420. “Magnetic and Structural Characterization of Mn-implanted, Single-Crystal ZnGeSiN2,” S.J. Pearton, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, N.A. Theodoropoulou, A.F. Hebard, S.N.G. Chu, A. Osinsky, V. Fuflyigin, L.D. Zhu, A.Y. Polyakov and R.G. Wilson, J. Appl. Phys. 92, 2047 (2002). 421. “Unconventional Carrier-Mediated Ferromagnetism Above Room Temperature in Ion- Implanted (Ga,Mn)P : C,” N. Theodoropoulou, A.F. Hebard, M. Overberg, C.R.

62 Appendix III.3.2

Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, S.N.G. Chu and R.G. Wilson, Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 107203 (2002). 422. “Electrical and Optical Properties of GaN Films Implanted with Mn and Co,” A.Y. Polyakov, N. Smirnov, A. Govorkov, N. Pashkova, J. Kim, F. Ren, M.E. Overberg, G.T. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and R.G. Wilson, J. Appl. Phys. 92, 3130 (2002). 423. “Charge Pumping in Sc2O3/GaN Gated MOS Diodes,” J. Kim. R. Mehandru, B. Luo, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, A.H. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and Y. Irokawa, Electronics Lett. 38, 920 (2002). 424. “Effects of Sc2O3 and MgO Passivation Layers on the Output Power of AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” J.K. Gillespie, A.C. Fitch, J. Sewell, R. Dettmer, G.D. Via, A. Crespo, T.J. Jenkins, B. Luo, R. Mehandru, J. Kim, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, A.H. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, IEEE Electron. Dev. Lett. 23, 505 (2002). 425. “Optical Absorption and Temperature-Dependent Resistivity of GaMnN Grown by MBE,” J. Kim, F. Ren, A.Y. Polyakov, N. Smirnov, A. Govorkov, N. Pashkova, G.T. Thaler, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Electrochem. Sol. St. Lett. 5, 9103 (2002). 426. “High Energy Proton Irradiation Effects on SiC Schottky Rectifiers,” S. Nigam, J. Kim, F. Ren, G.Y. Chung, M.F. MacMillan, R. Dwivedi, T.N. Fogarty, R. Wilkins, K. Allums, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.R. Williams, Appl. Phys. Lett. 81, 2385 (2002). 427. “Comparison of Surface Passivation Films for Reduction of Current collapse in AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” B. Luo, R. Mehandru, J. Kim, F. Ren, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Fitch, J. Gillespie, T. Jenkins, J. Sewell, D. Via, A. Crespo and Y. Irokawa, J. Electrochem. Soc. 149, G613 (2002). 428. “Recent Advances in Gate Dielectrics and Polarized Light Emission from GaN,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, B. Gila, A. Onstine, M. Overberg, G. Thaler, J. Kim, B. Luo, R. Mehandru, F. Ren and Y.D. Park, Opto-Electronics Review 10, 231 (2002). 429. “The Role of Cleaning Conditions and Epitaxial Layer Structure on Reliability of Sc2O3 and MgO Passivation on AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” B. Luo, R. Mehandru, J. Kim, F. Ren, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Fitch, J. Gillespie, R. Dettmer, T. Jenkins, J. Sewell, D. Via and A. Crespo, Solid-State Electron. 46, 2187 (2002). 430. “Optical and Electrical Properties of GaMnN Films Grown by MBE,” AS.Y. Polyakov, A.V. Govorkov, N.B. Smirnov, N.Y. Pashkova, G. Thaler, M.E. Overberg, R. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Kim and F. Ren, J. Appl. Phys. 92, 4989 (2002). 431. “Wide Bandgap Ferromagnetic Semiconductors and Oxides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, M.E. Overberg, G. Thaler, D.P. Norton, N. Theodoropoulou, A.F. Hebard, Y.D. Park, F. Ren, J. Kim and L.A. Boatner, J. Appl. Phys. 93, 1 (2003). 432. “Effect of High Energy Proton Irradiation on dc Characteristics and Current Collapse in MgO and Sc2O3 Passivated AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” B. Luo, J. Kim, F. Ren, A.G. Baca, R.D. Briggs, B. Gila, A. Onstine, K. Allums, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Dwivedi, T.N. Fogarty and R. Wilkins, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 6, G31 (2003). 433. “Room Temperature Ferromagnetism in GaMnN and GaMnP,” S.J. Pearton, M.E. Overberg, G. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, J. Kim, F. Ren, N. Theodoropoulou, A.F. Hebard and Y.D. Park, Phys. Stal. Solidi A195, 222 (2003).

63 Appendix III.3.2

434. “RIBE of In-Containing Compound Semiconductors in and ICP Cl2/Ar Plasma,” J.W. Lee, R.J. Shul, G.A. Vawter, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and Y.B. Hahn, Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. 42, 38 (2003). 435. “Advances in Wide Bandgap Materials for Semiconductor Spintronics,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, D. Norton, A.F. Hebard, Y.D. Park, L.A. Boatner and J.D. Budai, Mat. Sci. Eng. R286, 1 (2003). 436. “Reversible Barrier Height Changes in Hydrogen-Sensitive Pd/GaN and Pt/GaN Diodes,” J. Kim, F. Ren, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 82, 739 (2003). 437. “Electrical Characteristics of Proton-Irradiated Sc2O3 Passivated AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” B. Luo, J. Kim, F. Ren, J. Gillespie, R. Fitch, J. Sewell, R. Dettmer, G. Via, A. Crespo, T. Jenkins, B. Gila, A. Onstine, K. Allums, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Dwivedi, T. Fogarty and R. Wilkins, Appl. Phys. Lett. 82, 1428 (2003). 438. “Electrical and Luminescent Properties of GaN LEDs with the Contact Layer Implanted with Mn,” A.Y. Polyakov, N.B. Smirnov, A.V. Govorkov, J. Kim, F. Ren, M. Overberg, G. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C.M. Lee, J.I. Chyi, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Solid-State Electron. 47, 963 (2003). 439. “Comparison of the Electrical and Luminescent Properties of p-Layer-Up and n-Layer- Up GaN/InGaN Light Emitting Diodes and the Effects of Mn Doping of the Upper n- Layer,” A. Polyakov, N. Smirnov, A. Govorkov, J. Kim, F. Ren, G. Thaler, M. Overberg, R. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C.M. Lee, J.I. Chyi, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Solid-State Electron. 47, 981 (2003). 440. “Proton Irradiation of MgO and Si2O3 Passivated AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” B. Luo, F. Ren, K. Allums, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Dwivedi, T. Fogarty, R. Wilkins, R. Fitch, J.K. Gillespie, T. Jenkins, R. Dettmer, J. Sewell, R. Via, A. Crespo. A.G. Baca and R.J. Shul, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1015 (2003). 441. “Hydrogen-Sensitive GaN Schottky Diodes,” J. Kim, B. Gila, G.Y. Chung, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1069 (2003). 442. “Vertical and Lateral Mobilities in n-(Ga,Mn)N,” J. Kim, F. Ren, G. Thaler, R. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, Appl. Phys. Lett. 82, 1565 (2003). 443. “AlGaN/GaN MOSHEMT Using Sc2O3 as the Gate Oxide and Surface Passivation,” R. Mehandru, B. Luo, J. Kim, F. Ren, B. Gila, A.H. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, D. Gotthold, R. Birkhahn, B. Peres, R. Fitch, J. Gillespie, T. Jenkins, J. Sewell, D. Via and A. Crespo, Appl. Phys. Lett. 82, 2530 (2003). 444. “Electrical and Optical Properties of Cr and Fe Implanted n-GaN,” A. Polyakov, N. Smirnov, A. Govorkov, N. Pashkova, A. Shlensky, S.J. Pearton, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, J. Appl. Phys. 93, 5388 (2003). 445. “Progress in Novel Oxides for Gate Dielectrics and Surface Passivation of GaN/AlGaN HFETs,” C.R. Abernathy, B.P. Gila, A. Onstine, S.J. Pearton, J. Kim, B. Luo, R. Mehandru, F. Ren, J.K. Gillespie, R.C. Fitch, J. Sewell, R. Dettmer, G.D. Via, A. Crespo, T.J. Jenkins and Y. Irokawa, J. Semicond. Technol. Sci. 3, 13 (2003).

64 Appendix III.3.2

446. “Ferromagnetic Semiconductors Based Upon AlGaP,” M.E. Overberg, G. Thaler, R. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Rairigh, J. Kelly, N. Theodoropoulou, A.F. Hebard, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, J. Appl. Phys. 93, 7861 (2003). 447. “GaN and Other Materials for Semiconductor Spintronics,” S.J. Pearton, Y.D. Park, C.R. Abernathy, M.E. Overberg, G.T. Thaler, J. Kim and F. Ren, J. Electron. Mater. 32, 288 (2003). 448. “Growth of the Dilute Magnetic Semiconductor GaMnN by MBE,” M.E. Overberg, G.T. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, N. Theordoropoulou, K.T. McCarthy, S.B. Arnason, J.S. Lee, J.D. Lim, S.B. Shim, K.S. Suh, Z.G. Kim, Y.D. Park, S.J. Pearton and A.F. Hebard, J. Electron. Mater. 32, 298 (2003). 449. “Properties of Mn- and Co-Implanted ZnO Crystals,” A. Polyakov, A. Govonkov, N. Smirnov, N. Pochkova, S.J. Pearton, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, D. Norton, J. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1523 (2003). 450. “Comparison of Pt/GaN and Pt/4H-SiC Gas Sensors,” J. Kim, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, G. Chang, F. Ren and S.J. Pearton, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1487 (2003). 451. “Temperature of Forward Current Characteristics of GaN Junction and Schottky Rectifiers,” K. Baik, Y. Irokawa, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, S.S. Park and Y. Park, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1533 (2003). 452. “Ferromagnetism in Mn- and Co-Implanted AlGaP,” M.E. Overberg, G. Thaler, R. Frazier, R. Rairigh, J. Kelly, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, A. Hebard, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1549 (2003). 453. “Gate Breakdown Characteristics of MgO/GaN MOSFETs,” H. Cho, K. Lee, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1597 (2003). 454. “Temperature Dependence of MgO/GaN MOSFET Performance,” H. Cho, K. Lee, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1661 (2003). 455. “High Three-Terminal Breakdown Voltage and Output Power of Sc2O3 Passivated AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” B. Luo, R. Mehandru, J. Kim, F. Ren, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, D. Gotthold, R. Birklahn, B. Peres, R. Fitch, N. Moser, J.K. Gillespie, T. Jenkins, J. Sewell, D. Via and A. Crespo, Electron. Lett. 39, 809 (2003). 456. “Observation of a Sphere Resonance Peak in Ferromagnetic GaN:Mn,” S. Seo, M.W. Kim, Y.S. Lee, T.W. Noh, Y.D. Park, G. Thaler, M. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 82, 4749 (2003). 457. “Improved dc and Power Performance of AlGaN/GaN HEMT with Sc2O3 Gate Dielectric or Surface Passivation,” B. Luo, R. Mehandru, J. Kim, F. Ren, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, D. Gotthold, R. Birkhahn, B. Peres, R.C. Fitch, N. Moser, J.K. Gillespie, G. Jessen, T. Jenkins, M. Yannuzi, G. Via and A. Crespo, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1781 (2003). 458. “Influence of Gate Oxide Blackness on Sc2O3/GaN MOSFETs,” H. Cho, K. Lee, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Solid-State Electron. 47, 1757 (2003). 459. “Properties of Co-, Cr- or Mn-Implanted AlN,” R. Frazier, G. Thaler, J. Stapleton, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Rairigh, J. Kelly, A. Hebard, M. Nakaugi, K. Nam, J.Y. Lin, H.X. Jiang, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, J. Appl. Phys. 94, 1592 (2003).

65 Appendix III.3.2

460. “Ferromagnetism in Mn- and Co-Implanted ZnO Nanorods,” K. Ip, R.M. Frazier, Y.W. Heo, D.P. Norton, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Kelly, R. Rairigh, A.F. Hebard, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B21, 1476 (2003). 461. “Effects of Oxide Thickness and Gate Length on dc Performance of Submicrometer MgO/GaN MOSFETs,” H. Cho, K. Lee, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Electochem. Solid State Lett. 6, G119 (2003). 462. “Induction of Hysteresis in AlMnN,” R. Frazier, G. Thaler, M. Overberg, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 83, 1758 (2003). 463. “Hydrogenation Effects on Magnetic Properties of GaMnO,” M. Overberg, K. Baik, G. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Kelly, R. Rairigh, A. Hebard, W. Tang, M. Stavola and J.M. Zavada, Electrochem. Solid State Lett. 6, G31 (2003). 464. “Carrier-Mediated Ferromagnetic Ordering in Mn Ion-Implanted p+ GaAs(C),” Y.D. Park, J.D. Lim, K.S. Suh, S.B. Shim, J.S. Lee, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, Y.S. Kim, Z.G. Khim and R.G. Wilson, Phys. Rev. B 68, 085210 (2003). 465. “Magnetic Properties of Mn-Implanted AlGaP Alloys,” M. Overberg, G. Thaler, R.M. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Rairigh, J. Kelly, N. Theodoropoulou, A. Hebard, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B21, 2093 (2003). 466. “Deep Traps in Unpassivated and Sc2O3 Passivated AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” A. Polyakov, N. Smirnov, A. Govorkov, V. Danilin, T. Zhukova, B. Luo, F. Ren, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 83, 2608 (2003). 467. “Advantages and Limitations of MgO or a Dielectric for GaN,” B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, A. Onstine, F. Ren, J. Kim and S.J. Pearton, Solid-State Electron. 47, 2139 (2003). 468. “Simulated High-Temperature Characteristics of S2O3/GaN MOSFETs,” H. Cho, K.P. Lee, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 6, G149 (2003). 469. “GaN/AlGaN HEMTs Grown by HVPE on AlN/SiC Substrates,” J. R. LaRoche, B. Luo, F. Ren, K. H. Baik, D. Stodilka, B. Gila, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, A. Usikov, D. Tsvetkov, V. Soukhoveev, G. Gainer, A. Rechnikov, V. Dmitriev, G. Chen, C. Pan and J.I. Chyi, Solid-State Electron. 48, 193 (2003). 470. “Effects of Surface Treatment on Isolation Currents in AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” N. Moser, J.K. Gillespie, G. Via, A. Crespo, M. Yannuzzi, G. Jessen, R.C. Fitch, B. Lou, F. Ren, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 83. 4178 (2003). 471. “MgO Gate Dielectrics Grown on GaN Using and ECR Plasma,” B. Gila, A. Onstine, J. Kim, K. Allums, F. Ren, C.R. Abernathy, and S.J. Pearton, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B21, 2368 (2003). 472. “Effect of External Strain on the Conductivity of AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” B. Kang, S. Kim, J. Kim, F. Ren, K. Baik, S.J. Pearton, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, C Pan, G. Chen, J.I. Chyi, V. Chandrasekaran, M. Sheplak, T. Nishisa and S.N.G. Chu, Appl. Phys. Lett. 83, 4845 (2003). 473. “Effects of H Incorporation in GaMnN,” K. Baik, R. Frazier, G. Thaler, C. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Kelly, R. Rairigh, A.F. Hebard, W. Tang, M. Stavola and J.M. Zavada, Appl. Phys. Lett. 83, 5458 (2003).

66 Appendix III.3.2

474. “Activation Characteristics of Implanted Si+ in GaN and Application to Fabricating Lateral Schottky Diodes,” Y. Irokawa, J. Kim, F. Ren, K. Baik, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Pan, C. Chen and J.I. Chyi, Appl. Phys. Lett. 83, 4987 (2003). 475. “Mining for High TC Ferromagnetism in Ion-Implanted Dilute Magnetic Semiconductors,” A.F. Hebard, R. Rairigh, J.G. Kelly, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, S.N.G. Chu and R.G. Wilson, J. Phys. D 37, 511 (2004). 476. “Role of Inert Gas Additive on Dry Etch Patterning of InGaP in Planar ICP BCl3 Plasmas,” J. W. Lee, W. T. Lim, I. K. Baek, S. R. Yoo, M. H. Jeon, G. S. Cho, S. J. Pearton and C. R. Abernathy, Solid-State Electron. 48, 189 (2004). 477. “Small Signal Measurement of SC2O3 AlGaN/GaN MOSHEMTs,” B. Luo, R. Mehandru, B. Kang, J. Kim, F. Ren, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, D. Gotthold, R. Birkhahn, B. Peres, R. Fitch, J. Gillespie, T. Jenkins, J. Sewell, D. Via and A. Crespo, Solid –State Electron. 48, 355 (2004). 478. “Properties of (Ga,Mn)N with and without Detectable Second Phases,” G. Thaler, R. Frazier, J. Stapleton, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Kelly, R. Rairigh, A.F. Hebard and J.M. Zavada, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 7, G34 (2004). 479. “Effect of Defects and Doping on Wide Bandgap Ferromagnetic Semiconductors,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, G. Thaler, R. Frazier, F. Ren, A. Hebard, Y. Park, D. Norton, W. Tang, M. Stavola, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, Physica B 340-342C, 39 (2004). 480. “Ferromagnetic AlGaCrP Films by Ion Implantation,” M. Overberg, G. Thaler, R. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, R. Rairigh, J. Kelly, M. Theodoropoulou, A.F. Hebard, R.G. Wilson and J.M. Zavada, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 7, G44 (2004). 481. “Ferromagnetism in GaN and SiC Doped with Transition Metals,” S.J. Pearton, Y.D. Park, C.R. Abernathy, M. Overberg, G. Thaler, J. Kim, F. Ren, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, Thin Solid Films, 447-448, 493 (2004). 482. “Si+ Ion Implanted MPS Bulk GaN Diodes,” Y. Irokawa, J. Kim, F. Ren, K. Baik, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Pan, G. Chen, J.I. Chyi and S.S. Park, Solid-State Electron. 48, 827 (2004). 483. “Wide Bandgap GaN-Based Semiconductors for Spintronics,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, G. Thaler, R.M. Frazier, D.P. Norton, F. Ren, Y.D. Park, J.M. Zavada, I.A. Buyanova, W.M. Chen and A.F. Hebard, J. Phys. Condensed Matter 16, R209 (2004). 484. “AlGaN/GaN MOSE Diode-Based Hydrogen Gas Sensors,” B.S. Kang, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 84, 1123 (2004). 485. “Effect of Mn Concentration on the Structural, Optical and Magnetic Properties of GaMnN,” G. Thaler R. Frazier, B. Gila, J. Stapleton, M. Davidson, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 84, 1314 (2004). 486. “Electrical and Luminescent Properties and the Spectra of Deep Centers in GaMnN/InGaN LEDs,” A. Polyakov, N. Smirnov, A. Govorkov, J. Kim, F. Ren, G. Thaler, R.M. Frazier, B. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, I. Buyonova, G. Rudko, W. Chen, C. Pan, G. Chen, Y. Chyi and J. Zavada, J. Electrochem. Mater. 33, 241 (2004). 487. “Effect of Nucleation Layer on the Magnetic Properties of GaMnN,” G. Thaler, R. Frazier, B. Gila, J. Stapleton, M. Davidson, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and C. Segre, Appl. Phys. Lett. 84, 2578 (2004).

67 Appendix III.3.2

488. “On the Origin of Spin Loss in GaMnN/GaN LEDs,” I. Buyanova, M. Izadifard, W. Chen, J. Kim, F. Ren, G. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Pan, G. Chen, J. Chyi and J.M. Zavada, Appl. Phys. Lett. 84, 2599 (2004). 489. “Optical and Electrical Properties of AlGaN Films Implanted with Mn, Co or Cr,” A. Polyakov, N. Smirnov, A. Govorkov, R. Frazier, G. Thaler, C. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Pan, G. Chen and J.I. Chyi, J. Electron. Mater. 31, 384 (2004). 490. “Lateral Schottky Rectifiers Formed by Si+ Ion Implantation,” Y. Irokawa, J. Kim, F. Ren, K. Baik, B. Gila, C. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Pan, G. Chen and J.I. Chyi, J. Electron. Mater. 33, 426 (2004). 491. “MgO/p-GaN Enhancement Mode MOSFETs,” Y. Irokawa, Y. Nakano, M. Ishiko, T. Kachi, J. Kim, F. Ren, B. Gila, A. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Pan, G. Chen and J.I. Chyi, Appl. Phys. Lett. 84, 2919 (2004). 492. “Optical and Electrical Characterization of (Ga,Mn)N/InGaN MOW LEDs,” I. Buyanova, M. Izadifard, L. Storasta, W. Chen J. Kim, F. Ren, G. Thaler, C. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C. Pan, G. Chen, J.I. Chyi and J.M. Zavada, J. Electron. Mater. 33, 467 (2004). 493. “Hydrogen-Induced Reversible Changes in Drain Current in Sc2O3/AlGaN/GaN HEMTs,” B.S. Kang, R. Mehandru, S. Kim, F. Ren, R. Fitch, J. Gillespie, N. Moser, G. Jessen, T. Jenkins, R. Dettmer, D. Via, A. Crespo, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 84 4635 (2004). 494. “AC Transport Measurement of Mn Ion-Implanted p+-GaAs;C,” J. Lee, J. Lim, K. Suh, S. Shim, Y.D .Park, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, Y. Kim, Z. Khim and R.G. Wilson, J. Mag. Magnetic Mater. 272-276 e1573 (2004). 495. “Progress in Wide Bandgap Ferromagnetic Semiconductors and Semiconducting Oxides,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, G.T. Thaler, R.M. Frazier, Y.W. Heo, M. Ivill, D.P. Norton and Y.D. Park, Defects and Diffusion in Semiconductors-Annual Retrospective 2004, pp 17-46 (2004). 496. “Enhanced Functionality in GaN and SiC Devices by using Novel Processing,” S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and Y.D. Park, Solid-State Electron. 48 1965 (2004). 497. “GaN-based Diodes and Transistors for Chemical, Gas, Biological and Pressure Sensing,” S.J. Pearton, B.S. Kang, S. Kim, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, J. Lin and S.N.G. Chu, J. Phys: Condensed Matter 16 R961 (2004). 498. “Effects of Sc2O3 Surface Passivation on Deep Level Spectra of AlGaN/GaN High Electron Mobility Transistors,” A.Y. Polyakov, N.B. Smirnov, A.V. Govorkov, V.N. Danilin, T. A. Zhukova, B. Luo, F. Ren, B. P. Gila, A. H. Onstine, C. R. Abernathy, and S. J. Pearton, J. Electrochem. Soc. 151 G497 (2004). 499. “Anomalous Hall Effect in Manganese Ion-Implanted Highly Carbon-Doped Gallium Arsenide,” J. D. Lim, K. S. Suh, S. B. Shim, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, R. G. Wilson, and Y. D. Park, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 7 G182 (2004). 500. “Optical and Magnetic Properties of ZnO Bulk Crystals Implanted with Cr and Fe,” A.Y. Polyakov, A.V. Govorkov, N.B. Smirnov, N.V. Pashkova, S.J. Pearton, K. Ip, R.M. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, D.P. Norton, J.M. Zavada and R.G. Wilson, Mater. Sci. Semicond. Proc. 7 77 (2004).

68 Appendix III.3.2

501. “Reduction of Surface-Induced Current Collapse in AlGaN/GaN HFETs on Freestanding GaN Substrates,” Y. Irokawa, B. Luo, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C.-C. Pan, G.-T. Chen, J.-I. Chyi, S.S. Park, and Y.J. Park, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 7 G188 (2004). 502. “Effect of Ozone Cleaning on Pt/Au and W/Pt/Au Schottky Contacts to n-Type ZnO,” K. Ip, Y.W. Heo, R. Mehandru, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, F. Ren and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Surf. Sci. 236/1-4 387 (2004). 503. “High-dose Mn and Cr Implantation into p-AlGaN Films,” A.Y. Polyakov, N.B. Smirnov, A.V. Govorkov, S.J. Pearton, R.M. Frazier, G.T. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy and J.M. Zavada, Semicond. Sci. Tech. 19 1169 (2204). 504. “Effects of High Dose Proton Irradiation of the Electrical Performance of ZnO Schottky Diodes," Rohit Khanna, K. Ip, K.K. Allums, K. Baik, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, Y.W. Heo, D.P. Norton, F. Ren, R. Dwivedi , T.N. Fogarty and R. Wilkins, Phys. Stat. Sol. (a) 201, No. 12, R79 (2004). 505. “Pressure-Induced Changes in the Conductivity of AlGaN/GaN HEMT Membranes,” B.S. Kang, S. Kim, F. Ren, J.W. Johnson, R. Therrien, P. Rajagopal, J. Roberts, E. Piner, K.J. Linthicum, S.N.G. Chu, K. Baik, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 85 2962 (2004) 506. “Effects of High Dose 40 MeV Proton Irradiation on the Electroluminescent and Electrical Performance of InGaN LEDs,” R. Khanna, K. Allums, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, J. Kim, F. Ren, R. Dwivedi, T.N. Fogarty and R. Wilkins, Appl. Phys. Lett. 85 3131 (2004). 507. “Properties of Highly Cr-Doped AlN,” A.Y. Polyakov, N.B. Smirnov, A.V. Govorkov, R.M. Frazier, J .Y. Liefer, G.T. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.M. Zavada, Appl. Phys. Lett.85 4067 (2004). 508. “Optical Study of Spin Injection Dynamics in InGaN/GaN Quantum Wells with GaMnN Injection Layers,” I.A. Buyanova, J.P. Bergman, W.M. Chen, G. Thaler, R. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, Jihyun Kim, F. Ren, F.V. Kyrychenko, C.J. Stanton, C.-C. Pan, G.-T. Chen, J.-I. Chyi and J.M. Zavada, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B 22 2668 (2004). 509. “Dramatic Improvements in AlGaN/GaN HEMT Device Isolation Characteristics after UV-Ozone Pretreatment,” N. Moser, R.C. Fitch, A. Crespo, J.K. Gillespie, G.H. Jessen, G.D. Via, B. Luo, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, and S.J. Pearton, J. Electrochem. Soc. 151 G915 (2004). 510. “Optical and Electrical Properties of AlCrN Films Grown by Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” A.Y. Polyakov, N.B. Smirnov, A.V. Govorkov, R.M. Frazier, J.Y. Liefer, G.T. Thaler, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J.M. Zavada, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. 22 2758 (2004). 511. “Detection of CO using Bulk ZnO Rectifiers,” B.S. Kang, S. Kim, F. Ren, K. Ip, Y.W. Heo, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, D.P. Norton and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. A. 80 259 (2004). 512. “Comparison of MOS and Schottky W/Pt -GaN Diodes for Hydrogen Detection,” B.S. Kang, S. Kim, F. Ren B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Sensors and Actuators B 104 232 (2005).

69 Appendix III.3.2

513. “Effect of Oxygen Co-Doping on the Electronic and Magnetic Properties of GaMnN,” G. Thaler, R. Frazier, B. Gila, J. Stapleton, R. Davies, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 8 G20 (2005). 514. “Electrical and Optical Properties of GaCrN Films Grown by Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” A.Y. Polyakov, N. Smirnov, A. Govorkov, G.T. Thaler, R. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B 23 1 (2005). 515. “Role of Growth Conditions on Magnetic Properties of AlCrN Grown by Molecular Beam Epitaxy,” R. Frazier, G.T. Thaler, J.Y. Leifer, J.K. Hite, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 86 052101 (2005). 516. “GaN Enhancement Mode Metal-Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistors,” Y. Irokawa, Y. Nakano, M. Ishiko, T. Kachi, J. Kim, F. Ren, B.P. Gila, A.H. Onstine, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, C.-C. Pan, G.-T. Chen, J.-I. Chyi, Phys. Stat. Solidi C 1-4 (2005). 517. “Growth and Thermal Stability of Ga(1–X)CrXN Films,” G.T. Thaler, R.M. Frazier, C.R. Abernathy and S.J. Pearton, Appl. Phys. Lett. 86 131901 (2005). 518. “AlN-based Dilute Magnetic Semiconductors,” R.M. Frazier, G.T. Thaler, B.P. Gila, J. Stapleton, M.E. Overberg, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, F. Ren and J.M. Zavada, J. Electron. Mater. 34 365 (2005). 519. “Proton Irradiation of ZnO Schottky Diodes,” R. Khanna, K. Ip, K. Allums, K. Baik, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton, Y.W. Heo, D.P. Norton, F. Ren, S. Shojah-Ardalan and R. Wilkins, J. Electron. Mater. 34 395 (2005). 520. “Selective Dry Etching of (Sc2O30xGa2O3)1-x Gate Dielectrics and Surface Passivation Films on GaN, M. Hlad, L. Voss, B.P. Gila, C.R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, and F. Ren, Journal of Electronic Materials, Vol. 35, pp 680-694, 2006. 521. “Effect of Gd implantation on the structural and magnetic properties of GaN and AlN,” Sang Youn Han, J. Hite, G. T. Thaler, R. M. Frazier,, C. R. Abernathy, and S. J. Pearton, H. K. Choi, W. O. Lee, and Y. D. Park, Appl. Phys. Lett. 88, 042102, 3 pages, (2006). 522. “Optical and magnetic properties of Eu-doped GaN,” J. Hite&, G. T. Thaler, R. Khanna, C. R. Abernathy, and S. J. Pearton, J. H. Park and A. J. Steckl, J. M. Zavada, Appl. Phys. Lett. 89, 132119, 3 pages, (2006). 523. “Magneto-optical spectroscopy of spin injection and spin relaxation in ZnMnSe/ZnCdSe and GaMnN/InGaN spin light-emitting structures ,” Buyanova, IA; Chen, WM; Oka, Y; Abernathy, CR; Pearton, SJ Buyanova, I. A.; Chen, W. M.; Oka, Y.; Abernathy, C. R.; Pearton, S. J., Physica Status Solidi AApplications And Materials Science, 204, 159 2006. 524. “Ultraviolet photoluminescence from Gd-implanted AlN epilayers,” Zavada, JM, Nepal, N, Lin, JY, Jiang, HX, Brown, E, Hommerich, U, Hite, J, Thaler, GT, Abernathy, CR, Pearton, SJ, Gwilliam, R, Applied Physics Letters, 89, 152107, 3 pages, (2006). 525. “Effect of Growth conditions on the Magnetic Characteristics of GaGdN”, Hite, J.K., Frazier, R.M., Davies, R., Thaler, G.T., Abernathy, C.R., Pearton, S.J., and Zavada,J.M., Applied Physics Letters, Vol. 89, (9), 3 pages, 2006. 526. “Epitaxial Growth of Sc2O3 Films on GaN”, Herrero, A.M., Gila, B.P., Abernathy, C.R., Pearton, S.J., Craciun, V., Siebein, K., and Ren, F., Applied Physice Letters, Vol. 89(9), 3 pages, 2006.

70 Appendix III.3.2

527. “Band Offsets in the SC2O3 GaN Heterojunction System”, Chen, J.J., Gila, B.P., Hlad, M., Gerger, A., Ren, F., Abernathy, C.R., and Pearton, S.J., Applied Physics Letters, Vol. 88 (14), 3 pages, 2006. 528. “Determination of MgO/GaN Heterojunction Band Offsets by X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy, Chen, J.J., Gila, B.P., Hlad, M., Gerger, A., Ren, F., Abernathy, C.R., Pearton, S.J., Applied Physics Letters, Vol. 88 (4) 3 pages, 2006. 529. “Dry Etching of MgCaO Gate Dielectric and Passivation layers on GaN”, M. Hlad, L. Voss, B.P. Gila, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton and F. Ren, Applied Surface Science, Vol 252(22) pp. 8010-8014, 2007. 530. “Si-diffused GaN for Enhancement-mode GaN Mosfet on Si Applications, Soohwan, Jang, F. Ren, S.J. Pearton, B.P. Gila, M. Hlad, C.R. Abernathy, Hyucksoo Yang, C.J. Pan, Jenn-Inn Chyi, P. Bove, H. Lahreche, and J. Thuret, Journal of Electonic Materials, Vol. 35, (4), pp. 685-690, 2007. 531. “Polydiacetylene-based selective NH3 gas sensor using SC2O3/GaN structures ,” Lee, GS; Lee, C; Choi, H; Ahn, DJ; Kim, J; Gila*, BP; Abernathy, CR; Pearton, SJ; Ren, F, Physica Status Solidi A-Applications And Materials Science, 204, pp.3556-3561, (2007). 532. “pH sensor using AlGaN/GaN high electron mobility transistors with Sc2O3 in the gate region,” Kang, BS; Wang, HT; Ren, F; Gila, BP; Abernathy, CR; Pearton, SJ; Johnson, JW; Rajagopal, P; Roberts, JC; Piner, EL; Linthicum, KJ, Applied Physics Letters, 91, 012110 3 pages, (2007). 533. “Optical and magnetic behavior of erbium-doped GaN epilayers grown by metalorganic chemical vapor deposition,” Zavada, JM; Nepal, N; Ugolini, C; Lin, JY; Jiang, HX; Davies, R; Hite, J; Abernathy, CR; Pearton, SJ; Brown, EE; Hommerich, U, Applied Physics Letters, 91, 054106, 3 pages, (2007). 534. “Band offsets in the Mg0.5Ca0.5O/GaN heterostructure system,” Chen, JJ; Hlad, M; Gerger, AP; Gila, BP; Ren, F; Abernathy, CR; Pearton, SJ, Journal Of Electronic Materials, 36, 368, (2007). 535. “Annealing and measurement temperature dependence of W2B- and W2B5-based rectifying contacts to p-GaN,” Voss, LF; Stafford, L; Thaler, GT; Abernathy, CR; Pearton, SJ; Chen, JJ; Ren, F, Journal Of Electronic Materials, 36, 384, (2007). 536. “Effect of Si Co doping on ferromagnetic properties of GaGdN,” Hite, JK; Frazier, RM; Davies, RP; Thaler, G. T; Abernathy, CR; Pearton, SJ; Zavada, JM; Brown, E; Hommerich, U, Journal Of Electronic Materials, 36, 391(2007). 537. “Effect of proton irradiation on interface state density in Sc2O3/GaN and Sc2O3/MgO/GaN diodes,” Allums, KK; Hlad, M; Gerger, AP; Gila, BP; Abernathy, CR; Pearton, SJ; Ren, F; Dwivedi, R; Fogarty, TN; Wilkins, Journal Of Electronic Materials, 36, 519 (2007). 538. “Thermal stability of nitride-based diffusion barriers for ohmic contacts to n-GaN,” L F. Voss, R. Khanna, B. P. Gila, C. R. Abernathy, S. J. Pearton, F. Ren, I. I. Kravchenko, Journal Of Electronic Materials, Volume: 36, pp.1662-1668, Dec. 2007.

Patents

1. "Method for Reducing Sidewall Roughness During Dry Etching," C. Abernathy, J.

71 Appendix III.3.2

Lothian, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, Patent Submission 105336 (1992). 2. "GaAs Device Fabrication Utilizing MOMBE," Abernathy, Hobson, Jordan, Pearton and Ren, (Feb. 1991), US Patent 5171704. 3. "Method for Selectively Growing Ga-containing Layers," Abernathy, Pearton, Ren and Wisk, Issued July 13, 1993: U.S. Patent 5,227 006; European Patent 92310488. 4. "Method for Making Fine-line Semiconductor Devices," Abernathy, Lothian, Pearton and Ren, European Patent 94301125 (April 20, 1994). 5. "Method for Selectively Growing Al-containing Layers," Abernathy, Pearton, Ren and Wisk: European Patent 92310487 (1993): U.S. Patent 5,459 097.

6. "Fabrication of Al-containing Semiconductor Devices," Abernathy, Hobson, Jordan, Pearton and Ren: European Patent 92301438 (1992).

Books

1. Topics in Growth and Device Processing of III-V Semiconductors, S.J. Pearton, C.R. Abernathy and F. Ren (World Scientific, New York, 1996). 2. GaN and Related Materials, ed. C.R. Abernathy, H. Amano and J. Zolper, MRS Symposium Proceedings, Vol. 468, 1997. 3. III-V Nitride Materials and Processes II, ed. C.R. Abernathy, W.D. Brown, D.N. Buckley, J.P. Dismukes, M. Kamp, T.D. Moustakas, S.J. Pearton and F. Ren, (Electrochem. Soc., Pennington, NJ, 1998), Vol. 97-34. 4. Compound Semiconductor Power Transistors and State-of-the-Art Program on Compound Semiconductors, ed. F. Ren, D. Buckley, S. Chu, J.C. Zolper, C.R. Abernathy, S.J. Pearton and J. Pursey (Electrochem. Soc., Pennington, NJ 1998) Vol. 98- 12. 5. III-V Nitride Materials and Processes III, ed. C.R. Abernathy, J. Dismukes, M. Kemp, T.D. Moustakas and S.J. Pearton (Electrochem. Soc., Pennington, NJ 1999) Vol. 98-05. 6. Thirtieth State-of-the-Art Program on Compound Semiconductors, ed. C.R. Abernathy, A. Baca, R. Kopf, and R. Sah (Electrochem. Soc., Pennington, NJ 1999) Vol. 99. 7. Volume 282, Chemical Perspectives of Microelectronic Materials III Editors C. R. Abernathy, C. W. Bates, D. A. Bohling, and W. S. Hobson.

Book Chapters

1. Contributed on chapter entitled “Growth of InP and Related Compounds by GSMBE and MOMBE,” to Indium Phosphide and Related Materials, ed. A. Katz, Artech House, Boston 1992. 2. Contributed one chapter entitled “Hydrogen Incorporation During Growth by MOMBE,” to Hydrogen in Compound Semiconductors, ed. S.J. Pearton (trans-Tech Publications, Switzerland 1994) April 1994. 3. Contributed one chapter entitled “The Role of Hydrogen in the Growth of III-V Materials from Molecular Beams,” in Hydrogen in Compound Semiconductors, ed. S.J. Pearton, Trans-Tech Publications, Switzerland 1994) April 1994.

72 Appendix III.3.2

4. Contributed one chapter entitled "Compound Semiconductor Growth by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy," to the Handbook of Thin Film Process Technology, ed. D. A. Glocker, IOP Publishing, Philadelphia, 1995. 5. Contributed one chapter entitled "Growth of InP-Based Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors" to InP HBTs: Growth, Processing and Applications, ed. B. Jalali and S. J. Pearton, Artech House, Boston, 1995.“Growth of GaAs-Based Devices by Chemical Beam Epitaxy,” C.R. Abernathy, in Chemical Beam Epitaxy and Related Techniques, ed. G.J. Davies, J.S. Ford and W.T. Tsang, John Wiley and Sons, England, 1995.Contributed one review entitled “Compound Semiconductor Growth by Metalorganic Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MOMBE) in Materials Science & Engineering R Reports: A Review Journal, Vol. R14 No. 5, C.R. Abernathy (Elsevier, Lausanne, Switzerland, 1995 8. Properties of GaAs, Ed. M.R. Brogel and G.E. Stillman, “MOMBE and ALE of GaAs,” C.R. Abernathy (Inspec, London 1996).

73 Appendix III.3.2

ViITA

R. KIRBY BARRICK

February,i 2005

PERSONAL DATA

Address: Office: 101 Mumford HAll 1301 West Gregory Drive Urbana II. 61801 Phone: 211-333-3380 Fax: 217-333-2027 email: kbarrick@uiuc,edu

Home:

Married to; Susan K. Banick. Assistant Dean. ffiadtlare School of Libr-ary and Information Scjence, U,ivmilyofDli"o~ " uro.,,,-Chrgn .

EDUCATION I Bachelor of Science in Agriculture -1970, The Ohio Stare University, Columbus Major; Agriculrural Education I " Certification: Vocational AgncUlrure, Biological Sciences

Maste.r of Science - 1973, The Ohio State University. !COllImbUS Major. Agricul~ Education, Curriculum and Instruction I Doctor of Phil osophy - 1980, The Ohio SUik Uniy~ty, Columbus Miyor: Agricultural Education' , ~ of Study: Higher Education Administration. Research and Teache:r Education Dissertation! The Relationship Between State-llvel Administrative Structure and the Role of State Supervisors of VocatiOIlal Agricul~ I Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

TERESA A. DOLAN, D.D.S., M.P.H. Curriculum Vitae

PERSONAL INFORMATION

Address Home:

Office Veterans AdmlOlstratlOn Medlcal Center Dental SerYlce (160) 16111 Plummer Street Sepulveda, CalIfornia 91343

Telephone: Home .. Office (818) 891-2414

Dental LIcenses: New York: 1983 (eltglble m all NERB states) Caltfornla: 1986 (#DV 034950)

EDUCATION

MPH (HealLh SerYlces) June 1987, UCLA School of Public Health Los Angeles, CA

CertIficate (General PractIce Residency) June 1985 Chief Resident 10 Denustry, Long Island JewISh Medlcal Center New Hyde Park, NY

Ceruficare (General Practice Residency) June 1984 Resident 10 DentIStry, Long Island JeWish Medlcal Center New Hyde Park. NY

(PublIc Admlrustrauon) 1984-1985 Long Island Umverslty

DDS University of Texas Health SCience Center at San Antoruo Dental School San AntOnIO, Texas Completed last two years of dental school, July 1981 to June 1983

Umverslty of Pennsylvania School of Dental MedlcUle Philadelphia. P A Completed fIrst two years of dental school, September 1979 to May 1981

BA, high honors (Zoology) June 1979 Rutgers Umversity, Newark, NJ

FELLOWSHIPS

Veterans AdrmrustratIon Denust Genatrlc Fellowship Program 2 year InUrung program 10 genatncs and gerontology Sepulveda Veterans AdmlnIstrauon Medical Center Sepulveda, California July 1987 to present Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

CURRICULUM VITAE CATHERINE EMIHOVICH

UnIversity of Flonda College of EducatIOn 140 Norman Hall PO Box 11740 Gamesville, FL 32611-7040 (352) 392-0728, x226 (352) 392-6930 (fax) cemlhovlch@coe ufl edu

ACADEMIC BACKGROUND

Ph D Degree (1983) State UnIversity of New York at Buffalo EducatIOnal Psychology U D11 '1

M S Degree (1980) State UnIversity of New York at Buffalo Measurement and StatistIcs

B S Degree (1970) Syracuse UnIversity ..., n Speech & Drama \AD\ -t-'

PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS AND LEADERSHIP TRAINING

New York State Permanent Teachmg Certl fIcate - Language Arts, Grades 7-12

AACTE New Deans Institute, Chicago, 2001

Summer Institute for Women In HIgher Education AdministratIOn (HERS), Bryn Mawr College, August, 2000

Accepted Into Leadership Amenca, Class of 2002 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

CURR lCU LUM VIT A£

NAME: Michael Lowell Good, M.D. HOME ADDRESS:

WORK ADDRESS: Department of Anesthesiology UnIversity of Florida College of Med IcIne J.H.M.H.C., Box J-254 Gainesville, FL 32610 PRESENT POSIT ION: Research Fellow Department of Anesthe s iology Unlversity of FlorIda College of MedicIne Gainesvil l e, Florida

DATE OF BIRTH: August 4, 1959 PLACE OF BIRTH: Pontiac. Michigan MARITAL STATUS: Married, Danette MarIe Good

EDUCATION I. Undergraduate: B.S., with Di stinction Computer and CommunicatIon Sciences University of Mi chIgan 1977-1980

Graduate: M.D. UniverSity of MIchigan School of MediC Ine 1980-1984 Post-graduate: Residency In Anesthes'iology Unlverslty of FlorIda College of MedICIne 1984-1987 Research Fellowship in Anesthesiology Universi ty of FlOrida College of MedICI ne 1987-1988 HONORS: University of Michigan Branstrom Freshman Prize, 1978 James B. Angell Scholar, 1978, 1979 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

Glen F. Hoffsis

Address:

Office: 7250 Poe Ave , Home: Dayton, Ohio 45414-5801

Phone:

Office: 937-602-7083 Home:

Education:

Date Institution Degree

1965-1969 The Ohio State University M.S. - Internal Medicine

1966-1967 Colorado State University Internship - Large Animal Medicine

1962-1966 The Ohio State University D.v.M. - Veterinary Medicine

1959-1966 The Ohio State University B.S. - Animal Science

Specialty Board Certification:

Diplomate, American College of Veterinary Internal Medicine

Medical licensure:

Ohio State Veterinary Medical Board

Colorado State Veterinary Medical Board

Educational Awards:

Norden Award - Distinguished Teacher, The Ohio State University, 1971

Professional Positions

Date PositionlTitle Institution 2004-2006 Assoc. Director The lams Co., P&G Veterinary Services In this position Dr Hoffsis is charged with leading the veterinary technical services group which implements the academic programs in the Colleges of Veterinary Medicine in the US and beyond. He is also the lead interface between the lams Co. and the veterinary profession and an advisor to the Company relative to veterinary issues.

1995- 2004 Dean College of Veterinary Medicine The Ohio State University

Curriculum Vitae 2 Glen F. Hoffsis, DVM, MS, DACVIM Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

ROBERT H. JERRY, II

Personallnfonnatlon ffai '9 2 "9 PH '03 Employment Address Uruverslty of Mlssoun-Columbla School of Law Hulston Hall Columbia, Mlssoun 65211-4300 Phone (573) 882-7293 Fax (573) 882-4984 E-ma.tl Jerryr@nussoun edu Web www law rrussoun edulJerry

Residence Address.

Phone

Mamedto Lisa Nowak Jerry Ctuldren John Robert (b 1988), James Marbn (b 1991), Ehzabeth Cathenne (b 1993)

Current Employment

Floyd R Gibson Mlssoun Endowed Professor of Law, 1998 to present Uruverslty ofMlssoun-Columbla School of Law Subjects Insurance Law, Insurance ClatmS Processmg and Dispute Resolution, Health Insurance, Health Care Fmance and Access, Contracts I and II

Employment History

Cecil C Humphreys School of Law, The Uruverslty of Memplus Herbert HerffCharr ofExceUence m Law, 1994-98

Umverslty ofArkansas-Fayettevtlle School of Law VISiting Professor, July-August 1994 (summer sessIOn)

Uruverslty ofKansas School ofLaw Dean, 1989-94; Professor, 1985-94, AsSOCiate Professor, 1981-85, Awarded tenure, 1985

Pnvate Practice, 1978-81 Bames, Hickam, Pantzer & Boyd, of Incbanapohs, Incbana

Law Clerk, 1977-78, to the Hon George E MacKmnon, Uruted States Clrcult Judge for the Uruted States Court of Appeals for the Distnet of Columbia Clrcult

EducatIOn

J D , Cum Laude, 1977, 'The Uruverslty of Mlclugan Law School

B S , Magna Cum Laude, 1974, Incbana State Uruverslty Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

DOUGLAS STEPHEN JONES

ADDRESS: Deparunent of Natural Sciences, Rorida Museum of Natural History, University of Rorida, Gainesville, FL 32611 TEL: 904/392-1721 FAX: 904/846-0287

PERSONAL: Born: June 6, 1952; Morristown, NJ;

EDUCATION: A.B . Geology (Highest Honors); Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ; May 1974 A.M. Geological and Geophysical Sciences, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ; June 1976

Ph.D. Geological and Geophysical Sciences, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ; June 1980

HONORS AND Phi Beta Kappa; Sigma Xi; Delta Phi Alpha; 1974 Vinton Gwinn Memorial Prize OFFICES: in Geology - Rutgers University; 1983 Sigma Xi Faculty Research Award University of Florida; 1985 GSA Annual Meeting Field Trip Co-Chainnan; 1986 87 President-Southeastern Geological Society; Series Co-Editor (with F.G . Stehli) Topics In Geobiology, Plenum Pub!. Corp.; Fellow - Geological Society of America (1989); £.aJajQ.S. 1990 Best Paper Award - Honorable Mention (with L. Ivany & R. Portell); 1991 Research Achievement Award, University of Florida; 1992 - Sabbatical at Dept. of Earth Sciences, University of Cambridge, UK; 1993 94 President- Southeastern Section of The Paleontological Society; 1994-95 Paleontological Society Distinguished Speaker.

PROFESSIONAL Geological Society of America, Paleontological Society, American Geophysical AFFILIA TlONS: Union, Paleontological Research Institution, Sigma Xi, Southeastern Geological SOCiety, National Shellfisheries Association, Florida Academy of Science, American Malacological Union, SEPM (Society for Sedimentary Geology)

POSITIONS: I 994-present Chair, Deparunent of Natural Sciences Rorida Museum of Natural History University of Florida

1989-present Curator and Professor Florida Museum of Natural History and Department of Geology University of Rorida

1985-1989: Associate Curator and Associate Professor Florida Museum of Natural History and Department of Geology University of Florida

1984-1985: Assoc iate Professor Department of Geology University of Rorida

1984-summer: Visiting Assistant Professor, Uni versity of Rhode Island, Graduate School of Oceanography Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 \ Appendix III.3.2

;;-VITA ~ ~OHN KRAFT

Born: May 7, 1944 Status: Marned

Address: College of Business Anzona State University Tempe, AZ 85287-3506 (602) 965-5516

ACADEMIC EXPERIENCE

1986 Dean, College of Business, Arizona State University \JOe:. '3,(:)

1986 Professor of Finance, College of Business, Arizona State IJ DB3 D University l 1981-1986 Associate Dean, College of Business Administration, University of Flonda lJOHl b '3 1980-1986 Professor of Real Estate, College of Business Administration, University of FlOrida \JoH,o

1985-1986 Director, Center for Business Policy and Entrepreneurship, College of Business Admlnrstratlon, Unrversity of Florrda \J DHi 0

1980-1983 Director, Bureau of Economics and Business Research, University of Flonda VbHl ()

1977-1979 Professor-Lecturer, College of Business Administration, Georgetown University (part-time) U064 '5

1975-1980 Professor-Lecturer, Department of Economics, George Washington Unrverslty (part-time) IJO C:::I L\ S-

1970-1974 Assistant Professor, Department of Economics, University of Flonda (on leave 1972-1973 as a Brookings Institution Economic Policy Fellow) V OH'1 0 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

LUCINDA LAVELLI Home:

Office: 101 Fine Alts A 352-392-8082 PO Box 115800 Gainesville, FL 32611- [email protected] 5800 CURRENT POSITION 2006 to The University of Florida present Dean, College ofFine Arts

PREVIOUS ADMINISTRATIVE POSITIONS 2002 - 2006 North Carolina School of the Arts Provost and Vice Chancellor for Arts and Academic

1997 - 2002 The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio Directo}', School ofDance, Theatre, and Arts Administration College of Fine and Applied Alts composed of Art; Communication; Family and Consumer Science; Music; Speech, Language-Pathology and Audiology; Social Work and DTAA 1996 - 1997 Interim Director, School ofTheatre Alts concunent appointment with Director, School of Dance Associate professor with graduate faculty status undergraduate, graduate and arts administration programs 1993- 1997 Director, School ofDance Associate professor with tenure 1993 - 1995 Interim Director, School ofDance Undergraduate degree program 198 I - 1993 Hathaway Brown School, Shaker Heights, Ohio (nationally recognized independent school) Chair, Performing Alts and Director of Dance

DEGREES

1991 Case Western Reserve University, Ohio; Master's ofNonprofit Management (MNO) 1977 Case Western Reserve University, MFA Theater ArtslDance 1972 Denison University, Ohio; BA Psychology 1971 - 1972 Teaching Assistant - Dance 1971 Syracuse University, Florence, Italy, Study Abroad Program Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

CURRICULUM VITAE January 2010 KATHLEEN ANN LONG

Office Address: Dean’s Office, College of Nursing University of Florida, PO Box 100197 Gainesville, FL 32610-0197

Home Address: 9702 NW 63rd Lane Gainesville, FL 32653

Telephone: (352) 273-6324 office Fax: (352) 273-6505 office

Education:

1976-1980 Doctor of Philosophy, Department of Behavioral Sciences, Bloomberg School of Public Health, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland

1968-1970 Master of Science in Nursing, Department of Child Psychiatric Nursing, College of Nursing, Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan. Areas of concentration: Child Psychiatric Nursing, Nursing Education

1964-1968 Bachelor of Science in Nursing, School of Nursing, The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC

Professional Experience:

1995-present University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida

2008-present Associate Provost, Office of Academic Affairs and 1995-present Dean and Professor, College of Nursing

1998-present Chair, Board of Directors, UF College of Nursing Faculty Practice Association, Inc.

1983-1995 College of Nursing, Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana

1990-1995 Dean and Professor in Psychiatric Nursing

1989-1990 Associate Dean and Professor in Psychiatric Nursing

1986-1989 Assistant Dean and Associate Professor in Psychiatric Nursing (Acting Dean, January - June, 1988, during Dean's sabbatical)

1984-1986 Acting Assistant Dean and Associate Professor in Psychiatric Nursing

1983-1984 Associate Professor, Billings Campus. Major teaching responsibilities in undergraduate nursing research and graduate nursing intervention (rural- focused) courses

Appendix III.3.2

Professional Experience: (continued)

1987-1994 Adjunct Associate Professor then Adjunct Professor, School of Nursing, Oregon Health Sciences University, Regional Doctoral Program in Nursing

1982-1983 Assistant Dean and Psychiatric Nursing Clinician, Baccalaureate Nursing Program, Husson College/Eastern Maine Medical Center, Bangor, Maine

1982 (Nov.) -1983 Development of a new baccalaureate program; position included major responsibility for coordinating development of curriculum, policies re: faculty and students, and plan for evaluation; also preparation of reports for State Board of Nursing approval and national accreditation visits for a new baccalaureate program. Clinician role (approx. 30%) involved provision of nursing consultation, in-service education, staff support groups and direct psychiatric nursing service in a variety of areas at Eastern Maine Medical Center, including ICU, Maternal-Child, Neurological Rehabilitation, Pediatric and Psychiatric services. Certified as an allied health personnel provider for the assessment and direct treatment of children and families in the Division of Behavioral and Developmental Pediatrics.

1982 (March- Consultant (full-time). Position included consultation in the areas of Nov.) baccalaureate level nursing curriculum development, teacher/clinician role development and clinical psychiatric nursing practice (in-patient and liaison). At this time Eastern Maine Medical Center was phasing out an established diploma school of nursing and developing a new baccalaureate program in conjunction with Husson College.

1980-1981 Associate Professor, College of Nursing, Montana State University, Billings Campus. Major teaching responsibilities in psychiatric/community mental health nursing and nursing research

1978-1980 Assistant Professor, Graduate Program, Department of Psychiatric Nursing, School of Nursing, University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland (part-time) Major teaching responsibility in child psychiatric nursing courses

1977-1980 Clinical Assistant Professor, Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, School of Medicine, University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland (part-time)

1975-1977 Instructor, Nursing Education Programs, School of Health Services, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Major teaching responsibilities in psychiatric nursing and child development

1971-1975 University of Maryland Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland.

1972-1975 Clinical Specialist in Child Psychiatric Nursing. Position involved direct clinical work, administration, consultation, supervision and in-service education relating to staff and students from a variety of disciplines, primarily medical residents in psychiatry, nursing and child care staff.

Appendix III.3.2

Professional Experience: (continued)

1972 Nurse Chairman, Children's Residential Service, Institute of Psychiatry and (April- Sept.) Human Behavior. Position involved primary administrative responsibility for milieu, and supervision of nursing and child care staff.

1971-1972 Clinical Nurse II, Children's Residential Service, Institute of Psychiatry and Human Behavior. Children's Service was a small self-contained teaching unit providing pre-admission, day, residential and follow-up treatment for severely emotionally disturbed children and their families; focus was on multidisciplinary model and milieu therapy.

1970 (Sept.- Head Nurse, West Seneca Children's Psychiatric Center, West Seneca, New York. Dec.) Position involved milieu therapy with children and groups of children, program development, in-service education and staff assistance with program implementation, primarily with nursing and child care staff.

1969 Staff Nurse, Veteran's Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York (summer)

1968 Public Health Nurse, District of Columbia, Department of Public Health, Washington, (summer) DC

Additional Clinical Practice

1985-1994 Consultant and Therapist (part-time), in Child and Family Mental Health, Monforton Elementary School, Bozeman, Montana.

1984 Clinician (part-time), Child and Family Services Division, Mental Health Center, Billings, Montana.

1984 and Clinical and Consultant in Child and Family Mental Health (part-time), Family Services 1980-1981 Division, Indian Health Service, Crow Agency, Montana.

1981 Development and Implementation of Social and Rehabilitative Services Grant: "Provision of therapy to abused/neglected children and their families." Big Horn County, Montana.

1977-1980 Private practice (part-time), psychotherapy with children and adolescents, group and family therapy, in association with Drs. Thomas Cimonetti and Ulku Ulgur, Columbia, Maryland.

Appendix III.3.2

Professional Activities and Public Service:

Invited member, Interprofessional Education Competency Model Panel, Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC), November 2009 – present.

Invited member, Liaison Committee for American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) and the Veterans Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, November, 2008-present.

Invited member, American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) Task Force on the Future of the Research-Focused Doctorate in Nursing, July, 2008-present.

Invited member, Association of Academic Health Centers (AAHC) Affiliate Roundtable on Interprofessional Education and Practice, Washington, DC, February, 2008.

Invited member, Florida Nurses Association, Think Tank on Advanced Practice Regulations, 2007- present.

Invited member, National Council on Physician and Nurse Supply, Sponsored by the Penn Consortium for Health Workforce Research and Policy, 2006-2008.

Member, Nominating Committee, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 2004-2006.

Member, Task Force on Interprofessional Health Education, American Association of Medical Colleges, 2004-2005.

Member, American Association of Colleges of Nursing representative, National Nursing Advisory Council, Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, 2002-2004.

President-Elect/President, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 2000-2004.

Member, National Institute of Nursing Research, Asthma Rural Partnership Grant National Advisory Board, 2001-2003.

Chair, Task Force on Education and Regulation for Professional Nursing Practice, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 2000-2002.

Co-Chair, Florida State University System Study of Validation Methods for ADN-RN Articulation to Baccalaureate Education, 1999-2001.

Member, Board of Directors and Chair, Task Force on Community Advisory Committee, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1999-2000.

Chair, Doctoral Conference Subcommittee, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1998-1999.

Invited Member, Program Committee, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1998-1999.

Invited Member, Search Committee for Editor, American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 1997- 1998.

Chair, Nominating Committee, Southern Collegiate Council for Education in Nursing, 1997.

Appendix III.3.2

Professional Activities and Public Service: (continued)

American Association of Colleges of Nursing Representative, American Medical Association Panel of Nurse Consultants, 1996-1997.

American Association of Colleges of Nursing Representative, National Organization of Nurse Practitioner Faculty National Task Force on Quality Nurse Practitioner Education, 1995-1997.

Invited Member, National Academy of Sciences, Institute of Medicine, Military Nursing Research Review Committee, 1995-1996.

Member, Southern Collegiate Council for Education in Nursing, 1995-present.

Member, Southern Nursing Research Society, 1995-present.

Appointed Member, Task Force on Essentials of Baccalaureate Education for Professional Nursing, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1995-1998.

Secretary and Member of Executive Committee, Board of Directors, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1994-1996.

Member, Board of Directors and Chair, Membership Committee, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1992-1994.

Selected Representative for State of Montana, Deans' Network, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1992-1994.

Appointed Member, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Task Force on Healthy People 2000, 1992-1993.

Board of Governors/Past Chair, Western Institute of Nursing, 1994-1995.

Chair-Elect/Chair, Board of Governors, Western Institute of Nursing, 1992-1994.

Invited Member, Expert Panel on Rural Nursing of the American Academy of Nursing, 1993-1997.

Special Projects Grants Reviewer, USPHS, Division of Nursing, 1987-1990, 1994.

Vice-Chair, U.S. Senator Max Baucus, Montana Citizens Health Care Group (prepared draft legislation for Health Montana, state plan for universal access to basic health benefits package), 1992-1993.

Invited Member, U.S. Senator Conrad Burns, Health Care Advisory Task Force for Montana, 1992- 1994.

Invited Member, Advisory Group of Deans of Schools of Nursing, U.S. President's Task Force on National Health Care Reform, Washington, DC. 1993.

Appointed Member, Program Committee, Council of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs, National League for Nursing, 1991-1993. Appendix III.3.2

Professional Activities and Public Service: (continued)

Elected Member, National Nominating Committee, National League for Nursing, 1991-1993.

Member, Montana State Board of Nursing, and Chair, State Board of Nursing Education Committee, 1988-1993.

Invited Member, Montana Governor's Health Care for Montanans Project, Training for Health Care Professionals and Improvements to Allied Health Care Services Committee, 1992.

Appointed Member, Deans' Network on Governmental Affairs (State of Montana Representative), American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1991-1992.

Appointed Member, Subcommittee for Deans' Summer Seminar, 1992, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1991-1992.

Elected Governor for Nursing Education, Board of Governors, Western Institute of Nursing, 1990- 1992.

Elected Member, National Board of Directors, American Orthopsychiatric Association, 1989-1992.

Appointed Member and Chair, Mental Health Advisory Committee of the Gallatin County Commissioners, Bozeman, MT, 1989-1990.

Advanced Training Grants Reviewer, National Institute of Mental Health, 1989.

Co-Chair, Mental Health Task Force of the Gallatin County Commissioners, Bozeman, MT, 1988-89.

Member, Task Force on Nursing Education of the Office of the Commissioner of Higher Education in Montana, 1987-1988.

Member, Board of Directors, and Chairperson, Program Committee, Big Brothers and Sisters of Gallatin County, Bozeman, MT, 1985-1988.

Member, Western Institute of Nursing, 1986-1995.

Member, Western Society for Research in Nursing, 1984-1995.

Member, Mental Health Core Disciplines Survey Task Force, Western Interstate Commission on Higher Education, 1984.

Member, Institutional Review Board for Health-Related Research, Billings, MT, 1984.

Member, Search Committee for Superintendent, Montana Youth Treatment Center, 1984.

Member, Montana Youth Treatment Center Program Advisory Committee, 1983 - 1985.

Member, National League for Nursing, 1983, 1989-1996.

Appendix III.3.2

Professional Activities and Public Service: (continued)

Fellow, American Orthopsychiatric Association, 1980-2004: Life Fellow, inducted 2000 Corresponding Faculty, 1984-1989 National Board of Directors, 1989-1992 National Nominating Committee, 1992

Member, American Nurses' Association, 1975-present: Council of Nurse Researchers Council of Psychiatric/Mental Health Nurses Maryland State Nurses' Association, 1975-1980 Member, Ad Hoc Advisory Committee on Advanced Nursing Practice

Montana State Nurses' Association, 1980-1981, 1984-1995 Member, Subcommittee on Accessible Baccalaureate Education for RNs of the Montana State Nurses' Association Steering Committee on Entry into Practice, 1985-1986 Maine State Nurses' Association, 1982-1983 Member, Commission on Nursing Practice Florida Nurses Association, 1995-present

Member, Sigma Theta Tau, The International Honor Society for Nursing President, Zeta Upsilon Chapter, 1988-1990 President-Elect, Zeta Upsilon Chapter, 1987-88 Alpha Theta Chapter, 1995-present Zeta Upsilon Chapter, 1985-present Kappa Chapter, 1968-1995

Fellow, The American Academy of Nursing, 1987-present.

Consultation / Advisory Boards

2009 Consultant, Shared Governance, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Graduate School of Nursing, Bethesda, MD.

2006 External Reviewer, Comprehensive Review of Dean, School of Nursing, University of Texas-Houston. Houston, TX.

2004-2006 Consultant, Nursing Education and Research, Medical University of Gdansk, Gdansk, Poland.

2003 Member, External Advisory Board, Doctoral Program, University of Alabama at Birmingham School of Nursing.

2003 Consultant, Nursing Education, Suzhou Health School, Suzhou, People’s Republic of China.

2001-2003 National Advisory Board Member, National Institute of Nursing Research, Asthma Rural Partnership Grant, Baltimore, Maryland and Bozeman, Montana.

2002 Member, Nursing Shortage Advisory Panel, Association of Academic Health Centers, Washington, DC. Appendix III.3.2

Consultation / Advisory Boards: (continued)

2000-2002 Consultant, Rural Expansion of Psychosocial Nurse Practitioner Program, USPHS Divisions of Nursing grant, University of Washington School of Nursing, Seattle, Washington.

1996-2002 Consultant, Rural Psychiatric Nurse Practitioner Program, Husson College, Bangor, Maine.

1997-2000 Consultant on Programming, Big Brothers and Sisters, Gainesville, Florida.

1999 Consultant, Mission-based Budgeting, (Faculty Accountability / Productivity), College of Nursing, University of Texas-Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas.

1997 Consultant, PhD Program Review, College of Nursing and Health Sciences, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia.

1996 Invited Nursing Consultant, U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services, Academic Health Center Changes: Effects on Nursing Education, Research and Service, Washington, DC.

1996 Consultant, Louisiana Board of Regents. Chair, Evaluation Committee for Proposed Master's Degree in Nursing Program, Grambling State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana.

1995 Consultant, Rural Family Nurse Practitioner Program and Baccalaureate Nursing Program, Husson College, Bangor, Maine.

1994 Consultant, Graduate Education in Rural Nursing, Program Development, Alcorn State University, Natchez, Mississippi.

1992-1994 National Advisory Committee Member, National League for Nursing, Helene Fuld Grant, Nursing Information Exchange Project.

1989-1994 Consultant on Child and Family Mental Health, Big Brothers and Sisters of Gallatin County, Bozeman, Montana.

1985-1994 Consultant and Therapist (part-time) in Child and Family Mental Health, Monforton Elementary School, Bozeman, Montana.

1990-1992 Advisory Board Member. U.S. Office of Rural Health Policy, Center for Rural Health Research, Department of Preventive and Societal Medicine, University of Nebraska Medical Center.

1989-1992 Advisory Board Member. "Study of Models to Meet Rural Health Care Needs through Mobilization of Health Professions Education and Services Resources," U. S. Health Services and Resources Administration, Contract to the National Rural Health Association.

Appendix III.3.2

Consultation / Advisory Boards: (continued)

1991 Advisory Board Member, Western Institute of Nursing. "Nurses' Continuing Education Program: Special Needs of Racial/Ethnic Minority Populations Who Abuse Alcohol and Other Drugs." Contract by USPHS, Division of Nursing.

1991 Consultant on Nursing Education/Program Review. Orvis School of Nursing, University of Nevada, Reno, Nevada.

1989-1990 Advisory Board Member, "Home care of rural cancer patients in Montana”, National Cancer Institute Grant.

1988-1990 Consultant on Psychiatric Nursing Practice to Rivendell Youth Treatment Center, Butte, Montana.

1989 Expert Witness, United States Senate Subcommittee Hearing on Native American Nursing Student Education.

1987 Consultant on Psychiatric Nursing to the Montana Office of the Governor, The Mental Disabilities Board of Visitors, Rivendell Youth Treatment Center Site Visit, Billings, Montana.

1986 Consultant on Psychiatric Nursing to the Montana Office of the Governor, The Mental Disabilities Board of Visitors, Montana Youth Treatment Center Site Visit, Billings, Montana.

1984 Consultant on Play and Milieu Therapy, Yellowstone Boys and Girls Ranch, Billings, Montana.

1982 Consultant on Substance Abuse Grant Development, Kennebec Valley Regional Health Agency, Waterville, Maine.

1982 Consultant on Rural Nursing Theory Development, Montana State University, College of Nursing, Graduate Program, Bozeman, Montana.

1980-1981 Consultant to the Child Protection Team, Public Health and Social Service Departments, Big Horn County, Montana.

Research Activity and Grants:

2003-2004 Project Director, "North Florida consortium for PhD nursing education." Special Project (earmarked) Grant, USPHS, Division of Nursing ($993,500), funded.

1994-1995 Project Director, Montana State University College of Nursing, "Montana's rural family nurse practitioner option." Nurse Practitioner Education Grant, USPHS, Division of Nursing ($684,599 over three years), approved and funded.

1991-1995 Project Director, Montana State University College of Nursing, Professional Nurse Traineeship Grant. USPHS, Division of Nursing (1992-93, $13,768; 1993-94, $18,912; 1994-1995, $30,778).

Appendix III.3.2

Research Activity and Grants: (continued)

1990-1995 Research Associate, "Families living with long-term illness: A national study." National Institute of Nursing Research ($1,005,000).

1989-1990 Principal Investigator, "The identification of rural children at risk for alcohol abuse." Alcoholic Beverage Medical Research Foundation Grant ($21,065).

1989 Principal Investigator, "Identifying rural children at risk for alcohol abuse." USPHS, NIAAA ($321,054), approved, not funded.

1988 Principal Investigator, "The early identification of rural White and Indian children at risk for alcohol abuse: Third year follow-up" (co-investigator, Carolyn Hamlin). Montana State University, College of Nursing, Block Grant ($730).

1987-1988 Principal Investigator, "The early identification of rural White and Indian children at risk for alcohol abuse: Data set #2" (co-investigator, Carolyn Hamlin). Sigma Theta Tau, Zeta Upsilon Research Award ($500).

1986-1987 Principal Investigator, "The early identification of rural White and Native American children at risk for alcohol abuse" (co-investigator, Carolyn Hamlin). Sigma Theta Tau, Zeta Upsilon Research Award ($315).

1984-1985 Principal Investigator, "Identification of children at risk for alcohol abuse in a rural Native American and White population" (co-investigator, Carolyn Hamlin). Montana State University Research and Creativity Grant ($2,456).

1983 Developer of Overall Research Plan and Design, Faculty Survey Instruments for "Evaluation of the effects of transition from a diploma school of nursing to a baccalaureate nursing program on nursing faculty and students." Husson College/Eastern Maine Medical Center, Bangor, Maine.

1981 Research consultant regarding design and analysis of: Butterfield, P. "Determination of nurses' professional values at Billings Deaconess Hospital" and Derwinski-Robinson, B. "Life change during pregnancy and labor complications". Montana small grants program.

1978-1980 Ph.D. Dissertation, "The influence of social, economic and political factors on the detection and treatment of emotionally disturbed children in public school systems".

1977-1978 Principal Investigator, "Expanded careers survey of the American Academy of Pediatrics." Subcontract to School of Hygiene and Public Health, Johns Hopkins University, American Academy of Pediatrics.

1977 Research Associate, "Evaluation of medication used during labor and delivery." Department of Maternal and Child Health, School of Hygiene and Public Health, The Johns Hopkins University.

1975-1976 Principal Investigator, "Survey of the role and status of nursing within the Division of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry." University of Maryland Hospital, Intramural Grant.

Appendix III.3.2

Research Activity and Grants: (continued)

1974-1975 Staff Coordinator, Devereaux Study: "Behavior assessment of children's progress." Children's Residential Service, Institute of Psychiatry and Human Behavior, University of Maryland Hospital, Intramural Grant.

Publications: Refereed Articles:

Long, K.A. (2007). Nursing PhD Consortia: A model for maximizing scarce resources. Journal of Professional Nursing, 23, 262-266.

Long, K.A. (2001). A reality-oriented approach to interdisciplinary work. Journal of Professional Nursing, 17, 278-282.

Long, K.A. (1999). Reflections on “Rural nursing: Developing the theory base.” Scholarly Inquiry for Nursing Practice, 13, 275-279.

Long, K.A., & Steele, T.W. (1998). Preparing nurses for rural mental health practice. Rural Community Mental Health, 24 (4), 32-33.

Long, K.A., & Williams, D. (1998). Health care for the school-age child. Annual Review of Nursing Research, 16, 39-61.

Long, K.A., Scharff, J.E., & Weinert, C. (1997). Advanced education for the role of rural nurse generalist. Journal of Nursing Education, 36, 13-16.

Long, K.A., (1996). Ethical responsibility for the community's mental health: A professional nursing role. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 9, 39-44.

Long, K. A. (1994). Master's degree nursing education and health care reform: Preparing for the future. Journal of Professional Nursing, 10, 71-76.

Long, K. A. & Boik, R. (1993). Predicting alcohol use in rural children: A longitudinal study. Nursing Research, 42, 79-86.

Weinert, C. & Long, K. A. (1993). Support systems for the spouses of chronically ill persons in rural areas. Journal of Family and Community Health, 16, 46-54.

Long, K. A. (1993). The concept of health: Rural perspectives. Nursing Clinics of North America, 28, 123-130.

Long, K. A. & Weinert, C. (1992). Descriptions and perceptions of health among rural and urban adults with multiple sclerosis. Research in Nursing and Health, 15, 335-342.

Weinert, C. & Long, K. A. (1990). Rural families and health care: Refining the knowledge base. Marriage and Family Review, 15, 57-75.

Long, K. A., & Weinert, C. (1989). Rural nursing: Developing the theory base. Scholarly Inquiry for Nursing Practice, 3, 113-127.

Appendix III.3.2

Publications: (continued) Refereed Articles: (continued)

Long, K. A. (1989). Sex-role stereotyping: Implications for the mental health of school-age children. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 2, 52-60.

Long, K. A., & Hamlin, C. (1988). The use of the Piers-Harris Self-Concept Scale with Indian children. Nursing Research, 37, 42-46.

Weinert, C., & Long, K. A. (1987). Understanding the health care needs of rural families. Family Relations, 36, 450-455.

Long, K. A. (1986). Suicide intervention and prevention with Indian adolescent populations. Issues in Mental Health Nursing, 8, 247-253.

Long, K. A. (1986). Cultural implications in the assessment and treatment of intrafamilial abuse. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 56, 131-136.

Long, K. A. (1985). Pitfalls to avoid and positive approaches in the nurse adolescent relationship. Perspectives in Psychiatric Care, 23, 22-26.

Long, K. A. (1985). Are children too young for mental disorders? American Journal of Nursing, 85, 1254-1257.

Long, K. A., & McQueen, D. V. (1984). The detection and treatment of emotionally disturbed children in public schools: Problems and theoretical perspectives. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 40, 378-390.

Long, K. A. (1983). Emotionally disturbed children as an underdetected and underserved public school population: Reasons and recommendations. Behavioral Disorders, 9, 46-54.

Long, K. A. (1983). The experiences of repeated and traumatic loss among Crow Indian children: Response patterns and intervention strategies. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 53, 116-126.

Clark, D. A., & Long, K. A. (1979). Nurses as health educators with emotionally disturbed children. Perspectives in Psychiatric Care, 17, 167-175.

Invited Papers:

Long, K. A. (2004). Preparing Nurses for the 21st Century: Re-envisioning Nursing Education and Practice. Featured article, Journal of Professional Nursing, 20, 82-88.

Long, K. A. (Policy Highlight). (2003). The Institute of Medicine Report, "Health professions Education: A bridge to quality." Policy, Politics and Nursing Practice, 4, 259-262. Long, K. A. (Invited Response). (2003). Licensure matters: Better patient care requires change in regulation as well as education. Journal of Professional Nursing, 19, 123-125.

Appendix III.3.2

Publications: Abstracts:

Long, K. A. (1994). Specifying variables that contribute to childhood use and abuse of alcohol. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 27, 117.

Long, K. A. & Boik, R.J. (1994). Predicting alcohol use in rural children: A longitudinal study. [Abstract]. Alcoholic Beverage Medical Research Foundation Journal, 4, 9.

Long, K. A. & Scharff, J.E. (1994). Reform of statewide health care delivery: A nursing action model. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 27, 31.

Long, K. A. & Catanzaro, M. (1993). The well-being of children with a chronically ill parent. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 26, 286.

Long, K. A. & Catanzaro, M. (1992). The emotional well-being of children in families with chronic illness. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 25, 455.

Long, K. A. (1991). Rural children and alcohol: Findings from two longitudinal studies. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 24, 49.

Long, K. A., & Weinert, C. (1990). Description and measurement of the health of urban and rural chronically ill adults. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 23, 187.

Long, K. A. (1989). Early identification of children at risk for alcohol abuse: A three-year longitudinal study. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 22, 68.

Long, K. A. (1988). 'Outsider-insider' in rural mental health nursing. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 21, 119-120.

Long, K. A., & Weinert, C. (1987). Rural nursing: Developing the theory base. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 20, 43.

Long, K. A., & Hamlin, C. (1986). Identification of rural children at risk for alcohol abuse. [Abstract]. Communicating Nursing Research, 19, 45.

Long, K. A. (1986). Suicide intervention among a Native American population. [Abstract]. Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the American Association of Suicidology.

Edited Work:

Long, K. A. (Guest Editor) (1996). Ethical issues in child mental health. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 9.

Appendix III.3.2

Publications: Chapters or Books:

Long, K.A. (1998). The concept of health: Rural perspectives. In H. Lee (Ed.), Conceptual basis for rural nursing, (pp. 211-222). New York: Springer (Reprinted).

Long, K.A. (1998). Future directions for rural nursing research. In H. Lee (Ed.), Conceptual basis for rural nursing, (pp. 475-484). New York: Springer.

Long, K.A., Scharff, J. E., & Weinert, C. (1998), Advanced education for the role of rural nurse generalist. In H. Lee (Ed.), Conceptual basis for rural nursing, (pp. 39-48). New York: Springer (Reprinted).

Long, K.A. & Weinert, C. (1998). Rural nursing: Developing the theory base. In H. Lee (Ed.), Conceptual basis for rural nursing, (pp. 3-18). New York: Springer (Reprinted).

Institute of Medicine (Member of Authoring Committee). (1996). The program for research in military nursing: Progress and future directions. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

American Association of Colleges of Nursing (Member of the Authoring Task Force). (1993). Nursing education's agenda for the 21st century. Position Paper. Washington, DC: AACN.

Beeson, P., Bruce, T., Conway-Welch, C., Henderson, A., Hullett-Robertson, S., Long, K., Samuels, M., Turner, T., & Wansley, R. (1993). Agenda for Action (HRSA Contract 240-89-0037). In National Rural Health Association's Interdisciplinary development of health professionals to maximize health provider resources in rural areas. Rockville, MD.

Long, K. A., McNeely, A. G., Shannon, A., & Weinert, C. (1992). A history of scholarship and research. Montana State University College of Nursing. In Western Institute of Nursing (Eds.), The anniversary book. A history of nursing in the West, 1956-1992. WIN: Boulder, CO.

Long, K. A. (1992). The experience of repeated and traumatic loss among Crow Indian children: Response patterns and intervention strategies. In R. Persico & L. Platt (Eds.), Cross-cultural perspectives on grief: A casebook. Hamden, CT: Garland Press (Reprinted).

Long, K. A. & Weinert, C. (1991). Rural nursing: Developing the theory base. In P. Winstead-Fry, J. Churchill-Tiffany & R. V. Shippee Rice (Eds.). Rural health nursing. National League for Nursing, New York (Reprinted).

Weinert, C. & Long, K. A. (1991). The theory and research base for rural nursing practice. In A. Bushy (Ed.), Rural nursing, 1. Newberry Park, CA: Sage.

Weinert, C., & Long, K. A. (1990). Rural families and health care: Refining the knowledge base. In D. Unger, M. Sussman, (Eds.), Families in community settings: Interdisciplinary perspectives. New York: Haworth Press (Reprinted).

Appendix III.3.2

Publications: (continued) Chapters or Books: (continued)

Weinert, C. & Long, K. A. (1988). Understanding the health care needs of rural families. In R. Marotz-Baden, C., Hennon & T. Brubaker (Eds.), Families in rural America: Stress, adaptation and revitalization. St. Paul, MN: National Council on Family Relations (Reprinted).

Long, K. A. (1983). The mental health needs of children and adolescents. In L. Robinson (Ed.), Psychiatric nursing as a human experience (3rd ed.). Philadelphia, PA: W. B. Saunders.

Long, K. A. (1982). The influences of political, economic, and sociological factors on child mental health. In K. S. Babich (Ed.), Assessing the mental health needs of children, Boulder, CO: WICHE.

Book Reviews:

Long, K. A. (1995). [Review of the book, Concept Development in Nursing. Foundations, Techniques and Applications]. Journal of Professional Nursing, 11, 194.

Long, K. A. (1993). [Review of the book, Promoting Cultural Diversity--Strategies for Health Care Professionals]. Journal of Professional Nursing, 9, 304.

Creative Work:

Long, K. A. (Editor). (1981, December). Assessing the mental health of children. [Videotape Series]. Sponsored jointly by Montana State University College of Nursing, Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education in Nursing, and Billings Area Indian Health Service, Billings, MT.

Presentations: (* indicates peer-refereed)

Long, K. A. (2009, June). Professional Regulations and Accreditation: Boundaries and Opportunities. Invited presentation. Florida Education Capacity Summit, Orlando, FL.

Long, K. A. (2009, April). Building and Sustaining Effective VA Affiliation Relationships: Where is Nursing? Invited panelist. Veteran’s Administration Clinical Education Department of Educational Opportunities (DEO) Conference 2009, Atlanta, GA.

Long, K. A. (2009, March and 2008, December). Shared Governance: The Ultimate Exercise in Communication. Invited presentation. AACN Executive Development Series, Washington, DC (3/09); San Antonio, TX (12/08).

Long, K. A. (2008, October). Best Practices for Balancing Faculty Productivity and Satisfaction. Invited panelist. AACN Organizational Leadership Network, Washington, DC.

Appendix III.3.2

Presentations: (continued) (* indicates peer-refereed)

Long, K. A. (2008, March). Looking a Gift Horse in the Mouth: Strategic Management of External Funds. Invited presentation. AACN Executive Development Series, Washington, DC.

Long, K. A. (2008, January). Securing Resources for Doctoral Education. Invited presentation. AACN 2008 Doctoral Education Conference, Captiva, FL.

Long, K. A. (2008, January). Health Professions Education: Challenging the Status Quo. Invited presentation. Third Biennial Dorothy M. Smith Leadership Conference, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL.

Long, K. A. (2007, November). Looking a Gift Horse in the Mouth: Strategic Management of External Funds. Invited presentation. AACN Executive Development Series, New Orleans, LA.

Long, K. A. (2007, October) Nursing Advocacy: Beyond the Bedside. Invited presentation. 2007 Nursing Practice and Policy Symposium, Barbara Lumpkin Institute-Florida Nurses Association, Orlando, FL.

Long, K. A. (2007, October). Making Nursing Education THE Public Agenda: Exemplar from Florida. Invited presentation. Southern Regional Education Board, Council of Collegiate Education for Nursing, Atlanta, GA.

Long, K. A. (2007, July). New Opportunities for Patient Safety and Outcomes Research. Invited presentation. Northeast Florida Association for Healthcare Quality, Jacksonville, FL.

Long, K.A. (2007, October). Making Nursing Education THE Public Agenda: Exemplar from Florida. Invited presentation. Southern Regional Education Board, Council on Collegiate Education for Nursing, Atlanta, GA.

Long, K. A. (2007, July). New Opportunities for Patient Safety and Outcomes Research. Invited presentation. Northeast Florida Association for Healthcare Quality, Jacksonville, FL.

Long, K. A. (2006, June). Innovations and Challenges in Nursing Education: The Emerging Programs of CNL and DNP. Invited presentation. The Harvard Institute for Nursing Health Care Leadership and the University of Pennsylvania Center for Nursing Outcomes Research. Annual Conference, Boston, MA.

Long, K. A. (2006, March). The Role of the Clinical Nurse Leader and the Doctor of Nursing Practice. Invited presentation. Annual Patient Care Executive Meeting of Catholic Health East, Miami, FL.

Long, K. A. (2005, October.). Methods for Nursing Research. Invited presentation, First International Nursing Conference, Medical University of Gdansk, Poland.

Appendix III.3.2

Presentations: (continued) (* indicates peer-refereed)

Long, K. A. (2005, October). Steering By the Stars: Past Presidents Reflect on the Future. Invited panel presentation. American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Fall Semiannual Meeting, Washington, D.C.

Long, K. A. (2005, June). The Clinical Nurse Leader: Practice and Education in Partnership for Clinical Excellence. Invited keynote address. Florida Organization of Nurse Executives, St. Augustine, FL.

Long, K. A. (2004, June). Nursing’s future: practice and education together. Invited keynote address. Thirteenth Annual Scientific Assembly of the American Pediatric Surgical Nurses Association, Ponte Vedra, FL.

Long, K. A. (2003, July). Building an academic career: reasons, strategies, results. Invited inaugural lectureship. The Hartford Institute Geriatric Nursing Research Scholars and Fellows Program Seminar, New York, NY.

Long, K. A., (2003, May). Proven and effective methods to retain nurses – education perspective. Invited presentation, Legislative Network for Nurses Audio Conference.

Long, K.A. (2002, December). Challenges, responsibilities and professionalism. Invited commencement address, University of Texas-Austin, School of Nursing, Austin, TX.

Long, K.A. (2002, November). Beyond entry into practice. Invited presentation, Baccalaureate Education Conference, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Lake Buena Vista, FL.

Long, K.A. (2002, November). The nursing faculty shortage: Colleges and universities respond. Invited presentation at Southern Regional Education Board, Council on Collegiate Education for Nursing, Annual Meeting, Atlanta, GA.

Long, K.A. (2002, May). The future of nursing education and the business officer’s role. Invited keynote address, Seventeenth Annual Meeting of Business Officers of Nursing Schools, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Sanibel Island, FL.

Long, K.A. (2002, March). Nursing in the 21st century: Professionalism, responsibility, and realities. Invited keynote address, Fifth Annual University of West Florida Assembly of Registered Nurses, Pensacola, FL.

Long, K.A. (2001, December). Building future successes: Highlights of AACN Task Force on education and regulation for professional nursing practice. Invited presentation, Baccalaureate Education Conference, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Washington, DC.

Long, K.A. (2000, September). Developing a mentoring program. Invited keynote address, National Department of Veterans Affairs, Nurse Qualification Standard Symposium, Orlando, FL.

Long, K.A. (2000, June). Echoes of the past, visions for the future: Nursing education. Invited keynote presentation of Florida Nurses Association Annual Convention, Miami, FL.

Appendix III.3.2

Presentations: (continued) (* indicates peer-refereed)

Long, K. A. (2000, March). Scholarship that matters: Lessons for nursing and for life. Invited keynote address, Georgetown University School of Nursing Scholars Day, Washington, DC.

Long, K. A., & Gunning, C. (1998, November). Framing baccalaureate education: The new environment and the new BSN role. Invited presentation, Inaugural Baccalaureate Education Conference, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, San Antonio, TX.

Long, K. A. (1997, May). Rural Health: Southern perspectives on Western concepts. Invited Presentation. Annual Research and Creativity Day, Montana State University College of Nursing, Bozeman, MT.

Long, K. A. (1997, March). Change, leadership, and the interpersonal environment: How to help faculty and staff cope with change. Invited presentation, Executive Development Series, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Washington DC.

Long, K. A. (1995, July). Rural nursing theory, research and practice. Invited presentation, National Rural Health Association, National Rural Nursing Conference, Bozeman, MT.

Long, K. A. (1994, August). Alcohol use in rural children: Risk factors and resiliency factors. Invited presentation, Seventh Annual National Prevention Network, Research Findings Conference, Oshkosh, WI.

Long, K. A. (1994, May). Building a future: Nursing education and health care reform. Invited presentation, Sixth Annual Spring Speaker for the Graduate Program in Nursing, Wilkes University, Wilkes-Barre, PA.

*Long, K. A. (1994, April). Specifying variables that contribute to childhood use and abuse of alcohol. Presented at the Twenty-Seventh Annual Meeting of the Western Society for Research in Nursing, Phoenix, AZ.

Long, K. A. (1994, April). The past, present and future of rural health nursing. Keynote address, Sixth Annual Rural Nursing Conference, Greeley, CO.

*Long, K. A., & Scharff, J. E. (1994, April). Reform of statewide health care delivery: A nursing action model. Presented at Western Institute of Nursing Annual Meeting, Phoenix, AZ.

*Long, K. A., & Boik, R. (1993, November). Differentiating sub-populations of children who use alcohol. Poster session presented at the ANA Council of Nurse Researchers, International Nursing Research Conference, Washington, DC.

Long, K. A. (1993, August) Nursing education's agenda for the 21st century. Invited presentation, National Nursing Summit on the Nurse of the Future, as representative of the American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Chicago, IL.

Long, K. A. (1993, July). Montana's Health Care Authority and plan for universal health care coverage, and Family nurse practitioner education. Invited presentations, Montana Primary Care Association Mid-Year Conference, Bozeman, MT.

Appendix III.3.2

Presentations: (continued) (* indicates peer-refereed)

*Long, K. A., & Catanzaro, M. (1993, April-May). The well-being of children with a chronically ill parent. Presented at the Twenty-sixth Annual Meeting of the Western Society for Research in Nursing, Seattle, WA.

Long, K. A. (1993, March). Levels and competencies of professional nursing. Invited speaker, Montana Consortium for Excellence in Health Care, Big Sky, MT.

Long, K. A. (1992, December). Implementation of Healthy People 2000 and Nursing's agenda: Implications for graduate education. Invited presentation, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, San Antonio, TX.

Long, K. A., & Hartman, T. (1992, November). Technology in delivering health professions education and training. Invited presentation, Symposium on the Role of Technology in Delivering Rural Health Care: The Montana Challenge, Bozeman, MT.

Long, K. A. (1992, September). Without dreams. Invited University Convocation address, Montana State University, Bozeman, MT.

*Long, K. A., & Catanzano, M. (1992, April-May). The emotional well-being of children in families with chronic illness. Poster session presented at the Twenty-Fifth Annual Meeting Western Society for Research in Nursing, San Diego, CA.

*Long, K. A. (1991, October). Prediction of alcohol abuse for rural White and Indian children. Presented at the International Nursing Research Conference, ANA Council of Nurse Researchers, Los Angeles, CA.

*Long, K. A. (1991, May). Rural children and alcohol: Findings from two longitudinal studies. Presented at the Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting of the Western Society for Research in Nursing, Albuquerque, NM.

*Long, K. A., & Weinert, C. (1990, May). Description and measurement of the health of urban and rural chronically ill adults. Presented at the Twenty-Third Annual Meeting of the Western Society for Research in Nursing, Denver, CO.

*Long, K. A., & Weinert, C. (1989, November). The concept of rural health. Poster session presented at the Scientific Sessions, 30th Biennial Convention, Sigma Theta Tau International, Indianapolis, IN.

*Long, K. A. (1989, May). Early identification of children at risk for alcohol abuse: A three-year longitudinal study. Presented at the Twenty-Second Annual Meeting of the Western Society for Research in Nursing, San Diego, CA.

*Long, K. A., & Hamlin, C. (1988). Alcohol abuse: Identifying rural White and Native American children at risk. Poster session presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Public Health Association, Boston, MA.

Appendix III.3.2

Presentations: (continued) (* indicates peer-refereed)

*Long, K. A. (1988, May). 'Outsider-insider' in rural mental health nursing. Presented at the Twenty-first Annual Meeting of the Western Society for Research in Nursing, Salt Lake City, UT.

*Long, K. A. (1988, March). Sex-role stereotyping: Implications for the mental health of school-age children. Presented at the 65th Annual Meeting of the American Orthopsychiatric Association, San Francisco, CA.

*Long, K. A., & Weinert, C. (1988, March). Rural nursing: Developing the theory base. Presented at the Idaho-Montana Council on Family Relations Conference, Bozeman, MT.

*Long, K. A., & Weinert, C. (1987, November). Rural Nursing: Emerging theory. Poster session presented and selected as National Finalist Poster at Scientific Sessions, 29th Biennial Convention, Sigma Theta Tau International, San Francisco, CA.

*Long, K. A., & Hamlin, C. (1987, October). The early identification of rural White and Native American children at risk for alcohol abuse. Presented at the International Nursing Research Conference of the ANA Council of Nurse Researchers, Washington, DC.

*Long, K. A., & Weinert, C. (1987, April). Rural nursing: Developing the theory base. Presented at the Twentieth Annual Meeting of the Western Society for Research in Nursing, Phoenix, AZ.

Long, K.A. (1986, June). Indicators and concepts specific to rural health and rural nursing practice in Montana. Invited presentation for Contemporary Issues in Rural Health Conference, Salisbury State College, Salisbury, MD.

*Long, K. A., & Hamlin, C. (1986, May) Identification of rural children at risk for alcohol abuse. Presented at the Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Western Society for Research in Nursing, Portland, OR.

*Long, K.A. (1986, April). Suicide intervention among a Native American population. Presented at the National Meeting of the American Association of Suicidology, Atlanta, GA.

Long, K.A. (1985, May). Principles of interviewing children and Assessment and interview of pre- school and school-age children. Presented at the Troubled Children Seminar, Deaconess Hospital, Billings, MT.

*Long, K.A. (1985, April). Cultural implications in the assessment and treatment of intrafamilial abuse. Presented at the 62nd Annual Meeting of the American Orthopsychiatric Association, New York, NY.

*Long, K.A. (1986) Mental health assessment of school-age children, and Helping children learn to cope with death. Presented at the Montana Public Health Association Annual Conference, Billings, MT.

Appendix III.3.2

Presentations: (continued) (* indicates peer-refereed)

Long, K.A. (1984). Sharing publishing experiences. Panel moderator for Sigma Theta Tau Montana Writers' Seminar, Bozeman, MT.

Long, K.A. (1984). Child abuse and neglect. Indian Health Service in-service education presentation, Northern Cheyenne Reservation, Lame Deer, MT.

Long, K.A. (1984). Counseling techniques and parenting. Indian Health Service inservice education presentation, Crow Reservation, Crow Agency, MT.

*Long, K.A. (1983, November). Beyond assessment: Understanding the mental health needs of Crow Indian children. Presented at the New Knowledge for Nursing Practice Conference of the American Nurses' Association, Denver, CO.

Long, K.A. (1983). Treatment of the victim, Professional and community education, and Preventive education for children. Presented at the Child Sexual Abuse Workshop sponsored by the Indian Health Service and the Big Horn County Health Department, Crow Agency, MT.

Long, K.A. (1983, September). Child mental health: Definition, overview and assessment strategies and Helping children cope with death. Presented at the Child Mental Health Conference, Eastern Maine Medical Center, Bangor, ME.

*Long, K.A. (1983, April). Meeting rural mental health needs with limited resources: Strategies and approaches. Panel moderator and presenter. Presented at the 60th Annual Meeting of the American Orthopsychiatric Association, Boston, MA.

Long, K.A. (1983, January). Utilization of the health belief model. Presented at the Continuing Education Program, Meeting the Challenges of Transcultural Nursing, Eastern Maine Medical Center, Bangor, ME.

Editorial Boards/Reviewer:

Reviewer, Qualitative Health Research, 1989-present.

Member, Editorial Board, and Reviewer, Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 1988- present.

Member, Editorial Board, Journal of Professional Nursing, 1994-1996; 2000-2004.

Reviewer, Nursing Outlook, 2003.

Reviewer, American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 1991, 1993-2002.

Reviewer, Journal of Rural Health, 1992, 1994, 2002-2006.

Member, Editorial Advisory Board, Nursing and Health Care, 1992-1995.

Reviewer, Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 1985-1995. Appendix III.3.2

Dissertation Committees: (University of Florida)

Member. Greig, R. Natural mentors, ethnic identity, and adolescent mental health, 2003.

Member. Meltzer, L.J. Mothers of children with chronic illness: A caregiver burden model and summer camp as care. (College of Health Professions), 2002.

Member. Yoon, S. The Use of Herbal Products, Prescribed Medicines and Non-Prescribed Medicines by Community Dwelling Older Women, 1999.

Thesis Committees: (Montana State University)

Chair. Surratt, D. Response to Sexual Abuse Treatment among Clients with Symptoms of Borderline Personality Disorder, 1994.

Member. Dodson, M. The Use of Standard Infant Growth Curves in a Native American Population, 1992.

Chair. Robbins, J. Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy, 1991.

Chair. Gaughan, D. Nursing Needs of Neurologically Impaired Children in Rural Montana, 1991.

Member. Solomon, K. Exercise Compliance and Quality of Life in Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Patients in Rural and Urban Areas, 1989.

Chair. Swehla, B. Perceived Social Support of Primiparous Mother During the First Week Postpartum Following Early Hospital Discharge, 1988.

Chair. Hill, M. Identification of the Physical and Psychosocial Needs of Head-Injured Individuals Residing in Rural Montana, 1985.

Chair. Koski, C. The Intraoperative Experience in Baccalaureate Nursing Education, 1985.

University, Health Science Center, and College Service: (University of Florida)

Selected Activities in Associate Provost Role:

Group Leader, Policy and Procedure Development, University Salary Pay Plan Review, September, 2008.

Policy and Procedure Development, University Faculty Enhancement Opportunity Program (expend $2M in each year of 3 year pilot program), August 2008 – present

Member, Resource Centered Management Budgeting Committee, July 2008 – present.

Member, Search Committee for Federal Lobbying Firm, Office of University Relations

Chair, Search Committee for the Dean of the College of Public Health and Health Professions, 2009 – present. Appendix III.3.2

University, Health Science Center, and College Service: (University of Florida) (continued)

Chair, Search Committee for the Associate Provost for Undergraduate Affairs, 2009.

President, Board of Directors, Oak Hammock (University of Florida Continuous Care Retirement Community), 2007-2009 (Member, Board of Directors, 1999-2007; 2009-present).

Chair, Search Committee for the Dean of the College of Medicine, 2006–2007.

Chair, Search Committee for the Dean of the College of Design, Construction & Planning, 2006.

Member (Deans’ Representative), Presidential-Faculty Senate Task Force on the Implementation of Shared Governance, 2005-2007.

Chair, University of Florida Development (fundraising) Oversight Committee, 2005-2009 (Vice-Chair, 2004-2005).

Appointed Member, Shands HealthCare, Quality Committee, 1998-2000, 2003-2009.

Member, Internal Advisory Committee, University of Florida Cancer Center, 2000-2005.

Member, Search Committee for Vice President for External Relations, University of Florida, 2004.

Member, Search Committees for Chief Nurse, North Florida—South Georgia Veterans Health Systems, 2000, 2002.

Appointed Member, University Commencement Committee, 1999.

Member, Advisory Board, Center for Research on Telehealth and Healthcare Communications, 1999- present.

Appointed Member, Shands HealthCare, Board of Directors, 1995-1999, Representative of Health Science Center Deans, 1997-1999.

Appointed Member, University of Florida Foundation, Board of Directors, 1995-1999.

Member, Search Committee for Vice President for Agricultural and Natural Resources, 1998.

Member, University of Florida Health System, Behavioral Health Advisory Committee, 1996- 1998

Chair, Search Committee for the Dean of the College of Veterinary Medicine, 1996.

Member, Governance and Mission Work Group, Reorganization Committee of the Shands Hospital Board of Directors, 1996.

Member, University of Florida Health System, Steering Committee, 1996.

Member, University of Florida Women Alumnae of Distinction Recognition Committee, 1996.

Member, Search Committee for Health Science Center, Chief Communications Officer, 1996.

Appendix III.3.2

University, Health Science Center, and College Service: (University of Florida) (continued)

Member, Search Committee for University of Florida Foundation, Associate Vice President for Development, 1995.

Member, (Health Science Center Deans’ Representative), Provost’s Ad Hoc Committee on Faculty Activity Report, 1995.

Member, Search Committee for Health Science Center, Associate Director for Development, 1995.

Selected University and College Service: (Montana State University)

Charge to the Candidates for Degrees, Invited Speaker, Montana State University Commencement, 1994.

Chair, Search Committee for Associate Vice-President for Outreach, 1993.

Chair, MSU Professional Employees Salary Equity Study Committee, 1991-1993.

Member, Search Committee for Vice-President for Academic Affairs, 1989-1990.

Member, Rural Nursing Theory Committee, College of Nursing, 1987-1994.

Member (Vice Chairperson, 1986-1990), University Human Subjects Review Committee, 1984-1990.

Member (Chairperson, 1985), University Honors Program Committee, 1984-1987.

Member, Search Committee for Director, University Honors Program, 1985-1986.

Member, University Graduate Studies Committee, 1984-1987.

Honors: 2009 Recipient of the Great 100 Nurses Award in the Role Model category, Florida Nurses Association (FNA).

2008 American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Sister Bernadette Armiger Award for Outstanding Contributions to Nursing Education.

2003 Selected as one of “100 Most Powerful People in Healthcare”, Modern Healthcare

2002 American Association of Colleges of Nursing Representative, White House Signing Ceremony, Nurse Reinvestment Act

1995 Anna M. Shannon Award for Nursing Education, Montana Nurses Association

1993 Who's Who of American Women, 18th Edition

Appendix III.3.2

Honors (continued):

1989 Faculty Achievement Award for Teaching and Service, University Honors Program, Montana State University 1988 Recognition Award, (Contributions to Scholarly Nursing Practice), Sigma Theta Tau, Zeta Upsilon Chapter

1987 Governance Award, University Honors Program, Montana State University

1987 Elected to Fellowship, The American Academy of Nursing

1985 Elected to Phi Kappa Phi, National Honor Society, Land Grant Institutions (Montana State University)

1981 Elected to Phi Beta Kappa (Johns Hopkins University)

1981 Elected to Delta Omega, National Honor Society for Public Health (Johns Hopkins University)

1977-1980 U. S. Public Health Service Pre-Doctoral Nurse Fellowship

1978 Co-recipient of The Johns Hopkins University Alumni Association Award for Academic Achievements, School of Hygiene and Public Health, The Johns Hopkins University

1976-1977 Behavioral Sciences Departmental Scholarship, School of Hygiene and Public Health, The Johns Hopkins University

1970 Alumni Association Award for Academic Excellence, Wayne State University

1968-1970 National Institute of Mental Health Traineeship Grant, Wayne State University

1968 Alumni Association Award, Potential Outstanding Professional Practitioner, and Valedictory Address, School of Nursing, Catholic University

1968 Elected to Sigma Theta Tau, International Honor Society for Nursing

Selected Continuing Education (1995-present):

Semi-Annual Meetings, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Washington, DC, 1990-2009.

Doctoral Education Workshops (annual), American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Sanibel/Captiva Island, FL, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997-2004, 2007,2008; San Diego, 2009.

Connections, Colleagueship and Collaboration, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Summer Seminar, San Diego, CA, 2003.

Appendix III.3.2

Selected Continuing Education (1995-present) (continued):

Getting Ready for the Rest of the Futures: Excellence as a Change Strategy, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Summer Seminar, Vail, CO, 2002.

Leadership in Transition: Solutions for Today, Strategies for Tomorrow, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Summer Seminar, Vancouver, BC, 2001.

Leading in Complex Systems: Bringing Order and Chaos into Balance, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Summer Seminar, Santa Fe, NM, 2000.

Annual Meeting, Southern Collegiate Council for Education, Atlanta, 1996, 1997, 1998.

Reinventing Nursing: The Right Nurse, the Right Time and the Right Place, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Summer Seminar, San Diego, CA, July 1997.

Interdisciplinary Education as a Prelude to Interdisciplinary Practice, Association of Academic Health Centers, Fourth Congress of Health Professions Educators, Washington, DC, June 1997.

The Digital Decade, Annual Meeting of the Association of Academic Health Centers, West Palm Beach, FL, October 1996.

Major Gifts Fund Raising for Deans, Council for Advancement and Support of Education, New Orleans, LA, May 1996.

Human Resources Policies and the Education of Future Health Professionals, Association of Academic Health Centers/Federation of Schools of the Health Professions, 6th Annual Retreat, Washington, DC, February 1996.

Workforce Policy and the Healthcare Market, Annual Meeting of the Association of Academic Health Centers, Aspen, CO, September 1995.

Response to a Rapidly Changing Health Care and Education Environment, American Association of Colleges of Nursing, Summer Seminar, Vail, CO, July 1995.

R.N. Registration Current in State of: Florida

A.N.A. Certification: Clinical Specialist in Child and Adolescent Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing, 1982-2006. Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

· .~ .'

Curriculum Vitae

MICHAEL G . PERRI

Gene al r nf () rma t tQrl

Date1 0 f - . 1. bir-t.h: 8-18-51

Marl1:a I staL-Us: marrled, One chi Id Home l address: Home phone number; Off ire phone number: \201) bn-2300

Current Posltlon I Professor and Deputy Chalr Depa~tment of Psychology Fair,eigh Dickinson University :::: r ::~nNew Je,,"y 07", l

Ph.ol (cl inical psychology) 1978, University of Missoun Columbia, ( APA-approved) rnter'nShiP, 1977-1978, University of Minnesota (APA-appr 4> ved) M.A. (psychology) 1975, unlverslty of Missouri - Columblf . B.S. (psychology) 1973, Fordham University I ~~adem~Qjntments

1989tpresent,I Professor, Department of Psycholog y, Fairlelgh Dickinison univerS1ty, Teaneck, New Jersey 1985~1989, Associate Professor, Department of Psy c hology ralrleigh Dickinson University, Teaneck, New Jersey

1985, Assoc i ate Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis, Indiana 19801198~, Assistant Professor, Department of Psychiatry tndiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis , Indiana

197811980, Assistant Profess or, Department of Psychoiogy , nlversl t y of Rochester, Rochester, New York I I I I j L--.____ Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

Curriculum Vitae

William H. Riffee

Personal Information

Birth Date: February 17, 1944 Birth Place: Steubenville, Ohio Marital Statue: Married (Judith M. Riffee) Children: Evan Martin- born 1972 Ross William- born 1977 Joel David- born 1980 Lucinda Catherine- born 1986

Home Address:

Business Address: College of Pharmacy The University of Florida Health Sciences Center PO Box 100484 Gainesville, FL 32610 (352) 273-6310

Education:

University Attended Dates Degree

The Ohio State University 1970 to 1975 Pharmacology Ph.D.

West Virginia University 1962 to 1967 Pharmacy BS in Pharmacy

Current Position:

Dean and Professor June I, 1996-present College of Pharmacy The University of Florida Ilealth Science Center PO Box 100484 Gainesville, FL 32610 Appendix III.3.2

Previous Professional Background:

Associate Provost for February 1, 2001-June 1, 2006 Distance, Continuing and Executive Education (concurrent with the Dean of Pharmacy position) The University of Florida Health Science Center PO Box 100484 Gainesville, FL 32610

Professor of Pharmacology September 1993-May 31, 1996 James O. Burke Centennial Fellow Director, Learning Resources Center College of Pharmacy The University of Texas at Austin

Associate Professor of Pharmacology September 1986-August, 1993 James O. Burke Centennial Fellow Director, Learning Resources Center College of Pharmacy The University of Texas at Austin

Associate Professor of Pharmacology September, 1985-August, 1986 Jack Eckerd Fellow in Pharmacy Director, Learning Resources Center College of Pharmacy The University of Texas at Austin

Associate Professor of Pharmacology September, 1980-August 1985 Director, Learning Resources Center College of Pharmacy The University of Texas at Austin

Assistant Dean and September, 1981-August, 1984 Associate Professor of Pharmacology College of Pharmacy The University of Texas at Austin

Assistant Professor of Pharmacology August, 1975-August, 1980 College of Pharmacy The University of Texas at Austin Austin, Texas

Appendix III.3.2

Research Associate September, 1973-August, 1975 College of Pharmacy The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio

Teaching Associate September, 1971-September 1973 College of Pharmacy The Ohio State University Columbus, Ohio

Pharmacy Officer (Lieutenant, Senior Grade) October, 1967-July, 1970 (Current Status: Lt. Commander, Inactive Reserves) The United States Public Health Service U.S.P.H.S. Hospital Norfolk, Virginia

Membership in Professional Societies:

American Pharmaceutical Association American Society of Health System Pharmacists American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy Florida Pharmaceutical Association Florida Society of Health-system Pharmacists American Society for Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics Society for Neuroscience

Other Significant Activities

Member, Board of Directors, American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Member, Advisory Board, Campus Technology, Syllabus Conference Member, Deans Advisory Council, Medco Health Solutions, Inc. Member, Editorial Advisory Board, Pharmaceutical Products Press

Overall Administrative Responsibilities:

I serve as Dean and Chief Executive Officer responsible for the College of Pharmacy. In that capacity, I have oversight and responsibility of all teaching, research, service, patient care programs, faculty, staff and students in the College. I directly oversee a budget for our College, which involves the management of approximately $30 million budget which supports 200 employees and over 1800 students. The College currently offers the Doctor of Pharmacy, Masters of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.

The College of Pharmacy is also very much involved in the development of drug develop technologies leading to patents. It is extremely important to the University to protect the intellectual property of our faculty. In the College of Pharmacy, we have several drug Appendix III.3.2

discovery initiatives that will, over time lead to significant revenue for the University and the College as well as the faculty involved in their development.

I also have the responsibility of development as part of my overall duties as Dean. Dur- ing the last capital campaign (“It’s Performance That Counts) and we exceeded our Col- lege’s goal of $12 million by raising over $21 million. The University is currently in the silent phase of the next capital campaign and the goal for the College of Pharmacy is $18 Million.

From February 1, 2001 – June 1, 2006, I also served as Associate Provost for the Univer- sity with the portfolio of all distance, continuing and executive education activities of all academic units on campus. The Distance Continuing and Executive Education office works with an annual budget of approximately $45 million. I supervised one Dean, two Associate Deans, 5 Directors and over 100 staff persons. The office has the responsibility for working with all academic units on campus (Colleges as well as Centers and Insti- tutes) to develop new academic programs, test their marketability, design business plans, market and produce the programs. The office is responsible for interfacing thousands of students studying at a distance with the University infrastructure and the departments in which the courses originate. It was a very unique opportunity for me to obtain extensive experience working with a diverse group of academics from the humanities to the engineering sciences in addition to all the health-related Colleges. I also served as part of Provost’s staff and in that capacity, was involved in all areas of the University’s administrative structure.

Honors:

Appointed to the American Medical Informatics Association Academic Strategic Leadership Council, September 2006

Syllabus Scholar, Appointed by Syllabus Press, subsidiary of 101 Communica- tions, 1998- present

The Jack L.Beal Postbaccalaureate Award, The Ohio State University, May, 1998

Phi Lambda Sigma Leadership Society 1995

Named Outstanding Alumnus, School of Pharmacy, West Virginia University, 1990

Awarded the Texas Excellence Teaching Award 1989-1990

Named the James O. Burke Centennial Fellow in Pharmacy, 1986-87

Named the Jack Eckerd Centennial Fellow in Pharmacy, 1985-86

Appendix III.3.2

Election into the American Society of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera- peutics and the Society for Neuroscience (1980)

Rho Chi Pharmacy Honorary

Leadership Award, The Graduate School, The Ohio State University, 1975

Member, Board of Trustees, TRI Counseling Center, Columbus, Ohio 1974

AFPE Josiah K. Lilly Memorial Fellow, 1973-74

Member, Presidents' Committee on University Resource Allocation and Utiliza- tion, The Ohio State University, 1973-74

President, Graduate Student Body, The Ohio State University

American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education Fellow, 1973

McKesson Robbins Leadership Award, 1967

RESEARCH INFORMATION

Research Interests, Productivity and Plans

Scientific Research

Since 1970, I have been involved in research dealing with the effects of central nervous system stimulants from both the behavioral and biochemical aspects. The primary focus of my research has been investigating the central effects of amphetamine and apomorphine, both active in the dopaminergic systems of the brain but differing from the aspect of mechanism of action. A sub-focus of this research has been to study the effects of subchronic administration of these compounds (i.e. given for one or two weeks rather than for months which would be truly chronic administration). During the late 1970s, a phenomenon was being reported from our laboratory as well as others, that subchronic administration of amphetamine and apomorphine was producing a "reverse tolerance" or a hypersensitive behavioral response to challenge doses of the drug. This was the first indication that dopaminergic agonists may up- regulate neuronal systems thus leading to possible clinically relevant conditions as stimulant-induced psychosis.

My research efforts have been centered around the characterization of the "reverse tolerance" syndrome through behavioral and biochemical studies. My laboratory has been able to establish two behavioral models which clearly show the phenomenon as well as biochemical techniques to study the phenomenon at the level of the neuronal systems. The behavioral methods involve the use of stimulant-induced locomotor activity (measured and evaluated by computerized equipment) and stereotypic verticali- Appendix III.3.2

zation (evaluated by observation of videotaped behavior). Biochemically, we have investigated the phenomenon using radio-labeled ligand receptor binding, evaluation of in vivo dopamine synthesis, dopamine release, dopamine reuptake and by evaluating the enzyme activity of tyrosine hydroxylase, the rate-limiting enzyme in the syn- thetic chain for dopamine.

In November, 1987, I served as Chairman of a symposium entitled "Stimulant- Induced Sensitization; Behavior and Neuropharmacology" at the Annual Meeting of the Society for Neuroscience, New Orleans LA. This Symposium brought together the experts in the area of stimulant-induced sensitization for the first ever presentation of a symposium on this subject. The increase in the abuse of stimulants has sparked the interest in this area, an area of basic research that may have profound influence on the prevention and treatment of long-term effects of stimulant toxicities and addiction.

Listing of specific scientific research activities:

1. Use of chemoconvulsive threshold as a method of investigation of effects of acute and chronic administration of various centrally active drugs (e.g. (+)- amphetamine, (-)-amphetamine & apomorphine). 2. Development and use of radiolabeled tyrosine and chromatographic separation techniques (alumina and cationic exchanges resin) in the determination of rate of synthesis of norepinephrine and dopamine. 3. Development and use of behavioral tests for the evaluation of the effects of drugs which interact with the dopaminergic pathways in the central nervous system. This has involved the extensive use of videotape and subsequent "blind" evaluation of drug-induced behavior. 4. Use of radiolabeled ligands (e.g. 3H-Spiroperidol and 3H-Apomorphine) in the quantification of dopamine receptor binding as a result of the acute and chronic administration of various drugs (e.g. Apomorphine, N-n-propylnorapomorphine, spiroperidol, (+)-amphetamine, etc.). I have also done a limited amount of work with 3H-alprenalol and its labeling of beta-adrenergic receptors to study effects of chronic barbiturate administration of beta- adrenergic receptors. 5. Use of radiolabeled drugs to measure drug distribution in brain and plasma. This also involves separation techniques using organic solvents and aqueous extraction procedures. The distribution of amphetamine isomers and apomorphine have been studied in my laboratory. 6. I have also studied the development of a silicone-based sustained release system for morphine. We have developed a pellet that is extremely easy and in- expensive to manufacture that produces in mice and rats very reliable and extensive physical dependence on the drug. 7. My graduate research training (other than dissertation work) involved the use of classic pharmacological techniques used to study mechanisms of drug action as well as to screen newly developed drugs for possible pharmacological activity. Appendix III.3.2

Educational Development and Related Activities

The University of Texas at Austin I served as the first Director of the Learning Resources Center (LRC) of the College of Pharmacy, The University of Texas at Austin from 1980 until my departure in 1996. The LRC provided a variety of instructional resources to students and faculty members. The LRC provided two-way teleconferencing transmission of elective and required courses between Austin and the Health Science Center in San Antonio as well as the University of Texas Medical Branch in Galveston, so that faculty members at either location can teach students at both sites simultaneously. All of these courses were videotaped and made available for checkout in the LRC Media Library. In addition, selected courses were recorded and made available for (modified) self-paced study for students in Austin.

I developed the College's first venture into distance education in 1978 when we used a terrestrial-based microwave system to carry instruction between Austin and San An- tonio. We improved those capabilities during the early 1980s proving the value of this type of education. During the Summer of 1989, the Learning Resources Center made the transition from terrestrial-based analog television transmission to compressed digital transmission for all of our interactive television programming. In 1991, a new state-of-the-art teleconference facility which I designed came on board at the Health Sciences Center at San Antonio. That program continues to be the proto- type others follow when instituting distance education projects.

Within the context of education, I have studied the impact of educational technology on student learning. I have published in the American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education and other periodicals. I have also published in the area of computer use as a teaching tool in laboratories.

In 1994, I founded the University of Texas College of Pharmacy Teaching Academy. The Academy provided a week of instruction for Pharmacy Faculty from across the United States in the area of technology-based teaching and learning. The Teaching Academy continues to this day and has attracted national attention. The University of Florida In 1996 I became the Dean of the College of Pharmacy of the University of Florida. During my first year, I wrote a proposal for a legislative appropriation for the establishment of a state-wide telecommunication network. That has been funded ($1 million) and we now have multiple sites connected for videoconferencing activities. The following year, we were successful in obtaining legislative recurring funding for on- going support of the teleconference facilities and operation.

As an administrator in the Health Science Center of the University of Florida, I have been called upon to help design various aspects of our computing infrastructure. In addition, I work at the Provost level in developing new directions in the area of distance education, continuing education and executive education. With the close relationship between technology and these educational activities, we share common vi- Appendix III.3.2

sions and goals with a similar committee designed to evaluate the entire information technology structure of the University.

Several years ago, the Colleges of Pharmacy, Nursing and Health Professions were approved for a new tri-tower building. I was involved in the planning of that building which was completed in March, 2003. The entire HPNP Complex houses state of the art digital classrooms and wired/wireless network infrastructure. In addition, the Col- lege has renovated all of its current space into state-of-the-art research facilities at a cost of $15 Million..

Other Technology-related Educational Activities

Since 1995, I have been involved with Syllabus Press (now Campus Technology) as a resource faculty person teaching technology-based educational approaches to faculty from all over the United States and abroad. In 1998, I was asked to assume the title of Syllabus Scholar along with 5 other colleagues from across the country. Each year, the Scholars are involved in special teaching workshops to help equip faculty with the necessary skills needed for today’s classroom and world wide web-based teaching and learning.

Pharmacy Education Activities

When I arrived on campus in 1996, the College of Pharmacy had a non-traditional program for providing the Doctor of Pharmacy degree to Baccalaureate pharmacy graduates. The program had 20 students at the time. I used my experience with distance education to change the curriculum and the method of delivery of the program. As of the January 2007, we will have an enrollment of 700 students nationwide and overseas. This program is considered one of the best in the nation and one about which I am extremely proud. We have developed the technology suitable for working professionals coupled a competency-based curriculum and facilitator-based faculty oversight model. The annual revenue stream for that program this year will exceed $5 million. Over the last several years, the College has developed Masters programs in Forensic Sciences with enrollments of over 300 a year. All of these programs are taught at a distance.

In Fall, 2002, the College launched three new distant education campuses in Jackson- ville (Shands Hospital), Orlando (University of Florida Research and Education Cen- ter) and St. Petersburg (St. Petersburg College). In the Spring 2006, the College graduated the first expansion class and the current enrollment is 1210, double that of 2002.. The faculty have been involved in development activities to help equip them to teach via technology.. With the added enrollment came significant financial resources to help increase the number of faculty and staff and implement state-of-the-art distance education technology and pedagogy.

I continue to teach our professional students and part of an honors course. This helps to keep me current in some aspects of pharmacy practice and also keeps me current with the use of new teaching technology. I have been very much involved in develop- Appendix III.3.2

ing of new technological approaches to teaching and learning through interactions with our technology partner, Digiscript, Inc.

Over the last few years, I have also involved in global aspects of teaching and learning through working with various individuals and institutions abroad. We have been developing pharmacy education content to provide to other countries especially in the areas of pharmacotherapy. We hope this will become a model for AACP involvement in global pharmacy education.

Publications in Refereed Journals:

1. Gerald, M.C. and Riffee, W.H.: Acute and chronic effects of d- and l-amphetamine on seizure susceptibility in mice. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 21: 323-330, 1973.

2. Riffee, W.H. and Gerald., M.S.: Determination of endogenous concentrations of norepinephrine and dopamine and their rates of synthesis in a single mouse brain. Arch. Int. Pharmacodyn. Ther. 219: 70-79, 1976.

3. Riffee, W.H. and Gerald, M.C.: Effects of amphetamine isomers and CNS catecholaminergic blockers on seizures in mice. Neuropharmacology 15: 677-682, November, 1976.

4. Riffee, W.H. and Gerald, M.C.: The effects of chronic administration and withdrawal of (+)-amphetamine on seizure threshold and endogenous catecholamine concentrations and their rates of biosynthesis in mice. Psychopharmacology 51: 175-179, 1977.

5. Riffee, W.H. and Gerald, M.C.: Acute and chronic effects of (-)-amphetamine on seizure threshold and brain catecholamines in mice. Biochem. Pharmacol. 26: 799-801, 1977.

6. Waddingham, S., Riffee, W.H., Belknap, J.D. and Sheppard, J.R.: Barbiturate dependence in mice: Evidence for B-adrenergic receptor proliferation in brain. Res. Comm. Chem. Path. Pharmacol. 20: 207-220, 1978.

7. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E. and Smith, R.V.: Comparison of behavioral arousal induced by apomorphine and N-n-propylnorapomorphine. Res. Comm. Chem. Path. Pharmacol. 22: 301-312, 1978.

8. Riffee, W.H., Ludden, R.E., Wilcox, R.E. and Gerald, M.C.: Brain and plasma concentrations of amphetamine isomers in mice. J. Pharmacol. Expt. Ther. 206: 586-594, 1978.

9. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E., and smith, R.V.: Modification of drug-induced behavioral arousal by preinjection in mice. Psychopharmacology. 63: 1-5, 1979.

Appendix III.3.2

10. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E. and Smith, R.V.: Stereotypic and hypothermic effects of apomorphine and N-n-propylnorapomorphine in mice. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 54: 273-277, 1979.

11. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H. and Smith, R.V.: Videotaping in laboratory investigations of stereotypic effects of antiparkinsonism agents. Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav. 10: 161-164, 1979.

12. Riffee, W.H.: Emergency Medical Drugs. Pharmat Correspondence Course for Continuing Education. 5: No. 6. 3-24, 1979.

13. Smith, R.V., Wilcox, R.E., Soine, W.H., Riffee, W.H., Baldessarini, R.J. and Ku- la, N.S.: Plasma levels of apomorphine following intravenous, intraperitoneal and oral administration to mice and rats. Res. Comm. Chem. Path. Pharmacol. 24: 483-499, 1979.

14. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H. and Smith, R.V.: The pharmacological basis for N-n- propylnorapomorphine induced stereotypic cage climbing and behavioral arousal in mice. Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav. 11: 653-659, 1979.

15. Wilcox, R.E., Humphrey, D.W., Riffee, W.H. and Smith, R.V.: Stability of apomorphine in solutions containing ascorbic acid and bisulfite and effects of the an- tioxidants on apomorphine-induced cage-climbing and hypothermia in mice. J. Pharm. Sci. 69: 974-976, 1980.

16. Wilcox, R.E., Smith, R.V., Anderson, J.A. and Riffee, W.H.: Apomorphine- induced stereotypic cage-climbing in mice as a model for studying changes in dopamine receptor sensitivity. Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav. 12: 29-33, 1980.

17. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E., Anderson, J.A. and McGinity, J.W.: Polydimeth- oxylsiloxane pellets for sustained delivery of morphine in mice. J. Pharm. Sci. 69: 980-982, 1980.

18. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H., and Smith, R.V.: Hypothermic effects of N-n-propylnorapomorphine in mice...antagonism by neurotransmitter receptor blockers. Psy- chopharmacology. 68: 85-88, 1980.

19. Wolf, M.D., Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H. and Abraham, L.D.: Strain differences in dopamine receptor function and the initiation of movement. Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav. 13: 5-7, 1980.

20. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H., Chen, P.C., Hammett, S. III and Smith, R.V.: Beha- vioral facilitation following chronic administration of N-n-propylnorapomorphine. Psychopharmacology. 72: 113-1115, 1980.

Appendix III.3.2

21. Smith, R.V., Klein, A.E., Wilcox, R.E., and Riffee, W.H. Apomorphine: Bioavai- lability and Effect on Stereotyped Cage Climbing in Mice. J. Pharm. Sci., 70: 1144-1147, 1981.

22. Riffee. W.H., Wilcox, R.E., Smith, R.V., David, P.J. and Brubaker, A.: Inhibition of R-(-)-apomorphine-induced stereotypic cage-climbing behavior in mice by S- (+)-apomorphine. In Advances in Biosciences: Advances in Dopamine Research, Ed. M. Kohsaka et al., Pergamon Press, New York, 1982.

23. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E., Goldman, C.P.L. and Smith, R.V.: Effects of apomorphine and piribedil on pentylenetetrazol-induced seizures in mice. Psycho- pharmacology 75: 391-395, 1981.

24. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E., Vaughn, D.M. and Smith, R.V.: Dopamine receptor sensitivity after chronic dopamine agonists: Striatal 3H-spiroperidol binding in mice after chronic administration of high doses of apomorphine, N-n-propylnorapomorphine and dextroamphetamine. Psychopharmacology, 77: 146-149, 1982.

25. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H., Goldman, C.P.L. and Young, R.K.: Effects of ascor- bate on a dopaminergic response: Apomorphine-induced modification of pentylenetetrazol-induced seizures in mice. Psychopharmacology, 83: 48-50, 1984.

26. Riffee, W. H. and Wilcox, R.E.: Effects of multiple pretreatment with apomorphine and amphetamine on amphetamine-induced locomotor activity and its inhibition by apomorphine. Psychopharmacology, 85: 97-101, 1985.

27. Stavchansky, S., Riffee, W.H. and Geary, R.S.: Comparison between locomotor activity changes produced by phencyclidine and d-amphetamine in CD-1 male mice. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology, 48: 189-202, 1985.

28. Stavchansky, S., Riffee, W.H. and Geary, R.S.: Chronic administration of phenyl- propanolamine and caffeine: Effect on locomotor activity. Research Communi- cations in Drugs of Abuse, 7: 37-48, 1986.

29. Woodward, John, Wilcox, R.E., Leslie, Steven W., and Riffee, W.H.: Dopamine uptake during fast-phase endogenous dopamine release from mouse striatal synaptosomes. Neuroscience Letters, 71, 106-112, 1986.

30. Riffee, W.H. and Wilcox, R.E. Inhibition of amphetamine-induced locomotor activity by S-(+)-Apomorphine: Comparison with the action of R-(-)-Apomorphine. J. Pharm. Pharmacol., 39, 71-72, 1987.

31. Riffee, W.H., Wanek, E. and Wilcox, R.E. Prevention of amphetamine-induced behavioral hypersensitivity by concomitant treatment with microgram doses of apomorphine. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 135, 255-258, 1987. Appendix III.3.2

32. Riffee, W.H., Wanek E. and Wilcox, R.E. Apomorphine fails to inhibit cocaine- induced behavioral hypersensitivity. Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior 29, 239-242, (1988).

33. Riffee, W.H., Kirk, K and Hudspeth, D. Views from Former Students on Televi- sion and Videotapes as Forms of Instruction. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 54, 120-125, (1990)

34. Wilcox, R.E., Severson, J.A., Woodward, J.J. Randall, P.K, Vaughn, DM. and Riffee, William H., Striatal Dopamine release is decreased Twenty-four hours after a single apomorphine pretreatment - Relationship to dopamine synthesis, metabolism, high-affinity D2 dopamine binding and behavior. Brain Research, 526: 37-44, 1990.

35. Vaughn, D.M, Severson, J.A., Woodward, J.J., Randall, P.R., Riffee, W.H., Les- lie, S.W. and Wilcox, R.E., Changes in striatal dopamine metabolism and synthesis - but not in the dopamine release process or in D2 receptor binding - may account for behavioral sensitization following subchronic apomorphine treatment. Brain Research, 528: 109-113, 1990.

36. Riffee, W.H., Computer Technology Can Enhance Presentation of Pharmacologi- cal Principles. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 55, Summer, 1991.

37. Brimberry, W.M., Riffee, W.H., Computers in the Classroom: A New Form of Active Learning, American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, Vol 59, 1-7, Spring 1995.

38. Kelly, Katherine A., DeBisschop, Michael, Donaldson, Amy R., Hogue, Valerie W., Joyner, Pamela U., Schwinghammer, Terry L. and Riffee, William H.: Pro- fessional socialization of pharmacy students: do we have the right ingredients AND the right formula for success? Currents in Pharmacy Teaching and Learn- ing. 1, 103-109, 2009.

Abstracts and Publications in Professional Journals:

1. Gerald, M.C. and Riffee, W.H.: The effects of d- and l-amphetamine on pentylenetetrazol-induced seizures in mice. Pharmacologist, 13: 204, 1971.

2. Riffee, W.H. and Gerald, M.C.: Correlation of amphetamine-induced changes in seizure threshold with brain catecholamine in mice. Fed. Proc. 33: 552, 1974.

3. Riffee, W.H., Ludden, R.M. and Gerald, M.C.: Comparative brain/plasma concentrations of amphetamine isomers in mice. Pharmacologist 19: 195, 1977.

Appendix III.3.2

4. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H. and Smith, R. V.: Pharmacological effects of apomorphine in the mouse. Fed. Proc. 37: 855, 1978.

5. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H. and Smith, R.V.: Stereotypic and hypothermic effects of apomorphine and N-n-propylnorapomorphine in mice--Antagonism by neurotransmitter receptor blockers. The Pharmacologist. 20: 223, 1978.

6. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E., Soine, W.H. and Smith, R.V.: Apomorphine: Com- parison of plasma levels after administration by various routes. The Pharm- acologist. 20, 184, 1978.

7. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E. and Smith, R.V.: The use of videotape in the evaluation of behavior induced by drug treatment in mice. In the abstracts of the An- nual Meeting of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, 198.

8. Riffee, W.H. and Gerald, M.C.: Brain/plasma concentrations of (+) and (-)-amphetamine after acute and chronic administration in mice. In the abstracts of the meeting of the American Academy of Pharmaceutical Sciences, November 14-18, 1976.

9. Vaughn, D.M., Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H. and Chen, P.C.: Behavioral changes in mice and dopamine receptor sensitivity. The Pharmacologist, 22: 295, 1980.

10. Wilcox, R.E., Goldman, M.E., Anderson, J.A., Davis, P.J., Seyhan, S., Smith, R.V. and Riffee, W.H.: Inhibition of 3H-Spiroperidol binding to rat striatal membranes by S-(+)-apomorphine-comparison with R-(-)-apomorphine, (+)- butaclamol and (-)-butaclamol. Abstracts, Society for Neuroscience, 5:601, 1979.

11. Chen, P.C., Wilcox, R.E. and Riffee, W.H.,: The effect of chronic N-n-propylnorapomorphine administration on 6-hydroxydopamine-lesioned rats. Abstracts, So- ciety for Neuroscience 6: 803, 1980.

12. Seyhan, S., Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H., Nematollahi, J. and Smith, R.V.: Synthe- sis and pharmacological evaluation of ester prodrugs of apomorphine. Paper presented at ACS Southeast/Southwest Regional Meeting, C and EN, October 20, 87, 1980.

13. Vaughn, D.M., Wilcox, R.E. and Riffee, W.H.: Behavioral changes in mice and dopamine receptor sensitivity, The Pharmacologist, 22: 2295, 1980.

14. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E. and Smith, R.V.: Inhibition of R-(-)-apomorphine- induced stereotypic cage climbing behavior in mice by S-+()-apomorphine, Inter- national Congress of Pharmacology, Satellite Symposium on Dopamine, 1981.

15. Riffee, W.H., Wilcox, R.E., Reynolds-Vaughn, R.A. and Smith, R.V.: Inhibition of R-(-)-apomorphine-induced stereotypic activity and striatal 3H-spiroperidol and Appendix III.3.2

3H-apomorphine receptor binding by S-(+)-apomorphine. Abstracts for Society for Neuroscience, 11th Annual Meeting, Los Angeles, CA 1:126, 1981.

16. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H., Reynolds-Vaughn, R.A., Leamons, B.J., Vaughn, D.M. and Smith, R.V.: Behavioral supersensitivity but decreased 3H-spiroperidol receptor binding after chronic apomorphine, N-n-propylnorapomorphine, and dextroamphetamine administration. Abstracts for Society of Neuroscience, 11th An- nual Meeting, Los Angeles, CA 1:126, 1981.

17. Smith, R.V., Wilcox, R.E., Young, K., Riffee, W.H., Clement-Cormier, Y.C.: Is this the S-(+)-isomer of apomorphine a dopamine antagonist? The Pharmacol- ogist, 24: 105, 1982.

18. Smith, R.V., McLean, A., Riffee, W.H. and Wilcox, R.E.: Covalent interactions of apomorphine with proteins and their possible role in apomorphine-induced supersensitivity in mice. Abstracts of the North American Medicinal Chemistry Sym- posium, Toronto, Canada, page 111, June, 1982.

19. Smith, R.V., Wilcox, R.E. and Riffee, W.H.: Pharmacological activities of R-(-)- apomorphine and S-(+)-apomorphine. Abstracts of the 184th National Meeting of the American Chemical Society, Kansas City, MO, September, 1982.

20. Smith, R.V., Wilcox, R.E., Young, K., Riffee, W.H. and Clement-Cormer, Y.C.: Is the S-(+)-isomer of apomorphine a dopamine antagonist?, Pharmacologist, 24 (1982).

21. Riffee, W.H. and Wilcox, R.E. Reduced ability of low doses of apomorphine to inhibit dopamine release after chronic apomorphine. Modification of dextroamphetamine induced locomotor activity. Soc. Neurosci. Abstr., 8, (1982).

22. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H., and Smith, R.V. Behavioral evidence for dopamine autoreceptor subsensitivity and rebound supersensitivity: multiple ms. single pretreatments with N-n-propylnorapomorphine. Soc, Neurosci. Abstr., 8, (1982).

23. Smith, R.V., Wilcox, R.E., Young, K., Riffee, W.H. and Clement-Cormier, Y.C. Possible dopamine antagonist-like effects of S-(+)-apomorphine. Soc. Neurosci. Abstr., 8, (1982).

24. Wilcox, R.E., Riffee, W.H. and Vaughn, D.M. Selective down-regulations of striatal dopaminergic autoreceptors induced by chronic dopamine agonist treatment. Behavior, turnover, release, receptor binding and tyrosine hydroxylation studies. Fed. Proc., 39, 1983.

25. Wilcox, R.E, Woodward, J.J., Vaughn, D.M. and Riffee, R.E. Selective down- regulation of dopaminergic autoreceptors by dopamine agonists pretreatments. Assessment by endogenous fast-phase release of striatal dopamine. Comparison Appendix III.3.2

with behavioral, receptor binding, and tyrosine hydroxylase studies. Soc, Neuros- ci. Abstr., 9, #2, 1983.

26. Riffee, W.H. and Wilcox, R.E. Differential effect of multiple dopamine neuronal activity vs. presynaptic control of transmitter release as measured by amphetamine-induced locomotor activity and its inhibition by apomorphine. Fed. Proc., 43 #4, (1984).

27. R.E. Wilcox, W.H. Riffee, H. Ott, and J.J. Woodward. Striatal dopamine synthesis after chronic administration of low doses of apomorphine or spiperone. Conditions of nigrostriatal impulse flow may mask changes in tyrosine hydroxylase activity. Fed. Proc., 43 #4, (1984).

28. Woodward, J. J., Wilcox, R.E., Leslie, S.W., and Riffee, W.H. Rapid uptake of dopamine by mouse striatal synaptosomes. Soc. Neurosci. Abstr., 10, 879, 1984.

29. Riffee, W.H. Computer assisted television instruction. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education., 48: 76, 1984.

30. Wanek, E. and Riffee, W.H. Quipazine maleate, A 5-HT agonist, potentiates amphetamine-induced locomotion in the mouse. Soc. Neurosci. Abstr., 11 551, 1985.

31. Wilcox, R.E., Severson, J.A., Woodward, J.J., Leslie, S.W., Vaughn, D.M. and Riffee, W.H. Effects of chronic apomorphine treatment on measures of striatal dopamine function. Soc. of Neuroscience Abstracts, 13, 1987.

32. Riffee, W.H., MacMillan, BA, Rebec, G.V. and Robinson, T.E., Symposium: Stimulant-induced sensitization; behavior and neuropharmacology, Abstracts, 13, 1120, 1987.

33. Riffee, W.H., Computer Technology: A Tool for innovative Classroom Presenta- tions, Proceedings of the Twelfth Educational Computing Organization of Ontario Conference and the Eighth International Conference on Technology and Educa- tion, p 399, 1991.

34. Riffee, W.H., Bers, T., Black, B and Scarbrough, J., "The Electronic Classroom: Building the Future into the Present" Annual EDUCOM Conference Abstracts, Oct 16-20, 1993, Cincinnati Ohio.

35. Riffee, W.H., Pharmacology Laboratory: Use of the computer-based multimedia as a tool in a modified Problem Based Learning activity. Abstracts of the Com- puter in Health Care Symposium, page 52, Philadelphia, PA. 4/29/94

36. Riffee, W.H., Culp, G., Starrett, D., Sarin, S., Abrahamsen, H.; “Faculty Rewards in Digital Instructional Environments.” Syllabus, pages 11-14, January 2001.

Appendix III.3.2

37. Riffee, W.H., “Globalization: The Exportation of Higher Education”, Syllabus, page 18, July 2002, Volume 15, No. 12.

38. Riffee, W.H., “Putting a Faculty Face on Distance Education Programs”, Syllabus, page 10-13, Feb 2003, Volume 16, No. 7.

Invited papers and lectures of a scholarly nature

1. Invited lecturer for a series of continuing education programs for pharmacists offered by Continuing Education Office of the College of Pharmacy and the Texas Pharmaceutical Society. The series of seminars was entitled "Patient Communi- cation-Drug Interactions and Trends in Pharmacy Practice."

a. El Paso, TX Feb. 8, 1976

b. San Antonio, TX March 28, 1976

c. Lubbock, TX April 11, 1976

d. Beaumont, TX August 28, 1976

2. Invited lecturer in a series of seminars entitled "The Prescription Drug's Action, Adverse Reactions and Interactions".

a. Fort Worth, TX September 19, 1976

b. Longview, TX October 17, 1976

3. Invited paper entitled "Brain/plasma concentrations of (+)- and (-) amphetamine after acute and chronic administration in mice" at the meeting of the Academy of Pharmaceutical Sciences, The annual meeting of the A.Ph.A. November 14-18, 1976

4. Invited lecturer in a seminar entitled "Allergy and Immunology", April 12-13, 1977, U.T. Health Science Center, Dallas.

5. Invited paper entitled "Comparative brain/plasma concentrations of amphetamine isomers in mice", August 22-25, 1977, Fall Meeting of the American Society of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics.

6. Lecturer, Continuing Education program, “Conditions and Techniques which help pharmacist-Patient Communication" U.T. Health Science Center, San Antonio, TX. October, 1977

7. Lecturer, Department of Nutrition, U.T. Austin, presented a seminar entitled "As- corbic Acid and Central nervous System Dopamine", March, 1978. Appendix III.3.2

8. Invited paper at the annual meeting of A.A.C.P. entitled "The use of videotape in evaluation of behavior induced by drug treatment in mice" in the section of Bio- logical Sciences, July, 1978.

9. Invited paper entitled "Apomorphine: Comparison of plasma levels after administration by various routes" the Fall Meeting of the American Society of Pharma- cology and Experimental Therapeutics, Houston, TX Aug 13-17, 1978.

10. Invited paper entitled "Stereotypic and hypothermic effects of apomorphine and N-n-Propylnorapomorphine in mice--antagonism by neurotransmitter receptor blockers". the Fall Meeting of the American Society of Pharmacology and Expe- rimental Therapeutics, Houston, TX Aug 13-17, 1978.

11. Invited lecturer "Antineoplastic and Immunosuppressant Drugs" Pharmacy Post- graduate Seminar, September 30-Oct 1, 1979.

12. Invited paper entitled "Interactive television, development and Utilization". An- nual meeting of the A.A.C.P., Section of Teachers of Biological Sciences, July, 1979.

13. Invited lecturer "Antibiotic Therapy in Pediatrics" given as part of a competency based continuing education program. February 23 and April 26, 1980 in San An- tonio and Dallas, Respectively.

14. Invited paper entitled "Behavioral changes in mice and dopamine receptor sensitivity". the Fall Meeting of the American Society of Pharmacology and Experi- mental Therapeutics, April 21, 1980, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn.

15. Invited lecturer "Television production problems-How to overcome them." Fifth Southeastern Conference of the Health Education Media Association. September 22-25, Daytona Beach, Florida

16. Invited lecturer "Funding sources for health education." The Southeastern Health Education Seminar, Orlando Florida, September 28-30, 1983.

17. Invited paper entitled "Differential effects of multiple dopamine agonist pretreatments on basal neuronal activity vs. presynaptic control of transmitter release as measured by amphetamine-induced locomotor activity and its inhibition by apomorphine." Annual Meeting of the Federation of American Societies of Experi- mental Biology, April 1-6, 1984, St. Louis Missouri.

18. Invited lecturer "Clinical Pharmacy in the United States" presented to the Depart- ment of Pharmacy, College of Health Sciences, University of Nairobi, Nairobi, Kenya, East Africa, May, 1985.

19. Invited participant to the "Innovations in Teaching" session at the Annual Meeting of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, Charleston, South Caroli- na, July 11-14, 1987. Appendix III.3.2

20. As Chairman and presenter of a symposium entitled "Stimulant-Induced Sensiti- zation--Behavior and Neuropharmacology, I presented a paper entitled "Amphe- tamine, Sensitization and Behavior", at the Annual Meeting of the Society for Neuroscience, New Orleans, LA, Nov. 20, 1987.

21. Invited lecturer "Pharmacology of Drugs of Abuse", Texas Education Agency, Region 13, October 14, 1989, Austin Texas.

22. Invited Lecturer "Drugs of Abuse", an eight hours seminar, Texas Education Agency, Region 20, San Antonio, Texas, November 27, 1989.

23. Invited Speaker. "Compressed Digital Television: Interactive Learning Between Campuses", University of Texas at Pan American, Edinburg, Texas, November 1989.

24. Invited Lecturer. "Autonomic Pharmacology". Annual Meeting of the Texas Pharmaceutical Association, June 22, 1990.

25. Invited Lecturer. "Arrested Development, Drug Abuse and Adolescents", Texas Education Agency, Region 13, Austin, Texas August 14, 1990.

26. Invited speaker, Eighth International Conference on Technology and Education, Toronto, Ontario, May, 1991.

27. Invited speaker, Pharmacology Focus Session, Health Sciences Libraries Consor- tium, Philadelphia, PA, July, 1991.

28. Invited speaker for Region 13 Educational Service Center of the Texas Education Agency to present "The Medical Effects of Marihuana, Steroids, Cocaine and Other Drugs", as part of the "Comprehensive School Health Institute for faculty and administrators. June15, 1992, Austin Texas.

29. Invited speaker, University of Texas Macintosh Users Group "The use of the computer as a presentation tool", March 5, 1992.

30. Invited speaker, "The use of computers and teleconferencing in education" Gov- ernment Technology Conference, February 12-14, 1992, Austin Texas.

31. Featured in Alcalde, the U.T. Austin Alumni Magazine in "Computer Teaching: Concepts in Action", January/February 1992.

32. Featured in an article "UT-Austin building more Mac bridges", MacWeek Maga- zine, May 25, 1992.

33. Seminar and Computer workshop in "Computers in teaching biological sciences", Section of Teachers of Biological Sciences, AACP Annual Meeting, San Diego, California. 7/14/93 Appendix III.3.2

34. Seminar: Center for Teaching Effectiveness, The University of Texas at Austin, Experienced Faculty Seminar entitled "Teaching Portfolios". 1/12/93

35. Seminar and Workshop: University of Mississippi College of Pharmacy, entitled "Computer Use in Pharmacy Curriculum". Oxford, Mississippi. 1/20/93

36. Seminar, SEPA-sponsored presentation to school teachers, administrators and nurses entitled "The Pharmacology of Chemical Dependency" (2 hours workshop in the evening and 4 hour workshop the next morning), Longview Texas. 4/28/93

37. Seminar: Computer in Health Care Symposium, sponsored by the Health Library Science Consortium of Philadelphia, "Design, Installation and Implementation of a Computer Classroom for the 90s and Beyond". Philadelphia, PA. 4/29/93

38. Seminar: "Computers in Pharmacy Curriculum", Philadelphia College of Phar- macy, Philadelphia, PA. 4/29/93

39. Seminar, "Incorporation of Computer-based technology in pharmacy curriculum". West Virginia University School of Pharmacy, Morgantown, W.Va. 5/9/93

40. Seminar, SEPA-sponsored presentation to school teachers, administrators and nurses entitled "The Pharmacology of Chemical Dependency and Dually Diag- nosed disorders" (8 hour workshop the morning and a 2 hour workshop in the evening ), Vernon State Hospital, Vernon, Texas. 5/24/93

41. Seminar, "A modified problem-based computer-related pharmacology laboratory" the section of Library and Learning Resources, AACP as a result of receiving honorable mention, Innovation in Teaching Award, AACP Annual Meeting, San Diego, California. 7/11/93

42. Seminar and Computer workshop in "Computers in teaching biological sciences", Section of Teachers of Biological Sciences, AACP Annual Meeting, San Diego, California. 7/14/93

43. Seminar, SEPA-sponsored presentation to school teachers, administrators and nurses entitled " Computer Graphics illustration of the Pharmacology of Addicting Drugs"(3 hour session), Texas Conference on Alcohol and Drug Abuse, Austin Convention Center. 7/26/93

44. Seminar, "Exploring Alternative Teaching Methods", Center for Teaching Effec- tiveness Seminar for new faculty, The University of Texas at Austin. 8/12/93

45. Seminar: Juvenile Probation Officers from throughout Texas: "The Pharmacolo- gy of Drugs of Abuse". A lecture format was used in the morning and work sessions involving presentations by the students in the afternoon. Austin, Texas. 8/24/93 Appendix III.3.2

46. Seminar, SEPA-sponsored presentation to school teachers, administrators and nurses entitled "The Pharmacology of Chemical Dependency and Dually Diag- nosed disorders" (8 hour workshop the morning and a 2 hour workshop in the evening ), Big Spring State Hospital (nurses, counselors, physicians and administrators), Big Spring, Texas. 8/30/93

47. Computer Talk Article: Pharmacy Education: Formulating the Future, Computer Talk, Volume 13, Number 3, May/June 1993: The computer activities of the Col- lege were part of this cover story.

48. Hosted representatives from Apple TV which produced a program entitled "To- day's innovations and Tomorrow's Technologies". The program highlighted the College of Pharmacy Computer program along with similar programs at Harvard, Purdue and Syracuse Universities. The program was broadcast via satellite on March 25, 1993 and rebroadcast on the MEU channel of cable systems all over the nation. 2/23/93

49. Seminar and Computer workshop in "Computers in teaching biological sciences", Section of Teachers of Biological Sciences, AACP Annual Meeting, San Diego, California. 7/14/93

50. Panel presentation "Implementation of Computers in Pharmacy Curriculum". An- nual meeting of the American Association of Automation in Pharmacy, Sept 10- 12, 1993, West Palm Beach Florida.

51. Seminar "Computers in Education", Computerfest, the University of Utah, Oct. 6, 1993., Salt Lake City, Utah.

52. Seminar "Computers in Pharmacy Education", College of Pharmacy, the Universi- ty of Utah, Oct. 6, 1993., Salt Lake City, Utah.

53. Seminar "Computers Integration in Pharmacy Curriculum", College of Pharmacy, The University of Oklahoma, Oct. 13-14, 1994, Oklahoma City, OK.

54. Seminar "Design and Implementation of an Electronic Classroom" Annual EDUCOM Conference, Oct 16-20, 1993, Cincinnati Ohio.

55. Seminar "Pharmacology of Drugs of Abuse" Peer Counseling Group, Student Health Center, The University of Texas at Austin, Oct. 27,1993.

56. Seminar, "Use of Computer in the Classroom" Experienced Faculty Seminar, Center for Teaching Effectiveness, The University of Texas at Austin, Jan 12, 1994.

57. Seminar, "Computer Implementation in Pharmacy Curriculum". The College of Pharmacy, The University of Georgia, Jan 27, 1994, Athens, GA. Appendix III.3.2

58. Seminar, "Pharmacology Laboratory: Use of the computer-based multimedia as a tool in a modified Problem Based Learning activity". Computers in Health Care Symposium, Philadelphia, PA. 4/29/94.

59. Seminar, "The Neuropharmacology of Addiction", Annual Meeting of the Texas Medical Association, Austin, TX, May 12, 1994.

60. Multiple Seminars, Faculty and Director, College of Pharmacy, The University of Texas at Austin TEACHING ACADEMY, Austin, TX., May 22-25, 1994.

61. Seminar, "Nutrition and Its Effect on Drug Treatment of Hypertension" Depart- ment of Nutrition, The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX, July 5, 1994

62. Panel presentation, "Distance Education in the College of Pharmacy", Section of Teachers of Pharmacy Practice, Annual Meeting, AACP, Albuquerque, NM. , July 17, 1994.

63. Seminar, "The Use of Computer Technology in the Classroom", Section of Teachers of Biological Sciences, Annual Meeting, AACP, Albuquerque, NM. , July 20, 1994.

64. Seminar, "The Use of Computers in Pharmacy Curriculum", Faculty Retreat, School of Pharmacy, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill N.C. August 18, 1994.

65. Seminar, "The Computer as a Presentation Tool in Sales" American Society of Automation in Pharmacy, Tucson AZ, 16-18, 1994.

66. Seminar, "The Computer Kiosk as a Possible Patient Education Source", Interac- tive Systems Inc, Newark N.J., Nov 2, 1994.

67. Seminar, "Computers in the Pharmacy Curriculum" Faculty Retreat, School of Pharmacy, University of Colorado, Aspen Lodge, Colorado, Jan 3-6, 1995.

68. Seminar, "The Future of Pharmacy", General Faculty, West Virginia University Health Sciences Center, Morgantown, WVa, Feb 8, 1995.

69. Seminar, "The Neuropharmacology of Addiction", Vernon State Hospital, Ver- non, TX, April 11, 1995.

70. Seminar, "The Neuropharmacology of Addiction", Annual Meeting of the Texas Association of Corrections, Odessa, TX, April 24, 1995.

71. Workshop, "Distance Education as a part of Telemedicine programs" Telemedi- cine 2000, Lake Tahoe NV, June 15-17, 1995.

72. Seminar, “The use of Multimedia as a Presentation Tool in the classroom?, An- nual Meeting of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, Philadelphia, PA, July 7-12, 1995. Appendix III.3.2

73. Seminar, “The Creation and use of Multimedia in Higher Education: using a Case Study in Antiepileptic Drugs”, Syllabus Conference, Sonoma, CA July 23-26, 1995.

74. Seminar, “My Vision of the Profession of Pharmacy and Pharmacy Education”, General Faculty, , College of Pharmacy, The University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, January 20, 1996.

75. Workshop, “Creating a Multimedia Presentation for the Classroom”, Syllabus Press Workshop, Miami, FL, April 11-12, 1996.

76. Workshop, “Multimedia Development for Presentation in the Classroom”, Sylla- bus 96, Sonoma CA, July 26-31, 1996.

77. Workshop, “Multimedia Development for Presentation in the Classroom”, Sylla- bus 97, Sonoma CA, July 25-31, 1997.

78. Presentation, “Pharmacy Education in the United States”, U.S.-Thai Consortium Meeting, Thailand, June 21-July 1, 1998.

79. Workshop, “Multimedia Development for Presentation in the Classroom”, Sylla- bus 98, Sonoma CA, July 24-30, 1998.

80. Presentation, “Federal Research Agenda in Pharmaceutical Research”, College of Pharmacy Faculty, University of Illinois, Chicago, May 11, 1999.

81. Presentation by Video Teleconference, “Technology in Pharmacy Education”, Teaching Academy, College of Pharmacy, The University of Texas at Austin, May 26, 1999.

82. Workshop, “Faculty Development, Facility Design and Technology”, Syllabus 99, Sonoma CA, July 25-28, 1999.

83. Facilitator, “Faculty Rewards and Evolving Roles”, Syllabus Institute 1999, Santa Clara Convention Center, Santa Clara California, July 29-30, 1999.

84. Presentation, “The Future of Pharmacy in the United States”, U.S.-Thai Consor- tium, Orlando, Florida, April 4-6, 2000.

85. Presentation by Video Teleconference, “Technology in Pharmacy Education”, Teaching Academy, College of Pharmacy, The University of Texas at Austin, May 25, 2000.

86. Presentation, “The Future of Pharmacy Practice and Technology”, The American Society of Automation in Pharmacy Midyear Meeting, Palm Beach, Florida, Janu- ary 8, 2000. Appendix III.3.2

87. Presentation, “History and Philosophy of the Pharmacy Curriculum at the Universi- ty of Florida”, Educational Workshop, University Club, University of Muenster, Muenster, Germany, June 23, 2000.

88. Presentation, “The role of Pharmacy in the new millennium” German Association of Pharmacists, Muenster, Germany, June 24, 2000.

89. Presentation, “Clinical pharmacy and the role of pharmacy in the new millennium”, Bavarian Association of Pharmacy, Willstatter-Horsaal der Ludwig-Macimillians- Universitat, June 29, 2000.

90. Workshop, “Faculty Development, Facility Design and Technology”, Syllabus 2000, Santa Clara Convention Center, Santa Clara California, July 22-25, 2000.

91. Facilitator, “Faculty Rewards and Evolving Roles”, Syllabus Institute 2000, Santa Clara Convention Center, Santa Clara, California, July 27-28, 2000.

92. “The Strange Times We are In”, ComputerTalk, pp 11-13 Volume 20, Number 3- May/June 2000.

93. Invited speaker, "The Florida Asthma Project" District III NABP/AACP Boards & Colleges of Pharmacy Meeting, August 7, 2000, Asheville, North Carolina.

94. Invited speaker, “The Future of Pharmacy Practice in the United States”, Pharma- co-Millenial 2000 Conference, Gifu Pharmaceutical University, Gifu, Japan, No- vember 12-15, 2000.

95. Workshop, “Faculty Development, Facility Design and Technology”, Syllabus 2000, Santa Clara Convention Center, Santa Clara California, July 20-21, 2001.

96. Panel Participant, “Open Source Software: A sustainable Model for the Next Gen- eration of the Internet?” Syllabus Conference, Boston, Mass., November 30, 2001.

97. Workshop, “Planning for Technology on Campus: Selecting the Right Technology Creating Faculty Development Activities and Facilities Design”, Syllabus Confe- rence, Boston, Mass., December 1-2, 2001.

98. Speaker, Celebrating Excellence in Medical Education Week, University of Florida College of Medicine Faculty Council and the Office of Continuing Medical Educa- tion and Faculty Development, Gainesville, FL, May 13, 2002.

99. Panel Participant, “Major Technology Initiatives at Research Universities.” Sylla- bus Conference, Santa Clara, California, July 27-31, 2002.

100. Workshop, “Planning for Technology on Campus: Selecting the Right Technolo- gy, Creating Faculty Development Activities, and Facilities Design”, Syllabus Conference, Santa Clara, California, July 27-31, 2002. Appendix III.3.2

101. Invited Speaker, “Bringing an Entrepreneurial Spirit Into a College of Pharmacy: The Nontraditional Pharm.D. Program" Christian Pharmacists Fellowship Interna- tional Conference, Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, June 21-26, 2002.

102. Invited Speaker, “Resolving the Pharmacy Manpower Problem." Christian Phar- macists Fellowship International Conference, Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, June 21-26, 2002.

103. Presentation, “Distance Education at the University of Florida”, ASTD Technolo- gy-Based Learning Meeting, Atlanta, Georgia, September 26, 2002.

104. Invited Speaker, “Maximizing Success of Distance Education Programs”, The Ohio Learning Network Conference, Columbus, Ohio, March 2-4, 2003.

105. Invited Speaker, “Assessing Faculty for Tenure & Promotion”, Assoc. of Aca- demic Health Centers 10th Congress of Health Professions Educators conference, Washington, DC, June 1-3, 2003.

106. Invited Speaker, “College of Pharmacy progress” Global Gator Meeting, Vienna, Austria, July 4-8, 2003.

107. Invited Speaker and Panel Moderator, “Entrepreneurism and Distance Educa- tion”, Syllabus Conference, San Jose California, July 24-31, 2003.

108. Invited Speaker, “Assessing Faculty for Tenure and Promotion”, 10th Congress of Health Professions Educators, Washington, DC, June 2-3, 2003.

109. Invited Speaker, “College of Pharmacy Progress” Global Gator Meeting, Vienna, Austria, July 4-8, 2003.

110. Invited Speaker and Panel Moderator, “Entrepreneurism and Distance Educa- tion”, Syllabus Conference, San Jose California, July 24-31, 2003.

111. Invited Speaker, “Assessing Faculty for Tenure and Promotion”, 10th Congress of Health Professions Educators, Washington, DC, June 2-3, 2003.

112. Invited Speaker, “Distance Education”, College of Pharmacy faculty, University of Kentucky, September, 2003.

113. Invited Speaker, “Distance Education”, College of Pharmacy faculty, University of Tennessee, November, 2003

114. Invited Speaker, “University of Florida Update” Global Gator Meeting, Leuvan Belgium, June 4, 2005.

115. Invited Speaker, Distance Education Conference, Edulife Corporation, Verona, Italy, June, 2005. Appendix III.3.2

116. Invited Speaker, Distance Education Conference, Cesumar University, Brazil, June 2005

117. Invited Speaker, “Globalization of Distance Education”, Campus Technology Conference, Los Angeles, CA, June, 2005

118. Invited Speaker, “Resources and Funding”, Campus Technology Conference, Los Angeles, CA, June, 2005

119. Keynote Presenter, “Global Issues Encountered in Health Sciences Distance Education, The Virtual Frontier Conference, Creighton University, Omaha, NE, June, 2005

120. Invited Speaker, “Round Table Discussion on Funding”, Campus Technology Conference, Los Angeles, CA, June, 2005

121. Moderator on New Technology Outsourcing, Executive Summit, Campus Tech- nology Conference, Los Angeles, CA , July, 2005.

122. Invited Speaker, “Defining your Customer”, Academic Impressions Conference, Strategic Planning, Austin, TX, January 2006

123. Invited Speaker, “Conquering Market Opportunities”, Academic Impressions Conference, Strategic Planning, Austin, TX, January 2006

124. Invited Speaker “Distance Education in Pharmacy” Northwest University, South Africa, February, 2006

125. Invited Speaker, “Faculty Development in Blended and Online Learning Confe- rence”, Academic Impressions Conference, Houston, TX, March, 2006

126. Invited Speaker, “Distance Education in Health Sciences”, College of Health Related Sciences at the University of Illinois, Chicago, October 2006

127. Invited Speaker, “Pharmacy Education in the United States”, Fudan University Symposium on Clinical Pharmacy, Shanghai, China, October 2006

128. Invited Speaker, “Business and Pedagogical Models for Online and Distance Learning Programs”, 12th Annual Sloan-C International Conference on Asynchron- ous Learning Networks, Orlando, Florida, November 2006

129. Invited Speaker, “Making Teams of Experts into Expert Teams”, Directors of Development meeting, American Society of Health System Pharmacists Midyear Conference, Anaheim, CA, December 2006

130. Invited Speaker, “Distance Education”, American Distance Education Consor- tium Program Panel and Principal Contact Officers Meeting, Gainesville, Florida, December 2006 Appendix III.3.2

Grants/Contracts/Non-M&O or Wages Funds received

Source Period Amount Title Other Investiga- tors 1. N.I.H. 9/1/76-8/31/79 $135,504 Metabolism of R.V. Smith (P.I.) Apomorphine and J. Fineg (C.I.) its analogs S.W. Leslie (C.I.) S.A. Stavchansky (C.I.) 2. University Research 10/1/76-8/31/77 $4,650 Comparison of the None Institute absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion of (+)- and (-)-amphetamine in mice 3. University Research 2/1/76-5/30/76 $3,300 Effect of (+)- and None Institute (-)-amphetamine on seizure susceptibility and central nervous system catecholaminergic neuronal systems 4. University Research 1/9/76-2/28/77 $500 Development of None Institute an animal model for screening of candidate antiparkinsonism drugs. 5. Texas State Program 2/1/77-8/31/77 $24,928 Biopharmaceutics A. Martin on Drug Abuse and Drug Analysis A.B. Combs Project R.V. Smith J.C. Bradberry V.A. Yanchick J.W. McGinity 6. N.I.H. * 9/1/78-8/31/80 $29,000 Model for Apor- phines in Parkin- son's Disease *This award was a post doctoral research award to Dr. Richard E. Wilcox sponsored by Dr. William Riffee Appendix III.3.2

7. College of Engi- 9/1/79-8/31/80 $8,625 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television 8. N.I.H. 9/1/79-8/31/82 $148,720 Metabolism of R.V. Smith (P.I.) Apomorphine and its analogs 9. N.I.H. 12/1/79- $92,145 Apomorphine: R. Wilcox (Co. 11/30/81 Chronic Adminis- P.I.) tration and Dopa- R.V. Smith (C.I.) mine 10. College of Engi- 9/1/80-8/31/81 $33,583 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television 11. N.I.A.A.A. 4/1/81-3/31/85 $263,462 Neurochemical C.K. Erickson Correlates of (P.I.) Ethanol Stimula- tion 12. U.R.I. 11/1/81-3/31/82 $9,500 Investigation of None dopamine agonist- induced presynaptic receptor subsensitivity in the central nervous system of the mouse 13. College of Engi- 9/1/81-8/31/82 $28,057 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television 14. Smith-Kline- 6/1/82-5/31/83 $25,598 Computer assisted None Beckman Corpora- televised instruction (GAPS grants tion program through A.A.C.P.) 15. College of Engi- 9/1/82-8/31/83 $27,098 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television 16. N.I.H. 12/1/82- $148,668 Apomorphine: R.Wilcox (Co. 11/31/85 Chronic Adminis- P.I.) tration and Dopa- mine Appendix III.3.2

17. College of Engi- 9/1/83-8/31/84 $40,344 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television 18. College of Engi- 9/1/84-8/31/85 $49,712 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television 19. College of Engi- 9/1/85-8/31/86 $56,634 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television 20. B.R.S.G. 3/1/86-3/31/87 $7,500 Effect of Sub- None chronic Amphe- tamine Adminis- tration on Tyro- sine Hydroxylase Activity in the Central Nervous System of Mice 21. Project Quest 11/25/86 $12,000 The Development L. Crismon (Co. (in equip- of a Tool to Diag- P.I.) ment and nose, Teach and software) Evaluate Clinical Decision-Making Skills in Pharmacy Students 22. NCR Corporation 3/1/86 $10,000 Computer Equip- None (in equipment and Software ment and for Use in Under- software) graduate Pharma- cy Dispensing La- boratories. 23. College of Engi- 9/1/87-8/31/88 $32,400 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television 24. College of Engi- 9/1/88-8/31/89 $24,000 Development of None neering, The Uni- Graduate teaching versity of Texas at via Interactive Austin Television Appendix III.3.2

25. Continuing Educa- 9/1/89 $5,732 High Tech metals None tion Division, Col- lege of Engineering, The University of Texas at Austin for the United States Air Force, Kelley Air Force Base 26. Continuing Educa- 3/1/89 $5,055 "Engineering of None tion Division, Col- Pre-Stressed Con- lege of Engineering, crete" The University of Texas at Austin for The Texas Depart- ment of Highways 27. College of Educa- 4/1/89 $1,800 Post production None tion program on editing sessions Minority Education for program on Minority Educa- tion 28. College of Educa- 5/1/89 $4,260 Training videotape None tion for the I.B.M. entitled "Team- Corporations work" 29. Division of Pharma- 6/1/89 $900 VAPs Procedures None cy Administration, and patient coun- College of Pharma- seling for Value cy, The University Added Pharmacy of Texas at Austin Services Grant Program 30. Texas Pharmaceuti- 1/10/89-5/30/89 $15,790 Production of a Hazel Pipkin (Co cal Association and videotape entitled P.I.) other donors "Pharmacy, Where Are We Going" 31 University of Texas 9/1/89-8/31/90 $40,000 Operations Fund- None Administration ing for the Digital Television Effort of the College's Learning Re- sources Center Appendix III.3.2

32 Various Donors 9/1/89-8/31/90 $6,438 Post-production: None Center for Trans- portation Research

Parenteral Incom- patibilities, Texas Society of Hospit- al Pharmacists

Slide show: Texas Pharmaceutical Association 33. Project Quest 7/15/90-6/30/91 $6,000 (in Development of Alan Combs (Co computer Animated and PI) equip- Graphics-Based ment) Interactive Phar- macology Labora- tory Software 34 University of Texas 9/1/90-8/31/91 $40,000 Operations Fund- None Administration ing for the Digital Television Effort of the College's Learning Re- sources Center 35. The University of 12/1/90 $700,000 Innovative uses of Robert Pearlman, Texas Administra- Computer Tech- Vice Chairman tion nology in Educa- tion 36. Texas ASCD 8/1/91 $2000 Development of None Videotapes for Curriculum De- sign Within, School Districts of Texas 37. Various Contracts 9/1/90 - 8/31/91 $11,454 Contracts for me- None dia productions 38. University of Texas 9/1/91-8/31/92 $40,000 Operations Fund- None Administration ing for the Digital Television Effort of the College's Learning Re- sources Center 39. The University of 9/1/91 $88.000 Innovative uses of Robert Pearlman, Texas Administra- Computer Tech- Vice Chairman tion nology in Educa- tion Appendix III.3.2

40. The University of 6/1/91 $912,000 Innovative uses of Robert Pearlman, Texas Administra- Computer Tech- Vice Chairman tion nology in Educa- tion 41. Various Sources 9/1/91-8/31/92 $16,879 Contract funds for None Video Productions and other activities 42. Marion Merrel Dow 9/1/92 Inc. "Calcwork" & "Pharmacokinet- ics" 43. Sandoz Corp 9/1/92 "Osteoporosis"

"Asthma Educa- tion:

"Rheumatoid Arthritis"

"Dyslipoprotein- emia"

"Atherosclerosis"

"Hematopoesis" 44. Apple Computer 12/1/92 Corporation Site license for "At Ease" security software 45. Iomega Corporation 12/1/92 50 Bernoulli re- movable disk drives (valued at over $600 each). This grant allowed for significant expansion of software utilization within the electronic classrooms designed and implemented over the past two years. Appendix III.3.2

46. Sandoz Corporation 5/1/94 $14,500 Support of the W. Riffee, P.I., Marion Merril Dow, College of Phar- James Karboski Apple Computer macy Teaching and Alan Combs, Academy Co PIs 47. Apple Computer 7/1/94 $5,000 Support of the None Corporation Computer Work- shop, Annual Meeting, AACP, July 15-20, 1994 48. AACP GAPs Pro- 7/1/95 4$0,387 Study of the Inter- W. Riffee, P.I. gram net-Based World Wide Web Net- work as a Medium for Offering a Problem-Based Case Study Series 49 American Institute 9/1/2000 $100,000 Study of computer None for Pharmacy Prac- enhancement of tice pharmacy curriculum 50 American Institute 1/5/2003 $100,000 Development of None for Pharmacy Prac- training for clerk- tice ship preceptors in pharmacy curriculum 51 National Institutes 10/08/2003 $900,000 Extramural Re- W. Riffee, P.I. of Health search Facilities Construction Grant to Complete Renovation of the P Wing – Medical Sciences Building

Appendix III.3.2

Judith C. Russell

Home: Office: 732 North Cap itol Street, NW Washington, DC 20401 (202) 512-0571 jru ssell@gpo. gov

Recent Accomplishments

• Set the course for transformation of GPO into 21 sl century digital information producer and provider as a senior executive and managing irector for the agency • Assumed leadership in strategic planning and olicy development for national information dissemination programs during a time of transf rmation and rapid change • Reengineered the GPO Sales Program from s bs!antial annual losses to cost recovery • Recognized as an expert on issues surroundin tangible and digital information management, authentication, access, version contro l, securi! ,digitization, and preservation

Experience: 2003 to u,s, Government Printing Office (GPO) Present Superintendent of Documents (Managing Dir ctor, Information Dissemination) • Leads the agency in providing public access to information published by the U.S. government and establishing the policy guidance and strat gy for its information dissemination programs with a combined staff of 220 and income of $7 million • Responsible for GPO's Library Services and C ntent Management business unit that includes the Federal Depository Library Program, the C taloging and Indexing Program, the International Exchange Service and GPO Acc ss, the agency's online public access databases • Responsible for GPO's Publication and Inform tion Sales business unit that sells U.S. government publications and provides reimbur able distribution services to Federal agencies • Serves as the primary spokesperson and advo ate for GPO's information dissemination programs • Collaborates and negotiates with other Federal agencies to ensure no-fee permanent public access to published Federal information throu~h GPO information dissemination programs • Consults with the professional and scholarly lib ary and information science communities on the future roles of libraries, educational requireme ts for the next generalion of information professionals and essential retraining for eXisT g professionals

1998 to 2003 U.S. National Commission on Libraries & Inf 4rmation Science (NCLlS) Deputy Director I • With Commissioners and Executive Director, r~sponsible for development and implementation of NCLIS policy and communication of policy r~commendations to the Administration , the Congress and other interested individuals and lorganizations • Responsible for NCLIS administration, includ ing financial management, appropriations, contracts and purchasing, personnel, pubticati cims management, and information technology • Organized hearings on Kids and the Internet, Library and Information Services for Individuals with Disabilities, School librarians: Know1edg~ Navigators Through Troubled Times, and the proposed closing of the National Technicallnf~rmat i on Service (NTIS) • Produced A Comprehensive Assessment of P blic Information Dissemination; Trust and Te rror New Demands for Crisis Information Dissemin tion and Management and Public Sector/Private Sector Interaction in Providing formation Services

1996 to 1998 IDD Enterprises, L.P. Director, Government Services Division, 100 Digital Alliances • Responsible for introducing 100 products and ervices into the Federal, state and local government markets, including management the sales and sales support staff • Responsible for 100 responses to Requests fo Proposals (RFP) • Provided business analysis and speCification 0 requirements (proposals) for 100 custom webs sites such as Smith Barney Access and Liberty eaps Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2 Appendix III.3.2

2009

Christopher Silver, F AICP

Home Address

Office Address Dean's Office College of Design, Construction and Planning University of Florida 331 Architecture Building Gainesville, FL 32611

Education

Degree Institution Major Field of Study Year Ph.D. University of North Carolina American Urban History 1981 M.U.R.P Virginia Commonwealth Univ Urban & Regional Planning 1979 M.A. University of North Carolina American History 1975 B.A. S1. Lawrence University History J973

Academic and Professional Appointments

"Ul"IVERSlTY OF FLORJDA, Gainesville. Dean, College of Design, Construction and Planning and Professor, Department of Urban and Regional Planning, 2006-present

INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, BANDUNG, Indonesia Fulbright Senior Specialist, April 2004

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, at urbana-Champaign Professor and Head, Department of Urban and Regional Planning, 1998- 2006

RESEARCH TRJANGLE INSTITUTE Urban Development Advisor, Municipal Finance and Environmental Infrastructure Project, USAID, Jakarta, Indonesia, 1995-1997

VIRGINIA COMMONWEALTH UNIVERSITY Associate Dean, Graduate and International Studies, College of Humanities and Sciences, 1994-1995 Associate Dean, School of Community and Publ ic Affairs, 1991-1994 (Acting Dean, 4/94 - 7/94) Professor, Urban Studies and Planning, 1994- J997 Associate Professor, Urban Studies and Planning, 1985-1994 Assistant Professor, Urban Studies and Planning, 1980-1985 Instnlctor, Urban Studies and Planning, 1979-1980

INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY BANDUNG, Indonesia Appendix III.3.2

Fulbright Senior Lecturer, City and Regional Planning, May-July 1992

UNIVERSITY OF INDONESIA, Jakarta, Indonesia Fulbright Senior Lecturer, American Studies, 1989-1990

RICHMOND (VA) REDEVELOPMENT & HOUSING AUTHORITY Redevelopment Assistant, 1978-1979 Research Technician, 1976-1978

Awards/Offices Held

Fulbright Senior Specialist Program, Washington, DC Peer Review Panel, Urban Planning, 2005- present

Journal of Planning History, Editor, 2002-present

American Planning Association Planning Fellowship Program, 2000-2005 Chair, International Division, 2004-2006

Journal of the American Planning Association

Co-Editor, 1993-1998 Co-Book Review Editor, 1988-1993 Best Feature Honorable Mention “Welfare Reform, Cities, and Planners: A One-Year Post- Reform Appraisal” (v. 64, no. 1) Runner-Up, Best Article Award, 1995

International Planning History Society, Council Member, 1983-1991, 1993- present Secretary General, 2008 - Co-Chair, 2008 IPHS conference, Chicago

Producing Affordable Dwellings (Nonprofit), Richmond, Virginia, President, 1992-1995

American Institute of Certified Planners College of Fellows, 2008 - History Landmarks/Pioneers Jury, 1999-2005

Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning ACSP Representative, Global Planning Education Association Network, 2006- Past President, 2005-2006 President, 2003-2005 Vice President/President-Elect, 2002-2003 Vice-President (elected two terms), 1999-2002 Southeast Representative (elected), 1991-1993 Chair, Distinguished Planning Educator Committee,1992-1993

Society for American City and Regional Planning

2 Appendix III.3.2

Recipient, Laurence Gerckens Prize for Sustained Excellence in the Teaching of Planning History, 2007 President,1991-1993 Board Member, 1993-present Catherine Bauer Wurster Prize for the Best Article in American Planning History, 1986-1989, "Urban Planning in the New South,"

Richmond Better Housing Coalition, Richmond, Virginia Board of Directors, 1991-1995

Virginia Chapter of the American Planning Association, Chapter Historian, 1991-1995

Urban History Association, Board of Directors, 1989-1991

Virginia Housing Research Advisory Board, Member, appointed by Governor Gerald Baliles and reappointed by Douglas Wilder, 1989-1994

Twentieth Century Richmond (1984), Choice Outstanding Academic Publications, 1984-85

Virginia Citizens' Planning Association, Student Achievement Award, 1979

University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, President, Graduate History Association, 1975-1976

Grant Funded Projects/Applied Research

Spencer Foundation, for Journal of Planning History, 2006, $5,000

Fulbright Senior Specialist, Institute of Technology, Bandung, Indonesia, $8,800

Travel Grant to Southeast Asia, Center for East Asian and Pacific Studies, 2003, $4,000

Editor, Journal of Planning History. 2002-2007, $40,000

Principal Investigator, Course Development Grant and Travel Grant, Center for East Asian and Pacific Studies, UIUC,2001-2003, $11,000

Principal Investigator, Cypriot Planner Training, AMIDEAST/U.S. Department of State, June-August 2002, $23,000

Principal Investigator, PDPP Curriculum/Internship Program, USAID-Jakarta November 2001 - November 2002, $98,998

Principal Investigator, Cypriot Planners= Tour, Bicommunal Support Project, AMIDEAST, March 2001, $36,726

Principal Investigator, Community-Based Planning, Participation and Decision-Making in Urban Revitalization, Association Liaison Office for University Cooperative Development, U.S. Agency for International Development, in cooperation with the Institute of Technology Bandung, Indonesia, 1999-2002, $100,000

Coordinator, Network for European and U.S. Regional and Urban

3 Appendix III.3.2

Studies, a cooperative program involving the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, University of California, Irvine, Humboldt University, Vienna University of Economics and Business Administration, And Groningen University, under funding from the Fund for Improvements in Post Secondary Education (FIPSE), l998 B2001, $220,000

Principal Investigator Tourism Training Project, with Institute of Technology, Bandung (July-August 1994), $42,000

Co-Principal Investigator (with L.Beall) Assessment Project for Institute of Technology, Bandung, U.S. Agency for Inter national Development (1995-1996), $25,000

Co-Editor, with Gary T. Johnson (1993-1998), Journal of the American Planning Association, $601,000

Co-Principal Investigator (with L.Beall), University Development Linkage Grant, U.S. Agency for International Development (1992-1997), $500,000

Fulbright Senior Lectureship, Institute of Technology, Bandung, Indonesia, U.S. Information Agency (1992), $18,500

Co-Principal Investigator, Indonesia Urban Management Training Program, U.S. Agency for International Development (1992), $ 24,500

Fulbright Senior Lectureship, University of Indonesia, Jakarta, U.S. Information Agency (1989-1990), $ 42,000

Book Review Co-Editor-with Gary T. Johnson (1988-1993), Journal of the American Planning Association, $35,340

Principal Investigator, Vacant House Study, City of Richmond (1989), $15,000

Co-Principal Investigator, Affordable Housing Study, Hanover County Virginia (1989), $25,000

Principal Investigator, "Revitalization in Southern Cities." VCU Faculty Grants-In-Aid, 1987-1988, $5,286

Principal Investigator, Housing Study for James City County, VA, 1986, $13,300

Project Director and Co-Principal Investigator, Fair Housing Assistance Program, Virginia Dept. of Commerce, 1984- 1989, $162,000

International Studies Curriculum Development Grant (1982), $1,500

SCPA Faculty Development Award (1981), $2,800

Editorships/Manuscript Reviewing

Journal of Planning History, Editor, 2001-present

Journal of South East Asian Tourism and Hospitality Editorial Board, 2001- present

Journal of Planning Literature, Editorial Board, 1996-2001

4 Appendix III.3.2

Jurnal Perencanaan Wilayah dan Kota (Journal of City and Regional Planning) Editorial Advisory Board, 1999- present

Journal of the American Planning Association Co-Editor (with Gary T. Johnson), 1993-1998 Co-Book Review Editor (with Gary T. Johnson), 1988-1993 Editorial Advisory Board , 1987-1989, 2000-present Co-Editor, Centennial Issue, 2008-09

Planning Perspectives: International Journal of History, Planning and the Environment Book Review Editor, 1984-1989

Referee of over seventy manuscripts for International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, Journal of Urban History, Journal of Historical Geography, Journal of the American Planning Association, Planning Perspectives, Journal of Planning Literature,Landscape Journal, Florida Historical Quarterly, South Atlantic Urban Studies Journal, Journal of Planning Education and Research, Pacific Historical Review Duke University Press, Greenwood Press, University of Tennessee Press, Johns Hopkins University Press, Gordon and Beach Publishers, Penn State Press

Publications

Books

Planning in the Urban South, 1890-1949, University of Tennessee Press (Five of six chapters completed - final manuscript in 2008-09)

Planning and Decentralization: Contested Spaces for Public Action in the Global South, co-authored with Faranak Miraftab and Victoria Beard (Routledge, 2008)

Planning the Meagacity: Jakarta, Indonesia in the Twentieth Century (Routledge, 2008)

Planning the Twentieth-Century American City, ed. (with Mary Corbin Sies). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1996.

The Separate City: Black Communities in the Urban South, 1940-1968 (with John V. Moeser). Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1995.

Twentieth Century Richmond: Planning, Politics and Race. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1984.

Book Chapters

“Tourism, Cultural Heritage and Human Rights in Indonesia: The Challenges of an Emerging Democratic Society,” in F. Diedre Ruggles and Helaine Silverman, eds., Cultural Heritage and Human Rights (Springer, 2007)

“New Urbanism and Planning History: Back to the Future,” in Monclos, Javier and Guardia, Manel, eds., Culture, Urbanism and Planning (Ashgate, 2006), pp. 179-193.

5 Appendix III.3.2

“Urban Tourism and Urban Revitalization: Gateway Tourism Model as a National Strategy,” in Myra Gunawan, ed., Tourism in Indonesia (Bandung, Indonesia: Center for Tourism Studies, 1998).

“Urban-Based Ecotourism in Indonesia,” in John Minnery, Myra Gunawan, Michael Fagence, and Darryl Low Choy,eds.,Planning Sustainable Tourism (Bandung, Indonesia: Institute of Technology, Bandung, 1997), p. 91-97.

“The Racial Origins of Zoning in American Cities,” in In the Shadows: Urban Planning and the African American Community, eds. June Manning Thomas and Marsha Ritzdorf. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications, 1997.

"The Changing Face of Neighborhoods in Memphis and Richmond, 1940-1985," in Shades of the Sunbelt: Essays on Ethnicity, Race and the Urban South, eds. George Pozetta and Randall Miller. Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1988.

"Housing Policy and Black Suburbanization: An Analysis of Changing Quality of Black Housing in Suburbia Since 1950," in Race, Ethnicity and Minority Housing in the United States, ed. Jamshid Momeni. Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1986.

"Norfolk and the Navy: The Evolution of City-Federal Relations, 1917-1946," in The Martial Metropolis: U.S. Cities in War and Peace, ed. Roger W. Lotchin. New York: Praeger, 1984.

"Urban Planning and Urban Development in the New South," in Perspectives on the Urban South, eds. Pilzer, Pindur and Proctor. Norfolk: Old Dominion University, 1979.

Articles (Refereed)

“An Experiment in the Internationalization of Planning Education: The NEURUS Program,” (with Harvey Goldstein, Scott Bollens, and Edward Feser), Journal of Planning Education and Research 25, no.4 (Summer 2006):349-363

“Do the Donors Have It Right? Decentralization and Changing Local Governance in Indonesia,” Annals of Regional Science 37 (2003): 421-434.

“Tourism and Local Economic Development in the Era of Indonesia=s Decentralization,” ASEAN Journal of Hospitality and Tourism 1 (July 2002): 83-90.

“Intergovernmental Transfers and Decentralization in Indonesia,” (with Iwan J. Azis and Larry Schroeder), Bulletin of Indonesian Economic Studies 37, no. 3 (2001): 345-62.

"John Nolen: Planner for the New South," Journal of Planning Education and Research 15 (1996): 101-110.

"Race, Social Stratification and Politics: The Case of Atlanta, Memphis and Richmond," (with John V. Moeser) Virginia Magazine of History and Biography 102 (October 1994): 519-550.

"The Racial Origins of Zoning: Southern Cities and Race from 1910-1940," Planning Perspectives: An International Journal of History, Planning and the Environment 6 (1991): 189-205.

“Revitalizing the Urban South: Neighborhood Preservation and Planning in Three Cities,” Journal of the American Planning Association 57 (Winter 1991): 69-84.

"Urban Planning in the New South," Journal of Planning Literature 2 (August 1987): 371-383.

6 Appendix III.3.2

“Neighborhood Planning in Historical Perspective," Journal of the American Planning Association 51 (Spring 1985): 161-174.

"The Ordeal of Planning Postwar Richmond,” Journal of Urban History 10 (November 1983): 33-60.

"Can You Compensate for a Lost Home? An Analysis of the Impact of the Uniform Relocation Act in Richmond, Virginia," (with R. Allen Hays) Urban Affairs Papers 2 (Winter 1980): 33-49.

"A New Look at the Urban Old South," South Atlantic Urban Studies Journal 3 (1979): 141-172.

Articles (Commissioned/Non Refereed)

“ACSP in Retrospect: Presidential Address, October 25, 2003, “ Journal of Planning Education and Research 23, 3 (Spring 2004): 312-316

“John Fulmer Bright,” in Brent Tartar, Sandra Treadway and John Kneebone, eds., Dictionary of Virginia Biography, Vol. 2 (Richmond: Virginia State Library and Archives, 2001

“Shaping the Profession: A Review of Twenty Years of JAPA,” with Gary T. Johnson and Robert Hodder, Journal of the American Planning Association 64 (Autumn 1998): 389-394.

"A Sharp Right Turn? Continuity and Change in American Planning" Report for the Natural and Built Environment Professions, with Gary Johnson and Robert Hodder, Jr., (February 1995): 4-6.

"Urban Tourism Development: A Case for Indonesia," Jurnal Perencanaan Wilayah dan Kota, (1994): 45-52.

"Planning the New American City," Jurnal Perencanaan Wilayah dan Kota 6 (December 1992): 24-33.

"George Ainslie," in Brent Tartar, Sandra Treadway and John Kneebone, eds., Dictionary of Virginia Biography, Vol. 1 (Richmond: Virginia State Library and Archives, 1993).

"New Directions in Planning in the United States, "Jurnal Studi Amerika 1 (January 1991): 42-51.

"The Influence of American Culture in Asia: An Urban Perspective," Asian Culture 18 (Summer 1990): 69-84.

"Foreword," in Housing and Racial/Ethnic Minority Status in the United States, ed. J. Momemi (Westport, CT: Greenwood, 1987).

"America's Planning Legacy," Drexel Library Quarterly 21 (Fall 1985): 7-32.

"Perspective on Future Development in Richmond," Richmond Surroundings (Fall 1986): 86-87.

"Planners and the Changing Center City in Twentieth Century America," Planning History Bulletin 5 (1983): 29-40.

Book Reviews and Review Essays

Review of Peter J.M. Nas, ed., Directors of Urban Change in Asia. London: Routledge, 2005, in International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 30, n. 2 (2006): 475-477.

7 Appendix III.3.2

Review of Allison Dorsey, To Build New Lives Together: Community Formation in Black Atlanta, in Journal of American History (2006)

Review of Jon A. Peterson, The Birth of City Planning in the United States, 1840-1917 in History: Reviewsof New Books (September 2004).

Review of Cathy D. Knepper, Greenbelt, Maryland: A Living Legacy of the New Deal in The Journal of American History (March 2003): 1578-1579.

Review of Robert Fishman, ed., The American Planning Tradition: Culture and Policy in Planning Perspectives 17 (April 2002): 190-192.

Review of Abidin Kusno, Behind the Postcolonial: Architecture, Urban Space and Political Cultures in Indonesia in Planning Perspectives: An International Journal of History, Planning and the Environment 16 (October 2001): 425- 427.

Review of Zane L. Miller and Bruce Tucker, Changing Plans for America=s Inner Cities: Cincinnati=s Over-the- Rhine and Twentieth Century Urbanism in Planning Perspectives An International Journal of History, Planning and the Environment 14 (1999): 321-323

Review of Stephen J. McGovern, The Politics of Downtown Development: Dynamic Political Cultures in San Francisco and Washington, D.C. in Journal of the American Planning Association 65 (Spring 1999): 228-9.

Review of Robert A. Beauregard, Voices of Decline: The Postwar Fate of U.S. Cities, in Journal of American History (June 1998): 316-7.

Review of John W. Reps, ed. and author of headnotes, Urban Planning, 1794-1918: An International Anthology of Articles, Conference Papers, and Reports, http://www.library.cornell.edu/Reps/DOCS/homepage.htm, in Journal of Planning Education and Research 18 (Winter 1998): 181-2.

Review of Ronald H. Bayor, Race and the Shaping of Twentieth-Century Atlanta, in Journal of American Ethnic History

Review of Howard Gillette, Jr., Between Beauty and Justice: Race, Planning, and the Failure of Urban Policy in Washington D.C. in Pennsylvania History 64 (Winter 1997): 136-8.

Review of Marie Tyler McGraw, At the Falls: Richmond, Virginia and Its People in Southern Culture 2 (1996).

Review Essay, "Visions of the Modern City," in Journal of Urban History 22 (March 1996): 399-407.

Review of Carolyn Adams, David Bartelt, David Elesh, Ira Goldstein, Nancy Kleniewski, and William Yancey, Philadelphia Neighborhoods, Division and Conflict in a Post Industrial City in Pennsylvania History 60 (January 1993): 125-7.

Review of Paul D. Escott and David R. Goldfield, The South for Southerners, in Journal of Mississippi History (1992): 104-106.

Review of Robert B. Fairbanks and Kathleen Underwood, eds., Essays on Sunbelt Cities and Recent Urban America, in Georgia Historical Quarterly (1992): 772-774.

8 Appendix III.3.2

Review of Robert Bullard, ed., In Search of the New South: The Black Urban Experience in the 1970s and 1980s, in Journal of Mississippi History (1990): 243-244.

Review of William Wilson, The City Beautiful Movement in Jurnal Studi Amerika 1 (January 1991): 42-51.

Review essay, "New Paths in City Planning History," in Journal of Urban History 15 (May 1989)): 337-351.

Review of Ronald Lawson, ed., The Tenant Movement in New York City, 1904-1984, in Planning Perspectives: An International Journal of History, Planning and the Environment 3 (January 1988): 116-118.

Review essay, "The Age of Urban Decline," in Journal of Urban History 12 (May 1986): 309-317.

Review essay, "American Planning and Planners," in Journal of Planning Education and Research 3 (Winter 1984): 129-130.

Review of Carl Abbott, The New Urban America: Growth and Politics in the Sunbelt, in Journal of the American Planning Association 48 (Winter 1982): 116-117.

Review essay, "Catching Up With a Fact of Life," in Planning 48 (November 1982): 25-26.

Review essay, "Urban Economic Development in Nineteenth Century America," in South Atlantic Urban Studies Journal 5 (1981): 358-363.

Select Unpublished Works

“Monitoring Indicators for the Urban Policy Action Plan: Financial Performance in Cities, 1990-1998,” Municipal Finance Project report, Jakarta, Indonesia, February 1998.

With Iwan Azis, Kismet Kosasih and Larry Schroeder, “Effectiveness and Efficiency in Utilization of INPRES Dati II: A Local Perspective,” Municipal Finance Project report, Jakarta, Indonesia, September 1997.

Optimizing the Use of Intergovernmental Transfers in Urban Financial Management, Text and Trainers Material, Urban Management Training Program, Municipal Finance Project, Indonesia, 1996

Monitoring Indicators of Repelita VI Urban Policy Action Plan, Bappenas, Government of Indonesia, 1996, Main Text and Annexes.

"Vacant and Abandoned Residential Structures in Richmond," study prepared for the Richmond Department of Community Development, June 1989.

"Black Suburbanization in Virginia, 1970-1980," study prepared for the Virginia Department of Commerce, Office of Fair Housing, 1987.

"Assessment of Housing Conditions in James City County, Virginia, 1980-1986," study prepared for James City County, Virginia.

"Public Policy and Black Employment in the Urban South: The View from Atlanta, Birmingham, Houston, New Orleans, and Richmond," (with John V. Moeser), study prepared under a grant from the Center for Public Affairs, Virginia Commonwealth University.

9 Appendix III.3.2

Paper Presentations, Panels and Speeches (Since 1988)

Discussant, Session on Master Planning, Planning for Masters, Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning Conference, For Worth, TX, November 11, 2006

Paper, “From Batavia to Jakarta: Colonial Planning Origins of the Southeast Asian Megacity,” 11th Bi-ennial Planning History Conference, SACRPH, Coral Gables, FL, October 2005.

Panel, “Emerging Trends in Asian Urbanization and Planning,” ACSP-AESOP Third Joint Congress, Leuven Belgium, July 8-12, 2003

Paper, “Public Housing and the Restructuring of the Southern City, 1936-1965,” ACSP-AESOP Third Joint Congress, Leuven, Belgium, July 8-12, 2003.

Paper, “Donors, Decentralization, Democratization and the Emergence of Civil Society: Perspectives from Developing Nations,” 44th ASCP Conference, Baltimore, MD, November 21-24, 2002.

Panel, Mentoring Junior Faculty in Global Planning Research, 44th ACSP Conference, Baltimore, MD, November 21-24, 2002.

Paper, “Donors and Decentralization: The Case of Indonesia,” at Globalization and Urbanization Seminar, Bellagio Center, Lake Cuomo, Italy, August 2002.

Paper, “Decentralization, Democracy, Social Capital Formation and Community-Based Planning in Indonesia,” Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning Conference, Cleveland, November 8, 2001

Paper, “The New Deal, the Fair Deal and the Reorientation of Planning Southern Cities,” 9th Biennial Planning History Conference, Philadelphia, November 1, 2001

Paper, “New Urbanism and Planning History: Back to the Future,” Symposium Honoring John Reps, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, September 19, 2001

Paper, “Decentralization and Community-Based Planning: The Case of Indonesia,” with Furqon Sofhani, 1st World Planning Schools Congress, Tongji University, Shanghai, China, July 11, 2001

Paper, “The Face of Sprawl in Developing Countries: Jakarta,” Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning Conference, Atlanta, GA, October 2000

Paper, “Infusing the Colonial City in the Modern Metropolis: Historic Preservation Planning in Jakarta, Indonesia,” 8th Biennial Conference on Planning History, Washington, D.C., November 18, 1999.

Paper, “Layers of the Megacity: Planning and Changing Land Use in Central Jakarta, 1900-1990,” with Wariki Sutikno, Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning Conference, Chicago, IL, October 22, 1999.

Speech, “Creating and Sustaining Community: Federal-Local Relations in the United States,” University of North Sumatra-U.S. Information Service American Studies Conference, Medan, Indonesia, August 26, 1999.

Paper, “Planning for Development in the Megacity: The Case of Jakarta, Indonesia,” Association of Collegiate Schools of Planing Conference, Pasadena, CA, November 5, 1998.

10 Appendix III.3.2

Speech, “Creating the Twentieth Century Megacity: Jakarta, Indonesia,” Chicago Urban History Seminar, Chicago Historical Society, October 22, 1998

Paper, “Jakarta’s Planning and Development in the Pre-War Years: Seeds of the Megacity,” International Planning History Society Conference, Sydney, Australia, July 1998.

Commentator, session “Beyond the Vernacular: Professional City Planning and Reformation of Four North American Cities, 1914-1953,” Organization of American Historians Conference, Indianapolis, IN, April 5, 1998

Paper, “Evolution of INPRES and Regional Development,” World Bank International Workshop on Regional Development Policy for Repelita VII, Jakarta, Indonesia, November 1997.

Paper, with Sujana Royat, “Intergovernmental Financial Transfers and Urban Development: The Challenge and Dilemma of Reducing Dependency in Indonesia,” ASCP-AESOP Conference, Toronto, July 25-28, 1996

Commentator, Session on Market Forces, Consumer Life Styles and the Making of the American People, American Studies Association of Indonesia Fourth National Congress, Jakarta, June 25, 1996

Paper, Urban Tourism in Indonesia: A New Opportunity, Seminar on Management of Tourism, Hasannudin University, July 8, 1995.

"Urban Management Education in Indonesia: Developing a Paradigm for Effective Practice,” (with Ananto Yudono), Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning Conference, Phoenix, AZ, November 1994.

Commentator, Session on "Race and Politics in Metropolitan Atlanta," Organization of American Historians Conference, Atlanta, GA, April 15, 1994.

Commentator, Session on "Race and Housing in Urban America, 1940-1960," Urban Affair Association Conference, New Orleans, March 5, 1994.

Paper, "The City Today," Americans in Motion Conference, Virginia Historical Society, Richmond, VA, March 10, 1994.

Presidential Address, "Planning History and the Changing American Metropolis," 5th Annual Conference, Society of American City and Regional Planning History, Chicago, November 20,1993.

Presentation, VCU/UNHAS Urban Management Linkage," USAID 1993 Training Officers Workshop, Washington, D.C., June 1993.

Lecture, "Richmond 1900-1948," VCU Free University, May 1993.

Paper, "Southern Cities in War: The Planning Perspective," Douglas Southall Freeman Symposium on World War II and the American South, University of Richmond, March 26, 1993.

Paper, "John Nolen: Town Planner for the New South," Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning Conference, Columbus, Ohio, October 31, 1992.

Paper, "NIMBY in Historical and Cross-Cultural Perspective: Precedents and Prospects," Governor's Housing Conference, Richmond, VA, October 15, 1992.

11 Appendix III.3.2

Paper, "Historic Preservation as Urban Preservation:The Case of U.S.Cities," Institute of Technology, Bandung, Indonesia, June 16, 1992.

Paper, "War, Virginia Neighborhoods and Social Change: The Planning Response," Conference, Bring the War Home: Virginia and the World War II Experience, Virginia Historical Society, Richmond, March 6, 1992.

Moderator/Commentator, "Visions of Planning Pioneers: Nolen, Bartholomew, Whitten and Wilcox," Fourth National/Fifth International Planning History Conference, Richmond, Virginia, November 9, 1991. Moderator, Session on "Affordable Housing: An International Perspective," 1990 Governor's Housing Conference, Richmond, Virginia, October 16, 1990.

Commentator, "Urban and Regional Studies," Conference on New Directions in Virginia History, Virginia Historical Society, Richmond, Virginia, October 12, 1990.

Speech, "The Fulbright Experience in Indonesia," Seminar on Globalizing theFaculty, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Virginia, October 4, 1990.

Moderator, Panel Discussion on Regional Cooperation (videotaped), Leadership Metro Richmond Educational Program, October 3, 1990.

Speech, "New Directions in Planning in the United States," City Planning Seminar, Hasanuddin University, Ujung Pandang, Indonesia, May 31, 1990.

Speech, "History of Planning in the United States," IKIP, Medan, Indonesia, May 29, 1990.

Speech, "Contemporary Urban Planning Issues in the United States," Padang City Hall, West Sumatra Planning and Government Officials, May 23, 1990. Same presentation given to groups of city planners and government officials in Medan City Hall, May 25, 1990 and to audience of 50 attending a seminar sponsored by the Indonesian-American Friendship Association, Surabaya, Indonesia, May 17, 1990.

Speech, "The City in Twentieth Century American," American Cultural Center, Jakarta, Indonesia, May 15, 1990.

Paper, "The Influence of American Culture in Asia: An Urban Perspective, Asian Federation of American Studies Association, Taipei, Taiwan, April 21, 1990.

Speech, "City Planning History in the United States," Institute of Technology, Bandung, Indonesia, April 13, 1990.

Speech, "Urbanization and Culture in Early Twentieth Century America," Gadjah Mada University, Yogjakarta, Indonesia, March 3, 1990.

Speech, "Housing and Planning," Housing Development Board, Singapore, February 23, 1990.

Speech, "Historic Preservation and Planning in U.S. Cities," Urban Redevelopment Authority, Singapore, February 22, 1990.

Speech, "Urban America: Past and Present," Islamic State Institute, Semarang, Indonesia, December 15, 1989.

Speech, "Urban History and Urban Planning in America: the Search for Useable Past," British Council, Jakarta, Indonesia, December 5, 1989.

12 Appendix III.3.2

Paper, "Social Origins of Zoning: The Case of the Urban South," Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning, Portland, Oregon, October 6, 1989.

Paper, "Highways and the Revitalization of Southern Cities," American Planning Association, Atlanta, April 1989.

Interviews with Stephanie Pyle, on "Richmond Neighborhoods, WCVE-Richmond, April, 1989.

Paper, "Revitalizing the Urban South: A Comparative Perspective," Southern Historical Association Conference, Norfolk, Virginia, November 10, 1988.

Paper, "The Black Community and the Politics of Race: Atlanta, Memphis and Richmond, 1940-1960," (with John Moeser), Columbia University Seminar on the City, May 11, 1988.

University-Level Service

Virginia Commonwealth University

1993-1995 Task Force on International Studies 1992-1994 Bachelor of General Studies Committee 1992-1994 Asian Task Force (University) - Vice-Chair 1991-1995 Graduate Deans Advisory Committee 1991-1993 SACS Self-Study Committee, Continuing Education 1991-1994 Academic Status Committee 1991-1994 University STAR Committee 1991-1995 University Intellectual Properties Committee 1988-1989 University Retention Committee 1987-1989 University Task Force on the Social Sciences 1987 College of Humanities and Sciences, Promotion and Tenure Committee (for Scott Keeter) 1986 University Task Force on International Studies and Foreign Language 1985-1986 Committee to Review International Student Exchange Program 1985-1989 University Club Committee (Chair) 1986-1988 Multi-Cultural Experiences Team, Varieties of Undergraduate Experience Project 1984-1985 University Task Force on the Liberal Arts 1982-1983 Project on White Faculty/Black Students, Sponsored by the Center for the Improvement of Teaching Effectiveness 1982-1983 Advisor, Bachelor of General Studies 1983-1988 Coordinator, International Studies Minor Program 1994-1995 1981-1983 International Studies Committee 1982 Ph.D. Examination Committee for Robert Stokes, School of Education 1981-1986 Faculty Senate Economic Status Committee (1981-1982) Alumni & Community Relations Committee (1983-1984) Executive Committee (1985-1986) 1984-1986 Faculty Senate of Virginia

University of Illinois

1997-2000 Faculty Senate

13 Appendix III.3.2

1998-2000 Graduate Dean Search Committee 1998-2001 International Council 1998-2000 Search Committee, International Environmental Faculty Member, Department of Natural Resources 19980 Faculty Affiliate, Center for East Asian and Pacific Studies 19990 Faculty Affiliate, Office of Women in International Development 1999- Member, Community Vitality and Economic Development Sub-Council, Strategic Partnership Illinois Initiatives 2001- Coordinator, Community Vitality and Economic Development, Strategic Partnership Illinois Initiative 2001-2002 Oak Street Facility Task Force, University Library 2002-2003 Study Abroad Advisory Committee 2002- Long-Range Advisory Group, University Library 2006 Chancellor’s Task Force on Civic Commitment 2006 Chair, Orchard Downs Advisory Committee

Courses Taught * created new course

Virginia Commonwealth University

CSE 115/116 The American City (Part I & II) CSE 315 Evolution of the American City USP 116 Introduction to Urban Studies* USP 202 Introduction to Housing USP 245 Housing and Community Revitalization USP 310 Introduction to Public Planning USP 340 Urban Habitat* EDU 350 Culture and Urbanism in Great European Cities: Paris* USP 432/532 Theories and Problems in Urban and Regional Planning USP 433 Comparative Urban Experience in the United States USP 471/571 Introduction to the Study of the Future INT 490 Seminar in International Studies USP 561 Housing and Development Policy* USP 605 Urban Planning History* USP 620 Development of Urban and Regional Planning: Theory and Practice* USP 641 Community Power and Planning for Social Change USP 691 International Planning* USP 745 Dynamics and Issues in Housing

University of Illinois

UP 101 Cities, Regions and Planning UP 199 Urban Habitat UP 329 Pro-Seminar in International Development UP 394 International Development Planning UP 394 Southeast Asian Urbanization and Development UP 494 Participatory Planning Processes UP 404 Urban Structure and Functions UP 494 U.S. Regional Planning FAA 130 The Arts and Identity in an International Context UP 504 History of Urban Planning

14 Appendix III.3.2

Teaching and Research Fields

Urban and Planning History Planning Theory International Urban Management and Development Planning Housing and Community Development Social Planning Urban Finance Urban Tourism Planning Neighborhood and Historic Area Planning Monitoring Indicators Comprehensive Planning Planning and Minority Community Issues

Select Workshops, Training and Continuing Education

“New Localism for the 21st Century: Strategies and Approaches to Successful Decentralization in the ASEAN Region,” 6-day training institute, Center for American Education and the University of Illinois,, May 2004, Singapore (served as institute organizer, keynote speaker and convenor)

PDPP Curriculum, Site Visits to Regional Universities, sponsored by USAID, Jakarta, Indonesia, August 2003

Local Government Management Institute, (two weeks), UIUC, July 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002

Presenter, Urban-Based Ecotourism, Training and Workshop on Planning Sustainable Tourism, Institute of Technology, Bandung, June 25-30, 1996,

Presenter, Executive Program in Tourism Development Planning, Institute of Technology, Bandung, September 25- October 7, 1995.

Presenter, "Urban Tourism," Seminar on Tourism Management, Hasanuddin University, Ujung Pandang, July 1995.

Coordinator, Tourism Planning Training Seminar, Virginia Commonwealth University, July 25-August 5, 1994.

Presenter, Tourism Planning Workshop, Institute of Technology, Bandung, Indonesia July 26-August 4, 1993.

Presenter, Urban Management Workshop, Hasanuddin University, Ujung Pandang, Indonesia, July 22, 1993.

Presenter and Co-Organizer, Indonesia Urban Management Training Program, Virginia Commonwealth University, April 5-23, 1993.

Presenter and Organizer, Tourism Planning Workshop, Virginia Commonwealth University, November 1992.

Presenter, Urban Management Seminar, Hasanuddin University, Ujung Pandang, Indonesia, June 1992.

Presenter and Co-organizer, Urban Management Training Program, Virginia Commonwealth University, March 1992.

Coordinated and moderated "Twentieth Century Richmond," eight-week course, Virginia Commonwealth University Continuing Studies, Fall 1985.

15 Appendix III.3.2

Languages

French-Beginning Indonesian-Intermediate

16 Appendix III.3.2

JOHN WESLEY WRIGHT II Dean College ofJournalism and Communications University of Florida HOME ADDRESS: BUSINESS ADDRESS: Office of the Dean 2096 Weimer Hall University of Florida Gainesville, Florida 32611 (352) 392-0466 EDUCATION

1973-1977 The Ohio State University Ph.D. in Mass Communication Columbus, Ohio 43210 Awarded August 31, 1977

1972-1973 University of Central Florida Master of Arts in Communication Orlando, Florida 32816 June 8, 1973

1969-1971 University of Central Florida B.A. Pol itical Science, Cum Laude Orlando, Florida 32816 June 6, 1971

1963-1967 Avon Park High School June 6, 1967 Avon Park, Florida

CURRENT POSITION

• Dean, College of Journalism and Communications, University of Florida. Responsible for all aspects of administration of the College. Member of Graduate Faculty and serve on master's and doctoral committees.

• Major Research and Teaching Areas: Mass Communication - broadcast journalism, telecommunication research, telecommunication regulation, media law, news and audience research, social science research methods.

SPECIAL AWARDS AND ACTIVITIES

Selected three times as "Teacher of the Year" for the College of Journalism and Communications, University of Florida, 1984- 1985, 1989-90, and 1992-93.

Nominated for UF Alumni Professor Award, 2003.

Recei ved Salary Step P Ian for Professors, Spring 2001.

Winner of UF Sustained Performance Evaluation Award, Spring 1999.

Winner of Professorial Excellence Award 1998-99. Appendix III.3.2

Winner of Teaching Incentive Award, 1995-96.

Selected as "Researcher of the Year" in the College of Journalism and Communications, University of Florida, 1988.

Received research award, with Lawrence Hosman, from the Commission on Communication and Law, awarded annually to the author of the outstanding research article by the Speech Communication Association, Washington, D.C., November 1983.

Named twice in the School of Humanities, University of Alabama in Birmingham, as college nominee for the Ingall's (Outstanding Teaching) Award, 1979-1980 and 1980- 1981.

EXPERIENCE: TEACHING AND ADMINISTRATION

July 2006- Present Dean (previously Interim Dean) Responsible for administration of College, including graduate and, undergraduate programs, and direct multi-media properties including, WRUF AM-FM and WUFT FM-TV and Web sites.

July 1999- Executive Associate Dean/ July 2006 Senior Associate Dean Assisted dean in carrying out very broad range of administrative responsibilities, including budget, curriculum and personnel management.

August 1993 - Associate/Assistant Dean Directed Ph.D. and M.A. June 1999 for Graduate Studies programs for College, taught graduate and undergraduate courses.

August 1982- Associate Professor/Professor Teach research courses, Present University of Florida media law, broadcast journalism, regulations.

Appendix III.3.2

August 1978- Assistant Professor Taught mass communication July 1982 University of Alabama, courses Birmingham

August 1976- Assistant Professor Taught mass communication August 1978 Purdue University in Ft. Wayne courses

PROFESSIONAL BROADCASTING EXPERIENCE

August 1963-1971: WAVP, WINQ, WAUC, WJCM, WSEB. Responsibilities have included reporting, news director, production manager, music director, program director for AM-FM station. Formats include MOR, Top 40, Talk, and Country and Western.

PUBLICATIONS AND CONVENTION PAPERS

BOOKS: Smith, F.L., John W. Wright, II and David Ostroff, Perspectives on Radio and Television: Radio and Television in the United States. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ: 1998, 27 Chapters, 688 pages. (Wright author of chapters 8, 13, 15, 16, 18, 20, 25-27.)

Smith, F.L., Milan Meeske and John W. Wright, II, Electronic Media and Government: The Regulation of Wireless and Wired Mass Communication in the United States. White Plains, NY: Longman Publishing, 1995, 16 Chapters, 528 pages. (Wright author of chapters 1, 2, 9, 14, 15, 16.)

Springhorn, Ronald G. John W. Wright, II and Michael J. Beatty, Introduction to Human Communications: A Course Workbook. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall Hunt Publishing. 1977, 142 pages.

BOOKS, CHAPTER: Springhorn, Ronald G. Explorations in Human Communication: A Basic Understanding. Columbus, Ohio: Collegiate Press, 1978. Wrote chapter on mass media communications, "Mass Communication: Receiving Messages from the Media."

REFEREED PUBLICATIONS:

“Trial by Media? Media Reliance, Knowledge of Crime and Perception of Criminal Defendants,” with Susan Dente Ross (Wright first author), Communication Law and Policy, 2(1997), 397-416.

"Deregulation and Public Perceptions of Television: A Longitudinal Study," Communication Studies, 41(1990), 266-277.

“Listener Perceptions of Radio News," with Lawrence A. Hosman (Wright first author), Journalism Quarterly, 63(1987), 802-808, 814. Appendix III.3.2

"The Effects of Hedges and Intensifiers on Impression Formation in a Simulated Courtroom Contest," with Lawrence A. Hosman (Wright second author), Western Journal of Speech Communication, 51(1987), 160-173.

"Communication and Trial Advocacy: A Review and Critique of the Literature," with Lawrence A. Hosman (Wright first author), in Proceedings of the Florida Institute for the Study of the Trial, Orlando, Florida; March, 1980.

"Language Style and Sex Bias in the Courtroom," with Lawrence A. Hosman (Wright first author), in Southern Speech Communication Journal, ILVIII (1983), 137-152.

"Analysis of the Interpersonal Dimension of High Anxiety Communication," with Arthur J. Cara (Wright first author), in Communication, XIV (1983), 79-98.

NON-REFEREED PUBLICATIONS:

"A Review of Research on Jury selection and Jury Behavior," with K. Phillip Taylor, (Wright second author), published in Proceedings of the National Conference on Communication Strategies in the Practice of Lawyering, Tucson, Arizona, Fall 1983.

H.R. 3333: An Analysis of the Critical Issues Involved in the Attempted Rewrite of the Communications Act of 1934. Published by the Republican Caucus of the United States Senate, December 10, 1979.

REFEREED PAPERS PRESENTED AT SCHOLARLY CONFERENCES

“Women in Television News Management: Do They Make a Difference?” with Laura K. Smith (Wright second author), presented as a Top Three Paper at the national conference of the Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Baltimore, August, 1998.

"Media Reliance and Potential Agenda-Setting Effects of the Mass Media on Scientific Investigation," with Carla Bare (Wright second author), presented at the national conference of the Speech Communication Association, Miami, November, 1993.

"Media Reliance and Perceptions of a Criminal Defendant," presented as a Top Three Paper to the Communication and Law Division at the national conference of the Speech Communication Association, Atlanta, November, 1991.

"A Longitudinal Study of Public Perceptions of the Deregulation of Television," with Lawrence Hosman (Wright first author) presented to the Mass Communication Division at national conference of the Speech Communication Association, San Francisco, February, 1989. Appendix III.3.2

"Perceptions of Radio News: A Survey of News Interests, Format Preferences and Listening Behavior," with Lawrence A. Hosman (Wright first author), accepted for presentation at the national conference of the Speech Communication Association, Chicago, November, 1984.

"Television News and Information Processing: An Analysis of the Cognitive Switching Behavior of Television News Viewers," with Thomas A. McCain (Wright first author), presented at the national conference of the Speech Communication Association, Washington, D.C., November, 1983.

"The Effects of Hedges and Hesitations on Impression Formation in a Simulated Courtroom Context," with Lawrence A. Hosman (Wright second author), presented at the national conference of the Speech Communication Association, Washington, D.C., November, 1983.

“An Analysis of the Interpersonal Dimension of High Anxiety Communication," with Arthur J. Cara (Wright first author), presented at the national conference of the Speech Communication Association, Louisville, November, 1982.

"Language Style and Sex Bias in the Courtroom: The Effect of Male and Female Use of Hedges and Intensifiers on Impression Formation," with Lawrence A. Hosman (Wright first author), presented at the national conference of the Speech Communication Association, Los Angeles, November, 1981.

"Communication and Trial Advocacy: A Review and Critique of the Literature," with Lawrence A. Hosman (Wright first author), presented at the annual conference of the Florida Institute for the Study of the Trial, Orlando, March, 1980.

"The Measurement of Perceived Volition: A Critical Variable for Persuasion Research," with Ronald G. Springhorn (Wright second author), presented at the annual conference of the Western Speech Communication Association, San Francisco, November, 1976.

NON-REFEREED PROFESSIONAL CONFERENCE PAPERS

"A Review of the Research on Jury Selection and Jury Behavior," with K. Phillip Taylor (Wright second author), presented at the annual conference of the National Trial Institute, Tucson, June, 1983.

"The Campaigns of George C. Wallace: Rhetorical Strategies and Media Functional Analysis," with John J. Makay (Wright second author), presented at the annual conference of the Southern Speech Communication Association, Birmingham, April, 1980. Appendix III.3.2

COURSES TAUGHT

Telecommunication Regulation (Graduate Level) Mass Communication and Society (Graduate Level) Mass Communication History Seminar (Doctoral Level) Mass Communication Research Methods (Graduate Level) Legal Problems in Mass Communication (Graduate Level) Mass Media Policy Seminar (Doctoral Level) Broadcast Journalism and News Writing Investigative Reporting Mass Media Law Theories of Mass Communication Process and Effects of Mass Media Journalism Fact Finding Telecommunications Research Methods Telecommunications Operations and Programming Broadcast Management Introduction to Telecommunications Mass Communication History Telecommunication History

PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication Association of Schools in Journalism and Mass Communication National Communication Association International Communication Association Florida Press Association (Board of Directors)

Part III, Section 3

Appendix 3 Office of the President University of Florida

About The Office The President First Lady Honors & Awards Executive Staff

President's Update J. Bernard Machen J. Bernard "Bernie" Machen, D.D.S., M.S., Ph.D., was appointed UF President's House as the 11th president of the University of Florida in October 2003 and assumed the office on Jan. 5, 2004. Past Presidents Andrew Sledd (1904-1909) A native of Greenwood, Miss., Dr. Machen grew up in St. Louis. Albert Murphree (1909-1927) After attending Vanderbilt University for his undergraduate James Farr (1927-1928) studies, he earned his doctor of dental surgery degree from St. John J. Tigert (1928-1947) Louis University and his master of science in pediatric dentistry Harold Hume (1947-1948) and doctorate in educational psychology from the University of J. Hillis Miller (1948-1953) Iowa. John Allen (1953-1955) J. Wayne Reitz (1955-1967) Prior to coming to Gainesville, Dr. Machen served six years as the president of the University of Utah. From 1995 to 1997, he Stephen C. O'Connell (1967-1973) was provost and executive vice president for academic affairs at the University of E.T. York (1973-1974) Michigan and served as dean of the University of Michigan School of Dentistry from Robert Q. Marston (1974-1984) 1989 until 1995. He also served as professor and associate dean at the University of Marshall Criser (1984-1989) North Carolina's School of Dentistry from 1983 to 1989, and was president of the Robert Bryan (1989-1990) American Association of Dental Schools in 1987. John Lombardi (1990-1999) Charles E. Young (1999-2003) From 1992 to 1995, Dr. Machen was a member of the National Academy of Science's Institute of Medicine Committee on Educating Dentists for the Future. He also has a Search: past appointment as chief of the Department of Extension Services at the U.S. Army President's Site Institute of Dental Research.

Since coming to the University of Florida, Dr. Machen has shepherded the university through a period of rapid growth and increasing prestige. Today, UF has 50,000 students, a research budget topping $518 million, and an endowment of over $1 billion. Dr. Machen has also undertaken several ambitious initiatives aimed both improving UF and enhancing its contribution to the state and nation. These include efforts to create a more culturally diverse campus, enhance students' educational experience, promote statewide economic development, bring about better stewardship of natural resources and make the university more environmentally friendly.

In 2005, Dr. Machen introduced the First in Family Scholarship Program, designed to provide financial assistance for economically disadvantaged students who are the first in their families to attend college. The program attracted the attention of Florida Gov. Jeb Bush, who subsequently advocated a similar statewide program, the First Generation Scholarship Program.

To attract and retain the nation's best and brightest faculty, Dr. Machen created the Faculty Challenge with a goal of raising $150 million in private support for endowment to give faculty the tools they need to enhance classroom instruction and conduct world-class research. To date, the faculty challenge has raised nearly $200 million. Office of the Provost / Academic Affairs Academic Affairs

About the Office Faculty/Staff Info Student Info Administrator Info Offices Admissions, Faculty Development, Graduate School, Honors, Institutional About the Provost Planning and Research, Ombuds, Records Management, Registrar, Undergraduate Affairs Dr. Joseph Glover Quick Links Office of the Provost and Academic Academic Learning Compacts, Affairs Community College Relations, Course Provost and Senior Vice President for Approval System, Course Evaluations, Academic Affairs Faculty Handbook, Teacher Evaluations, [email protected] University Budget Office, University 235 Tigert Hall Committees, Boards & Councils Box 113175 Gainesville, FL, 32611-3175 352-392-2404

Duties Biography Joe Glover has been Provost and Senior Vice President of Academic Affairs since July 2008. Dr. Glover arrived at UF in 1983 as an assistant professor in mathematics. He chaired the Mathematics Department from 1993 to 1998 and served as Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences from 1998 to 2001. Beginning in 2001, Dr. Glover served as Associate Provost for Academic Affairs for six years and as Interim Provost for nine months. Dr. Glover chaired the Task Force on the Future of the University of Florida, helped develop the university's strategic plan, and represented the university on the executive board of the New World School of the Arts. He served as Interim Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences in 2007-2008.

Dr. Glover received his bachelor's degree in mathematics from Cornell University and his master's and doctoral degrees in mathematics from the University of California, San Diego. He taught at the University of California, Berkeley, and the University of Rochester before joining the University of Florida faculty. He held a National Science Foundation postdoctoral fellowship at UCSD in 1982. His awards include an NSF-CNRS fellowship held at the Universite de Grenoble II, a CLAS Teaching Award and a mentoring award from the McKnight Foundation. His research in probability theory, stochastic processes, and potential theory has been supported by the NSF, the AFOSR, and the NSA.

Speeches

Internationalization and Globalization in Higher Education (PDF) International Exhibition for Higher Education January 26-29, 2010 Riyadh, Saudi Arabia

Keynote Address (PDF) Fall 2009 CLAS Convocation October 23, 2009, University Auditorium

Updated 2/1/2010

Provost's Office | Students | Faculty & Staff | Administrators | Webmail | Office IT Support | Text-only Version © University of Florida, Office of the Provost and Senior Vice President, 235 Tigert Hall, PO Box 113175, Gainesville, FL 32611, (352) 392-2404, Fax: (352) 392-8735. Privacy Policy This page uses Google Analytics (Google Privacy Policy) The university also joined the Florida High Tech Corridor Council in 2005. This council is aimed at attracting new and emerging technology companies to Central and North Florida. UF's participation in the council is one of many ways that the university has sought to play a leading role in growing Florida's technology economy under Dr. Machen's tenure. Others include ramping up UF's patenting and licensing activities, with UF recently ranked seventh nationwide among both public and private universities in number of patents generated annually.

Dr. Machen's tenure also has been marked by environmental initiatives. In 2004, he created the University of Florida Water Institute, which provides a focal point for water-related research, education and public outreach programs. And in 2005, he gave sustainability a higher profile when he announced a series of measures to reduce the university's impact on the environment. UF held its first Sustainability Day in late 2005, and in February 2006 the university named its first director of sustainability. UF also was named a Certified Audubon Cooperative Sanctuary, the first university to achieve this status and one of 607 such sanctuaries in the world.

A veteran U.S. Army major, Dr. Machen and wife, Chris, have two sons and a daughter.

About The Office The President First Lady Honors & Awards Executive Staff President's Update Home © University of Florida, Office of the President, 226 Tigert Hall, PO Box 113150, Gainesville, FL 32611; (352) 392-1311, Fax: (352) 392-9506. Disability Services Privacy Policy Search This page was last updated April 4, 2008. This page uses Google Analytics (Google Privacy Policy) UFL Health Science Center Search HSC Site

About Us About the HSC We Are... Education Research Patient Care Senior Vice President, Health Affairs and President, UF Shands Health System - David S. Guzick, M.D., Ph.D. Resources & Services Links Message from Dr. Guzick

Greetings!

Let me start by saying how happy I am to be here. I’m sure some of you are wondering what attracted me to the University of Florida and the Health Science Center … and let HSC Emergency Notifications me assure you it’s much more than just the prospect of a winter without snow. This is a great institution. A unique UF Home HSC Home institution. And the excellent reputations of the University of Florida, the Health Science Center and Shands are well- HSC Libraries UF Phonebook deserved. What is particularly exciting about this opportunity, Dr. David S. Guzick HSC Calendar myUFL however, is the opportunity to implement President Machen’s vision of an integrated academic health center under single leadership, bringing together the colleges that comprise the Health Science Center with Shands under a unified vision such that the whole is much greater than the sum of its parts. I was an active participant in a very similar scenario at the University of Rochester and, with that perspective, see great things for the future at the University of Florida. We will aim high.

Video Message from Dr. Guzick

(Video Will Open in a New Window)

The synergies of an integrated academic health center can only be fully realized if we work together, and it’s clear that teamwork has been a guiding principle here at Florida. Andrew Carnegie once said: “Teamwork is the ability to work together toward a common vision. The ability to direct individual accomplishments toward organizational objectives. It is the fuel that allows common people to attain uncommon results.” Your commitment to scientific and scholarly collaboration is easy to see. It’s clear in the design of your newest buildings, where labs without walls encourage cross- fertilization of ideas. It’s evident in the multidisciplinary partnerships you have forged among researchers in disparate colleges and centers across campus. It’s obvious in your growing commitment to interdisciplinary education, as students in medicine, nursing, pharmacy and health professions increasingly learn and train together in teams. Fostering those connections … strengthening them and making new ones with the clinical enterprise… will help propel us forward. You have much to be proud of. The building blocks are in place.

In Dr. Barrett’s final column, he wrote that progress is about laying strong foundations, then “taking our belief in a better tomorrow and acting on it.” He described that academic health centers of today are doing this by building integrated organizations that “align mission, values and finances.” I embrace this philosophy because I truly believe it’s the key to success for all of us partnering in this process. So I’m sure you’re wondering: Where do we go from here, and how do we get there?

We focus on connection and communication. We support transparency. We craft a shared vision together.

In the coming weeks we will set the stage for a comprehensive strategic planning initiative that will cut across the research, academic and clinical enterprises of the HSC and Shands, with the goal of charting a course for an integrated academic health center. By capitalizing on the ties we have across these areas and then nurturing a collective planning process, we will better position ourselves to define our niche in the marketplace, maintain our national leadership status in the realms of research and education and continue to excel in delivering topnotch patient care.

Few institutions in the country have the breadth of health-related colleges, centers and institutes we do on a single campus, coupled with alliances similar to those we’ve developed with the main university and with Shands. Of course, the Jacksonville campus also offers unique teaching and patient care opportunities, and a future that holds untapped potential to excel in biomedical research. With all that comes a strategic synergy. And to that end I welcome your feedback. I’d like to know what you view as our strengths. I’d like to hear more about how we might improve. Former Notre Dame coach Lou Holtz said, “I never learn anything talking. I only learn things when I ask questions.” In the weeks and months ahead, I’ll be asking a lot of questions, doing a lot of listening. I look forward to your ideas and your input. Together — faculty, staff, students, hospital employees, patients and others — we will find the answers we need through a thoughtful assessment.

Part and parcel of the shared strategic plan is the incorporation of initiatives that will generate the needed resources to fuel growth, so that the economic benefits of the plan can create a positive feedback loop to support continued advances in research, education and patient care that will best serve patients’ needs and improve health outcomes. These resources will come from expansion of the clinical enterprise, from research grants, from economic development through technology transfer and, importantly, through the Florida Tomorrow campaign. As with every such endeavor, philanthropy will play an important role. Therefore the plan must generate excitement not just among ourselves, but among alumni supporters and friends of the institution.

I look forward to meeting you in the days ahead, and to talking about the great work you’ve been doing. I value open and frequent communication, and plan to communicate regularly in a variety of forums, to let you know what’s on my mind, to keep you informed and to solicit your input. For starters, I’m happy to be here and I’m excited about what we will accomplish.

Let’s learn from each other and move forward together. And Go Gators!

David S. Guzick, M.D., Ph.D. Senior Vice President, Health Affairs and President, UF & Shands Health System

HSC myUFL HSC Colleges HSC Libraries Giving a Gift Contact Us Emergency Notifications Sitemap Disclaimer and Permitted Use Privacy Statement Social Security Number Privacy Search © University of Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611; (352) 392-3261. Office of Vice-President, UF Web with Google Student Affairs, University of Florida About Student Affairs Template Image For Division Staff Initiatives For Students Publications Honors & Awards

For Parents & Families Dr. Patricia Telles-Irvin joined the University of Florida as the Vice President for Student Affairs in 2004. She previously In the News served as Sr. Vice President for Student Affairs and Human Make a Gift Resources and Vice Provost for Academic Affairs at Florida International University.

Vice President Office She received her bachelor’s degree in Education at Duke Message, Profile, Council University and a doctorate in Counseling Psychology from Boston University. As a native of Texas, Dr. Telles-Irvin is a Strategic Plan licensed psychologist in the states of Texas, Florida and Administration Massachusetts. Prior to becoming Sr. Vice President, she was AVPs Profile, Organizational Chart Staff, Associate Vice President for Student Affairs and Director of Counseling and Information for Division Staff Psychological Services at Florida International University in Miami. Before coming to Community Outreach Florida, she practiced psychology and was an assistant professor in the Department of Psychiatry at the University of Texas Health Science Center-San Antonio. Crisis Response Team Make a Gift Dr. Telles-Irvin is interested in issues of acculturation and diversity, as well as women’s concerns and student development. Staff Directory Picture Gallery Contacts Ask UFSA

Calendar MyUFL Campus Map Disability Services Privacy Disclaimer Contact Web Master ©Office of Vice President for Student Affairs, 155 Tigert Hall, PO Box 113250,Gainesville,FL 32611–3250. This website is best viewed with IE 7.0+ or Firefox 2.0+. This website uses Google Analytics to gather web statistics. For privacy information, read the Google Privacy Policy.

University of Florida News - President names new senior vice president for agriculture an... Page 1 of 2

University of Florida News

President names new senior vice president for agriculture and natural resources

Filed under Announcements, InsideUF (Campus), Top Stories on Friday, February 26, 2010.

GAINESVILLE, Fla. — Jack Payne has been selected as the University of Florida’s next senior vice president for agriculture and natural resources, UF President Bernie Machen announced today.

Payne currently serves as the vice president for extension and outreach at Iowa State University in Ames, Iowa, a post he has held since 2006. He worked in a similar position at Utah State University prior to joining ISU. He begins his new role at UF on June 1.

“Jack Payne’s wealth of experience from both in and out of land-grant institutions gives him a keen vision to guide UF to meet the 21st Century challenges facing the state’s agriculture industry and to educate a new generation of students,” Machen said. “We look forward to his contributions as a member of the senior leadership team.”

Payne, 63, has spent much of his career helping solve agronomic problems for the benefit of farmers and wildlife while at several large land-grant institutions and with Ducks Unlimited, the world’s largest private wetlands conservation organization.

“It is an honor to become a part of UF, one of the country’s great land-grant universities,” Payne said. “UF’s Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences is the heart of that land-grant ideal and it will be important to build upon its strengths and existing strong foundation and to continue to produce tangible and conspicuous benefits to its two most important stakeholders: our students and Florida residents.”

As senior vice president, Payne will lead IFAS, which includes the College of Agricultural and Life Sciences, the School of Natural Resources and Environment, the School of Forest Resources and Conservation, portions of the College of Veterinary Medicine, the Florida Agricultural Experiment Station, 13 research and education centers and the Florida Cooperative Extension Service, with offices in each of the state’s 67 counties.

Payne holds a master’s degree in aquatic ecology and a doctorate in wildlife ecology, both from Utah State University. He is a graduate of the Institute for Educational Management at Harvard University and earned his bachelor’s degree at Temple University.

He has served on the faculty of four land-grant institutions: The Pennsylvania State University, Texas A&M University, Utah State University and Iowa State University. The Pennsylvania native spent most of his career in the agriculture-rich states of Texas, California, Washington, Iowa and Utah, working to meet the needs of ranchers and farmers.

“Everything I have done in my career, I believe, has prepared me for the great challenges and wonderful opportunities that await me at the University of Florida,” Payne said.

mhtml:file://R:\SACS 2010\Working\Bios\New_IFAS_VP.mht 3/2/2010 University of Florida News - President names new senior vice president for agriculture an... Page 2 of 2

He serves as chairman of the board on agriculture for the Association of Public and Land- grant Universities and represents the land-grant system in the annual federal appropriation process. His work with the APLU has included developing the land-grant systems’ needs for the Farm Bill legislation. He also is a key representative on policy changes with the U.S. Department of Agriculture as they apply to land-grant universities.

Payne succeeds Larry Arrington, who was appointed interim senior vice president for agriculture and natural resources last year when Jimmy Cheek left to become chancellor of the University of Tennessee in Knoxville.

-30-

Credits

Contact Janine Sikes, [email protected], 352-846-3903